redstrate/graphite
Archived
1
Fork 0
Code Activity

Add old files

Browse source
This commit is contained in:
Joshua Goins 2024-01-03 16:05:02 -05:00
commit c45b458f66
783 changed files with 208676 additions and 0 deletions
Show stats Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

13
.gitattributes vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
* text=auto
*.c text
*.cc text
*.cpp text
*.h text
*.hlsl text
*.htm text
*.md text
*.xml text
*.txt text
3rdparty/* linguist-vendored

16
.gitignore vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
CMakeCache.txt
CMakeFiles
CMakeScripts
Makefile
cmake_install.cmake
install_manifest.txt
CTestTestfile.cmake
.directory
build/
bin/
#clion
.idea
cmake-build-debug/
cmake-build-release/

21
.gitmodules vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
[submodule "vendor/glfw"]
path = 3rdparty/glfw
url = git://github.com/glfw/glfw
[submodule "vendor/stb"]
path = 3rdparty/stb
url = git://github.com/nothings/stb.git
[submodule "vendor/json"]
path = 3rdparty/json
url = git://github.com/nlohmann/json.git
[submodule "vendor/glslang"]
path = 3rdparty/glslang
url = git://github.com/KhronosGroup/glslang.git
[submodule "vendor/assimp"]
path = 3rdparty/assimp
url = git://github.com/assimp/assimp.git
[submodule "vendor/glm"]
path = 3rdparty/glm
url = git://github.com/g-truc/glm.git
[submodule "vendor/bullet3"]
path = 3rdparty/bullet3
url = git://github.com/bulletphysics/bullet3.git

96
3rdparty/CMakeLists.txt vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
#this disables all compile warnings for the third party libraries to make it cleaner when building
set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -w")
add_subdirectory(imgui)
add_subdirectory(angelscript)
set(CMAKE_DEBUG_POSTFIX "") #stop libraries from vendor messing with our library names
option(USE_GRAPHICAL_BENCHMARK "" OFF)
option(BUILD_SHARED_LIBS "" OFF)
option(BUILD_CPU_DEMOS "" OFF)
option(BUILD_BULLET3 "" OFF)
option(BUILD_BULLET2_DEMOS "" OFF)
option(BUILD_EXTRAS "" OFF)
option(INSTALL_LIBS "" OFF)
option(BUILD_UNIT_TESTS "" OFF)
option(USE_MSVC_RUNTIME_LIBRARY_DLL "" ON)
add_subdirectory(bullet3)
#don't build glfw for emscripten builds
if(NOT EMSCRIPTEN)
option(BUILD_SHARED_LIBS "" OFF)
option(GLFW_BUILD_EXAMPLES "" OFF)
option(GLFW_BUILD_TESTS "" OFF)
option(GLFW_BUILD_DOCS "" OFF)
option(GLFW_INSTALL "" OFF)
add_subdirectory(glfw)
endif()
if(ENABLE_VULKAN)
option(ENABLE_GLSLANG_BINARIES "" OFF)
option(ENABLE_HLSL "" OFF)
add_subdirectory(glslang)
endif()
add_subdirectory(physfs)
if(BUILD_EDITOR)
option(BUILD_SHARED_LIBS "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_OPT_BUILD_PACKAGES "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_NO_EXPORT "" ON)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_ASSIMP_TOOLS "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_SAMPLES "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_TESTS "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_COVERALLS "" OFF)
#importers
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_AMF_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_3DS_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_AC_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_ASE_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_ASSBIN_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_ASSXML_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_B3D_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_BVH_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_DXF_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_CSM_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_HMP_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_IRRMESH_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_IRR_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_LWO_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_LWS_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_MD2_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_MD3_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_MD5_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_MDC_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_MDL_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_NFF_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_NDO_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_OGRE_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_OPENGEX_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_PLY_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_MS3D_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_COB_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_IFC_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_XGL_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_Q3D_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_Q3BSP_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_RAW_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_SIB_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_SMD_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_STL_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_TERRAGEN_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_3D_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_X_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_X3D_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_GLTF_IMPORTER "" OFF)
option(ASSIMP_BUILD_3MF_IMPORTER "" OFF)
add_subdirectory(assimp)
add_subdirectory(ToolWindowManager)
endif()

21
3rdparty/ToolWindowManager/CMakeLists.txt vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
find_package(Qt5Core REQUIRED)
find_package(Qt5Gui REQUIRED)
find_package(Qt5Widgets REQUIRED)
set(SOURCE_FILES
src/ToolWindowManager.cpp
src/ToolWindowManagerArea.cpp
src/ToolWindowManagerWrapper.cpp)
set(INCLUDE_FILES
include/ToolWindowManager.h
include/ToolWindowManagerArea.h
include/ToolWindowManagerWrapper.h)
qt5_wrap_cpp(TWM_SRC ${INCLUDE_FILES})
add_library(ToolWindowManager ${SOURCE_FILES} ${TWM_SRC})
include_directories(include)
qt5_use_modules(ToolWindowManager Core Gui Widgets)

354
3rdparty/ToolWindowManager/include/ToolWindowManager.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
/*
* The MIT License (MIT)
*
* Copyright (c) 2014 Pavel Strakhov
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*
*/
#ifndef TOOLWINDOWMANAGER_H
#define TOOLWINDOWMANAGER_H
#include <QWidget>
#include <QSplitter>
#include <QTabWidget>
#include <QTabBar>
#include <QTimer>
#include <QRubberBand>
#include <QHash>
#include <QVariant>
#include <QLabel>
#include <functional>
class ToolWindowManagerArea;
class ToolWindowManagerWrapper;
/*!
* \brief The ToolWindowManager class provides docking tool behavior.
*
* The behavior is similar to tool windows mechanism in Visual Studio or Eclipse.
* User can arrange tool windows
* in tabs, dock it to any border, split with vertical and horizontal splitters,
* tabify them together and detach to floating windows.
*
* See https://github.com/Riateche/toolwindowmanager for detailed description.
*/
class ToolWindowManager : public QWidget {
Q_OBJECT
/*!
* \brief The delay between showing the next suggestion of drop location in milliseconds.
*
* When user starts a tool window drag and moves mouse pointer to a position, there can be
* an ambiguity in new position of the tool window. If user holds the left mouse button and
* stops mouse movements, all possible suggestions will be indicated periodically, one at a time.
*
* Default value is 1000 (i.e. 1 second).
*
* Access functions: suggestionSwitchInterval, setSuggestionSwitchInterval.
*
*/
Q_PROPERTY(int suggestionSwitchInterval READ suggestionSwitchInterval WRITE setSuggestionSwitchInterval)
/*!
* \brief Maximal distance in pixels between mouse position and area border that allows
* to display a suggestion.
*
* Default value is 12.
*
* Access functions: borderSensitivity, setBorderSensitivity.
*/
Q_PROPERTY(int borderSensitivity READ borderSensitivity WRITE setBorderSensitivity)
/*!
* \brief Visible width of rubber band line that is used to display drop suggestions.
*
* Default value is the same as QSplitter::handleWidth default value on current platform.
*
* Access functions: rubberBandLineWidth, setRubberBandLineWidth.
*
*/
Q_PROPERTY(int rubberBandLineWidth READ rubberBandLineWidth WRITE setRubberBandLineWidth)
/*!
* \brief Whether or not to allow floating windows to be created.
*
* Default value is to allow it.
*
* Access functions: allowFloatingWindow, setAllowFloatingWindow.
*
*/
Q_PROPERTY(int allowFloatingWindow READ allowFloatingWindow WRITE setAllowFloatingWindow)
public:
/*!
* \brief Creates a manager with given \a parent.
*/
explicit ToolWindowManager(QWidget *parent = 0);
/*!
* \brief Destroys the widget. Additionally all tool windows and all floating windows
* created by this widget are destroyed.
*/
virtual ~ToolWindowManager();
//! Toolwindow properties
enum ToolWindowProperty {
//! Disables all drag/docking ability by the user
DisallowUserDocking = 0x1,
//! Hides the close button on the tab for this tool window
HideCloseButton = 0x2,
//! Disable the user being able to drag this tab in the tab bar, to rearrange
DisableDraggableTab = 0x4,
//! When the tool window is closed, hide it instead of removing it
HideOnClose = 0x8,
};
//! Type of AreaReference.
enum AreaReferenceType {
//! The area tool windows has been added to most recently.
LastUsedArea,
//! New area in a detached window.
NewFloatingArea,
//! Area inside the manager widget (only available when there is no tool windows in it).
EmptySpace,
//! Tool window is hidden.
NoArea,
//! Existing area specified in AreaReference argument.
AddTo,
//! New area to the left of the area specified in AreaReference argument.
LeftOf,
//! New area to the right of the area specified in AreaReference argument.
RightOf,
//! New area to the top of the area specified in AreaReference argument.
TopOf,
//! New area to the bottom of the area specified in AreaReference argument.
BottomOf
};
/*!
* \brief The AreaReference class represents a place where tool windows should be moved.
*/
class AreaReference {
public:
/*!
* Creates an area reference of the given \a type. If \a type requires specifying
* area, it should be given in \a area argument. Otherwise \a area should have default value (0).
*/
AreaReference(AreaReferenceType type = NoArea, ToolWindowManagerArea* area = 0, float percentage = 0.5f);
//! Returns type of the reference.
AreaReferenceType type() const { return m_type; }
//! Returns area of the reference, or 0 if it was not specified.
ToolWindowManagerArea* area() const;
private:
AreaReferenceType m_type;
QWidget* m_widget;
float m_percentage;
QWidget* widget() const { return m_widget; }
float percentage() const { return m_percentage; }
AreaReference(AreaReferenceType type, QWidget* widget);
void setWidget(QWidget* widget);
friend class ToolWindowManager;
};
/*!
* Adds \a toolWindow to the manager and moves it to the position specified by
* \a area. This function is a shortcut for ToolWindowManager::addToolWindows.
*/
void addToolWindow(QWidget* toolWindow, const AreaReference& area);
/*!
* Sets the set of \a properties on \a toolWindow that is already added to the manager.
*/
void setToolWindowProperties(QWidget* toolWindow, ToolWindowProperty properties);
/*!
* Returns the set of \a properties on \a toolWindow.
*/
ToolWindowProperty toolWindowProperties(QWidget* toolWindow);
/*!
* \brief Adds \a toolWindows to the manager and moves it to the position specified by
* \a area.
* The manager takes ownership of the tool windows and will delete them upon destruction.
*
* toolWindow->windowIcon() and toolWindow->windowTitle() will be used as the icon and title
* of the tab that represents the tool window.
*
* If you intend to use ToolWindowManager::saveState
* and ToolWindowManager::restoreState functions, you must set objectName() of each added
* tool window to a non-empty unique string.
*/
void addToolWindows(QList<QWidget*> toolWindows, const AreaReference& area);
/*!
* Returns area that contains \a toolWindow, or 0 if \a toolWindow is hidden.
*/
ToolWindowManagerArea* areaOf(QWidget* toolWindow);
/*!
* \brief Moves \a toolWindow to the position specified by \a area.
*
* \a toolWindow must be added to the manager prior to calling this function.
*/
void moveToolWindow(QWidget* toolWindow, AreaReference area);
/*!
* \brief Moves \a toolWindows to the position specified by \a area.
*
* \a toolWindows must be added to the manager prior to calling this function.
*/
void moveToolWindows(QList<QWidget*> toolWindows, AreaReference area);
/*!
* \brief Removes \a toolWindow from the manager. \a toolWindow becomes a hidden
* top level widget. The ownership of \a toolWindow is returned to the caller.
*/
void removeToolWindow(QWidget* toolWindow);
/*!
* \brief Returns all tool window added to the manager.
*/
const QList<QWidget*>& toolWindows() { return m_toolWindows; }
/*!
* Hides \a toolWindow.
*
* \a toolWindow must be added to the manager prior to calling this function.
*/
void hideToolWindow(QWidget* toolWindow) { moveToolWindow(toolWindow, NoArea); }
/*!
* \brief saveState
*/
QVariantMap saveState();
/*!
* \brief restoreState
*/
void restoreState(const QVariantMap& data);
typedef std::function<QWidget*(const QString &)> CreateCallback;
void setToolWindowCreateCallback(const CreateCallback &cb) { m_createCallback = cb; }
QWidget *createToolWindow(const QString& objectName);
bool checkValidSplitter(QWidget *w);
/*! \cond PRIVATE */
void setSuggestionSwitchInterval(int msec);
int suggestionSwitchInterval();
int borderSensitivity() { return m_borderSensitivity; }
void setBorderSensitivity(int pixels);
void setRubberBandLineWidth(int pixels);
int rubberBandLineWidth() { return m_rubberBandLineWidth; }
void setAllowFloatingWindow(bool pixels);
bool allowFloatingWindow() { return m_allowFloatingWindow; }
/*! \endcond */
/*!
* Returns the widget that is used to display rectangular drop suggestions.
*/
QRubberBand* rectRubberBand() { return m_rectRubberBand; }
/*!
* Returns the widget that is used to display line drop suggestions.
*/
QRubberBand* lineRubberBand() { return m_lineRubberBand; }
signals:
/*!
* \brief This signal is emitted when \a toolWindow may be hidden or shown.
* \a visible indicates new visibility state of the tool window.
*/
void toolWindowVisibilityChanged(QWidget* toolWindow, bool visible);
private:
QList<QWidget*> m_toolWindows; // all added tool windows
QHash<QWidget*, ToolWindowProperty> m_toolWindowProperties; // all tool window properties
QList<ToolWindowManagerArea*> m_areas; // all areas for this manager
QList<ToolWindowManagerWrapper*> m_wrappers; // all wrappers for this manager
int m_borderSensitivity;
int m_rubberBandLineWidth;
// list of tool windows that are currently dragged, or empty list if there is no current drag
QList<QWidget*> m_draggedToolWindows;
QLabel* m_dragIndicator; // label used to display dragged content
QRubberBand* m_rectRubberBand; // placeholder objects used for displaying drop suggestions
QRubberBand* m_lineRubberBand;
bool m_allowFloatingWindow; // Allow floating windows from this docking area
QList<AreaReference> m_suggestions; //full list of suggestions for current cursor position
int m_dropCurrentSuggestionIndex; // index of currently displayed drop suggestion
// (e.g. always 0 if there is only one possible drop location)
QTimer m_dropSuggestionSwitchTimer; // used for switching drop suggestions
CreateCallback m_createCallback;
// last widget used for adding tool windows, or 0 if there isn't one
// (warning: may contain pointer to deleted object)
ToolWindowManagerArea* m_lastUsedArea;
void handleNoSuggestions();
//remove tool window from its area (if any) and set parent to 0
void releaseToolWindow(QWidget* toolWindow);
void simplifyLayout(); //remove constructions that became useless
void startDrag(const QList<QWidget*>& toolWindows);
QVariantMap saveSplitterState(QSplitter* splitter);
QSplitter* restoreSplitterState(const QVariantMap& data);
void findSuggestions(ToolWindowManagerWrapper *wrapper);
QRect sideSensitiveArea(QWidget* widget, AreaReferenceType side);
QRect sidePlaceHolderRect(QWidget* widget, AreaReferenceType side);
void updateDragPosition();
void finishDrag();
bool dragInProgress() { return !m_draggedToolWindows.isEmpty(); }
friend class ToolWindowManagerArea;
friend class ToolWindowManagerWrapper;
protected:
/*!
* \brief Creates new splitter and sets its default properties. You may reimplement
* this function to change properties of all splitters used by this class.
*/
virtual QSplitter* createSplitter();
/*!
* \brief Creates new area and sets its default properties. You may reimplement
* this function to change properties of all tab widgets used by this class.
*/
virtual ToolWindowManagerArea *createArea();
/*!
* \brief Generates a pixmap that is used to represent the data in a drag and drop operation
* near the mouse cursor.
* You may reimplement this function to use different pixmaps.
*/
virtual QPixmap generateDragPixmap(const QList<QWidget *> &toolWindows);
private slots:
void showNextDropSuggestion();
void tabCloseRequested(int index);
void windowTitleChanged(const QString &title);
};
inline ToolWindowManager::ToolWindowProperty operator|(ToolWindowManager::ToolWindowProperty a, ToolWindowManager::ToolWindowProperty b)
{ return ToolWindowManager::ToolWindowProperty(int(a) | int(b)); }
#endif // TOOLWINDOWMANAGER_H

110
3rdparty/ToolWindowManager/include/ToolWindowManagerArea.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
/*
* The MIT License (MIT)
*
* Copyright (c) 2014 Pavel Strakhov
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*
*/
#ifndef TOOLWINDOWMANAGERAREA_H
#define TOOLWINDOWMANAGERAREA_H
#include <QTabWidget>
#include <QVariantMap>
class ToolWindowManager;
/*!
* \brief The ToolWindowManagerArea class is a tab widget used to store tool windows.
* It implements dragging of its tab or the whole tab widget.
*/
class ToolWindowManagerArea : public QTabWidget {
Q_OBJECT
public:
//! Creates new area.
explicit ToolWindowManagerArea(ToolWindowManager* manager, QWidget *parent = 0);
//! Destroys the area.
virtual ~ToolWindowManagerArea();
/*!
* Add \a toolWindow to this area.
*/
void addToolWindow(QWidget* toolWindow);
/*!
* Add \a toolWindows to this area.
*/
void addToolWindows(const QList<QWidget*>& toolWindows);
void enableUserDrop() { m_userCanDrop = true; }
void disableUserDrop() { m_userCanDrop = false; }
bool allowUserDrop() { return m_userCanDrop; }
/*!
* Returns a list of all tool windows in this area.
*/
QList<QWidget*> toolWindows();
ToolWindowManager* manager() { return m_manager; }
/*!
* Updates the \a toolWindow to its current properties and title.
*/
void updateToolWindow(QWidget* toolWindow);
protected:
//! Reimplemented from QTabWidget::mousePressEvent.
virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *);
//! Reimplemented from QTabWidget::mouseReleaseEvent.
virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *);
//! Reimplemented from QTabWidget::mouseMoveEvent.
virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *);
//! Reimplemented from QTabWidget::eventFilter.
virtual bool eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event);
private:
ToolWindowManager* m_manager;
bool m_dragCanStart; // indicates that user has started mouse movement on QTabWidget
// that can be considered as dragging it if the cursor will leave
// its area
bool m_tabDragCanStart; // indicates that user has started mouse movement on QTabWidget
// that can be considered as dragging current tab
// if the cursor will leave the tab bar area
bool m_userCanDrop; // indictes the user is allowed to drop things on this area
bool m_inTabMoved; // if we're in the tabMoved() function (so if we call tabMove to cancel
// the movement, we shouldn't re-check the tabMoved behaviour)
QVariantMap saveState(); // dump contents to variable
void restoreState(const QVariantMap& data); //restore contents from given variable
//check if mouse left tab widget area so that dragging should start
void check_mouse_move();
friend class ToolWindowManager;
friend class ToolWindowManagerWrapper;
private slots:
void tabMoved(int from, int to);
};
#endif // TOOLWINDOWMANAGERAREA_H

66
3rdparty/ToolWindowManager/include/ToolWindowManagerWrapper.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
/*
* The MIT License (MIT)
*
* Copyright (c) 2014 Pavel Strakhov
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*
*/
#ifndef TOOLWINDOWMANAGERWRAPPER_H
#define TOOLWINDOWMANAGERWRAPPER_H
#include <QWidget>
#include <QVariantMap>
class ToolWindowManager;
/*!
* \brief The ToolWindowManagerWrapper class is used by ToolWindowManager to wrap its content.
* One wrapper is a direct child of the manager and contains tool windows that are inside its window.
* All other wrappers are top level floating windows that contain detached tool windows.
*
*/
class ToolWindowManagerWrapper : public QWidget {
Q_OBJECT
public:
//! Creates new wrapper.
explicit ToolWindowManagerWrapper(ToolWindowManager* manager);
//! Removes the wrapper.
virtual ~ToolWindowManagerWrapper();
ToolWindowManager* manager() { return m_manager; }
protected:
//! Reimplemented to register hiding of contained tool windows when user closes the floating window.
virtual void closeEvent(QCloseEvent *);
private:
ToolWindowManager* m_manager;
//dump content's layout to variable
QVariantMap saveState();
//construct layout based on given dump
void restoreState(const QVariantMap& data);
friend class ToolWindowManager;
};
#endif // TOOLWINDOWMANAGERWRAPPER_H

854
3rdparty/ToolWindowManager/src/ToolWindowManager.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,854 @@
/*
* The MIT License (MIT)
*
* Copyright (c) 2014 Pavel Strakhov
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*
*/
#include "ToolWindowManager.h"
#include "ToolWindowManagerArea.h"
#include "ToolWindowManagerWrapper.h"
#include <QVBoxLayout>
#include <QDebug>
#include <QEvent>
#include <QApplication>
#include <QDrag>
#include <QMimeData>
#include <QMouseEvent>
#include <QPainter>
#include <QDesktopWidget>
#include <QScreen>
template<class T>
T findClosestParent(QWidget* widget) {
while(widget) {
if (qobject_cast<T>(widget)) {
return static_cast<T>(widget);
}
widget = widget->parentWidget();
}
return 0;
}
ToolWindowManager::ToolWindowManager(QWidget *parent) :
QWidget(parent)
{
m_borderSensitivity = 12;
QSplitter* testSplitter = new QSplitter();
m_rubberBandLineWidth = testSplitter->handleWidth();
delete testSplitter;
m_dragIndicator = new QLabel(0, Qt::ToolTip );
m_dragIndicator->setAttribute(Qt::WA_ShowWithoutActivating);
QVBoxLayout* mainLayout = new QVBoxLayout(this);
mainLayout->setContentsMargins(0, 0, 0, 0);
ToolWindowManagerWrapper* wrapper = new ToolWindowManagerWrapper(this);
wrapper->setWindowFlags(wrapper->windowFlags() & ~Qt::Tool);
mainLayout->addWidget(wrapper);
connect(&m_dropSuggestionSwitchTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()),
this, SLOT(showNextDropSuggestion()));
m_dropSuggestionSwitchTimer.setInterval(1000);
m_dropCurrentSuggestionIndex = 0;
m_allowFloatingWindow = true;
m_createCallback = NULL;
m_rectRubberBand = new QRubberBand(QRubberBand::Rectangle, this);
m_lineRubberBand = new QRubberBand(QRubberBand::Line, this);
}
ToolWindowManager::~ToolWindowManager() {
while(!m_areas.isEmpty()) {
delete m_areas.first();
}
while(!m_wrappers.isEmpty()) {
delete m_wrappers.first();
}
}
void ToolWindowManager::setToolWindowProperties(QWidget* toolWindow, ToolWindowManager::ToolWindowProperty properties) {
m_toolWindowProperties[toolWindow] = properties;
ToolWindowManagerArea *area = areaOf(toolWindow);
if(area)
area->updateToolWindow(toolWindow);
}
ToolWindowManager::ToolWindowProperty ToolWindowManager::toolWindowProperties(QWidget* toolWindow) {
return m_toolWindowProperties[toolWindow];
}
void ToolWindowManager::addToolWindow(QWidget *toolWindow, const AreaReference &area) {
addToolWindows(QList<QWidget*>() << toolWindow, area);
}
void ToolWindowManager::addToolWindows(QList<QWidget *> toolWindows, const ToolWindowManager::AreaReference &area) {
foreach(QWidget* toolWindow, toolWindows) {
if (!toolWindow) {
qWarning("cannot add null widget");
continue;
}
if (m_toolWindows.contains(toolWindow)) {
qWarning("this tool window has already been added");
continue;
}
toolWindow->hide();
toolWindow->setParent(0);
m_toolWindows << toolWindow;
m_toolWindowProperties[toolWindow] = ToolWindowProperty(0);
QObject::connect(toolWindow, &QWidget::windowTitleChanged, this, &ToolWindowManager::windowTitleChanged);
}
moveToolWindows(toolWindows, area);
}
ToolWindowManagerArea *ToolWindowManager::areaOf(QWidget *toolWindow) {
return findClosestParent<ToolWindowManagerArea*>(toolWindow);
}
void ToolWindowManager::moveToolWindow(QWidget *toolWindow, AreaReference area) {
moveToolWindows(QList<QWidget*>() << toolWindow, area);
}
void ToolWindowManager::moveToolWindows(QList<QWidget *> toolWindows,
ToolWindowManager::AreaReference area) {
foreach(QWidget* toolWindow, toolWindows) {
if (!m_toolWindows.contains(toolWindow)) {
qWarning("unknown tool window");
return;
}
if (toolWindow->parentWidget() != 0) {
releaseToolWindow(toolWindow);
}
}
if (area.type() == LastUsedArea && !m_lastUsedArea) {
ToolWindowManagerArea* foundArea = findChild<ToolWindowManagerArea*>();
if (foundArea) {
area = AreaReference(AddTo, foundArea);
} else {
area = EmptySpace;
}
}
if (area.type() == NoArea) {
//do nothing
} else if (area.type() == NewFloatingArea) {
ToolWindowManagerArea* area = createArea();
area->addToolWindows(toolWindows);
ToolWindowManagerWrapper* wrapper = new ToolWindowManagerWrapper(this);
wrapper->layout()->addWidget(area);
wrapper->move(QCursor::pos());
wrapper->show();
} else if (area.type() == AddTo) {
area.area()->addToolWindows(toolWindows);
} else if (area.type() == LeftOf || area.type() == RightOf ||
area.type() == TopOf || area.type() == BottomOf) {
QSplitter* parentSplitter = qobject_cast<QSplitter*>(area.widget()->parentWidget());
ToolWindowManagerWrapper* wrapper = qobject_cast<ToolWindowManagerWrapper*>(area.widget()->parentWidget());
if (!parentSplitter && !wrapper) {
qWarning("unknown parent type");
return;
}
bool useParentSplitter = false;
int indexInParentSplitter = 0;
QList<QRect> parentSplitterGeometries;
QList<int> parentSplitterSizes;
if (parentSplitter) {
indexInParentSplitter = parentSplitter->indexOf(area.widget());
parentSplitterSizes = parentSplitter->sizes();
for(int i = 0; i < parentSplitter->count(); i++) {
parentSplitterGeometries.push_back(parentSplitter->widget(i)->geometry());
}
if (parentSplitter->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) {
useParentSplitter = area.type() == TopOf || area.type() == BottomOf;
} else {
useParentSplitter = area.type() == LeftOf || area.type() == RightOf;
}
}
if (useParentSplitter) {
if (area.type() == BottomOf || area.type() == RightOf) {
indexInParentSplitter++;
}
ToolWindowManagerArea* newArea = createArea();
newArea->addToolWindows(toolWindows);
parentSplitter->insertWidget(indexInParentSplitter, newArea);
for(int i = 0; i < qMin(parentSplitter->count(), parentSplitterGeometries.count()); i++) {
parentSplitter->widget(i)->setGeometry(parentSplitterGeometries[i]);
}
} else {
area.widget()->hide();
area.widget()->setParent(0);
QSplitter* splitter = createSplitter();
if (area.type() == TopOf || area.type() == BottomOf) {
splitter->setOrientation(Qt::Vertical);
} else {
splitter->setOrientation(Qt::Horizontal);
}
ToolWindowManagerArea* newArea = createArea();
// inherit the size policy from the widget we are wrapping
splitter->setSizePolicy(area.widget()->sizePolicy());
// store old geometries so we can restore them
QRect areaGeometry = area.widget()->geometry();
QRect newGeometry = newArea->geometry();
splitter->addWidget(area.widget());
area.widget()->show();
int indexInSplitter = 0;
if (area.type() == TopOf || area.type() == LeftOf) {
splitter->insertWidget(0, newArea);
indexInSplitter = 0;
} else {
splitter->addWidget(newArea);
indexInSplitter = 1;
}
// Convert area percentage desired to a stretch factor.
const int totalStretch = 100;
int pct = int(totalStretch*area.percentage());
splitter->setStretchFactor(indexInSplitter, pct);
splitter->setStretchFactor(1-indexInSplitter, totalStretch-pct);
if (parentSplitter) {
parentSplitter->insertWidget(indexInParentSplitter, splitter);
for (int i = 0; i < qMin(parentSplitter->count(), parentSplitterGeometries.count()); i++) {
parentSplitter->widget(i)->setGeometry(parentSplitterGeometries[i]);
}
if (parentSplitterSizes.count() > 0 && parentSplitterSizes[0] != 0) {
parentSplitter->setSizes(parentSplitterSizes);
}
} else {
wrapper->layout()->addWidget(splitter);
}
newArea->addToolWindows(toolWindows);
area.widget()->setGeometry(areaGeometry);
newArea->setGeometry(newGeometry);
}
} else if (area.type() == EmptySpace) {
ToolWindowManagerArea* newArea = createArea();
findChild<ToolWindowManagerWrapper*>()->layout()->addWidget(newArea);
newArea->addToolWindows(toolWindows);
} else if (area.type() == LastUsedArea) {
m_lastUsedArea->addToolWindows(toolWindows);
} else {
qWarning("invalid type");
}
simplifyLayout();
foreach(QWidget* toolWindow, toolWindows) {
emit toolWindowVisibilityChanged(toolWindow, toolWindow->parent() != 0);
}
}
void ToolWindowManager::removeToolWindow(QWidget *toolWindow) {
if (!m_toolWindows.contains(toolWindow)) {
qWarning("unknown tool window");
return;
}
moveToolWindow(toolWindow, NoArea);
m_toolWindows.removeOne(toolWindow);
m_toolWindowProperties.remove(toolWindow);
delete toolWindow;
toolWindow = nullptr;
}
QWidget* ToolWindowManager::createToolWindow(const QString& objectName)
{
if (m_createCallback) {
QWidget *toolWindow = m_createCallback(objectName);
if(toolWindow) {
m_toolWindows << toolWindow;
m_toolWindowProperties[toolWindow] = ToolWindowProperty(0);
QObject::connect(toolWindow, &QWidget::windowTitleChanged, this, &ToolWindowManager::windowTitleChanged);
return toolWindow;
}
}
return NULL;
}
void ToolWindowManager::setSuggestionSwitchInterval(int msec) {
m_dropSuggestionSwitchTimer.setInterval(msec);
}
int ToolWindowManager::suggestionSwitchInterval() {
return m_dropSuggestionSwitchTimer.interval();
}
void ToolWindowManager::setBorderSensitivity(int pixels) {
m_borderSensitivity = pixels;
}
void ToolWindowManager::setRubberBandLineWidth(int pixels) {
m_rubberBandLineWidth = pixels;
}
void ToolWindowManager::setAllowFloatingWindow(bool allow) {
m_allowFloatingWindow = allow;
}
QVariantMap ToolWindowManager::saveState() {
QVariantMap result;
result["toolWindowManagerStateFormat"] = 1;
ToolWindowManagerWrapper* mainWrapper = findChild<ToolWindowManagerWrapper*>();
if (!mainWrapper) {
qWarning("can't find main wrapper");
return QVariantMap();
}
result["mainWrapper"] = mainWrapper->saveState();
QVariantList floatingWindowsData;
foreach(ToolWindowManagerWrapper* wrapper, m_wrappers) {
if (!wrapper->isWindow()) { continue; }
floatingWindowsData << wrapper->saveState();
}
result["floatingWindows"] = floatingWindowsData;
return result;
}
void ToolWindowManager::restoreState(const QVariantMap &dataMap) {
if (dataMap.isEmpty()) { return; }
if (dataMap["toolWindowManagerStateFormat"].toInt() != 1) {
qWarning("state format is not recognized");
return;
}
moveToolWindows(m_toolWindows, NoArea);
ToolWindowManagerWrapper* mainWrapper = findChild<ToolWindowManagerWrapper*>();
if (!mainWrapper) {
qWarning("can't find main wrapper");
return;
}
mainWrapper->restoreState(dataMap["mainWrapper"].toMap());
foreach(QVariant windowData, dataMap["floatingWindows"].toList()) {
ToolWindowManagerWrapper* wrapper = new ToolWindowManagerWrapper(this);
wrapper->restoreState(windowData.toMap());
wrapper->show();
if(wrapper->windowState() && Qt::WindowMaximized)
{
wrapper->setWindowState(0);
wrapper->setWindowState(Qt::WindowMaximized);
}
}
simplifyLayout();
foreach(QWidget* toolWindow, m_toolWindows) {
emit toolWindowVisibilityChanged(toolWindow, toolWindow->parentWidget() != 0);
}
}
ToolWindowManagerArea *ToolWindowManager::createArea() {
ToolWindowManagerArea* area = new ToolWindowManagerArea(this, 0);
connect(area, SIGNAL(tabCloseRequested(int)),
this, SLOT(tabCloseRequested(int)));
return area;
}
void ToolWindowManager::handleNoSuggestions() {
m_rectRubberBand->hide();
m_lineRubberBand->hide();
m_lineRubberBand->setParent(this);
m_rectRubberBand->setParent(this);
m_suggestions.clear();
m_dropCurrentSuggestionIndex = 0;
if (m_dropSuggestionSwitchTimer.isActive()) {
m_dropSuggestionSwitchTimer.stop();
}
}
void ToolWindowManager::releaseToolWindow(QWidget *toolWindow) {
ToolWindowManagerArea* previousTabWidget = findClosestParent<ToolWindowManagerArea*>(toolWindow);
if (!previousTabWidget) {
qWarning("cannot find tab widget for tool window");
return;
}
previousTabWidget->removeTab(previousTabWidget->indexOf(toolWindow));
toolWindow->hide();
toolWindow->setParent(0);
}
void ToolWindowManager::simplifyLayout() {
foreach(ToolWindowManagerArea* area, m_areas) {
if (area->parentWidget() == 0) {
if (area->count() == 0) {
if (area == m_lastUsedArea) { m_lastUsedArea = 0; }
//QTimer::singleShot(1000, area, SLOT(deleteLater()));
area->deleteLater();
}
continue;
}
QSplitter* splitter = qobject_cast<QSplitter*>(area->parentWidget());
QSplitter* validSplitter = 0; // least top level splitter that should remain
QSplitter* invalidSplitter = 0; //most top level splitter that should be deleted
while(splitter) {
if (splitter->count() > 1) {
validSplitter = splitter;
break;
} else {
invalidSplitter = splitter;
splitter = qobject_cast<QSplitter*>(splitter->parentWidget());
}
}
if (!validSplitter) {
ToolWindowManagerWrapper* wrapper = findClosestParent<ToolWindowManagerWrapper*>(area);
if (!wrapper) {
qWarning("can't find wrapper");
return;
}
if (area->count() == 0 && wrapper->isWindow()) {
wrapper->hide();
// can't deleteLater immediately (strange MacOS bug)
//QTimer::singleShot(1000, wrapper, SLOT(deleteLater()));
wrapper->deleteLater();
} else if (area->parent() != wrapper) {
wrapper->layout()->addWidget(area);
}
} else {
if (area->count() > 0) {
if (validSplitter && area->parent() != validSplitter) {
int index = validSplitter->indexOf(invalidSplitter);
validSplitter->insertWidget(index, area);
}
}
}
if (invalidSplitter) {
invalidSplitter->hide();
invalidSplitter->setParent(0);
//QTimer::singleShot(1000, invalidSplitter, SLOT(deleteLater()));
invalidSplitter->deleteLater();
}
if (area->count() == 0) {
area->hide();
area->setParent(0);
if (area == m_lastUsedArea) { m_lastUsedArea = 0; }
//QTimer::singleShot(1000, area, SLOT(deleteLater()));
area->deleteLater();
}
}
}
void ToolWindowManager::startDrag(const QList<QWidget *> &toolWindows) {
if (dragInProgress()) {
qWarning("ToolWindowManager::execDrag: drag is already in progress");
return;
}
foreach(QWidget* toolWindow, toolWindows) {
if(toolWindowProperties(toolWindow) & DisallowUserDocking) { return; }
}
if (toolWindows.isEmpty()) { return; }
m_draggedToolWindows = toolWindows;
m_dragIndicator->setPixmap(generateDragPixmap(toolWindows));
updateDragPosition();
m_dragIndicator->show();
}
QVariantMap ToolWindowManager::saveSplitterState(QSplitter *splitter) {
QVariantMap result;
result["state"] = splitter->saveState().toBase64();
result["type"] = "splitter";
QVariantList items;
for(int i = 0; i < splitter->count(); i++) {
QWidget* item = splitter->widget(i);
QVariantMap itemValue;
ToolWindowManagerArea* area = qobject_cast<ToolWindowManagerArea*>(item);
if (area) {
itemValue = area->saveState();
} else {
QSplitter* childSplitter = qobject_cast<QSplitter*>(item);
if (childSplitter) {
itemValue = saveSplitterState(childSplitter);
} else {
qWarning("unknown splitter item");
}
}
items << itemValue;
}
result["items"] = items;
return result;
}
QSplitter *ToolWindowManager::restoreSplitterState(const QVariantMap &data) {
if (data["items"].toList().count() < 2) {
qWarning("invalid splitter encountered");
}
QSplitter* splitter = createSplitter();
foreach(QVariant itemData, data["items"].toList()) {
QVariantMap itemValue = itemData.toMap();
QString itemType = itemValue["type"].toString();
if (itemType == "splitter") {
splitter->addWidget(restoreSplitterState(itemValue));
} else if (itemType == "area") {
ToolWindowManagerArea* area = createArea();
area->restoreState(itemValue);
splitter->addWidget(area);
} else {
qWarning("unknown item type");
}
}
splitter->restoreState(QByteArray::fromBase64(data["state"].toByteArray()));
return splitter;
}
QPixmap ToolWindowManager::generateDragPixmap(const QList<QWidget *> &toolWindows) {
QTabBar widget;
widget.setDocumentMode(true);
foreach(QWidget* toolWindow, toolWindows) {
widget.addTab(toolWindow->windowIcon(), toolWindow->windowTitle());
}
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000 // Qt5
return widget.grab();
#else //Qt4
return QPixmap::grabWidget(&widget);
#endif
}
void ToolWindowManager::showNextDropSuggestion() {
if (m_suggestions.isEmpty()) {
qWarning("showNextDropSuggestion called but no suggestions");
return;
}
m_dropCurrentSuggestionIndex++;
if (m_dropCurrentSuggestionIndex >= m_suggestions.count()) {
m_dropCurrentSuggestionIndex = 0;
}
const AreaReference& suggestion = m_suggestions[m_dropCurrentSuggestionIndex];
if (suggestion.type() == AddTo || suggestion.type() == EmptySpace) {
QWidget* widget;
if (suggestion.type() == EmptySpace) {
widget = findChild<ToolWindowManagerWrapper*>();
} else {
widget = suggestion.widget();
}
QWidget* placeHolderParent;
if (widget->topLevelWidget() == topLevelWidget()) {
placeHolderParent = this;
} else {
placeHolderParent = widget->topLevelWidget();
}
QRect placeHolderGeometry = widget->rect();
placeHolderGeometry.moveTopLeft(widget->mapTo(placeHolderParent,
placeHolderGeometry.topLeft()));
m_rectRubberBand->setGeometry(placeHolderGeometry);
m_rectRubberBand->setParent(placeHolderParent);
m_rectRubberBand->show();
m_lineRubberBand->hide();
} else if (suggestion.type() == LeftOf || suggestion.type() == RightOf ||
suggestion.type() == TopOf || suggestion.type() == BottomOf) {
QWidget* placeHolderParent;
if (suggestion.widget()->topLevelWidget() == topLevelWidget()) {
placeHolderParent = this;
} else {
placeHolderParent = suggestion.widget()->topLevelWidget();
}
QRect placeHolderGeometry = sidePlaceHolderRect(suggestion.widget(), suggestion.type());
placeHolderGeometry.moveTopLeft(suggestion.widget()->mapTo(placeHolderParent,
placeHolderGeometry.topLeft()));
m_lineRubberBand->setGeometry(placeHolderGeometry);
m_lineRubberBand->setParent(placeHolderParent);
m_lineRubberBand->show();
m_rectRubberBand->hide();
} else {
qWarning("unsupported suggestion type");
}
}
void ToolWindowManager::findSuggestions(ToolWindowManagerWrapper* wrapper) {
m_suggestions.clear();
m_dropCurrentSuggestionIndex = -1;
QPoint globalPos = QCursor::pos();
QList<QWidget*> candidates;
foreach(QSplitter* splitter, wrapper->findChildren<QSplitter*>()) {
// make sure this is one of our layout splitters, not a proper widget or a splitter
// from another manager. We walk the parents, expecting either a QSplitter or QTabWidget
// at each time until we reach an area.
QWidget *w = splitter;
bool valid = false;
while(w)
{
QWidget *parent = w->parentWidget();
QSplitter *parentSplitter = qobject_cast<QSplitter*>(parent);
QTabWidget *parentTab = qobject_cast<QTabWidget*>(parent);
// keep recursing up what looks like our hierarchy
if(parentSplitter || parentTab)
{
w = parent;
continue;
}
ToolWindowManagerArea* area = qobject_cast<ToolWindowManagerArea*>(parent);
ToolWindowManagerWrapper* wrapper = qobject_cast<ToolWindowManagerWrapper*>(parent);
// if it's an area or wrapper, check if it's ours
if(area)
valid = area->manager() == this;
else if(wrapper)
valid = wrapper->manager() == this;
// we're done now, whether we checked for validity, or if we
// found something that's none of the above
break;
}
if(valid)
candidates << splitter;
}
foreach(ToolWindowManagerArea* area, m_areas) {
if (area->topLevelWidget() == wrapper->topLevelWidget()) {
candidates << area;
}
}
foreach(QWidget* widget, candidates) {
QSplitter* splitter = qobject_cast<QSplitter*>(widget);
ToolWindowManagerArea* area = qobject_cast<ToolWindowManagerArea*>(widget);
if (!splitter && !area) {
qWarning("unexpected widget type");
continue;
}
QSplitter* parentSplitter = qobject_cast<QSplitter*>(widget->parentWidget());
bool lastInSplitter = parentSplitter &&
parentSplitter->indexOf(widget) == parentSplitter->count() - 1;
QList<AreaReferenceType> allowedSides;
if (!splitter || splitter->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) {
allowedSides << LeftOf;
}
if (!splitter || splitter->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) {
allowedSides << TopOf;
}
if (!parentSplitter || parentSplitter->orientation() == Qt::Vertical || lastInSplitter) {
if (!splitter || splitter->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) {
allowedSides << RightOf;
}
}
if (!parentSplitter || parentSplitter->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal || lastInSplitter) {
if (!splitter || splitter->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) {
allowedSides << BottomOf;
}
}
foreach(AreaReferenceType side, allowedSides) {
if (sideSensitiveArea(widget, side).contains(widget->mapFromGlobal(globalPos))) {
m_suggestions << AreaReference(side, widget);
}
}
if (area && area->allowUserDrop() && area->rect().contains(area->mapFromGlobal(globalPos))) {
m_suggestions << AreaReference(AddTo, area);
}
}
if (candidates.isEmpty()) {
m_suggestions << EmptySpace;
}
if (m_suggestions.isEmpty()) {
handleNoSuggestions();
} else {
showNextDropSuggestion();
}
}
QRect ToolWindowManager::sideSensitiveArea(QWidget *widget, ToolWindowManager::AreaReferenceType side) {
QRect widgetRect = widget->rect();
if (side == TopOf) {
return QRect(QPoint(widgetRect.left(), widgetRect.top() - m_borderSensitivity),
QSize(widgetRect.width(), m_borderSensitivity * 2));
} else if (side == LeftOf) {
return QRect(QPoint(widgetRect.left() - m_borderSensitivity, widgetRect.top()),
QSize(m_borderSensitivity * 2, widgetRect.height()));
} else if (side == BottomOf) {
return QRect(QPoint(widgetRect.left(), widgetRect.top() + widgetRect.height() - m_borderSensitivity),
QSize(widgetRect.width(), m_borderSensitivity * 2));
} else if (side == RightOf) {
return QRect(QPoint(widgetRect.left() + widgetRect.width() - m_borderSensitivity, widgetRect.top()),
QSize(m_borderSensitivity * 2, widgetRect.height()));
} else {
qWarning("invalid side");
return QRect();
}
}
QRect ToolWindowManager::sidePlaceHolderRect(QWidget *widget, ToolWindowManager::AreaReferenceType side) {
QRect widgetRect = widget->rect();
QSplitter* parentSplitter = qobject_cast<QSplitter*>(widget->parentWidget());
if (parentSplitter && parentSplitter->indexOf(widget) > 0) {
int delta = parentSplitter->handleWidth() / 2 + m_rubberBandLineWidth / 2;
if (side == TopOf && parentSplitter->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) {
return QRect(QPoint(widgetRect.left(), widgetRect.top() - delta),
QSize(widgetRect.width(), m_rubberBandLineWidth));
} else if (side == LeftOf && parentSplitter->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) {
return QRect(QPoint(widgetRect.left() - delta, widgetRect.top()),
QSize(m_rubberBandLineWidth, widgetRect.height()));
}
}
if (side == TopOf) {
return QRect(QPoint(widgetRect.left(), widgetRect.top()),
QSize(widgetRect.width(), m_rubberBandLineWidth));
} else if (side == LeftOf) {
return QRect(QPoint(widgetRect.left(), widgetRect.top()),
QSize(m_rubberBandLineWidth, widgetRect.height()));
} else if (side == BottomOf) {
return QRect(QPoint(widgetRect.left(), widgetRect.top() + widgetRect.height() - m_rubberBandLineWidth),
QSize(widgetRect.width(), m_rubberBandLineWidth));
} else if (side == RightOf) {
return QRect(QPoint(widgetRect.left() + widgetRect.width() - m_rubberBandLineWidth, widgetRect.top()),
QSize(m_rubberBandLineWidth, widgetRect.height()));
} else {
qWarning("invalid side");
return QRect();
}
}
void ToolWindowManager::updateDragPosition() {
if (!dragInProgress()) { return; }
if (!(qApp->mouseButtons() & Qt::LeftButton)) {
finishDrag();
return;
}
QPoint pos = QCursor::pos();
m_dragIndicator->move(pos + QPoint(1, 1));
bool foundWrapper = false;
QWidget* window = qApp->topLevelAt(pos);
foreach(ToolWindowManagerWrapper* wrapper, m_wrappers) {
if (wrapper->window() == window) {
if (wrapper->rect().contains(wrapper->mapFromGlobal(pos))) {
findSuggestions(wrapper);
if (!m_suggestions.isEmpty()) {
//starting or restarting timer
if (m_dropSuggestionSwitchTimer.isActive()) {
m_dropSuggestionSwitchTimer.stop();
}
m_dropSuggestionSwitchTimer.start();
foundWrapper = true;
}
}
break;
}
}
if (!foundWrapper) {
handleNoSuggestions();
}
}
void ToolWindowManager::finishDrag() {
if (!dragInProgress()) {
qWarning("unexpected finishDrag");
return;
}
if (m_suggestions.isEmpty()) {
if (m_allowFloatingWindow)
moveToolWindows(m_draggedToolWindows, NewFloatingArea);
} else {
if (m_dropCurrentSuggestionIndex >= m_suggestions.count()) {
qWarning("invalid m_dropCurrentSuggestionIndex");
return;
}
ToolWindowManager::AreaReference suggestion = m_suggestions[m_dropCurrentSuggestionIndex];
handleNoSuggestions();
moveToolWindows(m_draggedToolWindows, suggestion);
}
m_dragIndicator->hide();
m_draggedToolWindows.clear();
}
void ToolWindowManager::tabCloseRequested(int index) {
ToolWindowManagerArea* tabWidget = qobject_cast<ToolWindowManagerArea*>(sender());
if (!tabWidget) {
qWarning("sender is not a ToolWindowManagerArea");
return;
}
QWidget* toolWindow = tabWidget->widget(index);
if (!m_toolWindows.contains(toolWindow)) {
qWarning("unknown tab in tab widget");
return;
}
if(toolWindowProperties(toolWindow) & ToolWindowManager::HideOnClose)
hideToolWindow(toolWindow);
else
removeToolWindow(toolWindow);
}
void ToolWindowManager::windowTitleChanged(const QString&) {
QWidget* toolWindow = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(sender());
if(!toolWindow) {
return;
}
ToolWindowManagerArea *area = areaOf(toolWindow);
if(area) {
area->updateToolWindow(toolWindow);
}
}
QSplitter *ToolWindowManager::createSplitter() {
QSplitter* splitter = new QSplitter();
splitter->setChildrenCollapsible(false);
return splitter;
}
ToolWindowManager::AreaReference::AreaReference(ToolWindowManager::AreaReferenceType type, ToolWindowManagerArea *area, float percentage) {
m_type = type;
m_percentage = percentage;
setWidget(area);
}
void ToolWindowManager::AreaReference::setWidget(QWidget *widget) {
if (m_type == LastUsedArea || m_type == NewFloatingArea || m_type == NoArea || m_type == EmptySpace) {
if (widget != 0) {
qWarning("area parameter ignored for this type");
}
m_widget = 0;
} else if (m_type == AddTo) {
m_widget = qobject_cast<ToolWindowManagerArea*>(widget);
if (!m_widget) {
qWarning("only ToolWindowManagerArea can be used with this type");
}
} else {
if (!qobject_cast<ToolWindowManagerArea*>(widget) &&
!qobject_cast<QSplitter*>(widget)) {
qWarning("only ToolWindowManagerArea or splitter can be used with this type");
m_widget = 0;
} else {
m_widget = widget;
}
}
}
ToolWindowManagerArea *ToolWindowManager::AreaReference::area() const {
return qobject_cast<ToolWindowManagerArea*>(m_widget);
}
ToolWindowManager::AreaReference::AreaReference(ToolWindowManager::AreaReferenceType type, QWidget *widget) {
m_type = type;
setWidget(widget);
}

235
3rdparty/ToolWindowManager/src/ToolWindowManagerArea.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
/*
* The MIT License (MIT)
*
* Copyright (c) 2014 Pavel Strakhov
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*
*/
#include "ToolWindowManagerArea.h"
#include "ToolWindowManager.h"
#include <QApplication>
#include <QMouseEvent>
#include <QDebug>
ToolWindowManagerArea::ToolWindowManagerArea(ToolWindowManager *manager, QWidget *parent) :
QTabWidget(parent)
, m_manager(manager)
{
m_dragCanStart = false;
m_tabDragCanStart = false;
m_inTabMoved = false;
m_userCanDrop = true;
setMovable(true);
setTabsClosable(true);
setDocumentMode(true);
tabBar()->installEventFilter(this);
m_manager->m_areas << this;
QObject::connect(tabBar(), &QTabBar::tabMoved, this, &ToolWindowManagerArea::tabMoved);
}
ToolWindowManagerArea::~ToolWindowManagerArea() {
m_manager->m_areas.removeOne(this);
}
void ToolWindowManagerArea::addToolWindow(QWidget *toolWindow) {
addToolWindows(QList<QWidget*>() << toolWindow);
}
void ToolWindowManagerArea::addToolWindows(const QList<QWidget *> &toolWindows) {
int index = 0;
foreach(QWidget* toolWindow, toolWindows) {
index = addTab(toolWindow, toolWindow->windowIcon(), toolWindow->windowTitle());
if(m_manager->toolWindowProperties(toolWindow) & ToolWindowManager::HideCloseButton) {
tabBar()->tabButton(index, QTabBar::RightSide)->resize(0, 0);
}
}
setCurrentIndex(index);
m_manager->m_lastUsedArea = this;
}
QList<QWidget *> ToolWindowManagerArea::toolWindows() {
QList<QWidget *> result;
for(int i = 0; i < count(); i++) {
result << widget(i);
}
return result;
}
void ToolWindowManagerArea::updateToolWindow(QWidget* toolWindow) {
int index = indexOf(toolWindow);
if(index >= 0) {
if(m_manager->toolWindowProperties(toolWindow) & ToolWindowManager::HideCloseButton) {
tabBar()->tabButton(index, QTabBar::RightSide)->resize(0, 0);
} else {
tabBar()->tabButton(index, QTabBar::RightSide)->resize(16, 16);
}
tabBar()->setTabText(index, toolWindow->windowTitle());
}
}
void ToolWindowManagerArea::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *) {
if (qApp->mouseButtons() == Qt::LeftButton) {
m_dragCanStart = true;
}
}
void ToolWindowManagerArea::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *) {
m_dragCanStart = false;
m_manager->updateDragPosition();
}
void ToolWindowManagerArea::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *) {
check_mouse_move();
}
bool ToolWindowManagerArea::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event) {
if (object == tabBar()) {
if (event->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress &&
qApp->mouseButtons() == Qt::LeftButton) {
int tabIndex = tabBar()->tabAt(static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(event)->pos());
// can start tab drag only if mouse is at some tab, not at empty tabbar space
if (tabIndex >= 0) {
m_tabDragCanStart = true;
if (m_manager->toolWindowProperties(widget(tabIndex)) & ToolWindowManager::DisableDraggableTab) {
setMovable(false);
} else {
setMovable(true);
}
} else {
m_dragCanStart = true;
}
} else if (event->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease) {
m_tabDragCanStart = false;
m_dragCanStart = false;
m_manager->updateDragPosition();
} else if (event->type() == QEvent::MouseMove) {
m_manager->updateDragPosition();
if (m_tabDragCanStart) {
if (tabBar()->rect().contains(static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(event)->pos())) {
return false;
}
if (qApp->mouseButtons() != Qt::LeftButton) {
return false;
}
QWidget* toolWindow = currentWidget();
if (!toolWindow || !m_manager->m_toolWindows.contains(toolWindow)) {
return false;
}
m_tabDragCanStart = false;
//stop internal tab drag in QTabBar
QMouseEvent* releaseEvent = new QMouseEvent(QEvent::MouseButtonRelease,
static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(event)->pos(),
Qt::LeftButton, Qt::LeftButton, 0);
qApp->sendEvent(tabBar(), releaseEvent);
m_manager->startDrag(QList<QWidget*>() << toolWindow);
} else if (m_dragCanStart) {
check_mouse_move();
}
}
}
return QTabWidget::eventFilter(object, event);
}
QVariantMap ToolWindowManagerArea::saveState() {
QVariantMap result;
result["type"] = "area";
result["currentIndex"] = currentIndex();
QVariantList objects;
objects.reserve(count());
for(int i = 0; i < count(); i++) {
QWidget *w = widget(i);
QString name = w->objectName();
if (name.isEmpty()) {
qWarning("cannot save state of tool window without object name");
} else {
QVariantMap objectData;
objectData["name"] = name;
objectData["data"] = w->property("persistData");
objects.push_back(objectData);
}
}
result["objects"] = objects;
return result;
}
void ToolWindowManagerArea::restoreState(const QVariantMap &data) {
foreach(QVariant object, data["objects"].toList()) {
QVariantMap objectData = object.toMap();
if (objectData.isEmpty()) { continue; }
QString objectName = objectData["name"].toString();
if (objectName.isEmpty()) { continue; }
QWidget *t = NULL;
foreach(QWidget* toolWindow, m_manager->m_toolWindows) {
if (toolWindow->objectName() == objectName) {
t = toolWindow;
break;
}
}
if (t == NULL) t = m_manager->createToolWindow(objectName);
if (t) {
t->setProperty("persistData", objectData["data"]);
addToolWindow(t);
} else {
qWarning("tool window with name '%s' not found or created", objectName.toLocal8Bit().constData());
}
}
setCurrentIndex(data["currentIndex"].toInt());
}
void ToolWindowManagerArea::check_mouse_move() {
m_manager->updateDragPosition();
if (qApp->mouseButtons() == Qt::LeftButton &&
!rect().contains(mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos())) &&
m_dragCanStart) {
m_dragCanStart = false;
QList<QWidget*> toolWindows;
for(int i = 0; i < count(); i++) {
QWidget* toolWindow = widget(i);
if (!m_manager->m_toolWindows.contains(toolWindow)) {
qWarning("tab widget contains unmanaged widget");
} else {
toolWindows << toolWindow;
}
}
m_manager->startDrag(toolWindows);
}
}
void ToolWindowManagerArea::tabMoved(int from, int to) {
if(m_inTabMoved) return;
QWidget *a = widget(from);
QWidget *b = widget(to);
if(!a || !b) return;
if(m_manager->toolWindowProperties(a) & ToolWindowManager::DisableDraggableTab ||
m_manager->toolWindowProperties(b) & ToolWindowManager::DisableDraggableTab)
{
m_inTabMoved = true;
tabBar()->moveTab(to, from);
m_inTabMoved = false;
}
}

97
3rdparty/ToolWindowManager/src/ToolWindowManagerWrapper.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
/*
* The MIT License (MIT)
*
* Copyright (c) 2014 Pavel Strakhov
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
* SOFTWARE.
*
*/
#include "ToolWindowManagerWrapper.h"
#include "ToolWindowManager.h"
#include "ToolWindowManagerArea.h"
#include <QVBoxLayout>
#include <QDragEnterEvent>
#include <QMimeData>
#include <QDebug>
#include <QApplication>
ToolWindowManagerWrapper::ToolWindowManagerWrapper(ToolWindowManager *manager) :
QWidget(manager)
, m_manager(manager)
{
setWindowFlags(windowFlags() | Qt::Tool);
setWindowTitle(" ");
QVBoxLayout* mainLayout = new QVBoxLayout(this);
mainLayout->setContentsMargins(0, 0, 0, 0);
m_manager->m_wrappers << this;
}
ToolWindowManagerWrapper::~ToolWindowManagerWrapper() {
m_manager->m_wrappers.removeOne(this);
}
void ToolWindowManagerWrapper::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *) {
QList<QWidget*> toolWindows;
foreach(ToolWindowManagerArea* tabWidget, findChildren<ToolWindowManagerArea*>()) {
toolWindows << tabWidget->toolWindows();
}
m_manager->moveToolWindows(toolWindows, ToolWindowManager::NoArea);
}
QVariantMap ToolWindowManagerWrapper::saveState() {
if (layout()->count() > 1) {
qWarning("too many children for wrapper");
return QVariantMap();
}
if (isWindow() && layout()->count() == 0) {
qWarning("empty top level wrapper");
return QVariantMap();
}
QVariantMap result;
result["geometry"] = saveGeometry().toBase64();
QSplitter* splitter = findChild<QSplitter*>(QString(), Qt::FindDirectChildrenOnly);
if (splitter) {
result["splitter"] = m_manager->saveSplitterState(splitter);
} else {
ToolWindowManagerArea* area = findChild<ToolWindowManagerArea*>();
if (area) {
result["area"] = area->saveState();
} else if (layout()->count() > 0) {
qWarning("unknown child");
return QVariantMap();
}
}
return result;
}
void ToolWindowManagerWrapper::restoreState(const QVariantMap &data) {
restoreGeometry(QByteArray::fromBase64(data["geometry"].toByteArray()));
if (layout()->count() > 0) {
qWarning("wrapper is not empty");
return;
}
if (data.contains("splitter")) {
layout()->addWidget(m_manager->restoreSplitterState(data["splitter"].toMap()));
} else if (data.contains("area")) {
ToolWindowManagerArea* area = m_manager->createArea();
area->restoreState(data["area"].toMap());
layout()->addWidget(area);
}
}

128
3rdparty/angelscript/CMakeLists.txt vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
project(Angelscript)
set(INCLUDE_FILES
include/angelscript.h
include/as_array.h
include/as_atomic.h
include/as_builder.h
include/as_bytecode.h
include/as_callfunc.h
include/as_compiler.h
include/as_config.h
include/as_configgroup.h
include/as_context.h
include/as_criticalsection.h
include/as_datatype.h
include/as_debug.h
include/as_gc.h
include/as_generic.h
include/as_map.h
include/as_memory.h
include/as_module.h
include/as_namespace.h
include/as_objecttype.h
include/as_outputbuffer.h
include/as_parser.h
include/as_property.h
include/as_restore.h
include/as_scriptcode.h
include/as_scriptengine.h
include/as_scriptfunction.h
include/as_scriptnode.h
include/as_scriptobject.h
include/as_string.h
include/as_string_util.h
include/as_symboltable.h
include/as_texts.h
include/as_thread.h
include/as_tokendef.h
include/as_tokenizer.h
include/as_typeinfo.h
include/as_variablescope.h
include/scriptstdstring.h
include/scriptarray.h)
set(SOURCE_FILES
src/as_atomic.cpp
src/as_builder.cpp
src/as_bytecode.cpp
src/as_callfunc.cpp
src/as_callfunc_mips.cpp
src/as_callfunc_x86.cpp
src/as_callfunc_x64_gcc.cpp
src/as_callfunc_x64_msvc.cpp
src/as_callfunc_x64_mingw.cpp
src/as_compiler.cpp
src/as_configgroup.cpp
src/as_context.cpp
src/as_datatype.cpp
src/as_gc.cpp
src/as_generic.cpp
src/as_globalproperty.cpp
src/as_memory.cpp
src/as_module.cpp
src/as_objecttype.cpp
src/as_outputbuffer.cpp
src/as_parser.cpp
src/as_restore.cpp
src/as_scriptcode.cpp
src/as_scriptengine.cpp
src/as_scriptfunction.cpp
src/as_scriptnode.cpp
src/as_scriptobject.cpp
src/as_string.cpp
src/as_string_util.cpp
src/as_thread.cpp
src/as_tokenizer.cpp
src/as_typeinfo.cpp
src/as_variablescope.cpp
src/scriptstdstring.cpp
src/scriptstdstring_utils.cpp
src/scriptarray.cpp)
add_definitions(-DANGELSCRIPT_EXPORT -D_LIB)
if(MSVC AND CMAKE_CL_64)
enable_language(ASM_MASM)
if(CMAKE_ASM_MASM_COMPILER_WORKS)
set(ANGELSCRIPT_SOURCE ${ANGELSCRIPT_SOURCE} src/as_callfunc_x64_msvc_asm.asm)
else()
message(FATAL ERROR "MSVC x86_64 target requires a working assembler")
endif()
endif()
if(${CMAKE_SYSTEM_PROCESSOR} MATCHES "^arm")
enable_language(ASM)
if(CMAKE_ASM_COMPILER_WORKS)
set(ANGELSCRIPT_SOURCE ${ANGELSCRIPT_SOURCE} src/as_callfunc_arm.cpp src/as_callfunc_arm_gcc.S)
set_property(SOURCE src/as_callfunc_arm_gcc.S APPEND PROPERTY COMPILE_FLAGS " -Wa,-mimplicit-it=always")
else()
message(FATAL ERROR "ARM target requires a working assembler")
endif()
endif()
include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include)
if(MSVC)
set(CMAKE_DEBUG_POSTFIX "d")
add_definitions(-D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
endif()
# Fix x64 issues on Linux
if("${CMAKE_SYSTEM_PROCESSOR}" STREQUAL "x86_64" AND NOT APPLE)
add_definitions(-fPIC)
endif()
add_library(Angelscript ${SOURCE_FILES} ${INCLUDE_FILES})
target_link_libraries(Angelscript ${CMAKE_THREAD_LIBS_INIT})
if(UNIX)
target_link_libraries(Angelscript pthread)
endif()
include_directories(include)
if(MSVC)
set_target_properties(${ANGELSCRIPT_LIBRARY_NAME} PROPERTIES COMPILE_FLAGS "/MP")
endif()

13
3rdparty/angelscript/LICENSE vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright © 2003-2016 Andreas Jönsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.

1983
3rdparty/angelscript/include/angelscript.h vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

528
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_array.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
#ifndef AS_ARRAY_H
#define AS_ARRAY_H
#if !defined(AS_NO_MEMORY_H)
#include <memory.h>
#endif
#include <string.h> // some compilers declare memcpy() here
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning(disable:4345) // warning about a change in how the code is handled in this version
#endif
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
template <class T> class asCArray
{
public:
asCArray();
asCArray(const asCArray<T> &);
asCArray(asUINT reserve);
~asCArray();
void Allocate(asUINT numElements, bool keepData);
void AllocateNoConstruct(asUINT numElements, bool keepData);
asUINT GetCapacity() const;
void PushLast(const T &element);
T PopLast();
bool SetLength(asUINT numElements);
bool SetLengthNoConstruct(asUINT numElements);
asUINT GetLength() const;
void Copy(const T*, asUINT count);
asCArray<T> &operator =(const asCArray<T> &);
void SwapWith(asCArray<T> &other);
const T &operator [](asUINT index) const;
T &operator [](asUINT index);
T *AddressOf();
const T *AddressOf() const;
bool Concatenate(const asCArray<T> &);
void Concatenate(T*, unsigned int count);
bool Exists(const T &element) const;
int IndexOf(const T &element) const;
void RemoveIndex(asUINT index); // Removes the entry without reordering the array
void RemoveValue(const T &element); // Removes the value without reordering the array
void RemoveIndexUnordered(asUINT index); // Removes the entry without keeping the order
bool operator==(const asCArray<T> &) const;
bool operator!=(const asCArray<T> &) const;
protected:
T *array;
asUINT length; // 32bits is enough for all uses of this array
asUINT maxLength;
char buf[2*4*AS_PTR_SIZE]; // Avoid dynamically allocated memory for tiny arrays
};
// Implementation
template <class T>
T *asCArray<T>::AddressOf()
{
return array;
}
template <class T>
const T *asCArray<T>::AddressOf() const
{
return array;
}
template <class T>
asCArray<T>::asCArray(void)
{
array = 0;
length = 0;
maxLength = 0;
}
template <class T>
asCArray<T>::asCArray(const asCArray<T> &copy)
{
array = 0;
length = 0;
maxLength = 0;
*this = copy;
}
template <class T>
asCArray<T>::asCArray(asUINT reserve)
{
array = 0;
length = 0;
maxLength = 0;
Allocate(reserve, false);
}
template <class T>
asCArray<T>::~asCArray(void)
{
// Allocating a zero length array will free all memory
Allocate(0,0);
}
template <class T>
asUINT asCArray<T>::GetLength() const
{
return length;
}
template <class T>
const T &asCArray<T>::operator [](asUINT index) const
{
asASSERT(index < length);
return array[index];
}
template <class T>
T &asCArray<T>::operator [](asUINT index)
{
asASSERT(index < length);
return array[index];
}
template <class T>
void asCArray<T>::PushLast(const T &element)
{
if( length == maxLength )
{
if( maxLength == 0 )
Allocate(1, false);
else
Allocate(2*maxLength, true);
if( length == maxLength )
{
// Out of memory. Return without doing anything
return;
}
}
array[length++] = element;
}
template <class T>
T asCArray<T>::PopLast()
{
asASSERT(length > 0);
return array[--length];
}
template <class T>
void asCArray<T>::Allocate(asUINT numElements, bool keepData)
{
// We have 4 situations
// 1. The previous array is 8 bytes or smaller and the new array is also 8 bytes or smaller
// 2. The previous array is 8 bytes or smaller and the new array is larger than 8 bytes
// 3. The previous array is larger than 8 bytes and the new array is 8 bytes or smaller
// 4. The previous array is larger than 8 bytes and the new array is also larger than 8 bytes
T *tmp = 0;
if( numElements )
{
if( sizeof(T)*numElements <= sizeof(buf) )
// Use the internal buffer
tmp = reinterpret_cast<T*>(buf);
else
{
// Allocate the array and construct each of the elements
tmp = asNEWARRAY(T,numElements);
if( tmp == 0 )
{
// Out of memory. Return without doing anything
return;
}
}
if( array == tmp )
{
// Construct only the newly allocated elements
for( asUINT n = length; n < numElements; n++ )
new (&tmp[n]) T();
}
else
{
// Construct all elements
for( asUINT n = 0; n < numElements; n++ )
new (&tmp[n]) T();
}
}
if( array )
{
asUINT oldLength = length;
if( array == tmp )
{
if( keepData )
{
if( length > numElements )
length = numElements;
}
else
length = 0;
// Call the destructor for elements that are no longer used
for( asUINT n = length; n < oldLength; n++ )
array[n].~T();
}
else
{
if( keepData )
{
if( length > numElements )
length = numElements;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < length; n++ )
tmp[n] = array[n];
}
else
length = 0;
// Call the destructor for all elements
for( asUINT n = 0; n < oldLength; n++ )
array[n].~T();
if( array != reinterpret_cast<T*>(buf) )
asDELETEARRAY(array);
}
}
array = tmp;
maxLength = numElements;
}
template <class T>
void asCArray<T>::AllocateNoConstruct(asUINT numElements, bool keepData)
{
// We have 4 situations
// 1. The previous array is 8 bytes or smaller and the new array is also 8 bytes or smaller
// 2. The previous array is 8 bytes or smaller and the new array is larger than 8 bytes
// 3. The previous array is larger than 8 bytes and the new array is 8 bytes or smaller
// 4. The previous array is larger than 8 bytes and the new array is also larger than 8 bytes
T *tmp = 0;
if( numElements )
{
if( sizeof(T)*numElements <= sizeof(buf) )
// Use the internal buffer
tmp = reinterpret_cast<T*>(buf);
else
{
// Allocate the array and construct each of the elements
tmp = asNEWARRAY(T,numElements);
if( tmp == 0 )
{
// Out of memory. Return without doing anything
return;
}
}
}
if( array )
{
if( array == tmp )
{
if( keepData )
{
if( length > numElements )
length = numElements;
}
else
length = 0;
}
else
{
if( keepData )
{
if( length > numElements )
length = numElements;
memcpy(tmp, array, sizeof(T)*length);
}
else
length = 0;
if( array != reinterpret_cast<T*>(buf) )
asDELETEARRAY(array);
}
}
array = tmp;
maxLength = numElements;
}
template <class T>
asUINT asCArray<T>::GetCapacity() const
{
return maxLength;
}
template <class T>
bool asCArray<T>::SetLength(asUINT numElements)
{
if( numElements > maxLength )
{
Allocate(numElements, true);
if( numElements > maxLength )
{
// Out of memory. Return without doing anything
return false;
}
}
length = numElements;
return true;
}
template <class T>
bool asCArray<T>::SetLengthNoConstruct(asUINT numElements)
{
if( numElements > maxLength )
{
AllocateNoConstruct(numElements, true);
if( numElements > maxLength )
{
// Out of memory. Return without doing anything
return false;
}
}
length = numElements;
return true;
}
template <class T>
void asCArray<T>::Copy(const T *data, asUINT count)
{
if( maxLength < count )
{
Allocate(count, false);
if( maxLength < count )
{
// Out of memory. Return without doing anything
return;
}
}
for( asUINT n = 0; n < count; n++ )
array[n] = data[n];
length = count;
}
template <class T>
asCArray<T> &asCArray<T>::operator =(const asCArray<T> &copy)
{
Copy(copy.array, copy.length);
return *this;
}
template <class T>
void asCArray<T>::SwapWith(asCArray<T> &other)
{
T *tmpArray = array;
asUINT tmpLength = length;
asUINT tmpMaxLength = maxLength;
char tmpBuf[sizeof(buf)];
memcpy(tmpBuf, buf, sizeof(buf));
array = other.array;
length = other.length;
maxLength = other.maxLength;
memcpy(buf, other.buf, sizeof(buf));
other.array = tmpArray;
other.length = tmpLength;
other.maxLength = tmpMaxLength;
memcpy(other.buf, tmpBuf, sizeof(buf));
// If the data is in the internal buffer, then the array pointer must refer to it
if( array == reinterpret_cast<T*>(other.buf) )
array = reinterpret_cast<T*>(buf);
if( other.array == reinterpret_cast<T*>(buf) )
other.array = reinterpret_cast<T*>(other.buf);
}
template <class T>
bool asCArray<T>::operator ==(const asCArray<T> &other) const
{
if( length != other.length ) return false;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < length; n++ )
if( array[n] != other.array[n] )
return false;
return true;
}
template <class T>
bool asCArray<T>::operator !=(const asCArray<T> &other) const
{
return !(*this == other);
}
// Returns false if the concatenation wasn't successful due to out of memory
template <class T>
bool asCArray<T>::Concatenate(const asCArray<T> &other)
{
if( maxLength < length + other.length )
{
Allocate(length + other.length, true);
if( maxLength < length + other.length )
{
// Out of memory
return false;
}
}
for( asUINT n = 0; n < other.length; n++ )
array[length+n] = other.array[n];
length += other.length;
// Success
return true;
}
template <class T>
void asCArray<T>::Concatenate(T* other, unsigned int count)
{
for( unsigned int c = 0; c < count; c++ )
PushLast(other[c]);
}
template <class T>
bool asCArray<T>::Exists(const T &e) const
{
return IndexOf(e) == -1 ? false : true;
}
template <class T>
int asCArray<T>::IndexOf(const T &e) const
{
for( asUINT n = 0; n < length; n++ )
if( array[n] == e ) return static_cast<int>(n);
return -1;
}
template <class T>
void asCArray<T>::RemoveIndex(asUINT index)
{
if( index < length )
{
for( asUINT n = index; n < length-1; n++ )
array[n] = array[n+1];
PopLast();
}
}
template <class T>
void asCArray<T>::RemoveValue(const T &e)
{
for( asUINT n = 0; n < length; n++ )
{
if( array[n] == e )
{
RemoveIndex(n);
break;
}
}
}
template <class T>
void asCArray<T>::RemoveIndexUnordered(asUINT index)
{
if( index == length - 1 )
PopLast();
else if( index < length )
array[index] = PopLast();
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

69
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_atomic.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2013 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_atomic.h
//
// The asCAtomic class provides methods for performing threadsafe
// operations on a single dword, e.g. reference counting and
// bitfields.
//
#ifndef AS_ATOMIC_H
#define AS_ATOMIC_H
#include "as_config.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCAtomic
{
public:
asCAtomic();
asDWORD get() const;
void set(asDWORD val);
// Increase and return new value
asDWORD atomicInc();
// Decrease and return new value
asDWORD atomicDec();
protected:
asDWORD value;
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

259
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_builder.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_builder.h
//
// This is the class that manages the compilation of the scripts
//
#ifndef AS_BUILDER_H
#define AS_BUILDER_H
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_symboltable.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
#include "as_module.h"
#include "as_array.h"
#include "as_scriptcode.h"
#include "as_scriptnode.h"
#include "as_datatype.h"
#include "as_property.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
#ifdef AS_NO_COMPILER
// Forward declare the structure, as it is part of some function signatures used even without the compiler
struct sGlobalVariableDescription;
#endif
#ifndef AS_NO_COMPILER
struct sFunctionDescription
{
asCScriptCode *script;
asCScriptNode *node;
asCString name;
asCObjectType *objType;
asCArray<asCString> paramNames;
int funcId;
bool isExistingShared;
};
struct sGlobalVariableDescription
{
asCScriptCode *script;
asCScriptNode *declaredAtNode;
asCScriptNode *initializationNode;
asCString name;
asCGlobalProperty *property;
asCDataType datatype;
asSNameSpace *ns;
int index;
bool isCompiled;
bool isPureConstant;
bool isEnumValue;
asQWORD constantValue;
};
struct sPropertyInitializer
{
sPropertyInitializer() : declNode(0), initNode(0), file(0) {}
sPropertyInitializer(const asCString &nm, asCScriptNode *decl, asCScriptNode *init, asCScriptCode *f) : name(nm), declNode(decl), initNode(init), file(f) {}
sPropertyInitializer &operator=(const sPropertyInitializer &o) {name = o.name; declNode = o.declNode; initNode = o.initNode; file = o.file; return *this;}
asCString name;
asCScriptNode *declNode;
asCScriptNode *initNode;
asCScriptCode *file;
};
struct sClassDeclaration
{
sClassDeclaration() {script = 0; node = 0; validState = 0; typeInfo = 0; isExistingShared = false; isFinal = false;}
asCScriptCode *script;
asCScriptNode *node;
asCString name;
int validState;
asCTypeInfo *typeInfo;
bool isExistingShared;
bool isFinal;
asCArray<sPropertyInitializer> propInits;
};
struct sFuncDef
{
asCScriptCode *script;
asCScriptNode *node;
asCString name;
int idx;
};
struct sMixinClass
{
asCScriptCode *script;
asCScriptNode *node;
asCString name;
asSNameSpace *ns;
};
#endif // AS_NO_COMPILER
class asCBuilder
{
public:
asCBuilder(asCScriptEngine *engine, asCModule *module);
~asCBuilder();
// These methods are used by the application interface
int VerifyProperty(asCDataType *dt, const char *decl, asCString &outName, asCDataType &outType, asSNameSpace *ns);
int ParseDataType(const char *datatype, asCDataType *result, asSNameSpace *implicitNamespace, bool isReturnType = false);
int ParseTemplateDecl(const char *decl, asCString *name, asCArray<asCString> &subtypeNames);
int ParseFunctionDeclaration(asCObjectType *type, const char *decl, asCScriptFunction *func, bool isSystemFunction, asCArray<bool> *paramAutoHandles = 0, bool *returnAutoHandle = 0, asSNameSpace *ns = 0, asCScriptNode **outListPattern = 0, asCObjectType **outParentClass = 0);
int ParseVariableDeclaration(const char *decl, asSNameSpace *implicitNamespace, asCString &outName, asSNameSpace *&outNamespace, asCDataType &outDt);
int CheckNameConflict(const char *name, asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *code, asSNameSpace *ns);
int CheckNameConflictMember(asCTypeInfo *type, const char *name, asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *code, bool isProperty);
#ifndef AS_NO_COMPILER
int AddCode(const char *name, const char *code, int codeLength, int lineOffset, int sectionIdx, bool makeCopy);
int Build();
int CompileFunction(const char *sectionName, const char *code, int lineOffset, asDWORD compileFlags, asCScriptFunction **outFunc);
int CompileGlobalVar(const char *sectionName, const char *code, int lineOffset);
#endif
protected:
friend class asCModule;
friend class asCParser;
friend class asCScriptFunction;
friend class asCScriptEngine;
void Reset();
void WriteInfo(const asCString &scriptname, const asCString &msg, int r, int c, bool preMessage);
void WriteInfo(const asCString &msg, asCScriptCode *file, asCScriptNode *node);
void WriteError(const asCString &scriptname, const asCString &msg, int r, int c);
void WriteError(const asCString &msg, asCScriptCode *file, asCScriptNode *node);
void WriteWarning(const asCString &scriptname, const asCString &msg, int r, int c);
void WriteWarning(const asCString &msg, asCScriptCode *file, asCScriptNode *node);
bool DoesGlobalPropertyExist(const char *prop, asSNameSpace *ns, asCGlobalProperty **outProp = 0, sGlobalVariableDescription **outDesc = 0, bool *isAppProp = 0);
asCGlobalProperty *GetGlobalProperty(const char *prop, asSNameSpace *ns, bool *isCompiled, bool *isPureConstant, asQWORD *constantValue, bool *isAppProp);
int ValidateDefaultArgs(asCScriptCode *script, asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptFunction *func);
asCString GetCleanExpressionString(asCScriptNode *n, asCScriptCode *file);
asSNameSpace *GetNameSpaceFromNode(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *script, asSNameSpace *implicitNs, asCScriptNode **next, asCObjectType **objType = 0);
asSNameSpace *GetNameSpaceByString(const asCString &nsName, asSNameSpace *implicitNs, asCScriptNode *errNode, asCScriptCode *script, asCTypeInfo **scopeType = 0, bool isRequired = true);
asCString GetScopeFromNode(asCScriptNode *n, asCScriptCode *script, asCScriptNode **next = 0);
asCTypeInfo *GetType(const char *type, asSNameSpace *ns, asCObjectType *parentType);
asCObjectType *GetObjectType(const char *type, asSNameSpace *ns);
asCFuncdefType *GetFuncDef(const char *type, asSNameSpace *ns, asCObjectType *parentType);
asCTypeInfo *GetTypeFromTypesKnownByObject(const char *type, asCObjectType *currentType);
asCDataType CreateDataTypeFromNode(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *file, asSNameSpace *implicitNamespace, bool acceptHandleForScope = false, asCObjectType *currentType = 0);
asCObjectType *GetTemplateInstanceFromNode(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *file, asCObjectType *templateType, asSNameSpace *implicitNamespace, asCObjectType *currentType, asCScriptNode **next = 0);
asCDataType ModifyDataTypeFromNode(const asCDataType &type, asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *file, asETypeModifiers *inOutFlag, bool *autoHandle);
int numErrors;
int numWarnings;
bool silent;
asCScriptEngine *engine;
asCModule *module;
#ifndef AS_NO_COMPILER
protected:
friend class asCCompiler;
int CheckForConflictsDueToDefaultArgs(asCScriptCode *script, asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptFunction *func, asCObjectType *objType);
int GetNamespaceAndNameFromNode(asCScriptNode *n, asCScriptCode *script, asSNameSpace *implicitNs, asSNameSpace *&outNs, asCString &outName);
int RegisterMixinClass(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *file, asSNameSpace *ns);
sMixinClass *GetMixinClass(const char *name, asSNameSpace *ns);
void IncludePropertiesFromMixins(sClassDeclaration *decl);
void IncludeMethodsFromMixins(sClassDeclaration *decl);
void AddInterfaceToClass(sClassDeclaration *decl, asCScriptNode *errNode, asCObjectType *intf);
void AddInterfaceFromMixinToClass(sClassDeclaration *decl, asCScriptNode *errNode, sMixinClass *mixin);
int RegisterScriptFunctionFromNode(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *file, asCObjectType *object = 0, bool isInterface = false, bool isGlobalFunction = false, asSNameSpace *ns = 0, bool isExistingShared = false, bool isMixin = false);
int RegisterScriptFunction(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *file, asCObjectType *objType, bool isInterface, bool isGlobalFunction, asSNameSpace *ns, bool isExistingShared, bool isMixin, asCString &name, asCDataType &returnType, asCArray<asCString> &parameterNames, asCArray<asCDataType> &parameterTypes, asCArray<asETypeModifiers> &inOutFlags, asCArray<asCString *> &defaultArgs, bool isConstMethod, bool isConstructor, bool isDestructor, bool isPrivate, bool isProtected, bool isOverride, bool isFinal, bool isShared);
int RegisterVirtualProperty(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *file, asCObjectType *object = 0, bool isInterface = false, bool isGlobalFunction = false, asSNameSpace *ns = 0, bool isExistingShared = false);
int RegisterImportedFunction(int funcID, asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *file, asSNameSpace *ns);
int RegisterGlobalVar(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *file, asSNameSpace *ns);
int RegisterClass(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *file, asSNameSpace *ns);
int RegisterInterface(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *file, asSNameSpace *ns);
int RegisterEnum(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *file, asSNameSpace *ns);
int RegisterTypedef(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *file, asSNameSpace *ns);
int RegisterFuncDef(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *file, asSNameSpace *ns, asCObjectType *parent);
asCScriptFunction *RegisterLambda(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *file, asCScriptFunction *funcDef, const asCString &name, asSNameSpace *ns);
void CompleteFuncDef(sFuncDef *funcDef);
void CompileInterfaces();
void CompileClasses(asUINT originalNumTempl);
void DetermineTypeRelations();
void GetParsedFunctionDetails(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *file, asCObjectType *objType, asCString &name, asCDataType &returnType, asCArray<asCString> &parameterNames, asCArray<asCDataType> &parameterTypes, asCArray<asETypeModifiers> &inOutFlags, asCArray<asCString *> &defaultArgs, bool &isConstMethod, bool &isConstructor, bool &isDestructor, bool &isPrivate, bool &isProtected, bool &isOverride, bool &isFinal, bool &isShared, asSNameSpace *implicitNamespace);
bool DoesMethodExist(asCObjectType *objType, int methodId, asUINT *methodIndex = 0);
void AddDefaultConstructor(asCObjectType *objType, asCScriptCode *file);
asCObjectProperty *AddPropertyToClass(sClassDeclaration *c, const asCString &name, const asCDataType &type, bool isPrivate, bool isProtected, bool isInherited, asCScriptCode *file = 0, asCScriptNode *node = 0);
int CreateVirtualFunction(asCScriptFunction *func, int idx);
void ParseScripts();
void RegisterTypesFromScript(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *script, asSNameSpace *ns);
void RegisterNonTypesFromScript(asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptCode *script, asSNameSpace *ns);
void CompileFunctions();
void CompileGlobalVariables();
int GetEnumValueFromType(asCEnumType *type, const char *name, asCDataType &outDt, asDWORD &outValue);
int GetEnumValue(const char *name, asCDataType &outDt, asDWORD &outValue, asSNameSpace *ns);
bool DoesTypeExist(const asCString &type);
asCObjectProperty *GetObjectProperty(asCDataType &obj, const char *prop);
asCScriptFunction *GetFunctionDescription(int funcId);
void GetFunctionDescriptions(const char *name, asCArray<int> &funcs, asSNameSpace *ns);
void GetObjectMethodDescriptions(const char *name, asCObjectType *objectType, asCArray<int> &methods, bool objIsConst, const asCString &scope = "", asCScriptNode *errNode = 0, asCScriptCode *script = 0);
void EvaluateTemplateInstances(asUINT startIdx, bool keepSilent);
asCArray<asCScriptCode *> scripts;
asCArray<sFunctionDescription *> functions;
asCSymbolTable<sGlobalVariableDescription> globVariables;
asCArray<sClassDeclaration *> classDeclarations;
asCArray<sClassDeclaration *> interfaceDeclarations;
asCArray<sClassDeclaration *> namedTypeDeclarations;
asCArray<sFuncDef *> funcDefs;
asCArray<sMixinClass *> mixinClasses;
// For use with the DoesTypeExists() method
bool hasCachedKnownTypes;
asCMap<asCString, bool> knownTypes;
#endif
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

202
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_bytecode.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_bytecode.h
//
// A class for constructing the final byte code
//
#ifndef AS_BYTECODE_H
#define AS_BYTECODE_H
#include "as_config.h"
#ifndef AS_NO_COMPILER
#include "as_array.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
#define BYTECODE_SIZE 4
#define MAX_DATA_SIZE 8
#define MAX_INSTR_SIZE (BYTECODE_SIZE+MAX_DATA_SIZE)
class asCScriptEngine;
class asCScriptFunction;
class asCByteInstruction;
class asCByteCode
{
public:
asCByteCode(asCScriptEngine *engine);
~asCByteCode();
void ClearAll();
int GetSize();
void Finalize(const asCArray<int> &tempVariableOffsets);
void Optimize();
void OptimizeLocally(const asCArray<int> &tempVariableOffsets);
void ExtractLineNumbers();
void ExtractObjectVariableInfo(asCScriptFunction *outFunc);
int ResolveJumpAddresses();
int FindLabel(int label, asCByteInstruction *from, asCByteInstruction **dest, int *positionDelta);
void AddPath(asCArray<asCByteInstruction *> &paths, asCByteInstruction *instr, int stackSize);
void Output(asDWORD *array);
void AddCode(asCByteCode *bc);
void PostProcess();
#ifdef AS_DEBUG
void DebugOutput(const char *name, asCScriptFunction *func);
#endif
int GetLastInstr();
int RemoveLastInstr();
asDWORD GetLastInstrValueDW();
void InsertIfNotExists(asCArray<int> &vars, int var);
void GetVarsUsed(asCArray<int> &vars);
bool IsVarUsed(int offset);
void ExchangeVar(int oldOffset, int newOffset);
bool IsSimpleExpression();
void Label(short label);
void Line(int line, int column, int scriptIdx);
void ObjInfo(int offset, int info);
void Block(bool start);
void VarDecl(int varDeclIdx);
void Call(asEBCInstr bc, int funcID, int pop);
void CallPtr(asEBCInstr bc, int funcPtrVar, int pop);
void Alloc(asEBCInstr bc, void *objID, int funcID, int pop);
void Ret(int pop);
void JmpP(int var, asDWORD max);
int InsertFirstInstrDWORD(asEBCInstr bc, asDWORD param);
int InsertFirstInstrQWORD(asEBCInstr bc, asQWORD param);
int Instr(asEBCInstr bc);
int InstrQWORD(asEBCInstr bc, asQWORD param);
int InstrDOUBLE(asEBCInstr bc, double param);
int InstrPTR(asEBCInstr bc, void *param);
int InstrDWORD(asEBCInstr bc, asDWORD param);
int InstrWORD(asEBCInstr bc, asWORD param);
int InstrSHORT(asEBCInstr bc, short param);
int InstrFLOAT(asEBCInstr bc, float param);
int InstrINT(asEBCInstr bc, int param);
int InstrW_W_W(asEBCInstr bc, int a, int b, int c);
int InstrSHORT_B(asEBCInstr bc, short a, asBYTE b);
int InstrSHORT_W(asEBCInstr bc, short a, asWORD b);
int InstrSHORT_DW(asEBCInstr bc, short a, asDWORD b);
int InstrSHORT_QW(asEBCInstr bc, short a, asQWORD b);
int InstrW_DW(asEBCInstr bc, asWORD a, asDWORD b);
int InstrW_QW(asEBCInstr bc, asWORD a, asQWORD b);
int InstrW_PTR(asEBCInstr bc, short a, void *param);
int InstrW_FLOAT(asEBCInstr bc, asWORD a, float b);
int InstrW_W(asEBCInstr bc, int w, int b);
int InstrSHORT_DW_DW(asEBCInstr bc, short a, asDWORD b, asDWORD c);
asCScriptEngine *GetEngine() const { return engine; };
asCArray<int> lineNumbers;
asCArray<int> sectionIdxs;
int largestStackUsed;
protected:
// Assignments are not allowed
void operator=(const asCByteCode &) {}
// Helpers for Optimize
bool CanBeSwapped(asCByteInstruction *curr);
asCByteInstruction *ChangeFirstDeleteNext(asCByteInstruction *curr, asEBCInstr bc);
asCByteInstruction *DeleteFirstChangeNext(asCByteInstruction *curr, asEBCInstr bc);
asCByteInstruction *DeleteInstruction(asCByteInstruction *instr);
void RemoveInstruction(asCByteInstruction *instr);
asCByteInstruction *GoBack(asCByteInstruction *curr);
asCByteInstruction *GoForward(asCByteInstruction *curr);
void InsertBefore(asCByteInstruction *before, asCByteInstruction *instr);
bool RemoveUnusedValue(asCByteInstruction *curr, asCByteInstruction **next);
bool IsTemporary(int offset);
bool IsTempRegUsed(asCByteInstruction *curr);
bool IsTempVarRead(asCByteInstruction *curr, int offset);
bool PostponeInitOfTemp(asCByteInstruction *curr, asCByteInstruction **next);
bool IsTempVarReadByInstr(asCByteInstruction *curr, int var);
bool IsTempVarOverwrittenByInstr(asCByteInstruction *curr, int var);
bool IsInstrJmpOrLabel(asCByteInstruction *curr);
int AddInstruction();
int AddInstructionFirst();
asCByteInstruction *first;
asCByteInstruction *last;
const asCArray<int> *temporaryVariables;
asCScriptEngine *engine;
};
class asCByteInstruction
{
public:
asCByteInstruction();
void AddAfter(asCByteInstruction *nextCode);
void AddBefore(asCByteInstruction *nextCode);
void Remove();
int GetSize();
int GetStackIncrease();
asCByteInstruction *next;
asCByteInstruction *prev;
asEBCInstr op;
asQWORD arg;
short wArg[3];
int size;
int stackInc;
// Testing
bool marked;
int stackSize;
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_NO_COMPILER
#endif

150
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_callfunc.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_callfunc.h
//
// These functions handle the actual calling of system functions
//
#ifndef AS_CALLFUNC_H
#define AS_CALLFUNC_H
#include "as_array.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCContext;
class asCScriptEngine;
class asCScriptFunction;
class asCObjectType;
struct asSSystemFunctionInterface;
int DetectCallingConvention(bool isMethod, const asSFuncPtr &ptr, int callConv, void *auxiliary, asSSystemFunctionInterface *internal);
int PrepareSystemFunctionGeneric(asCScriptFunction *func, asSSystemFunctionInterface *internal, asCScriptEngine *engine);
int PrepareSystemFunction(asCScriptFunction *func, asSSystemFunctionInterface *internal, asCScriptEngine *engine);
int CallSystemFunction(int id, asCContext *context);
inline asPWORD FuncPtrToUInt(asFUNCTION_t func)
{
// A little trickery as the C++ standard doesn't allow direct
// conversion between function pointer and data pointer
union { asFUNCTION_t func; asPWORD idx; } u;
u.func = func;
return u.idx;
}
enum internalCallConv
{
ICC_GENERIC_FUNC,
ICC_GENERIC_FUNC_RETURNINMEM, // never used
ICC_CDECL,
ICC_CDECL_RETURNINMEM,
ICC_STDCALL,
ICC_STDCALL_RETURNINMEM,
ICC_THISCALL,
ICC_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM,
ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL,
ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM,
ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST,
ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM,
ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST,
ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM,
ICC_GENERIC_METHOD,
ICC_GENERIC_METHOD_RETURNINMEM, // never used
ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST,
ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM,
ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST,
ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM,
ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST,
ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM,
ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST,
ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM
};
struct asSSystemFunctionInterface
{
asFUNCTION_t func;
int baseOffset;
internalCallConv callConv;
int scriptReturnSize;
bool hostReturnInMemory;
bool hostReturnFloat;
int hostReturnSize;
int paramSize;
bool takesObjByVal;
asCArray<bool> paramAutoHandles; // TODO: Should be able to remove this array. Perhaps the flags can be stored together with the inOutFlags in asCScriptFunction?
bool returnAutoHandle;
void *auxiliary; // can be used for functors, e.g. by asCALL_THISCALL_ASGLOBAL or asCALL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST
struct SClean
{
asCObjectType *ot; // argument type for clean up
short op; // clean up operation: 0 = release, 1 = free, 2 = destruct then free
short off; // argument offset on the stack
};
asCArray<SClean> cleanArgs;
asSSystemFunctionInterface() {}
asSSystemFunctionInterface(const asSSystemFunctionInterface &in)
{
*this = in;
}
asSSystemFunctionInterface &operator=(const asSSystemFunctionInterface &in)
{
func = in.func;
baseOffset = in.baseOffset;
callConv = in.callConv;
scriptReturnSize = in.scriptReturnSize;
hostReturnInMemory = in.hostReturnInMemory;
hostReturnFloat = in.hostReturnFloat;
hostReturnSize = in.hostReturnSize;
paramSize = in.paramSize;
takesObjByVal = in.takesObjByVal;
paramAutoHandles = in.paramAutoHandles;
returnAutoHandle = in.returnAutoHandle;
auxiliary = in.auxiliary;
cleanArgs = in.cleanArgs;
return *this;
}
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

401
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_compiler.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_compiler.h
//
// The class that does the actual compilation of the functions
//
#ifndef AS_COMPILER_H
#define AS_COMPILER_H
#include "as_config.h"
#ifndef AS_NO_COMPILER
#include "as_builder.h"
#include "as_scriptfunction.h"
#include "as_variablescope.h"
#include "as_bytecode.h"
#include "as_array.h"
#include "as_datatype.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
// This class represents the value of an expression as evaluated by the compiler.
// It holds information such as the type of the value, stack offset for a local
// variable, value of constants, whether the value can be modified (i.e. lvalue), etc.
struct asCExprValue
{
asCExprValue();
void Set(const asCDataType &dataType);
void SetVariable(const asCDataType &dataType, int stackOffset, bool isTemporary);
void SetConstantB(const asCDataType &dataType, asBYTE value);
void SetConstantQW(const asCDataType &dataType, asQWORD value);
void SetConstantDW(const asCDataType &dataType, asDWORD value);
void SetConstantW(const asCDataType &dataType, asWORD value);
void SetConstantF(const asCDataType &dataType, float value);
void SetConstantD(const asCDataType &dataType, double value);
void SetConstantB(asBYTE value);
void SetConstantW(asWORD value);
void SetConstantQW(asQWORD value);
void SetConstantDW(asDWORD value);
void SetConstantF(float value);
void SetConstantD(double value);
asBYTE GetConstantB();
asWORD GetConstantW();
asQWORD GetConstantQW();
asDWORD GetConstantDW();
float GetConstantF();
double GetConstantD();
void SetConstantData(const asCDataType &dataType, asQWORD value);
asQWORD GetConstantData();
void SetNullConstant();
void SetUndefinedFuncHandle(asCScriptEngine *engine);
void SetVoid();
void SetDummy();
bool IsUndefinedFuncHandle() const;
bool IsNullConstant() const;
bool IsVoid() const;
asCDataType dataType;
bool isLValue : 1; // Can this value be updated in assignment, or increment operators, etc
bool isTemporary : 1;
bool isConstant : 1;
bool isVariable : 1;
bool isExplicitHandle : 1;
bool isRefToLocal : 1; // The reference may be to a local variable
bool isHandleSafe : 1; // the life-time of the handle is guaranteed for the duration of the access
short dummy : 9;
short stackOffset;
private:
// These values must not be accessed directly in order to avoid problems with endianess.
// Use the appropriate accessor methods instead
union
{
asQWORD qwordValue;
double doubleValue;
asDWORD dwordValue;
float floatValue;
asWORD wordValue;
asBYTE byteValue;
};
};
struct asCExprContext;
// This class holds information for arguments that needs to be
// cleaned up after the result of a function has been evaluated.
struct asSDeferredParam
{
asSDeferredParam() {argNode = 0; origExpr = 0;}
asCScriptNode *argNode;
asCExprValue argType;
int argInOutFlags;
asCExprContext *origExpr;
};
// TODO: refactor: asCExprContext should have indicators to inform where the value is,
// i.e. if the reference to an object is pushed on the stack or not, etc
// This class holds information about an expression that is being evaluated, e.g.
// the current bytecode, ambiguous symbol names, property accessors, etc.
struct asCExprContext
{
asCExprContext(asCScriptEngine *engine);
~asCExprContext();
void Clear();
bool IsClassMethod() const;
bool IsGlobalFunc() const;
void SetLambda(asCScriptNode *funcDecl);
bool IsLambda() const;
void SetVoidExpression();
bool IsVoidExpression() const;
void Merge(asCExprContext *after);
asCByteCode bc;
asCExprValue type;
int property_get;
int property_set;
bool property_const; // If the object that is being accessed through property accessor is read-only
bool property_handle; // If the property accessor is called on an object stored in a handle
bool property_ref; // If the property accessor is called on a reference
bool isVoidExpression; // Set to true if the expression is an explicit 'void', e.g. used to ignore out parameters in func calls
bool isCleanArg; // Set to true if the expression has only been initialized with default constructor
asCExprContext *property_arg;
asCArray<asSDeferredParam> deferredParams;
asCScriptNode *exprNode;
asCExprContext *origExpr;
// TODO: cleanup: use ambiguousName and an enum to say if it is a method, global func, or enum value
asCString methodName;
asCString enumValue;
};
struct asSOverloadCandidate
{
asSOverloadCandidate() : funcId(0), cost(0) {}
asSOverloadCandidate(int _id, asUINT _cost) : funcId(_id), cost(_cost) {}
int funcId;
asUINT cost;
};
struct asSNamedArgument
{
asCString name;
asCExprContext *ctx;
asUINT match;
};
enum EImplicitConv
{
asIC_IMPLICIT_CONV,
asIC_EXPLICIT_REF_CAST,
asIC_EXPLICIT_VAL_CAST
};
enum EConvCost
{
asCC_NO_CONV = 0,
asCC_CONST_CONV = 1,
asCC_ENUM_SAME_SIZE_CONV = 2,
asCC_ENUM_DIFF_SIZE_CONV = 3,
asCC_PRIMITIVE_SIZE_CONV = 4,
asCC_SIGNED_CONV = 5,
asCC_INT_FLOAT_CONV = 6,
asCC_REF_CONV = 7,
asCC_OBJ_TO_PRIMITIVE_CONV = 8,
asCC_TO_OBJECT_CONV = 9,
asCC_VARIABLE_CONV = 10
};
class asCCompiler
{
public:
asCCompiler(asCScriptEngine *engine);
~asCCompiler();
int CompileFunction(asCBuilder *builder, asCScriptCode *script, asCArray<asCString> &parameterNames, asCScriptNode *func, asCScriptFunction *outFunc, sClassDeclaration *classDecl);
int CompileDefaultConstructor(asCBuilder *builder, asCScriptCode *script, asCScriptNode *node, asCScriptFunction *outFunc, sClassDeclaration *classDecl);
int CompileFactory(asCBuilder *builder, asCScriptCode *script, asCScriptFunction *outFunc);
int CompileGlobalVariable(asCBuilder *builder, asCScriptCode *script, asCScriptNode *expr, sGlobalVariableDescription *gvar, asCScriptFunction *outFunc);
protected:
friend class asCBuilder;
void Reset(asCBuilder *builder, asCScriptCode *script, asCScriptFunction *outFunc);
// Statements
void CompileStatementBlock(asCScriptNode *block, bool ownVariableScope, bool *hasReturn, asCByteCode *bc);
void CompileDeclaration(asCScriptNode *decl, asCByteCode *bc);
void CompileStatement(asCScriptNode *statement, bool *hasReturn, asCByteCode *bc);
void CompileIfStatement(asCScriptNode *node, bool *hasReturn, asCByteCode *bc);
void CompileSwitchStatement(asCScriptNode *node, bool *hasReturn, asCByteCode *bc);
void CompileCase(asCScriptNode *node, asCByteCode *bc);
void CompileForStatement(asCScriptNode *node, asCByteCode *bc);
void CompileWhileStatement(asCScriptNode *node, asCByteCode *bc);
void CompileDoWhileStatement(asCScriptNode *node, asCByteCode *bc);
void CompileBreakStatement(asCScriptNode *node, asCByteCode *bc);
void CompileContinueStatement(asCScriptNode *node, asCByteCode *bc);
void CompileReturnStatement(asCScriptNode *node, asCByteCode *bc);
void CompileExpressionStatement(asCScriptNode *node, asCByteCode *bc);
// Expressions
int CompileAssignment(asCScriptNode *expr, asCExprContext *out);
int CompileCondition(asCScriptNode *expr, asCExprContext *out);
int CompileExpression(asCScriptNode *expr, asCExprContext *out);
int CompilePostFixExpression(asCArray<asCScriptNode *> *postfix, asCExprContext *out);
int CompileExpressionTerm(asCScriptNode *node, asCExprContext *out);
int CompileExpressionPreOp(asCScriptNode *node, asCExprContext *out);
int CompileExpressionPostOp(asCScriptNode *node, asCExprContext *out);
int CompileExpressionValue(asCScriptNode *node, asCExprContext *out);
int CompileFunctionCall(asCScriptNode *node, asCExprContext *out, asCObjectType *objectType, bool objIsConst, const asCString &scope = "");
int CompileConstructCall(asCScriptNode *node, asCExprContext *out);
int CompileConversion(asCScriptNode *node, asCExprContext *out);
int CompileOperator(asCScriptNode *node, asCExprContext *l, asCExprContext *r, asCExprContext *out, eTokenType opToken = ttUnrecognizedToken, bool leftToRight = true);
void CompileOperatorOnHandles(asCScriptNode *node, asCExprContext *l, asCExprContext *r, asCExprContext *out, eTokenType opToken = ttUnrecognizedToken);
void CompileMathOperator(asCScriptNode *node, asCExprContext *l, asCExprContext *r, asCExprContext *out, eTokenType opToken = ttUnrecognizedToken);
void CompileBitwiseOperator(asCScriptNode *node, asCExprContext *l, asCExprContext *r, asCExprContext *out, eTokenType opToken = ttUnrecognizedToken);
void CompileComparisonOperator(asCScriptNode *node, asCExprContext *l, asCExprContext *r, asCExprContext *out, eTokenType opToken = ttUnrecognizedToken);
void CompileBooleanOperator(asCScriptNode *node, asCExprContext *l, asCExprContext *r, asCExprContext *out, eTokenType opToken = ttUnrecognizedToken);
bool CompileOverloadedDualOperator(asCScriptNode *node, asCExprContext *l, asCExprContext *r, bool leftToRight, asCExprContext *out, bool isHandle = false, eTokenType opToken = ttUnrecognizedToken);
int CompileOverloadedDualOperator2(asCScriptNode *node, const char *methodName, asCExprContext *l, asCExprContext *r, bool leftToRight, asCExprContext *out, bool specificReturn = false, const asCDataType &returnType = asCDataType::CreatePrimitive(ttVoid, false));
void CompileInitList(asCExprValue *var, asCScriptNode *node, asCByteCode *bc, int isVarGlobOrMem);
int CompileInitListElement(asSListPatternNode *&patternNode, asCScriptNode *&valueNode, int bufferTypeId, short bufferVar, asUINT &bufferSize, asCByteCode &byteCode, int &elementsInSubList);
int CallDefaultConstructor(const asCDataType &type, int offset, bool isObjectOnHeap, asCByteCode *bc, asCScriptNode *node, int isVarGlobOrMem = 0, bool derefDest = false);
int CallCopyConstructor(asCDataType &type, int offset, bool isObjectOnHeap, asCByteCode *bc, asCExprContext *arg, asCScriptNode *node, bool isGlobalVar = false, bool derefDestination = false);
void CallDestructor(asCDataType &type, int offset, bool isObjectOnHeap, asCByteCode *bc);
int CompileArgumentList(asCScriptNode *node, asCArray<asCExprContext *> &args, asCArray<asSNamedArgument> &namedArgs);
int CompileDefaultAndNamedArgs(asCScriptNode *node, asCArray<asCExprContext*> &args, int funcId, asCObjectType *type, asCArray<asSNamedArgument> *namedArgs = 0);
asUINT MatchFunctions(asCArray<int> &funcs, asCArray<asCExprContext*> &args, asCScriptNode *node, const char *name, asCArray<asSNamedArgument> *namedArgs = NULL, asCObjectType *objectType = NULL, bool isConstMethod = false, bool silent = false, bool allowObjectConstruct = true, const asCString &scope = "");
int CompileVariableAccess(const asCString &name, const asCString &scope, asCExprContext *ctx, asCScriptNode *errNode, bool isOptional = false, bool noFunction = false, bool noGlobal = false, asCObjectType *objType = 0);
void CompileMemberInitialization(asCByteCode *bc, bool onlyDefaults);
bool CompileAutoType(asCDataType &autoType, asCExprContext &compiledCtx, asCScriptNode *exprNode, asCScriptNode *errNode);
bool CompileInitialization(asCScriptNode *node, asCByteCode *bc, asCDataType &type, asCScriptNode *errNode, int offset, asQWORD *constantValue, int isVarGlobOrMem, asCExprContext *preCompiled = 0);
void CompileInitAsCopy(asCDataType &type, int offset, asCByteCode *bc, asCExprContext *arg, asCScriptNode *node, bool derefDestination);
// Helper functions
void ConvertToPostFix(asCScriptNode *expr, asCArray<asCScriptNode *> &postfix);
void ProcessPropertyGetAccessor(asCExprContext *ctx, asCScriptNode *node);
int ProcessPropertySetAccessor(asCExprContext *ctx, asCExprContext *arg, asCScriptNode *node);
int ProcessPropertyGetSetAccessor(asCExprContext *ctx, asCExprContext *lctx, asCExprContext *rctx, eTokenType op, asCScriptNode *errNode);
int FindPropertyAccessor(const asCString &name, asCExprContext *ctx, asCScriptNode *node, asSNameSpace *ns, bool isThisAccess = false);
int FindPropertyAccessor(const asCString &name, asCExprContext *ctx, asCExprContext *arg, asCScriptNode *node, asSNameSpace *ns, bool isThisAccess = false);
void PrepareTemporaryVariable(asCScriptNode *node, asCExprContext *ctx, bool forceOnHeap = false);
void PrepareOperand(asCExprContext *ctx, asCScriptNode *node);
void PrepareForAssignment(asCDataType *lvalue, asCExprContext *rvalue, asCScriptNode *node, bool toTemporary, asCExprContext *lvalueExpr = 0);
int PerformAssignment(asCExprValue *lvalue, asCExprValue *rvalue, asCByteCode *bc, asCScriptNode *node);
bool IsVariableInitialized(asCExprValue *type, asCScriptNode *node);
void Dereference(asCExprContext *ctx, bool generateCode);
bool CompileRefCast(asCExprContext *ctx, const asCDataType &to, bool isExplicit, asCScriptNode *node, bool generateCode = true);
asUINT MatchArgument(asCArray<int> &funcs, asCArray<asSOverloadCandidate> &matches, const asCExprContext *argExpr, int paramNum, bool allowObjectConstruct = true);
int MatchArgument(asCScriptFunction *desc, const asCExprContext *argExpr, int paramNum, bool allowObjectConstruct = true);
void PerformFunctionCall(int funcId, asCExprContext *out, bool isConstructor = false, asCArray<asCExprContext*> *args = 0, asCObjectType *objTypeForConstruct = 0, bool useVariable = false, int varOffset = 0, int funcPtrVar = 0);
void MoveArgsToStack(int funcId, asCByteCode *bc, asCArray<asCExprContext *> &args, bool addOneToOffset);
void MakeFunctionCall(asCExprContext *ctx, int funcId, asCObjectType *objectType, asCArray<asCExprContext*> &args, asCScriptNode *node, bool useVariable = false, int stackOffset = 0, int funcPtrVar = 0);
void PrepareFunctionCall(int funcId, asCByteCode *bc, asCArray<asCExprContext *> &args);
void AfterFunctionCall(int funcId, asCArray<asCExprContext*> &args, asCExprContext *ctx, bool deferAll);
void ProcessDeferredParams(asCExprContext *ctx);
int PrepareArgument(asCDataType *paramType, asCExprContext *ctx, asCScriptNode *node, bool isFunction = false, int refType = 0, bool isMakingCopy = false);
void PrepareArgument2(asCExprContext *ctx, asCExprContext *arg, asCDataType *paramType, bool isFunction = false, int refType = 0, bool isMakingCopy = false);
bool IsLValue(asCExprValue &type);
int DoAssignment(asCExprContext *out, asCExprContext *lctx, asCExprContext *rctx, asCScriptNode *lexpr, asCScriptNode *rexpr, eTokenType op, asCScriptNode *opNode);
void MergeExprBytecode(asCExprContext *before, asCExprContext *after);
void MergeExprBytecodeAndType(asCExprContext *before, asCExprContext *after);
void FilterConst(asCArray<int> &funcs, bool removeConst = true);
void ConvertToVariable(asCExprContext *ctx);
void ConvertToVariableNotIn(asCExprContext *ctx, asCExprContext *exclude);
void ConvertToTempVariable(asCExprContext *ctx);
void ConvertToTempVariableNotIn(asCExprContext *ctx, asCExprContext *exclude);
void ConvertToReference(asCExprContext *ctx);
void PushVariableOnStack(asCExprContext *ctx, bool asReference);
void DestroyVariables(asCByteCode *bc);
asSNameSpace *DetermineNameSpace(const asCString &scope);
int SetupParametersAndReturnVariable(asCArray<asCString> &parameterNames, asCScriptNode *func);
void DetermineSingleFunc(asCExprContext *ctx, asCScriptNode *node);
// Returns the cost of the conversion (the sum of the EConvCost performed)
asUINT ImplicitConversion(asCExprContext *ctx, const asCDataType &to, asCScriptNode *node, EImplicitConv convType, bool generateCode = true, bool allowObjectConstruct = true);
asUINT ImplicitConvPrimitiveToPrimitive(asCExprContext *ctx, const asCDataType &to, asCScriptNode *node, EImplicitConv convType, bool generateCode = true);
asUINT ImplicitConvObjectToPrimitive(asCExprContext *ctx, const asCDataType &to, asCScriptNode *node, EImplicitConv convType, bool generateCode = true);
asUINT ImplicitConvPrimitiveToObject(asCExprContext *ctx, const asCDataType &to, asCScriptNode *node, EImplicitConv convType, bool generateCode = true, bool allowObjectConstruct = true);
asUINT ImplicitConvObjectToObject(asCExprContext *ctx, const asCDataType &to, asCScriptNode *node, EImplicitConv convType, bool generateCode = true, bool allowObjectConstruct = true);
asUINT ImplicitConvObjectRef(asCExprContext *ctx, const asCDataType &to, asCScriptNode *node, EImplicitConv convType, bool generateCode);
asUINT ImplicitConvObjectValue(asCExprContext *ctx, const asCDataType &to, asCScriptNode *node, EImplicitConv convType, bool generateCode);
void ImplicitConversionConstant(asCExprContext *ctx, const asCDataType &to, asCScriptNode *node, EImplicitConv convType);
void ImplicitConvObjectToBestMathType(asCExprContext *ctx, asCScriptNode *node);
asUINT ImplicitConvLambdaToFunc(asCExprContext *ctx, const asCDataType &to, asCScriptNode *node, EImplicitConv convType, bool generateCode = true);
void LineInstr(asCByteCode *bc, size_t pos);
asUINT ProcessStringConstant(asCString &str, asCScriptNode *node, bool processEscapeSequences = true);
void ProcessHeredocStringConstant(asCString &str, asCScriptNode *node);
int GetPrecedence(asCScriptNode *op);
void Error(const asCString &msg, asCScriptNode *node);
void Warning(const asCString &msg, asCScriptNode *node);
void Information(const asCString &msg, asCScriptNode *node);
void PrintMatchingFuncs(asCArray<int> &funcs, asCScriptNode *node, asCObjectType *inType = 0);
void AddVariableScope(bool isBreakScope = false, bool isContinueScope = false);
void RemoveVariableScope();
void FinalizeFunction();
asCByteCode byteCode;
bool hasCompileErrors;
int nextLabel;
int numLambdas;
asCVariableScope *variables;
asCBuilder *builder;
asCScriptEngine *engine;
asCScriptCode *script;
asCScriptFunction *outFunc;
bool m_isConstructor;
bool m_isConstructorCalled;
sClassDeclaration *m_classDecl;
sGlobalVariableDescription *m_globalVar;
asCArray<int> breakLabels;
asCArray<int> continueLabels;
int AllocateVariable(const asCDataType &type, bool isTemporary, bool forceOnHeap = false);
int AllocateVariableNotIn(const asCDataType &type, bool isTemporary, bool forceOnHeap, asCExprContext *ctx);
int GetVariableOffset(int varIndex);
int GetVariableSlot(int varOffset);
void DeallocateVariable(int pos);
void ReleaseTemporaryVariable(asCExprValue &t, asCByteCode *bc);
void ReleaseTemporaryVariable(int offset, asCByteCode *bc);
bool IsVariableOnHeap(int offset);
// This ordered array indicates the type of each variable
asCArray<asCDataType> variableAllocations;
// This ordered array indicates which variables are temporaries or not
asCArray<bool> variableIsTemporary;
// This unordered array gives the offsets of all temporary variables, whether currently allocated or not
asCArray<int> tempVariableOffsets;
// This ordered array indicated if the variable is on the heap or not
asCArray<bool> variableIsOnHeap;
// This unordered array gives the indexes of the currently unused variables
asCArray<int> freeVariables;
// This array holds the offsets of the currently allocated temporary variables
asCArray<int> tempVariables;
// This array holds the indices of variables that must not be used in an allocation
asCArray<int> reservedVariables;
bool isCompilingDefaultArg;
bool isProcessingDeferredParams;
int noCodeOutput;
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_NO_COMPILER
#endif

1262
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_config.h vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

84
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_configgroup.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_configgroup.h
//
// This class holds configuration groups for the engine
//
#ifndef AS_CONFIGGROUP_H
#define AS_CONFIGGROUP_H
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_string.h"
#include "as_array.h"
#include "as_objecttype.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCConfigGroup
{
public:
asCConfigGroup();
~asCConfigGroup();
// Memory management
int AddRef();
int Release();
asCTypeInfo *FindType(const char *name);
void RefConfigGroup(asCConfigGroup *group);
bool HasLiveObjects();
void RemoveConfiguration(asCScriptEngine *engine, bool notUsed = false);
void AddReferencesForFunc(asCScriptEngine *engine, asCScriptFunction *func);
void AddReferencesForType(asCScriptEngine *engine, asCTypeInfo *type);
asCString groupName;
int refCount;
asCArray<asCTypeInfo*> types;
asCArray<asCScriptFunction*> scriptFunctions;
asCArray<asCGlobalProperty*> globalProps;
asCArray<asCConfigGroup*> referencedConfigGroups;
// This array holds the generated template instances that are used
// by the config group as part of function signature or property
asCArray<asCObjectType*> generatedTemplateInstances;
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

245
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_context.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2014 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_context.h
//
// This class handles the execution of the byte code
//
#ifndef AS_CONTEXT_H
#define AS_CONTEXT_H
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_atomic.h"
#include "as_array.h"
#include "as_string.h"
#include "as_objecttype.h"
#include "as_callfunc.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCScriptFunction;
class asCScriptEngine;
class asCContext : public asIScriptContext
{
public:
// Memory management
int AddRef() const;
int Release() const;
// Miscellaneous
asIScriptEngine *GetEngine() const;
// Execution
int Prepare(asIScriptFunction *func);
int Unprepare();
int Execute();
int Abort();
int Suspend();
asEContextState GetState() const;
int PushState();
int PopState();
bool IsNested(asUINT *nestCount = 0) const;
// Object pointer for calling class methods
int SetObject(void *obj);
// Arguments
int SetArgByte(asUINT arg, asBYTE value);
int SetArgWord(asUINT arg, asWORD value);
int SetArgDWord(asUINT arg, asDWORD value);
int SetArgQWord(asUINT arg, asQWORD value);
int SetArgFloat(asUINT arg, float value);
int SetArgDouble(asUINT arg, double value);
int SetArgAddress(asUINT arg, void *addr);
int SetArgObject(asUINT arg, void *obj);
int SetArgVarType(asUINT arg, void *ptr, int typeId);
void *GetAddressOfArg(asUINT arg);
// Return value
asBYTE GetReturnByte();
asWORD GetReturnWord();
asDWORD GetReturnDWord();
asQWORD GetReturnQWord();
float GetReturnFloat();
double GetReturnDouble();
void *GetReturnAddress();
void *GetReturnObject();
void *GetAddressOfReturnValue();
// Exception handling
int SetException(const char *descr);
int GetExceptionLineNumber(int *column, const char **sectionName);
asIScriptFunction *GetExceptionFunction();
const char * GetExceptionString();
int SetExceptionCallback(asSFuncPtr callback, void *obj, int callConv);
void ClearExceptionCallback();
// Debugging
int SetLineCallback(asSFuncPtr callback, void *obj, int callConv);
void ClearLineCallback();
asUINT GetCallstackSize() const;
asIScriptFunction *GetFunction(asUINT stackLevel);
int GetLineNumber(asUINT stackLevel, int *column, const char **sectionName);
int GetVarCount(asUINT stackLevel);
const char *GetVarName(asUINT varIndex, asUINT stackLevel);
const char *GetVarDeclaration(asUINT varIndex, asUINT stackLevel, bool includeNamespace);
int GetVarTypeId(asUINT varIndex, asUINT stackLevel);
void *GetAddressOfVar(asUINT varIndex, asUINT stackLevel);
bool IsVarInScope(asUINT varIndex, asUINT stackLevel);
int GetThisTypeId(asUINT stackLevel);
void *GetThisPointer(asUINT stackLevel);
asIScriptFunction *GetSystemFunction();
// User data
void *SetUserData(void *data, asPWORD type);
void *GetUserData(asPWORD type) const;
public:
// Internal public functions
asCContext(asCScriptEngine *engine, bool holdRef);
virtual ~asCContext();
//protected:
friend class asCScriptEngine;
void CallLineCallback();
void CallExceptionCallback();
int CallGeneric(asCScriptFunction *func);
void DetachEngine();
void ExecuteNext();
void CleanStack();
void CleanStackFrame();
void CleanArgsOnStack();
void CleanReturnObject();
void DetermineLiveObjects(asCArray<int> &liveObjects, asUINT stackLevel);
void PushCallState();
void PopCallState();
void CallScriptFunction(asCScriptFunction *func);
void CallInterfaceMethod(asCScriptFunction *func);
void PrepareScriptFunction();
bool ReserveStackSpace(asUINT size);
void SetInternalException(const char *descr);
// Must be protected for multiple accesses
mutable asCAtomic m_refCount;
bool m_holdEngineRef;
asCScriptEngine *m_engine;
asEContextState m_status;
bool m_doSuspend;
bool m_doAbort;
bool m_externalSuspendRequest;
asCScriptFunction *m_currentFunction;
asCScriptFunction *m_callingSystemFunction;
// The call stack holds program pointer, stack pointer, etc for caller functions
asCArray<size_t> m_callStack;
// Dynamically growing local stack
asCArray<asDWORD *> m_stackBlocks;
asUINT m_stackBlockSize;
asUINT m_stackIndex;
asDWORD *m_originalStackPointer;
// Exception handling
bool m_isStackMemoryNotAllocated;
bool m_needToCleanupArgs;
bool m_inExceptionHandler;
asCString m_exceptionString;
int m_exceptionFunction;
int m_exceptionSectionIdx;
int m_exceptionLine;
int m_exceptionColumn;
// The last prepared function, and some cached values related to it
asCScriptFunction *m_initialFunction;
int m_returnValueSize;
int m_argumentsSize;
// callbacks
bool m_lineCallback;
asSSystemFunctionInterface m_lineCallbackFunc;
void * m_lineCallbackObj;
bool m_exceptionCallback;
asSSystemFunctionInterface m_exceptionCallbackFunc;
void * m_exceptionCallbackObj;
asCArray<asPWORD> m_userData;
// Registers available to JIT compiler functions
asSVMRegisters m_regs;
};
// TODO: Move these to as_utils.h
int as_powi(int base, int exponent, bool& isOverflow);
asDWORD as_powu(asDWORD base, asDWORD exponent, bool& isOverflow);
asINT64 as_powi64(asINT64 base, asINT64 exponent, bool& isOverflow);
asQWORD as_powu64(asQWORD base, asQWORD exponent, bool& isOverflow);
// Optional template version of powi if overflow detection is not used.
#if 0
template <class T>
T as_powi(T base, T exponent)
{
// Test for sign bit (huge number is OK)
if( exponent & (T(1)<<(sizeof(T)*8-1)) )
return 0;
else
{
int result = 1;
while( exponent )
{
if( exponent & 1 )
result *= base;
exponent >>= 1;
base *= base;
}
return result;
}
}
#endif
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

187
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_criticalsection.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2014 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_criticalsection.h
//
// Classes for multi threading support
//
#ifndef AS_CRITICALSECTION_H
#define AS_CRITICALSECTION_H
#include "as_config.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
#ifdef AS_NO_THREADS
#define DECLARECRITICALSECTION(x)
#define ENTERCRITICALSECTION(x)
#define LEAVECRITICALSECTION(x)
inline bool tryEnter() { return true; }
#define TRYENTERCRITICALSECTION(x) tryEnter()
#define DECLAREREADWRITELOCK(x)
#define ACQUIREEXCLUSIVE(x)
#define RELEASEEXCLUSIVE(x)
#define ACQUIRESHARED(x)
#define RELEASESHARED(x)
#else
#define DECLARECRITICALSECTION(x) asCThreadCriticalSection x;
#define ENTERCRITICALSECTION(x) x.Enter()
#define LEAVECRITICALSECTION(x) x.Leave()
#define TRYENTERCRITICALSECTION(x) x.TryEnter()
#define DECLAREREADWRITELOCK(x) asCThreadReadWriteLock x;
#define ACQUIREEXCLUSIVE(x) x.AcquireExclusive()
#define RELEASEEXCLUSIVE(x) x.ReleaseExclusive()
#define ACQUIRESHARED(x) x.AcquireShared()
#define RELEASESHARED(x) x.ReleaseShared()
#ifdef AS_POSIX_THREADS
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#include <pthread.h>
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCThreadCriticalSection
{
public:
asCThreadCriticalSection();
~asCThreadCriticalSection();
void Enter();
void Leave();
bool TryEnter();
protected:
pthread_mutex_t cs;
};
class asCThreadReadWriteLock
{
public:
asCThreadReadWriteLock();
~asCThreadReadWriteLock();
void AcquireExclusive();
void ReleaseExclusive();
bool TryAcquireExclusive();
void AcquireShared();
void ReleaseShared();
bool TryAcquireShared();
protected:
pthread_rwlock_t lock;
};
#elif defined(AS_WINDOWS_THREADS)
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#ifdef AS_XBOX360
#include <xtl.h>
#else
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0600 // We need this to get the declaration for Windows Phone compatible Ex functions
#endif
#include <windows.h>
#endif
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
// Undefine macros that cause problems in our code
#undef GetObject
#undef RegisterClass
class asCThreadCriticalSection
{
public:
asCThreadCriticalSection();
~asCThreadCriticalSection();
void Enter();
void Leave();
bool TryEnter();
protected:
CRITICAL_SECTION cs;
};
class asCThreadReadWriteLock
{
public:
asCThreadReadWriteLock();
~asCThreadReadWriteLock();
void AcquireExclusive();
void ReleaseExclusive();
void AcquireShared();
void ReleaseShared();
protected:
// The Slim Read Write Lock object, SRWLOCK, is more efficient
// but it is only available from Windows Vista so we cannot use it and
// maintain compatibility with olders versions of Windows.
// Critical sections and semaphores are available on Windows XP and onwards.
// Windows XP is oldest version we support with multithreading.
// The implementation is based on the following article, that shows
// how to implement a fair read/write lock that doesn't risk starving
// the writers:
// http://doc.qt.nokia.com/qq/qq11-mutex.html
// TODO: Allow use of SRWLOCK through configuration in as_config.h
CRITICAL_SECTION writeLock;
HANDLE readLocks;
};
// This constant really should be a member of asCThreadReadWriteLock,
// but it gives a compiler error on MSVC6 so I'm leaving it outside
static const asUINT maxReaders = 10;
#endif
#endif
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

161
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_datatype.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_datatype.h
//
// This class describes the datatype for expressions during compilation
//
#ifndef AS_DATATYPE_H
#define AS_DATATYPE_H
#include "as_tokendef.h"
#include "as_string.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
struct asSTypeBehaviour;
class asCScriptEngine;
class asCTypeInfo;
class asCScriptFunction;
class asCModule;
class asCObjectType;
class asCEnumType;
struct asSNameSpace;
// TODO: refactor: Reference should not be part of the datatype. This should be stored separately, e.g. in asCExprValue
// MakeReference, MakeReadOnly, IsReference, IsReadOnly should be removed
class asCDataType
{
public:
asCDataType();
asCDataType(const asCDataType &);
~asCDataType();
bool IsValid() const;
asCString Format(asSNameSpace *currNs, bool includeNamespace = false) const;
static asCDataType CreatePrimitive(eTokenType tt, bool isConst);
static asCDataType CreateType(asCTypeInfo *ti, bool isConst);
static asCDataType CreateAuto(bool isConst);
static asCDataType CreateObjectHandle(asCTypeInfo *ot, bool isConst);
static asCDataType CreateNullHandle();
int MakeHandle(bool b, bool acceptHandleForScope = false);
int MakeArray(asCScriptEngine *engine, asCModule *requestingModule);
int MakeReference(bool b);
int MakeReadOnly(bool b);
int MakeHandleToConst(bool b);
void SetIfHandleThenConst(bool b) { ifHandleThenConst = b; }
bool HasIfHandleThenConst() const { return ifHandleThenConst; }
bool IsTemplate() const;
bool IsScriptObject() const;
bool IsPrimitive() const;
bool IsMathType() const;
bool IsObject() const;
bool IsReference() const {return isReference;}
bool IsAuto() const {return isAuto;}
bool IsReadOnly() const;
bool IsIntegerType() const;
bool IsUnsignedType() const;
bool IsFloatType() const;
bool IsDoubleType() const;
bool IsBooleanType() const;
bool IsObjectHandle() const {return isObjectHandle;}
bool IsHandleToAuto() const {return isAuto && isObjectHandle;}
bool IsHandleToConst() const;
bool IsArrayType() const;
bool IsEnumType() const;
bool IsAnyType() const {return tokenType == ttQuestion;}
bool IsHandleToAsHandleType() const {return isHandleToAsHandleType;}
bool IsAbstractClass() const;
bool IsInterface() const;
bool IsFuncdef() const;
bool IsObjectConst() const;
bool IsEqualExceptRef(const asCDataType &) const;
bool IsEqualExceptRefAndConst(const asCDataType &) const;
bool IsEqualExceptConst(const asCDataType &) const;
bool IsNullHandle() const;
bool SupportHandles() const;
bool CanBeInstantiated() const;
bool CanBeCopied() const;
bool operator ==(const asCDataType &) const;
bool operator !=(const asCDataType &) const;
asCDataType GetSubType(asUINT subtypeIndex = 0) const;
eTokenType GetTokenType() const {return tokenType;}
asCTypeInfo *GetTypeInfo() const { return typeInfo; }
int GetSizeOnStackDWords() const;
int GetSizeInMemoryBytes() const;
int GetSizeInMemoryDWords() const;
#ifdef WIP_16BYTE_ALIGN
int GetAlignment() const;
#endif
void SetTokenType(eTokenType tt) {tokenType = tt;}
void SetTypeInfo(asCTypeInfo *ti) {typeInfo = ti;}
asCDataType &operator =(const asCDataType &);
asSTypeBehaviour *GetBehaviour() const;
protected:
// Base object type
eTokenType tokenType;
// Behaviour type
asCTypeInfo *typeInfo;
// Top level
bool isReference:1;
bool isReadOnly:1;
bool isObjectHandle:1;
bool isConstHandle:1;
bool isAuto:1;
bool isHandleToAsHandleType:1; // Used by the compiler to know how to initialize the object
bool ifHandleThenConst:1; // Used when creating template instances to determine if a handle should be const or not
char dummy:1;
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

270
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_debug.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_debug.h
//
#ifndef AS_DEBUG_H
#define AS_DEBUG_H
#include "as_config.h"
#if defined(AS_DEBUG)
#ifndef AS_WII
// The Wii SDK doesn't have these, we'll survive without AS_DEBUG
#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
// Neither does WinCE
#ifndef AS_PSVITA
// Possible on PSVita, but requires SDK access
#if !defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(AS_MARMALADE))
#ifdef __ghs__
// WIIU defines __GNUC__ but types are not defined here in 'conventional' way
#include <types.h>
typedef signed char int8_t;
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
typedef signed short int16_t;
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
typedef signed int int32_t;
typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
typedef signed long long int64_t;
typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
typedef float float32_t;
typedef double float64_t;
#else
// Define mkdir for GNUC
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#define _mkdir(dirname) mkdir(dirname, S_IRWXU)
#endif
#else
#include <direct.h>
#endif
#endif // AS_PSVITA
#endif // _WIN32_WCE
#endif // AS_WII
#endif // !defined(AS_DEBUG)
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(AS_PROFILE)
// Currently only do profiling with MSVC++
#include <mmsystem.h>
#include <direct.h>
#include "as_string.h"
#include "as_map.h"
#include "as_string_util.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
struct TimeCount
{
double time;
int count;
double max;
double min;
};
class CProfiler
{
public:
CProfiler()
{
// We need to know how often the clock is updated
__int64 tps;
if( !QueryPerformanceFrequency((LARGE_INTEGER *)&tps) )
usePerformance = false;
else
{
usePerformance = true;
ticksPerSecond = double(tps);
}
timeOffset = GetTime();
}
~CProfiler()
{
WriteSummary();
}
double GetTime()
{
if( usePerformance )
{
__int64 ticks;
QueryPerformanceCounter((LARGE_INTEGER *)&ticks);
return double(ticks)/ticksPerSecond - timeOffset;
}
return double(timeGetTime())/1000.0 - timeOffset;
}
double Begin(const char *name)
{
double time = GetTime();
// Add the scope to the key
if( key.GetLength() )
key += "|";
key += name;
// Compensate for the time spent writing to the file
timeOffset += GetTime() - time;
return time;
}
void End(const char * /*name*/, double beginTime)
{
double time = GetTime();
double elapsed = time - beginTime;
// Update the profile info for this scope
asSMapNode<asCString, TimeCount> *cursor;
if( map.MoveTo(&cursor, key) )
{
cursor->value.time += elapsed;
cursor->value.count++;
if( cursor->value.max < elapsed )
cursor->value.max = elapsed;
if( cursor->value.min > elapsed )
cursor->value.min = elapsed;
}
else
{
TimeCount tc = {elapsed, 1, elapsed, elapsed};
map.Insert(key, tc);
}
// Remove the inner most scope from the key
int n = key.FindLast("|");
if( n > 0 )
key.SetLength(n);
else
key.SetLength(0);
// Compensate for the time spent writing to the file
timeOffset += GetTime() - time;
}
protected:
void WriteSummary()
{
// Write the analyzed info into a file for inspection
_mkdir("AS_DEBUG");
FILE *fp;
#if _MSC_VER >= 1500 && !defined(AS_MARMALADE)
fopen_s(&fp, "AS_DEBUG/profiling_summary.txt", "wt");
#else
fp = fopen("AS_DEBUG/profiling_summary.txt", "wt");
#endif
if( fp == 0 )
return;
fprintf(fp, "%-60s %10s %15s %15s %15s %15s\n\n", "Scope", "Count", "Tot time", "Avg time", "Max time", "Min time");
asSMapNode<asCString, TimeCount> *cursor;
map.MoveLast(&cursor);
while( cursor )
{
asCString key = cursor->key;
int count;
int n = key.FindLast("|", &count);
if( count )
{
key = asCString(" ", count) + key.SubString(n+1);
}
fprintf(fp, "%-60s %10d %15.6f %15.6f %15.6f %15.6f\n", key.AddressOf(), cursor->value.count, cursor->value.time, cursor->value.time / cursor->value.count, cursor->value.max, cursor->value.min);
map.MovePrev(&cursor, cursor);
}
fclose(fp);
}
double timeOffset;
double ticksPerSecond;
bool usePerformance;
asCString key;
asCMap<asCString, TimeCount> map;
};
extern CProfiler g_profiler;
class CProfilerScope
{
public:
CProfilerScope(const char *name)
{
this->name = name;
beginTime = g_profiler.Begin(name);
}
~CProfilerScope()
{
g_profiler.End(name, beginTime);
}
protected:
const char *name;
double beginTime;
};
#define TimeIt(x) CProfilerScope profilescope(x)
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#else // !(_MSC_VER && AS_PROFILE)
// Define it so nothing is done
#define TimeIt(x)
#endif // !(_MSC_VER && AS_PROFILE)
#endif // defined(AS_DEBUG_H)

147
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_gc.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_gc.h
//
// The garbage collector is used to resolve cyclic references
//
#ifndef AS_GC_H
#define AS_GC_H
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_array.h"
#include "as_map.h"
#include "as_thread.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCScriptEngine;
class asCObjectType;
class asCGarbageCollector
{
public:
asCGarbageCollector();
~asCGarbageCollector();
int GarbageCollect(asDWORD flags, asUINT iterations);
void GetStatistics(asUINT *currentSize, asUINT *totalDestroyed, asUINT *totalDetected, asUINT *newObjects, asUINT *totalNewDestroyed) const;
void GCEnumCallback(void *reference);
int AddScriptObjectToGC(void *obj, asCObjectType *objType);
int GetObjectInGC(asUINT idx, asUINT *seqNbr, void **obj, asITypeInfo **type);
int ReportAndReleaseUndestroyedObjects();
asCScriptEngine *engine;
protected:
struct asSObjTypePair {void *obj; asCObjectType *type; asUINT seqNbr;};
struct asSIntTypePair {int i; asCObjectType *type;};
typedef asSMapNode<void*, asSIntTypePair> asSMapNode_t;
enum egcDestroyState
{
destroyGarbage_init = 0,
destroyGarbage_loop,
destroyGarbage_haveMore
};
enum egcDetectState
{
clearCounters_init = 0,
clearCounters_loop,
buildMap_init,
buildMap_loop,
countReferences_init,
countReferences_loop,
detectGarbage_init,
detectGarbage_loop1,
detectGarbage_loop2,
verifyUnmarked_init,
verifyUnmarked_loop,
breakCircles_init,
breakCircles_loop,
breakCircles_haveGarbage
};
int DestroyNewGarbage();
int DestroyOldGarbage();
int IdentifyGarbageWithCyclicRefs();
asSObjTypePair GetNewObjectAtIdx(int idx);
asSObjTypePair GetOldObjectAtIdx(int idx);
void RemoveNewObjectAtIdx(int idx);
void RemoveOldObjectAtIdx(int idx);
void MoveObjectToOldList(int idx);
void MoveAllObjectsToOldList();
// Holds all the objects known by the garbage collector
asCArray<asSObjTypePair> gcNewObjects;
asCArray<asSObjTypePair> gcOldObjects;
// This array temporarily holds references to objects known to be live objects
asCArray<void*> liveObjects;
// This map holds objects currently being searched for cyclic references, it also holds a
// counter that gives the number of references to the object that the GC can't reach
asCMap<void*, asSIntTypePair> gcMap;
// State variables
egcDestroyState destroyNewState;
egcDestroyState destroyOldState;
asUINT destroyNewIdx;
asUINT destroyOldIdx;
asUINT numDestroyed;
asUINT numNewDestroyed;
egcDetectState detectState;
asUINT detectIdx;
asUINT numDetected;
asUINT numAdded;
asUINT seqAtSweepStart[3];
asSMapNode_t *gcMapCursor;
bool isProcessing;
// We'll keep a pool of nodes to avoid allocating memory all the time
asSMapNode_t *GetNode(void *obj, asSIntTypePair it);
void ReturnNode(asSMapNode_t *node);
asCArray<asSMapNode_t*> freeNodes;
// Critical section for multithreaded access
DECLARECRITICALSECTION(gcCritical) // Used for adding/removing objects
DECLARECRITICALSECTION(gcCollecting) // Used for processing
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

108
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_generic.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_generic.h
//
// This class handles the call to a function registered with asCALL_GENERIC
//
#ifndef AS_GENERIC_H
#define AS_GENERIC_H
#include "as_config.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCScriptEngine;
class asCScriptFunction;
class asCGeneric : public asIScriptGeneric
{
public:
//------------------------------
// asIScriptGeneric
//------------------------------
// Miscellaneous
asIScriptEngine *GetEngine() const;
asIScriptFunction *GetFunction() const;
void *GetAuxiliary() const;
// Object
void *GetObject();
int GetObjectTypeId() const;
// Arguments
int GetArgCount() const;
int GetArgTypeId(asUINT arg, asDWORD *flags = 0) const;
asBYTE GetArgByte(asUINT arg);
asWORD GetArgWord(asUINT arg);
asDWORD GetArgDWord(asUINT arg);
asQWORD GetArgQWord(asUINT arg);
float GetArgFloat(asUINT arg);
double GetArgDouble(asUINT arg);
void *GetArgAddress(asUINT arg);
void *GetArgObject(asUINT arg);
void *GetAddressOfArg(asUINT arg);
// Return value
int GetReturnTypeId(asDWORD *flags = 0) const;
int SetReturnByte(asBYTE val);
int SetReturnWord(asWORD val);
int SetReturnDWord(asDWORD val);
int SetReturnQWord(asQWORD val);
int SetReturnFloat(float val);
int SetReturnDouble(double val);
int SetReturnAddress(void *addr);
int SetReturnObject(void *obj);
void *GetAddressOfReturnLocation();
//------------------------
// internal
//-------------------------
asCGeneric(asCScriptEngine *engine, asCScriptFunction *sysFunction, void *currentObject, asDWORD *stackPointer);
virtual ~asCGeneric();
void *GetReturnPointer();
asCScriptEngine *engine;
asCScriptFunction *sysFunction;
void *currentObject;
asDWORD *stackPointer;
void *objectRegister;
asQWORD returnVal;
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

786
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_map.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,786 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2013 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_map.h
//
// This class is used for mapping a value to another
//
#ifndef AS_MAP_H
#define AS_MAP_H
template <class KEY, class VAL> struct asSMapNode;
template <class KEY, class VAL> class asCMap
{
public:
asCMap();
~asCMap();
int Insert(const KEY &key, const VAL &value);
int Insert(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *node);
int GetCount() const;
const KEY &GetKey(const asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *cursor) const;
const VAL &GetValue(const asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *cursor) const;
VAL &GetValue(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *cursor);
void Erase(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *cursor);
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *Remove(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *cursor);
void EraseAll();
void SwapWith(asCMap<KEY,VAL> &other);
// Returns true as long as cursor is valid
bool MoveTo(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> **out, const KEY &key) const;
bool MoveFirst(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> **out) const;
bool MoveLast(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> **out) const;
bool MoveNext(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> **out, asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *cursor) const;
bool MovePrev(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> **out, asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *cursor) const;
// For debugging only
int CheckIntegrity(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *node) const;
protected:
// Don't allow value assignment
asCMap &operator=(const asCMap &) { return *this; }
void BalanceInsert(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *node);
void BalanceErase(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *child, asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *parent);
int EraseAll(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *node);
int RotateLeft(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *node);
int RotateRight(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *node);
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *root;
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> dummy;
int count;
};
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Implementation
// Properties of a Red-Black Tree
//
// 1. The root is always black
// 2. All single paths from the root to leafs
// contain the same amount of black nodes
// 3. No red node can have a red node as parent
#define ISRED(x) ((x != 0) && (x)->isRed)
#define ISBLACK(x) (!ISRED(x))
template <class KEY, class VAL> struct asSMapNode
{
asSMapNode() {parent = 0; left = 0; right = 0; isRed = true;}
void Init(KEY k, VAL v) {key = k; value = v; parent = 0; left = 0; right = 0; isRed = true;}
asSMapNode *parent;
asSMapNode *left;
asSMapNode *right;
bool isRed;
KEY key;
VAL value;
};
template <class KEY, class VAL>
asCMap<KEY, VAL>::asCMap()
{
root = 0;
count = 0;
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
asCMap<KEY, VAL>::~asCMap()
{
EraseAll();
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
void asCMap<KEY,VAL>::SwapWith(asCMap<KEY,VAL> &other)
{
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *tmpRoot = root;
int tmpCount = count;
root = other.root;
count = other.count;
other.root = tmpRoot;
other.count = tmpCount;
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
void asCMap<KEY, VAL>::EraseAll()
{
EraseAll(root);
root = 0;
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
int asCMap<KEY, VAL>::EraseAll(asSMapNode<KEY, VAL> *p)
{
if( p == 0 ) return -1;
EraseAll( p->left );
EraseAll( p->right );
typedef asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> node_t;
asDELETE(p,node_t);
count--;
return 0;
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
int asCMap<KEY, VAL>::GetCount() const
{
return count;
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
int asCMap<KEY, VAL>::Insert(const KEY &key, const VAL &value)
{
typedef asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> node_t;
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *nnode = asNEW(node_t);
if( nnode == 0 )
{
// Out of memory
return -1;
}
nnode->key = key;
nnode->value = value;
return Insert(nnode);
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
int asCMap<KEY, VAL>::Insert(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *nnode)
{
// Insert the node
if( root == 0 )
root = nnode;
else
{
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *p = root;
for(;;)
{
if( nnode->key < p->key )
{
if( p->left == 0 )
{
nnode->parent = p;
p->left = nnode;
break;
}
else
p = p->left;
}
else
{
if( p->right == 0 )
{
nnode->parent = p;
p->right = nnode;
break;
}
else
p = p->right;
}
}
}
BalanceInsert(nnode);
count++;
return 0;
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
void asCMap<KEY, VAL>::BalanceInsert(asSMapNode<KEY, VAL> *node)
{
// The node, that is red, can't have a red parent
while( node != root && node->parent->isRed )
{
// Check color of uncle
if( node->parent == node->parent->parent->left )
{
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *uncle = node->parent->parent->right;
if( ISRED(uncle) )
{
// B
// R R
// N
// Change color on parent, uncle, and grand parent
node->parent->isRed = false;
uncle->isRed = false;
node->parent->parent->isRed = true;
// Continue balancing from grand parent
node = node->parent->parent;
}
else
{
// B
// R B
// N
if( node == node->parent->right )
{
// Make the node a left child
node = node->parent;
RotateLeft(node);
}
// Change color on parent and grand parent
// Then rotate grand parent to the right
node->parent->isRed = false;
node->parent->parent->isRed = true;
RotateRight(node->parent->parent);
}
}
else
{
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *uncle = node->parent->parent->left;
if( ISRED(uncle) )
{
// B
// R R
// N
// Change color on parent, uncle, and grand parent
// Continue balancing from grand parent
node->parent->isRed = false;
uncle->isRed = false;
node = node->parent->parent;
node->isRed = true;
}
else
{
// B
// B R
// N
if( node == node->parent->left )
{
// Make the node a right child
node = node->parent;
RotateRight(node);
}
// Change color on parent and grand parent
// Then rotate grand parent to the right
node->parent->isRed = false;
node->parent->parent->isRed = true;
RotateLeft(node->parent->parent);
}
}
}
root->isRed = false;
}
// For debugging purposes only
template <class KEY, class VAL>
int asCMap<KEY, VAL>::CheckIntegrity(asSMapNode<KEY, VAL> *node) const
{
if( node == 0 )
{
if( root == 0 )
return 0;
else if( ISRED(root) )
return -1;
else
node = root;
}
int left = 0, right = 0;
if( node->left )
left = CheckIntegrity(node->left);
if( node->right )
right = CheckIntegrity(node->right);
if( left != right || left == -1 )
return -1;
if( ISBLACK(node) )
return left+1;
return left;
}
// Returns true if successful
template <class KEY, class VAL>
bool asCMap<KEY, VAL>::MoveTo(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> **out, const KEY &key) const
{
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *p = root;
while( p )
{
if( key < p->key )
p = p->left;
else if( key == p->key )
{
if( out ) *out = p;
return true;
}
else
p = p->right;
}
if( out ) *out = 0;
return false;
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
void asCMap<KEY, VAL>::Erase(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *cursor)
{
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *node = Remove(cursor);
asASSERT( node == cursor );
typedef asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> node_t;
asDELETE(node,node_t);
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *asCMap<KEY, VAL>::Remove(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *cursor)
{
if( cursor == 0 ) return 0;
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *node = cursor;
//---------------------------------------------------
// Choose the node that will replace the erased one
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *remove;
if( node->left == 0 || node->right == 0 )
remove = node;
else
{
remove = node->right;
while( remove->left ) remove = remove->left;
}
//--------------------------------------------------
// Remove the node
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *child;
if( remove->left )
child = remove->left;
else
child = remove->right;
if( child ) child->parent = remove->parent;
if( remove->parent )
{
if( remove == remove->parent->left )
remove->parent->left = child;
else
remove->parent->right = child;
}
else
root = child;
// If we remove a black node we must make sure the tree is balanced
if( ISBLACK(remove) )
BalanceErase(child, remove->parent);
//----------------------------------------
// Replace the erased node with the removed one
if( remove != node )
{
if( node->parent )
{
if( node->parent->left == node )
node->parent->left = remove;
else
node->parent->right = remove;
}
else
root = remove;
remove->isRed = node->isRed;
remove->parent = node->parent;
remove->left = node->left;
if( remove->left ) remove->left->parent = remove;
remove->right = node->right;
if( remove->right ) remove->right->parent = remove;
}
count--;
return node;
}
// Call method only if removed node was black
// child is the child of the removed node
template <class KEY, class VAL>
void asCMap<KEY, VAL>::BalanceErase(asSMapNode<KEY, VAL> *child, asSMapNode<KEY, VAL> *parent)
{
// If child is red
// Color child black
// Terminate
// These tests assume brother is to the right.
// 1. Brother is red
// Color parent red and brother black
// Rotate parent left
// Transforms to 2b
// 2a. Parent and brother is black, brother's children are black
// Color brother red
// Continue test with parent as child
// 2b. Parent is red, brother is black, brother's children are black
// Color parent black and brother red
// Terminate
// 3. Brother is black, and brother's left is red and brother's right is black
// Color brother red and brother's left black
// Rotate brother to right
// Transforms to 4.
// 4. Brother is black, brother's right is red
// Color brother's right black
// Color brother to color of parent
// Color parent black
// Rotate parent left
// Terminate
while( child != root && ISBLACK(child) )
{
if( child == parent->left )
{
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *brother = parent->right;
// Case 1
if( ISRED(brother) )
{
brother->isRed = false;
parent->isRed = true;
RotateLeft(parent);
brother = parent->right;
}
// Case 2
if( brother == 0 ) break;
if( ISBLACK(brother->left) && ISBLACK(brother->right) )
{
// Case 2b
if( ISRED(parent) )
{
parent->isRed = false;
brother->isRed = true;
break;
}
brother->isRed = true;
child = parent;
parent = child->parent;
}
else
{
// Case 3
if( ISBLACK(brother->right) )
{
brother->left->isRed = false;
brother->isRed = true;
RotateRight(brother);
brother = parent->right;
}
// Case 4
brother->isRed = parent->isRed;
parent->isRed = false;
brother->right->isRed = false;
RotateLeft(parent);
break;
}
}
else
{
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *brother = parent->left;
// Case 1
if( ISRED(brother) )
{
brother->isRed = false;
parent->isRed = true;
RotateRight(parent);
brother = parent->left;
}
// Case 2
if( brother == 0 ) break;
if( ISBLACK(brother->left) && ISBLACK(brother->right) )
{
// Case 2b
if( ISRED(parent) )
{
parent->isRed = false;
brother->isRed = true;
break;
}
brother->isRed = true;
child = parent;
parent = child->parent;
}
else
{
// Case 3
if( ISBLACK(brother->left) )
{
brother->right->isRed = false;
brother->isRed = true;
RotateLeft(brother);
brother = parent->left;
}
// Case 4
brother->isRed = parent->isRed;
parent->isRed = false;
brother->left->isRed = false;
RotateRight(parent);
break;
}
}
}
if( child )
child->isRed = false;
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
int asCMap<KEY, VAL>::RotateRight(asSMapNode<KEY, VAL> *node)
{
// P L //
// / \ / \ //
// L R => Ll P //
// / \ / \ //
// Ll Lr Lr R //
if( node->left == 0 ) return -1;
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *left = node->left;
// Update parent
if( node->parent )
{
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *parent = node->parent;
if( parent->left == node )
parent->left = left;
else
parent->right = left;
left->parent = parent;
}
else
{
root = left;
left->parent = 0;
}
// Move left's right child to node's left child
node->left = left->right;
if( node->left ) node->left->parent = node;
// Put node as left's right child
left->right = node;
node->parent = left;
return 0;
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
int asCMap<KEY, VAL>::RotateLeft(asSMapNode<KEY, VAL> *node)
{
// P R //
// / \ / \ //
// L R => P Rr //
// / \ / \ //
// Rl Rr L Rl //
if( node->right == 0 ) return -1;
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *right = node->right;
// Update parent
if( node->parent )
{
asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *parent = node->parent;
if( parent->right == node )
parent->right = right;
else
parent->left = right;
right->parent = parent;
}
else
{
root = right;
right->parent = 0;
}
// Move right's left child to node's right child
node->right = right->left;
if( node->right ) node->right->parent = node;
// Put node as right's left child
right->left = node;
node->parent = right;
return 0;
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
const VAL &asCMap<KEY, VAL>::GetValue(const asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *cursor) const
{
if( cursor == 0 )
return dummy.value;
return cursor->value;
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
VAL &asCMap<KEY, VAL>::GetValue(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *cursor)
{
if( cursor == 0 )
return dummy.value;
return cursor->value;
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
const KEY &asCMap<KEY, VAL>::GetKey(const asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *cursor) const
{
if( cursor == 0 )
return dummy.key;
return cursor->key;
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
bool asCMap<KEY, VAL>::MoveFirst(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> **out) const
{
*out = root;
if( root == 0 ) return false;
while( (*out)->left )
*out = (*out)->left;
return true;
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
bool asCMap<KEY, VAL>::MoveLast(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> **out) const
{
*out = root;
if( root == 0 ) return false;
while( (*out)->right )
*out = (*out)->right;
return true;
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
bool asCMap<KEY, VAL>::MoveNext(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> **out, asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *cursor) const
{
if( cursor == 0 )
{
*out = 0;
return false;
}
if( cursor->right == 0 )
{
// Move upwards until we find a parent node to the right
while( cursor->parent && cursor->parent->right == cursor )
cursor = cursor->parent;
cursor = cursor->parent;
*out = cursor;
if( cursor == 0 )
return false;
return true;
}
cursor = cursor->right;
while( cursor->left )
cursor = cursor->left;
*out = cursor;
return true;
}
template <class KEY, class VAL>
bool asCMap<KEY, VAL>::MovePrev(asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> **out, asSMapNode<KEY,VAL> *cursor) const
{
if( cursor == 0 )
{
*out = 0;
return false;
}
if( cursor->left == 0 )
{
// Move upwards until we find a parent node to the left
while( cursor->parent && cursor->parent->left == cursor )
cursor = cursor->parent;
cursor = cursor->parent;
*out = cursor;
if( cursor == 0 )
return false;
return true;
}
cursor = cursor->left;
while( cursor->right )
cursor = cursor->right;
*out = cursor;
return true;
}
#endif

135
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_memory.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2014 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_memory.h
//
// Overload the default memory management functions so that we
// can let the application decide how to do it.
//
#ifndef AS_MEMORY_H
#define AS_MEMORY_H
#include "as_config.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
extern asALLOCFUNC_t userAlloc;
extern asFREEFUNC_t userFree;
#ifdef WIP_16BYTE_ALIGN
// TODO: This declaration should be in angelscript.h
// when the application can register it's own
// aligned memory routines
typedef void *(*asALLOCALIGNEDFUNC_t)(size_t, size_t);
typedef void (*asFREEALIGNEDFUNC_t)(void *);
extern asALLOCALIGNEDFUNC_t userAllocAligned;
extern asFREEALIGNEDFUNC_t userFreeAligned;
typedef void *(*asALLOCALIGNEDFUNCDEBUG_t)(size_t, size_t, const char *, unsigned int);
// The maximum type alignment supported.
const int MAX_TYPE_ALIGNMENT = 16;
// Utility function used for assertions.
bool isAligned(const void* const pointer, asUINT alignment);
#endif // WIP_16BYTE_ALIGN
// We don't overload the new operator as that would affect the application as well
#ifndef AS_DEBUG
#define asNEW(x) new(userAlloc(sizeof(x))) x
#define asDELETE(ptr,x) {void *tmp = ptr; (ptr)->~x(); userFree(tmp);}
#define asNEWARRAY(x,cnt) (x*)userAlloc(sizeof(x)*cnt)
#define asDELETEARRAY(ptr) userFree(ptr)
#ifdef WIP_16BYTE_ALIGN
#define asNEWARRAYALIGNED(x,cnt, alignment) (x*)userAllocAligned(sizeof(x)*cnt, alignment)
#define asDELETEARRAYALIGNED(ptr) userFreeAligned(ptr)
#endif
#else
typedef void *(*asALLOCFUNCDEBUG_t)(size_t, const char *, unsigned int);
#define asNEW(x) new(((asALLOCFUNCDEBUG_t)(userAlloc))(sizeof(x), __FILE__, __LINE__)) x
#define asDELETE(ptr,x) {void *tmp = ptr; (ptr)->~x(); userFree(tmp);}
#define asNEWARRAY(x,cnt) (x*)((asALLOCFUNCDEBUG_t)(userAlloc))(sizeof(x)*cnt, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#define asDELETEARRAY(ptr) userFree(ptr)
#ifdef WIP_16BYTE_ALIGN
//TODO: Equivalent of debug allocation function with alignment?
#define asNEWARRAYALIGNED(x,cnt, alignment) (x*)userAllocAligned(sizeof(x)*cnt, alignment)
#define asDELETEARRAYALIGNED(ptr) userFreeAligned(ptr)
#endif
#endif
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#include <new>
#include "as_criticalsection.h"
#include "as_array.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCMemoryMgr
{
public:
asCMemoryMgr();
~asCMemoryMgr();
void FreeUnusedMemory();
void *AllocScriptNode();
void FreeScriptNode(void *ptr);
#ifndef AS_NO_COMPILER
void *AllocByteInstruction();
void FreeByteInstruction(void *ptr);
#endif
protected:
DECLARECRITICALSECTION(cs)
asCArray<void *> scriptNodePool;
asCArray<void *> byteInstructionPool;
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

246
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_module.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_module.h
//
// A class that holds a script module
//
#ifndef AS_MODULE_H
#define AS_MODULE_H
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_symboltable.h"
#include "as_atomic.h"
#include "as_string.h"
#include "as_array.h"
#include "as_datatype.h"
#include "as_scriptfunction.h"
#include "as_property.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
// TODO: import: Remove this when the imported functions are removed
const int FUNC_IMPORTED = 0x40000000;
class asCScriptEngine;
class asCCompiler;
class asCBuilder;
class asCContext;
class asCConfigGroup;
class asCTypedefType;
class asCFuncdefType;
struct asSNameSpace;
struct sBindInfo
{
asCScriptFunction *importedFunctionSignature;
asCString importFromModule;
int boundFunctionId;
};
struct sObjectTypePair
{
asCObjectType *a;
asCObjectType *b;
};
// TODO: import: Remove function imports. When I have implemented function
// pointers the function imports should be deprecated.
// TODO: Need a separate interface for compiling scripts. The asIScriptCompiler
// will have a target module, and will allow the compilation of an entire
// script or just individual functions within the scope of the module
//
// With this separation it will be possible to compile the library without
// the compiler, thus giving a much smaller binary executable.
// TODO: There should be a special compile option that will let the application
// recompile an already compiled script. The compiler should check if no
// destructive changes have been made (changing function signatures, etc)
// then it should simply replace the bytecode within the functions without
// changing the values of existing global properties, etc.
class asCModule : public asIScriptModule
{
//-------------------------------------------
// Public interface
//--------------------------------------------
public:
virtual asIScriptEngine *GetEngine() const;
virtual void SetName(const char *name);
virtual const char *GetName() const;
virtual void Discard();
// Compilation
virtual int AddScriptSection(const char *name, const char *code, size_t codeLength, int lineOffset);
virtual int Build();
virtual int CompileFunction(const char *sectionName, const char *code, int lineOffset, asDWORD reserved, asIScriptFunction **outFunc);
virtual int CompileGlobalVar(const char *sectionName, const char *code, int lineOffset);
virtual asDWORD SetAccessMask(asDWORD accessMask);
virtual int SetDefaultNamespace(const char *nameSpace);
virtual const char *GetDefaultNamespace() const;
// Script functions
virtual asUINT GetFunctionCount() const;
virtual asIScriptFunction *GetFunctionByIndex(asUINT index) const;
virtual asIScriptFunction *GetFunctionByDecl(const char *decl) const;
virtual asIScriptFunction *GetFunctionByName(const char *name) const;
virtual int RemoveFunction(asIScriptFunction *func);
// Script global variables
// TODO: interface: Should be called InitGlobalVars, and should have a bool to reset in case already initialized
virtual int ResetGlobalVars(asIScriptContext *ctx);
virtual asUINT GetGlobalVarCount() const;
virtual int GetGlobalVarIndexByName(const char *name) const;
virtual int GetGlobalVarIndexByDecl(const char *decl) const;
virtual const char *GetGlobalVarDeclaration(asUINT index, bool includeNamespace) const;
virtual int GetGlobalVar(asUINT index, const char **name, const char **nameSpace, int *typeId, bool *isConst) const;
virtual void *GetAddressOfGlobalVar(asUINT index);
virtual int RemoveGlobalVar(asUINT index);
// Type identification
virtual asUINT GetObjectTypeCount() const;
virtual asITypeInfo *GetObjectTypeByIndex(asUINT index) const;
#ifdef AS_DEPRECATED
// Deprecated since 2.31.0, 2015-12-06
virtual asITypeInfo *GetObjectTypeByName(const char *name) const;
virtual asITypeInfo *GetObjectTypeByDecl(const char *decl) const;
#endif
virtual int GetTypeIdByDecl(const char *decl) const;
virtual asITypeInfo *GetTypeInfoByName(const char *name) const;
virtual asITypeInfo *GetTypeInfoByDecl(const char *decl) const;
// Enums
virtual asUINT GetEnumCount() const;
virtual asITypeInfo *GetEnumByIndex(asUINT index) const;
#ifdef AS_DEPRECATED
// Deprecated since 2.31.0, 2015-12-06
virtual int GetEnumValueCount(int enumTypeId) const;
virtual const char * GetEnumValueByIndex(int enumTypeId, asUINT index, int *outValue) const;
#endif
// Typedefs
virtual asUINT GetTypedefCount() const;
virtual asITypeInfo *GetTypedefByIndex(asUINT index) const;
// Dynamic binding between modules
virtual asUINT GetImportedFunctionCount() const;
virtual int GetImportedFunctionIndexByDecl(const char *decl) const;
virtual const char *GetImportedFunctionDeclaration(asUINT importIndex) const;
virtual const char *GetImportedFunctionSourceModule(asUINT importIndex) const;
virtual int BindImportedFunction(asUINT index, asIScriptFunction *func);
virtual int UnbindImportedFunction(asUINT importIndex);
virtual int BindAllImportedFunctions();
virtual int UnbindAllImportedFunctions();
// Bytecode Saving/Loading
virtual int SaveByteCode(asIBinaryStream *out, bool stripDebugInfo) const;
virtual int LoadByteCode(asIBinaryStream *in, bool *wasDebugInfoStripped);
// User data
virtual void *SetUserData(void *data, asPWORD type);
virtual void *GetUserData(asPWORD type) const;
//-----------------------------------------------
// Internal
//-----------------------------------------------
asCModule(const char *name, asCScriptEngine *engine);
~asCModule();
//protected:
friend class asCScriptEngine;
friend class asCBuilder;
friend class asCCompiler;
friend class asCContext;
friend class asCRestore;
void InternalReset();
bool IsEmpty() const;
bool HasExternalReferences(bool shuttingDown);
int CallInit(asIScriptContext *ctx);
void CallExit();
void JITCompile();
#ifndef AS_NO_COMPILER
int AddScriptFunction(int sectionIdx, int declaredAt, int id, const asCString &name, const asCDataType &returnType, const asCArray<asCDataType> &params, const asCArray<asCString> &paramNames, const asCArray<asETypeModifiers> &inOutFlags, const asCArray<asCString *> &defaultArgs, bool isInterface, asCObjectType *objType = 0, bool isConstMethod = false, bool isGlobalFunction = false, bool isPrivate = false, bool isProtected = false, bool isFinal = false, bool isOverride = false, bool isShared = false, asSNameSpace *ns = 0);
int AddScriptFunction(asCScriptFunction *func);
int AddImportedFunction(int id, const asCString &name, const asCDataType &returnType, const asCArray<asCDataType> &params, const asCArray<asETypeModifiers> &inOutFlags, const asCArray<asCString *> &defaultArgs, asSNameSpace *ns, const asCString &moduleName);
int AddFuncDef(const asCString &name, asSNameSpace *ns, asCObjectType *parent);
#endif
int GetNextImportedFunctionId();
asCScriptFunction *GetImportedFunction(int funcId) const;
asCTypeInfo *GetType(const char *type, asSNameSpace *ns);
asCObjectType *GetObjectType(const char *type, asSNameSpace *ns);
asCGlobalProperty *AllocateGlobalProperty(const char *name, const asCDataType &dt, asSNameSpace *ns);
asCString name;
asCScriptEngine *engine;
asCBuilder *builder;
asCArray<asPWORD> userData;
asDWORD accessMask;
asSNameSpace *defaultNamespace;
// This array holds all functions, class members, factories, etc that were compiled with the module.
// These references hold an internal reference to the function object.
asCArray<asCScriptFunction *> scriptFunctions; // increases ref count
// This array holds global functions declared in the module. These references are not counted,
// as the same pointer is always present in the scriptFunctions array too.
asCSymbolTable<asCScriptFunction> globalFunctions; // doesn't increase ref count
// This array holds imported functions in the module.
asCArray<sBindInfo *> bindInformations; // increases ref count
// This array holds template instance types created for the module's object types
asCArray<asCObjectType*> templateInstances; // increases ref count
// This array holds the global variables declared in the script
asCSymbolTable<asCGlobalProperty> scriptGlobals; // increases ref count
bool isGlobalVarInitialized;
// This array holds class and interface types
asCArray<asCObjectType*> classTypes; // increases ref count
// This array holds enum types
asCArray<asCEnumType*> enumTypes; // increases ref count
// This array holds typedefs
asCArray<asCTypedefType*> typeDefs; // increases ref count
// This array holds the funcdefs declared in the module
asCArray<asCFuncdefType*> funcDefs; // increases ref count
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

77
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_namespace.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2013-2014 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
#ifndef AS_NAMESPACE_H
#define AS_NAMESPACE_H
#include "as_string.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
struct asSNameSpace
{
asCString name;
// TODO: namespace: A namespace should have access masks. The application should be
// able to restrict specific namespaces from access to specific modules
};
struct asSNameSpaceNamePair
{
const asSNameSpace *ns;
asCString name;
asSNameSpaceNamePair() : ns(0) {}
asSNameSpaceNamePair(const asSNameSpace *_ns, const asCString &_name) : ns(_ns), name(_name) {}
asSNameSpaceNamePair &operator=(const asSNameSpaceNamePair &other)
{
ns = other.ns;
name = other.name;
return *this;
}
bool operator==(const asSNameSpaceNamePair &other) const
{
return (ns == other.ns && name == other.name);
}
bool operator<(const asSNameSpaceNamePair &other) const
{
return (ns < other.ns || (ns == other.ns && name < other.name));
}
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

171
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_objecttype.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_objecttype.h
//
// A class for storing object type information
//
#ifndef AS_OBJECTTYPE_H
#define AS_OBJECTTYPE_H
#include "as_property.h"
#include "as_array.h"
#include "as_scriptfunction.h"
#include "as_typeinfo.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
struct asSTypeBehaviour
{
asSTypeBehaviour()
{
factory = 0;
listFactory = 0;
copyfactory = 0;
construct = 0;
copyconstruct = 0;
destruct = 0;
copy = 0;
addref = 0;
release = 0;
gcGetRefCount = 0;
gcSetFlag = 0;
gcGetFlag = 0;
gcEnumReferences = 0;
gcReleaseAllReferences = 0;
templateCallback = 0;
getWeakRefFlag = 0;
}
int factory;
int listFactory; // Used for initialization lists only
int copyfactory;
int construct;
int copyconstruct;
int destruct;
int copy;
int addref;
int release;
int templateCallback;
// GC behaviours
int gcGetRefCount;
int gcSetFlag;
int gcGetFlag;
int gcEnumReferences;
int gcReleaseAllReferences;
// Weakref behaviours
int getWeakRefFlag;
asCArray<int> factories;
asCArray<int> constructors;
};
class asCScriptEngine;
struct asSNameSpace;
class asCObjectType : public asCTypeInfo
{
public:
asITypeInfo *GetBaseType() const;
bool DerivesFrom(const asITypeInfo *objType) const;
int GetSubTypeId(asUINT subtypeIndex = 0) const;
asITypeInfo *GetSubType(asUINT subtypeIndex = 0) const;
asUINT GetSubTypeCount() const;
asUINT GetInterfaceCount() const;
asITypeInfo *GetInterface(asUINT index) const;
bool Implements(const asITypeInfo *objType) const;
asUINT GetFactoryCount() const;
asIScriptFunction *GetFactoryByIndex(asUINT index) const;
asIScriptFunction *GetFactoryByDecl(const char *decl) const;
asUINT GetMethodCount() const;
asIScriptFunction *GetMethodByIndex(asUINT index, bool getVirtual) const;
asIScriptFunction *GetMethodByName(const char *name, bool getVirtual) const;
asIScriptFunction *GetMethodByDecl(const char *decl, bool getVirtual) const;
asUINT GetPropertyCount() const;
int GetProperty(asUINT index, const char **name, int *typeId, bool *isPrivate, bool *isProtected, int *offset, bool *isReference, asDWORD *accessMask) const;
const char *GetPropertyDeclaration(asUINT index, bool includeNamespace = false) const;
asUINT GetBehaviourCount() const;
asIScriptFunction *GetBehaviourByIndex(asUINT index, asEBehaviours *outBehaviour) const;
asUINT GetChildFuncdefCount() const;
asITypeInfo *GetChildFuncdef(asUINT index) const;
public:
asCObjectType(asCScriptEngine *engine);
~asCObjectType();
void DestroyInternal();
void ReleaseAllFunctions();
bool IsInterface() const;
asCObjectProperty *AddPropertyToClass(const asCString &name, const asCDataType &dt, bool isPrivate, bool isProtected, bool isInherited);
void ReleaseAllProperties();
#ifdef WIP_16BYTE_ALIGN
int alignment;
#endif
asCArray<asCObjectProperty*> properties;
asCArray<int> methods;
// TODO: These are not used by template types. Should perhaps create a derived class to save memory on ordinary object types
asCArray<asCObjectType*> interfaces;
asCArray<asUINT> interfaceVFTOffsets;
asCObjectType * derivedFrom;
asCArray<asCScriptFunction*> virtualFunctionTable;
// Used for funcdefs declared as members of class.
// TODO: child funcdef: Should be possible to enumerate these from application
asCArray<asCFuncdefType*> childFuncDefs;
asSTypeBehaviour beh;
// Used for template types
asCArray<asCDataType> templateSubTypes; // increases refCount for typeinfo held in datatype
bool acceptValueSubType;
bool acceptRefSubType;
protected:
friend class asCScriptEngine;
friend class asCConfigGroup;
friend class asCModule;
asCObjectType();
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

80
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_outputbuffer.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2012 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_outputbuffer.h
//
// This class appends strings to one large buffer that can later
// be sent to the real output stream
//
#ifndef AS_OUTPUTBUFFER_H
#define AS_OUTPUTBUFFER_H
#include "as_config.h"
#ifndef AS_NO_COMPILER
#include "as_string.h"
#include "as_array.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
struct asSSystemFunctionInterface;
class asCScriptEngine;
class asCOutputBuffer
{
public:
~asCOutputBuffer ();
void Clear();
void Callback(asSMessageInfo *msg);
void Append(asCOutputBuffer &in);
void SendToCallback(asCScriptEngine *engine, asSSystemFunctionInterface *func, void *obj);
struct message_t
{
asCString section;
int row;
int col;
asEMsgType type;
asCString msg;
};
asCArray<message_t*> messages;
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_NO_COMPILER
#endif

195
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_parser.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_parser.h
//
// This class parses the script code and builds a tree for compilation
//
#ifndef AS_PARSER_H
#define AS_PARSER_H
#include "as_scriptnode.h"
#include "as_scriptcode.h"
#include "as_builder.h"
#include "as_tokenizer.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCParser
{
public:
asCParser(asCBuilder *builder);
~asCParser();
int ParseFunctionDefinition(asCScriptCode *script, bool expectListPattern);
int ParsePropertyDeclaration(asCScriptCode *script);
int ParseDataType(asCScriptCode *script, bool isReturnType);
int ParseTemplateDecl(asCScriptCode *script);
#ifndef AS_NO_COMPILER
int ParseScript(asCScriptCode *script);
// Called from compiler
int ParseStatementBlock(asCScriptCode *script, asCScriptNode *block);
int ParseVarInit(asCScriptCode *script, asCScriptNode *init);
int ParseExpression(asCScriptCode *script);
#endif
asCScriptNode *GetScriptNode();
protected:
void Reset();
void GetToken(sToken *token);
void RewindTo(const sToken *token);
void SetPos(size_t pos);
void Error(const asCString &text, sToken *token);
void Warning(const asCString &text, sToken *token);
void Info(const asCString &text, sToken *token);
asCScriptNode *CreateNode(eScriptNode type);
asCScriptNode *ParseFunctionDefinition();
asCScriptNode *ParseParameterList();
asCScriptNode *SuperficiallyParseExpression();
asCScriptNode *ParseType(bool allowConst, bool allowVariableType = false, bool allowAuto = false);
asCScriptNode *ParseTypeMod(bool isParam);
void ParseOptionalScope(asCScriptNode *node);
asCScriptNode *ParseRealType();
asCScriptNode *ParseDataType(bool allowVariableType = false, bool allowAuto = false);
asCScriptNode *ParseIdentifier();
bool ParseTemplTypeList(asCScriptNode *node, bool required = true);
asCScriptNode *ParseListPattern();
bool IsRealType(int tokenType);
bool IsDataType(const sToken &token);
bool IdentifierIs(const sToken &t, const char *str);
#ifndef AS_NO_COMPILER
// Statements
asCScriptNode *SuperficiallyParseStatementBlock();
asCScriptNode *SuperficiallyParseVarInit();
asCScriptNode *ParseStatementBlock();
asCScriptNode *ParseStatement();
asCScriptNode *ParseExpressionStatement();
asCScriptNode *ParseSwitch();
asCScriptNode *ParseCase();
asCScriptNode *ParseIf();
asCScriptNode *ParseFor();
asCScriptNode *ParseWhile();
asCScriptNode *ParseDoWhile();
asCScriptNode *ParseReturn();
asCScriptNode *ParseBreak();
asCScriptNode *ParseContinue();
// Declarations
asCScriptNode *ParseDeclaration(bool isClassProp = false, bool isGlobalVar = false);
asCScriptNode *ParseImport();
asCScriptNode *ParseScript(bool inBlock);
asCScriptNode *ParseNamespace();
asCScriptNode *ParseFunction(bool isMethod = false);
asCScriptNode *ParseFuncDef();
asCScriptNode *ParseClass();
asCScriptNode *ParseMixin();
asCScriptNode *ParseInitList();
asCScriptNode *ParseInterface();
asCScriptNode *ParseInterfaceMethod();
asCScriptNode *ParseVirtualPropertyDecl(bool isMethod, bool isInterface);
asCScriptNode *ParseEnumeration();
asCScriptNode *ParseTypedef();
void ParseMethodOverrideBehaviors(asCScriptNode *funcNode);
bool IsVarDecl();
bool IsVirtualPropertyDecl();
bool IsFuncDecl(bool isMethod);
bool IsLambda();
bool IsFunctionCall();
// Expressions
asCScriptNode *ParseAssignment();
asCScriptNode *ParseAssignOperator();
asCScriptNode *ParseCondition();
asCScriptNode *ParseExpression();
asCScriptNode *ParseExprTerm();
asCScriptNode *ParseExprOperator();
asCScriptNode *ParseExprPreOp();
asCScriptNode *ParseExprPostOp();
asCScriptNode *ParseExprValue();
asCScriptNode *ParseArgList(bool withParenthesis = true);
asCScriptNode *ParseFunctionCall();
asCScriptNode *ParseVariableAccess();
asCScriptNode *ParseConstructCall();
asCScriptNode *ParseCast();
asCScriptNode *ParseConstant();
asCScriptNode *ParseStringConstant();
asCScriptNode *ParseLambda();
bool IsConstant(int tokenType);
bool IsOperator(int tokenType);
bool IsPreOperator(int tokenType);
bool IsPostOperator(int tokenType);
bool IsAssignOperator(int tokenType);
bool CheckTemplateType(const sToken &t);
#endif
asCScriptNode *ParseToken(int token);
asCScriptNode *ParseOneOf(int *tokens, int num);
asCString ExpectedToken(const char *token);
asCString ExpectedTokens(const char *token1, const char *token2);
asCString ExpectedOneOf(int *tokens, int count);
asCString ExpectedOneOf(const char **tokens, int count);
asCString InsteadFound(sToken &t);
bool errorWhileParsing;
bool isSyntaxError;
bool checkValidTypes;
bool isParsingAppInterface;
asCScriptEngine *engine;
asCBuilder *builder;
asCScriptCode *script;
asCScriptNode *scriptNode;
asCString tempString; // Used for reduzing amount of dynamic allocations
sToken lastToken;
size_t sourcePos;
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

127
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_property.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_property.h
//
// A class for storing object property information
//
#ifndef AS_PROPERTY_H
#define AS_PROPERTY_H
#include "as_string.h"
#include "as_datatype.h"
#include "as_atomic.h"
#include "as_scriptfunction.h"
#include "as_symboltable.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
struct asSNameSpace;
class asCObjectProperty
{
public:
asCObjectProperty() {accessMask = 0xFFFFFFFF;}
asCObjectProperty(const asCObjectProperty &o) : name(o.name), type(o.type), byteOffset(o.byteOffset), accessMask(o.accessMask), isPrivate(o.isPrivate), isProtected(o.isProtected), isInherited(o.isInherited) {}
asCString name;
asCDataType type;
int byteOffset;
asDWORD accessMask;
bool isPrivate;
bool isProtected;
bool isInherited;
};
class asCGlobalProperty
{
public:
asCGlobalProperty();
~asCGlobalProperty();
void AddRef();
void Release();
void DestroyInternal();
void *GetAddressOfValue();
void AllocateMemory();
void SetRegisteredAddress(void *p);
void *GetRegisteredAddress() const;
asCString name;
asCDataType type;
asUINT id;
asSNameSpace *nameSpace;
void SetInitFunc(asCScriptFunction *initFunc);
asCScriptFunction *GetInitFunc();
//protected:
// This is only stored for registered properties, and keeps the pointer given by the application
void *realAddress;
bool memoryAllocated;
void *memory;
asQWORD storage;
asCScriptFunction *initFunc;
asDWORD accessMask;
// The global property structure is reference counted, so that the
// engine can keep track of how many references to the property there are.
asCAtomic refCount;
};
class asCCompGlobPropType : public asIFilter
{
public:
const asCDataType &m_type;
asCCompGlobPropType(const asCDataType &type) : m_type(type) {}
bool operator()(const void *p) const
{
const asCGlobalProperty* prop = reinterpret_cast<const asCGlobalProperty*>(p);
return prop->type == m_type;
}
private:
// The assignment operator is required for MSVC9, otherwise it will complain that it is not possible to auto generate the operator
asCCompGlobPropType &operator=(const asCCompGlobPropType &) {return *this;}
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

255
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_restore.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_restore.h
//
// Functions for saving and restoring module bytecode
// asCRestore was originally written by Dennis Bollyn, dennis@gyrbo.be
// It was later split in two classes asCReader and asCWriter by me
#ifndef AS_RESTORE_H
#define AS_RESTORE_H
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
#include "as_context.h"
#include "as_map.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCReader
{
public:
asCReader(asCModule *module, asIBinaryStream *stream, asCScriptEngine *engine);
int Read(bool *wasDebugInfoStripped);
protected:
asCModule *module;
asIBinaryStream *stream;
asCScriptEngine *engine;
bool noDebugInfo;
bool error;
asUINT bytesRead;
int Error(const char *msg);
int ReadInner();
void ReadData(void *data, asUINT size);
void ReadString(asCString *str);
asCScriptFunction *ReadFunction(bool &isNew, bool addToModule = true, bool addToEngine = true, bool addToGC = true);
void ReadFunctionSignature(asCScriptFunction *func, asCObjectType **parentClass = 0);
void ReadGlobalProperty();
void ReadObjectProperty(asCObjectType *ot);
void ReadDataType(asCDataType *dt);
asCTypeInfo *ReadTypeInfo();
void ReadTypeDeclaration(asCTypeInfo *ot, int phase);
void ReadByteCode(asCScriptFunction *func);
asWORD ReadEncodedUInt16();
asUINT ReadEncodedUInt();
asQWORD ReadEncodedUInt64();
void ReadUsedTypeIds();
void ReadUsedFunctions();
void ReadUsedGlobalProps();
void ReadUsedStringConstants();
void ReadUsedObjectProps();
asCTypeInfo * FindType(int idx);
int FindTypeId(int idx);
short FindObjectPropOffset(asWORD index);
asCScriptFunction *FindFunction(int idx);
// After loading, each function needs to be translated to update pointers, function ids, etc
void TranslateFunction(asCScriptFunction *func);
void CalculateAdjustmentByPos(asCScriptFunction *func);
int AdjustStackPosition(int pos);
int AdjustGetOffset(int offset, asCScriptFunction *func, asDWORD programPos);
void CalculateStackNeeded(asCScriptFunction *func);
asCScriptFunction *GetCalledFunction(asCScriptFunction *func, asDWORD programPos);
// Temporary storage for persisting variable data
asCArray<int> usedTypeIds;
asCArray<asCTypeInfo*> usedTypes;
asCArray<asCScriptFunction*> usedFunctions;
asCArray<void*> usedGlobalProperties;
asCArray<int> usedStringConstants;
asCArray<asCScriptFunction*> savedFunctions;
asCArray<asCDataType> savedDataTypes;
asCArray<asCString> savedStrings;
asCArray<int> adjustByPos;
asCArray<int> adjustNegativeStackByPos;
struct SObjProp
{
asCObjectType *objType;
int offset;
};
asCArray<SObjProp> usedObjectProperties;
asCMap<void*,bool> existingShared;
asCMap<asCScriptFunction*,bool> dontTranslate;
// Helper class for adjusting offsets within initialization list buffers
struct SListAdjuster
{
SListAdjuster(asCReader *rd, asDWORD *bc, asCObjectType *ot);
void AdjustAllocMem();
int AdjustOffset(int offset);
void SetRepeatCount(asUINT rc);
void SetNextType(int typeId);
struct SInfo
{
asUINT repeatCount;
asSListPatternNode *startNode;
};
asCArray<SInfo> stack;
asCReader *reader;
asDWORD *allocMemBC;
asUINT maxOffset;
asCObjectType *patternType;
asUINT repeatCount;
int lastOffset;
int nextOffset;
asUINT lastAdjustedOffset;
asSListPatternNode *patternNode;
int nextTypeId;
};
asCArray<SListAdjuster*> listAdjusters;
};
#ifndef AS_NO_COMPILER
class asCWriter
{
public:
asCWriter(asCModule *module, asIBinaryStream *stream, asCScriptEngine *engine, bool stripDebugInfo);
int Write();
protected:
asCModule *module;
asIBinaryStream *stream;
asCScriptEngine *engine;
bool stripDebugInfo;
void WriteData(const void *data, asUINT size);
void WriteString(asCString *str);
void WriteFunction(asCScriptFunction *func);
void WriteFunctionSignature(asCScriptFunction *func);
void WriteGlobalProperty(asCGlobalProperty *prop);
void WriteObjectProperty(asCObjectProperty *prop);
void WriteDataType(const asCDataType *dt);
void WriteTypeInfo(asCTypeInfo *ot);
void WriteTypeDeclaration(asCTypeInfo *ot, int phase);
void WriteByteCode(asCScriptFunction *func);
void WriteEncodedInt64(asINT64 i);
// Helper functions for storing variable data
int FindTypeInfoIdx(asCTypeInfo *ti);
int FindTypeIdIdx(int typeId);
int FindFunctionIndex(asCScriptFunction *func);
int FindGlobalPropPtrIndex(void *);
int FindStringConstantIndex(int id);
int FindObjectPropIndex(short offset, int typeId);
void CalculateAdjustmentByPos(asCScriptFunction *func);
int AdjustStackPosition(int pos);
int AdjustProgramPosition(int pos);
int AdjustGetOffset(int offset, asCScriptFunction *func, asDWORD programPos);
// Intermediate data used for storing that which isn't constant, function id's, pointers, etc
void WriteUsedTypeIds();
void WriteUsedFunctions();
void WriteUsedGlobalProps();
void WriteUsedStringConstants();
void WriteUsedObjectProps();
// Temporary storage for persisting variable data
asCArray<int> usedTypeIds;
asCArray<asCTypeInfo*> usedTypes;
asCArray<asCScriptFunction*> usedFunctions;
asCArray<void*> usedGlobalProperties;
asCArray<int> usedStringConstants;
asCMap<int, int> stringIdToIndexMap;
asCArray<asCScriptFunction*> savedFunctions;
asCArray<asCDataType> savedDataTypes;
asCArray<asCString> savedStrings;
asCMap<asCStringPointer, int> stringToIdMap;
asCArray<int> adjustStackByPos;
asCArray<int> adjustNegativeStackByPos;
asCArray<int> bytecodeNbrByPos;
struct SObjProp
{
asCObjectType *objType;
int offset;
};
asCArray<SObjProp> usedObjectProperties;
// Helper class for adjusting offsets within initialization list buffers
struct SListAdjuster
{
SListAdjuster(asCObjectType *ot);
int AdjustOffset(int offset, asCObjectType *listPatternType);
void SetRepeatCount(asUINT rc);
void SetNextType(int typeId);
struct SInfo
{
asUINT repeatCount;
asSListPatternNode *startNode;
};
asCArray<SInfo> stack;
asCObjectType *patternType;
asUINT repeatCount;
asSListPatternNode *patternNode;
asUINT entries;
int lastOffset; // Last offset adjusted
int nextOffset; // next expected offset to be adjusted
int nextTypeId;
};
asCArray<SListAdjuster*> listAdjusters;
};
#endif
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_RESTORE_H

72
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_scriptcode.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2011 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_scriptcode.h
//
// A container class for the script code to be compiled
//
#ifndef AS_SCRIPTCODE_H
#define AS_SCRIPTCODE_H
#include "as_array.h"
#include "as_string.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCScriptCode
{
public:
asCScriptCode();
~asCScriptCode();
int SetCode(const char *name, const char *code, bool makeCopy);
int SetCode(const char *name, const char *code, size_t length, bool makeCopy);
void ConvertPosToRowCol(size_t pos, int *row, int *col);
bool TokenEquals(size_t pos, size_t len, const char *str);
asCString name;
char *code;
size_t codeLength;
bool sharedCode;
int idx;
int lineOffset;
asCArray<size_t> linePositions;
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

545
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_scriptengine.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,545 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_scriptengine.h
//
// The implementation of the script engine interface
//
#ifndef AS_SCRIPTENGINE_H
#define AS_SCRIPTENGINE_H
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_atomic.h"
#include "as_scriptfunction.h"
#include "as_array.h"
#include "as_datatype.h"
#include "as_objecttype.h"
#include "as_module.h"
#include "as_callfunc.h"
#include "as_configgroup.h"
#include "as_memory.h"
#include "as_gc.h"
#include "as_tokenizer.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCBuilder;
class asCContext;
// TODO: import: Remove this when import is removed
struct sBindInfo;
class asCScriptEngine : public asIScriptEngine
{
//=============================================================
// From asIScriptEngine
//=============================================================
public:
// Memory management
virtual int AddRef() const;
virtual int Release() const;
virtual int ShutDownAndRelease();
// Engine properties
virtual int SetEngineProperty(asEEngineProp property, asPWORD value);
virtual asPWORD GetEngineProperty(asEEngineProp property) const;
// Compiler messages
virtual int SetMessageCallback(const asSFuncPtr &callback, void *obj, asDWORD callConv);
virtual int ClearMessageCallback();
virtual int WriteMessage(const char *section, int row, int col, asEMsgType type, const char *message);
// JIT Compiler
virtual int SetJITCompiler(asIJITCompiler *compiler);
virtual asIJITCompiler *GetJITCompiler() const;
// Global functions
virtual int RegisterGlobalFunction(const char *declaration, const asSFuncPtr &funcPointer, asDWORD callConv, void *auxiliary = 0);
virtual asUINT GetGlobalFunctionCount() const;
virtual asIScriptFunction *GetGlobalFunctionByIndex(asUINT index) const;
virtual asIScriptFunction *GetGlobalFunctionByDecl(const char *declaration) const;
// Global properties
virtual int RegisterGlobalProperty(const char *declaration, void *pointer);
virtual asUINT GetGlobalPropertyCount() const;
virtual int GetGlobalPropertyByIndex(asUINT index, const char **name, const char **nameSpace = 0, int *typeId = 0, bool *isConst = 0, const char **configGroup = 0, void **pointer = 0, asDWORD *accessMask = 0) const;
virtual int GetGlobalPropertyIndexByName(const char *name) const;
virtual int GetGlobalPropertyIndexByDecl(const char *decl) const;
// Type registration
virtual int RegisterObjectType(const char *obj, int byteSize, asDWORD flags);
virtual int RegisterObjectProperty(const char *obj, const char *declaration, int byteOffset);
virtual int RegisterObjectMethod(const char *obj, const char *declaration, const asSFuncPtr &funcPointer, asDWORD callConv, void *auxiliary = 0);
virtual int RegisterObjectBehaviour(const char *obj, asEBehaviours behaviour, const char *declaration, const asSFuncPtr &funcPointer, asDWORD callConv, void *auxiliary = 0);
virtual int RegisterInterface(const char *name);
virtual int RegisterInterfaceMethod(const char *intf, const char *declaration);
virtual asUINT GetObjectTypeCount() const;
virtual asITypeInfo *GetObjectTypeByIndex(asUINT index) const;
#ifdef AS_DEPRECATED
// Deprecated since 2.31.0, 2015-12-06
virtual asITypeInfo *GetObjectTypeByName(const char *name) const;
virtual asITypeInfo *GetObjectTypeByDecl(const char *decl) const;
#endif
// String factory
virtual int RegisterStringFactory(const char *datatype, const asSFuncPtr &factoryFunc, asDWORD callConv, void *auxiliary = 0);
virtual int GetStringFactoryReturnTypeId(asDWORD *flags) const;
// Default array type
virtual int RegisterDefaultArrayType(const char *type);
virtual int GetDefaultArrayTypeId() const;
// Enums
virtual int RegisterEnum(const char *type);
virtual int RegisterEnumValue(const char *type, const char *name, int value);
virtual asUINT GetEnumCount() const;
virtual asITypeInfo *GetEnumByIndex(asUINT index) const;
#ifdef AS_DEPRECATED
// Deprecated since 2.31.0, 2015-12-06
virtual int GetEnumValueCount(int enumTypeId) const;
virtual const char * GetEnumValueByIndex(int enumTypeId, asUINT index, int *outValue) const;
#endif
// Funcdefs
virtual int RegisterFuncdef(const char *decl);
virtual asUINT GetFuncdefCount() const;
virtual asITypeInfo *GetFuncdefByIndex(asUINT index) const;
// Typedefs
// TODO: interface: Should perhaps rename this to Alias, since it doesn't really create a new type
virtual int RegisterTypedef(const char *type, const char *decl);
virtual asUINT GetTypedefCount() const;
virtual asITypeInfo *GetTypedefByIndex(asUINT index) const;
// Configuration groups
virtual int BeginConfigGroup(const char *groupName);
virtual int EndConfigGroup();
virtual int RemoveConfigGroup(const char *groupName);
virtual asDWORD SetDefaultAccessMask(asDWORD defaultMask);
virtual int SetDefaultNamespace(const char *nameSpace);
virtual const char *GetDefaultNamespace() const;
// Script modules
virtual asIScriptModule *GetModule(const char *module, asEGMFlags flag);
virtual int DiscardModule(const char *module);
virtual asUINT GetModuleCount() const;
virtual asIScriptModule *GetModuleByIndex(asUINT index) const;
// Script functions
virtual asIScriptFunction *GetFunctionById(int funcId) const;
#ifdef AS_DEPRECATED
// deprecated since 2.31.0, 2016-01-01
virtual asIScriptFunction *GetFuncdefFromTypeId(int typeId) const;
#endif
// Type identification
#ifdef AS_DEPRECATED
// Deprecated since 2.31.0, 2015-12-06
virtual asITypeInfo *GetObjectTypeById(int typeId) const;
#endif
virtual int GetTypeIdByDecl(const char *decl) const;
virtual const char *GetTypeDeclaration(int typeId, bool includeNamespace = false) const;
virtual int GetSizeOfPrimitiveType(int typeId) const;
virtual asITypeInfo *GetTypeInfoById(int typeId) const;
virtual asITypeInfo *GetTypeInfoByName(const char *name) const;
virtual asITypeInfo *GetTypeInfoByDecl(const char *decl) const;
// Script execution
virtual asIScriptContext *CreateContext();
virtual void *CreateScriptObject(const asITypeInfo *type);
virtual void *CreateScriptObjectCopy(void *obj, const asITypeInfo *type);
virtual void *CreateUninitializedScriptObject(const asITypeInfo *type);
virtual asIScriptFunction *CreateDelegate(asIScriptFunction *func, void *obj);
virtual int AssignScriptObject(void *dstObj, void *srcObj, const asITypeInfo *type);
virtual void ReleaseScriptObject(void *obj, const asITypeInfo *type);
virtual void AddRefScriptObject(void *obj, const asITypeInfo *type);
virtual int RefCastObject(void *obj, asITypeInfo *fromType, asITypeInfo *toType, void **newPtr, bool useOnlyImplicitCast = false);
#ifdef AS_DEPRECATED
// Deprecated since 2.30.0, 2014-11-04
virtual bool IsHandleCompatibleWithObject(void *obj, int objTypeId, int handleTypeId) const;
#endif
virtual asILockableSharedBool *GetWeakRefFlagOfScriptObject(void *obj, const asITypeInfo *type) const;
// Context pooling
virtual asIScriptContext *RequestContext();
virtual void ReturnContext(asIScriptContext *ctx);
virtual int SetContextCallbacks(asREQUESTCONTEXTFUNC_t requestCtx, asRETURNCONTEXTFUNC_t returnCtx, void *param = 0);
// String interpretation
virtual asETokenClass ParseToken(const char *string, size_t stringLength = 0, asUINT *tokenLength = 0) const;
// Garbage collection
virtual int GarbageCollect(asDWORD flags = asGC_FULL_CYCLE, asUINT numIterations = 1);
virtual void GetGCStatistics(asUINT *currentSize, asUINT *totalDestroyed, asUINT *totalDetected, asUINT *newObjects, asUINT *totalNewDestroyed) const;
virtual int NotifyGarbageCollectorOfNewObject(void *obj, asITypeInfo *type);
virtual int GetObjectInGC(asUINT idx, asUINT *seqNbr, void **obj = 0, asITypeInfo **type = 0);
virtual void GCEnumCallback(void *reference);
// User data
virtual void *SetUserData(void *data, asPWORD type);
virtual void *GetUserData(asPWORD type) const;
virtual void SetEngineUserDataCleanupCallback(asCLEANENGINEFUNC_t callback, asPWORD type);
virtual void SetModuleUserDataCleanupCallback(asCLEANMODULEFUNC_t callback, asPWORD type);
virtual void SetContextUserDataCleanupCallback(asCLEANCONTEXTFUNC_t callback, asPWORD type);
virtual void SetFunctionUserDataCleanupCallback(asCLEANFUNCTIONFUNC_t callback, asPWORD type);
#ifdef AS_DEPRECATED
// Deprecated since 2.31.0, 2015-12-06
virtual void SetObjectTypeUserDataCleanupCallback(asCLEANTYPEINFOFUNC_t callback, asPWORD type);
#endif
virtual void SetTypeInfoUserDataCleanupCallback(asCLEANTYPEINFOFUNC_t callback, asPWORD type);
virtual void SetScriptObjectUserDataCleanupCallback(asCLEANSCRIPTOBJECTFUNC_t callback, asPWORD type);
//===========================================================
// internal methods
//===========================================================
public:
asCScriptEngine();
virtual ~asCScriptEngine();
//protected:
friend class asCBuilder;
friend class asCCompiler;
friend class asCContext;
friend class asCDataType;
friend class asCModule;
friend class asCRestore;
friend class asCByteCode;
friend int PrepareSystemFunction(asCScriptFunction *func, asSSystemFunctionInterface *internal, asCScriptEngine *engine);
int RegisterMethodToObjectType(asCObjectType *objectType, const char *declaration, const asSFuncPtr &funcPointer, asDWORD callConv, void *auxiliary = 0);
int RegisterBehaviourToObjectType(asCObjectType *objectType, asEBehaviours behaviour, const char *decl, const asSFuncPtr &funcPointer, asDWORD callConv, void *auxiliary = 0);
int VerifyVarTypeNotInFunction(asCScriptFunction *func);
void *CallAlloc(const asCObjectType *objType) const;
void CallFree(void *obj) const;
void *CallGlobalFunctionRetPtr(int func) const;
void *CallGlobalFunctionRetPtr(int func, void *param1) const;
void *CallGlobalFunctionRetPtr(asSSystemFunctionInterface *func, asCScriptFunction *desc) const;
void *CallGlobalFunctionRetPtr(asSSystemFunctionInterface *i, asCScriptFunction *s, void *param1) const;
void CallObjectMethod(void *obj, int func) const;
void CallObjectMethod(void *obj, void *param, int func) const;
void CallObjectMethod(void *obj, asSSystemFunctionInterface *func, asCScriptFunction *desc) const;
void CallObjectMethod(void *obj, void *param, asSSystemFunctionInterface *func, asCScriptFunction *desc) const;
bool CallObjectMethodRetBool(void *obj, int func) const;
int CallObjectMethodRetInt(void *obj, int func) const;
void *CallObjectMethodRetPtr(void *obj, int func) const;
void *CallObjectMethodRetPtr(void *obj, int param1, asCScriptFunction *func) const;
void CallGlobalFunction(void *param1, void *param2, asSSystemFunctionInterface *func, asCScriptFunction *desc) const;
bool CallGlobalFunctionRetBool(void *param1, void *param2, asSSystemFunctionInterface *func, asCScriptFunction *desc) const;
int CallScriptObjectMethod(void *obj, int func);
void ConstructScriptObjectCopy(void *mem, void *obj, asCObjectType *type);
void DeleteDiscardedModules();
void RemoveTemplateInstanceType(asCObjectType *t);
asCConfigGroup *FindConfigGroupForFunction(int funcId) const;
asCConfigGroup *FindConfigGroupForGlobalVar(int gvarId) const;
asCConfigGroup *FindConfigGroupForTypeInfo(const asCTypeInfo *type) const;
asCConfigGroup *FindConfigGroupForFuncDef(const asCFuncdefType *funcDef) const;
int RequestBuild();
void BuildCompleted();
void PrepareEngine();
bool isPrepared;
int CreateContext(asIScriptContext **context, bool isInternal);
asCTypeInfo *GetRegisteredType(const asCString &name, asSNameSpace *ns) const;
asCObjectType *GetListPatternType(int listPatternFuncId);
void DestroyList(asBYTE *buffer, const asCObjectType *listPatternType);
void DestroySubList(asBYTE *&buffer, asSListPatternNode *&patternNode);
int AddBehaviourFunction(asCScriptFunction &func, asSSystemFunctionInterface &internal);
asCString GetFunctionDeclaration(int funcId);
asCScriptFunction *GetScriptFunction(int funcId) const;
asCModule *GetModule(const char *name, bool create);
asCModule *GetModuleFromFuncId(int funcId);
int GetMethodIdByDecl(const asCObjectType *ot, const char *decl, asCModule *mod);
int GetFactoryIdByDecl(const asCObjectType *ot, const char *decl);
int GetNextScriptFunctionId();
void AddScriptFunction(asCScriptFunction *func);
void RemoveScriptFunction(asCScriptFunction *func);
void RemoveFuncdef(asCFuncdefType *func);
int ConfigError(int err, const char *funcName, const char *arg1, const char *arg2);
int GetTypeIdFromDataType(const asCDataType &dt) const;
asCDataType GetDataTypeFromTypeId(int typeId) const;
asCObjectType *GetObjectTypeFromTypeId(int typeId) const;
void RemoveFromTypeIdMap(asCTypeInfo *type);
bool IsTemplateType(const char *name) const;
int SetTemplateRestrictions(asCObjectType *templateType, asCScriptFunction *func, const char *caller, const char *decl);
asCObjectType *GetTemplateInstanceType(asCObjectType *templateType, asCArray<asCDataType> &subTypes, asCModule *requestingModule);
asCScriptFunction *GenerateTemplateFactoryStub(asCObjectType *templateType, asCObjectType *templateInstanceType, int origFactoryId);
bool GenerateNewTemplateFunction(asCObjectType *templateType, asCObjectType *templateInstanceType, asCScriptFunction *templateFunc, asCScriptFunction **newFunc);
asCFuncdefType *GenerateNewTemplateFuncdef(asCObjectType *templateType, asCObjectType *templateInstanceType, asCFuncdefType *templateFuncdef);
asCDataType DetermineTypeForTemplate(const asCDataType &orig, asCObjectType *tmpl, asCObjectType *ot);
bool RequireTypeReplacement(asCDataType &type, asCObjectType *templateType);
asCModule *FindNewOwnerForSharedType(asCTypeInfo *type, asCModule *mod);
asCModule *FindNewOwnerForSharedFunc(asCScriptFunction *func, asCModule *mod);
asCFuncdefType *FindMatchingFuncdef(asCScriptFunction *func, asCModule *mod);
// String constants
// TODO: Must free unused string constants, thus the ref count for each must be tracked
int AddConstantString(const char *str, size_t length);
const asCString &GetConstantString(int id);
// Global property management
asCGlobalProperty *AllocateGlobalProperty();
void RemoveGlobalProperty(asCGlobalProperty *prop);
int GetScriptSectionNameIndex(const char *name);
// Namespace management
asSNameSpace *AddNameSpace(const char *name);
asSNameSpace *FindNameSpace(const char *name) const;
asSNameSpace *GetParentNameSpace(asSNameSpace *ns) const;
//===========================================================
// internal properties
//===========================================================
asCMemoryMgr memoryMgr;
asUINT initialContextStackSize;
asCObjectType *defaultArrayObjectType;
asCObjectType scriptTypeBehaviours;
asCObjectType functionBehaviours;
// Registered interface
asCArray<asCObjectType *> registeredObjTypes; // doesn't increase ref count
asCArray<asCTypedefType *> registeredTypeDefs; // doesn't increase ref count
asCArray<asCEnumType *> registeredEnums; // doesn't increase ref count
// TODO: memory savings: Since there can be only one property with the same name a simpler symbol table should be used for global props
asCSymbolTable<asCGlobalProperty> registeredGlobalProps; // increases ref count
asCSymbolTable<asCScriptFunction> registeredGlobalFuncs;
asCArray<asCFuncdefType *> registeredFuncDefs; // doesn't increase ref count
asCArray<asCObjectType *> registeredTemplateTypes; // doesn't increase ref count
asCScriptFunction *stringFactory;
bool configFailed;
// Stores all registered types
asCMap<asSNameSpaceNamePair, asCTypeInfo*> allRegisteredTypes; // increases ref count
// Dummy types used to name the subtypes in the template objects
asCArray<asCTypeInfo *> templateSubTypes;
// Store information about template types
// This list will contain all instances of templates, both registered specialized
// types and those automacially instantiated from scripts
asCArray<asCObjectType *> templateInstanceTypes; // increases ref count
// Store information about list patterns
asCArray<asCObjectType *> listPatternTypes; // increases ref count
// Stores all global properties, both those registered by application, and those declared by scripts.
// The id of a global property is the index in this array.
asCArray<asCGlobalProperty *> globalProperties; // increases ref count
asCArray<int> freeGlobalPropertyIds;
// This map is used to quickly find a property by its memory address
// It is used principally during building, cleanup, and garbage detection for script functions
asCMap<void*, asCGlobalProperty*> varAddressMap; // doesn't increase ref count
// Stores all functions, i.e. registered functions, script functions, class methods, behaviours, etc.
asCArray<asCScriptFunction *> scriptFunctions; // doesn't increase ref count
asCArray<int> freeScriptFunctionIds;
asCArray<asCScriptFunction *> signatureIds;
// An array with all module imported functions
asCArray<sBindInfo *> importedFunctions; // doesn't increase ref count
asCArray<int> freeImportedFunctionIdxs;
// Synchronized
mutable asCAtomic refCount;
// Synchronized with engineRWLock
// This array holds all live script modules
asCArray<asCModule *> scriptModules;
// Synchronized with engineRWLock
// This is a pointer to the last module that was requested. It is used for performance
// improvement, since it is common that the same module is accessed many times in a row
asCModule *lastModule;
// Synchronized with engineRWLock
// This flag is true if a script is currently being compiled. It is used to prevent multiple
// threads from requesting builds at the same time (without blocking)
bool isBuilding;
// Synchronized with engineRWLock
// This array holds modules that have been discard (thus are no longer visible to the application)
// but cannot yet be deleted due to having external references to some of the entities in them
asCArray<asCModule *> discardedModules;
// This flag is set to true during compilations of scripts (or loading pre-compiled scripts)
// to delay the validation of template types until the subtypes have been fully declared
bool deferValidationOfTemplateTypes;
// Tokenizer is instantiated once to share resources
asCTokenizer tok;
// Stores shared script declared types (classes, interfaces, enums)
asCArray<asCTypeInfo *> sharedScriptTypes; // increases ref count
// This array stores the template instances types that have been automatically generated from template types
asCArray<asCObjectType *> generatedTemplateTypes;
// Stores the funcdefs
// TODO: redesign: Only shared funcdefs should be stored here
// a funcdef becomes shared if all arguments and the return type are shared (or application registered)
asCArray<asCFuncdefType *> funcDefs; // doesn't increases ref count
// Stores the names of the script sections for debugging purposes
asCArray<asCString *> scriptSectionNames;
// Type identifiers
mutable int typeIdSeqNbr;
mutable asCMap<int, asCTypeInfo*> mapTypeIdToTypeInfo;
// Garbage collector
asCGarbageCollector gc;
// Dynamic groups
asCConfigGroup defaultGroup;
asCArray<asCConfigGroup*> configGroups;
asCConfigGroup *currentGroup;
asDWORD defaultAccessMask;
asSNameSpace *defaultNamespace;
// Message callback
bool msgCallback;
asSSystemFunctionInterface msgCallbackFunc;
void *msgCallbackObj;
struct preMessage_t
{
preMessage_t() { isSet = false; }
bool isSet;
asCString message;
asCString scriptname;
int r;
int c;
} preMessage;
// JIt compilation
asIJITCompiler *jitCompiler;
// Namespaces
// These are shared between all entities and are
// only deleted once the engine is destroyed
asCArray<asSNameSpace*> nameSpaces;
// String constants
// These are shared between all scripts and are
// only deleted once the engine is destroyed
asCArray<asCString*> stringConstants;
asCMap<asCStringPointer, int> stringToIdMap;
// Callbacks for context pooling
asREQUESTCONTEXTFUNC_t requestCtxFunc;
asRETURNCONTEXTFUNC_t returnCtxFunc;
void *ctxCallbackParam;
// User data
asCArray<asPWORD> userData;
struct SEngineClean { asPWORD type; asCLEANENGINEFUNC_t cleanFunc; };
asCArray<SEngineClean> cleanEngineFuncs;
struct SModuleClean { asPWORD type; asCLEANMODULEFUNC_t cleanFunc; };
asCArray<SModuleClean> cleanModuleFuncs;
struct SContextClean { asPWORD type; asCLEANCONTEXTFUNC_t cleanFunc; };
asCArray<SContextClean> cleanContextFuncs;
struct SFunctionClean { asPWORD type; asCLEANFUNCTIONFUNC_t cleanFunc; };
asCArray<SFunctionClean> cleanFunctionFuncs;
struct STypeInfoClean { asPWORD type; asCLEANTYPEINFOFUNC_t cleanFunc; };
asCArray<STypeInfoClean> cleanTypeInfoFuncs;
struct SScriptObjClean { asPWORD type; asCLEANSCRIPTOBJECTFUNC_t cleanFunc; };
asCArray<SScriptObjClean> cleanScriptObjectFuncs;
// Synchronization for threads
DECLAREREADWRITELOCK(mutable engineRWLock)
// Engine properties
struct
{
bool allowUnsafeReferences;
bool optimizeByteCode;
bool copyScriptSections;
asUINT maximumContextStackSize;
bool useCharacterLiterals;
bool allowMultilineStrings;
bool allowImplicitHandleTypes;
bool buildWithoutLineCues;
bool initGlobalVarsAfterBuild;
bool requireEnumScope;
int scanner;
bool includeJitInstructions;
int stringEncoding;
int propertyAccessorMode;
bool expandDefaultArrayToTemplate;
bool autoGarbageCollect;
bool disallowGlobalVars;
bool alwaysImplDefaultConstruct;
int compilerWarnings;
bool disallowValueAssignForRefType;
// TODO: 3.0.0: Remove the alterSyntaxNamedArgs
int alterSyntaxNamedArgs;
bool disableIntegerDivision;
bool disallowEmptyListElements;
// TODO: 3.0.0: Remove the privatePropAsProtected
bool privatePropAsProtected;
bool allowUnicodeIdentifiers;
int heredocTrimMode;
} ep;
// This flag is to allow a quicker shutdown when releasing the engine
bool shuttingDown;
// This flag is set when the engine's destructor is called, this is to
// avoid recursive calls if an object happens to increment/decrement
// the ref counter during shutdown
bool inDestructor;
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

343
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_scriptfunction.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_scriptfunction.h
//
// A container for a compiled script function
//
#ifndef AS_SCRIPTFUNCTION_H
#define AS_SCRIPTFUNCTION_H
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_string.h"
#include "as_array.h"
#include "as_datatype.h"
#include "as_atomic.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCScriptEngine;
class asCModule;
class asCConfigGroup;
class asCGlobalProperty;
class asCScriptNode;
class asCFuncdefType;
struct asSNameSpace;
struct asSScriptVariable
{
asCString name;
asCDataType type;
int stackOffset;
asUINT declaredAtProgramPos;
};
enum asEListPatternNodeType
{
asLPT_REPEAT,
asLPT_REPEAT_SAME,
asLPT_START,
asLPT_END,
asLPT_TYPE
};
struct asSListPatternNode
{
asSListPatternNode(asEListPatternNodeType t) : type(t), next(0) {}
virtual ~asSListPatternNode() {};
virtual asSListPatternNode *Duplicate() { return asNEW(asSListPatternNode)(type); }
asEListPatternNodeType type;
asSListPatternNode *next;
};
struct asSListPatternDataTypeNode : public asSListPatternNode
{
asSListPatternDataTypeNode(const asCDataType &dt) : asSListPatternNode(asLPT_TYPE), dataType(dt) {}
asSListPatternNode *Duplicate() { return asNEW(asSListPatternDataTypeNode)(dataType); }
asCDataType dataType;
};
enum asEObjVarInfoOption
{
asOBJ_UNINIT,
asOBJ_INIT,
asBLOCK_BEGIN,
asBLOCK_END
};
struct asSObjectVariableInfo
{
asUINT programPos;
int variableOffset;
asEObjVarInfoOption option;
};
struct asSSystemFunctionInterface;
// TODO: Might be interesting to allow enumeration of accessed global variables, and
// also functions/methods that are being called. This could be used to build a
// code database with call graphs, etc.
void RegisterScriptFunction(asCScriptEngine *engine);
class asCScriptFunction : public asIScriptFunction
{
public:
// From asIScriptFunction
asIScriptEngine *GetEngine() const;
// Memory management
int AddRef() const;
int Release() const;
// Miscellaneous
int GetId() const;
asEFuncType GetFuncType() const;
const char *GetModuleName() const;
asIScriptModule *GetModule() const;
const char *GetScriptSectionName() const;
const char *GetConfigGroup() const;
asDWORD GetAccessMask() const;
void *GetAuxiliary() const;
// Function signature
asITypeInfo *GetObjectType() const;
const char *GetObjectName() const;
const char *GetName() const;
const char *GetNamespace() const;
const char *GetDeclaration(bool includeObjectName = true, bool includeNamespace = false, bool includeParamNames = false) const;
bool IsReadOnly() const;
bool IsPrivate() const;
bool IsProtected() const;
bool IsFinal() const;
bool IsOverride() const;
bool IsShared() const;
asUINT GetParamCount() const;
int GetParam(asUINT index, int *typeId, asDWORD *flags = 0, const char **name = 0, const char **defaultArg = 0) const;
#ifdef AS_DEPRECATED
// Deprecated, since 2.29.0, 2014-04-06
int GetParamTypeId(asUINT index, asDWORD *flags = 0) const;
#endif
int GetReturnTypeId(asDWORD *flags = 0) const;
// Type id for function pointers
int GetTypeId() const;
bool IsCompatibleWithTypeId(int typeId) const;
// Delegates
void *GetDelegateObject() const;
asITypeInfo *GetDelegateObjectType() const;
asIScriptFunction *GetDelegateFunction() const;
// Debug information
asUINT GetVarCount() const;
int GetVar(asUINT index, const char **name, int *typeId = 0) const;
const char * GetVarDecl(asUINT index, bool includeNamespace = false) const;
int FindNextLineWithCode(int line) const;
// For JIT compilation
asDWORD *GetByteCode(asUINT *length = 0);
// User data
void *SetUserData(void *userData, asPWORD type);
void *GetUserData(asPWORD type) const;
public:
//-----------------------------------
// Internal methods
asCScriptFunction(asCScriptEngine *engine, asCModule *mod, asEFuncType funcType);
~asCScriptFunction();
// Keep an internal reference counter to separate references coming from
// application or script objects and references coming from the script code
int AddRefInternal();
int ReleaseInternal();
void DestroyHalfCreated();
// TODO: operator==
// TODO: The asIScriptFunction should provide operator== and operator!= that should do a
// a value comparison. Two delegate objects that point to the same object and class method should compare as equal
// TODO: The operator== should also be provided in script as opEquals to allow the same comparison in script
// To do this we'll need some way to adapt the argtype for opEquals for each funcdef, preferrably without instantiating lots of different methods
// Perhaps reusing 'auto' to mean the same type as the object
//bool operator==(const asCScriptFunction &other) const;
void DestroyInternal();
void AddVariable(asCString &name, asCDataType &type, int stackOffset);
int GetSpaceNeededForArguments();
int GetSpaceNeededForReturnValue();
asCString GetDeclarationStr(bool includeObjectName = true, bool includeNamespace = false, bool includeParamNames = false) const;
int GetLineNumber(int programPosition, int *sectionIdx);
void ComputeSignatureId();
bool IsSignatureEqual(const asCScriptFunction *func) const;
bool IsSignatureExceptNameEqual(const asCScriptFunction *func) const;
bool IsSignatureExceptNameEqual(const asCDataType &retType, const asCArray<asCDataType> &paramTypes, const asCArray<asETypeModifiers> &inOutFlags, const asCObjectType *type, bool isReadOnly) const;
bool IsSignatureExceptNameAndReturnTypeEqual(const asCScriptFunction *fun) const;
bool IsSignatureExceptNameAndReturnTypeEqual(const asCArray<asCDataType> &paramTypes, const asCArray<asETypeModifiers> &inOutFlags, const asCObjectType *type, bool isReadOnly) const;
bool IsSignatureExceptNameAndObjectTypeEqual(const asCScriptFunction *func) const;
asCTypeInfo *GetTypeInfoOfLocalVar(short varOffset);
void MakeDelegate(asCScriptFunction *func, void *obj);
int RegisterListPattern(const char *decl, asCScriptNode *listPattern);
int ParseListPattern(asSListPatternNode *&target, const char *decl, asCScriptNode *listPattern);
bool DoesReturnOnStack() const;
void JITCompile();
void AddReferences();
void ReleaseReferences();
void AllocateScriptFunctionData();
void DeallocateScriptFunctionData();
asCGlobalProperty *GetPropertyByGlobalVarPtr(void *gvarPtr);
// GC methods (for delegates)
int GetRefCount();
void SetFlag();
bool GetFlag();
void EnumReferences(asIScriptEngine *engine);
void ReleaseAllHandles(asIScriptEngine *engine);
public:
//-----------------------------------
// Properties
mutable asCAtomic externalRefCount; // Used for external referneces
asCAtomic internalRefCount; // Used for internal references
mutable bool gcFlag;
asCScriptEngine *engine;
asCModule *module;
asCArray<asPWORD> userData;
// Function signature
asCString name;
asCDataType returnType;
asCArray<asCDataType> parameterTypes;
asCArray<asCString> parameterNames;
asCArray<asETypeModifiers> inOutFlags;
asCArray<asCString *> defaultArgs;
bool isReadOnly;
bool isPrivate;
bool isProtected;
bool isFinal;
bool isOverride;
asCObjectType *objectType;
int signatureId;
int id;
asEFuncType funcType;
asDWORD accessMask;
bool isShared;
// Namespace will be null for funcdefs that are declared as child funcdefs
// of a class. In this case the namespace shall be taken from the parentClass
// in the funcdefType
asSNameSpace *nameSpace;
asCFuncdefType *funcdefType; // Doesn't increase refCount
// Used by asFUNC_DELEGATE
void *objForDelegate;
asCScriptFunction *funcForDelegate;
// Used by list factory behaviour
asSListPatternNode *listPattern;
// Used by asFUNC_SCRIPT
struct ScriptFunctionData
{
// Bytecode for the script function
asCArray<asDWORD> byteCode;
// The stack space needed for the local variables
asDWORD variableSpace;
// These hold information on objects and function pointers, including temporary
// variables used by exception handler and when saving bytecode
asCArray<asCTypeInfo*> objVariableTypes;
asCArray<int> objVariablePos;
// The first variables in above array are allocated on the heap, the rest on the stack.
// This variable shows how many are on the heap.
asUINT objVariablesOnHeap;
// Holds information on scope for object variables on the stack
asCArray<asSObjectVariableInfo> objVariableInfo;
// The stack needed to execute the function
int stackNeeded;
// JIT compiled code of this function
asJITFunction jitFunction;
// Holds debug information on explicitly declared variables
asCArray<asSScriptVariable*> variables;
// Store position, line number pairs for debug information
asCArray<int> lineNumbers;
// Store the script section where the code was declared
int scriptSectionIdx;
// Store the location where the function was declared (row in the lower 20 bits, and column in the upper 12)
int declaredAt;
// Store position/index pairs if the bytecode is compiled from multiple script sections
asCArray<int> sectionIdxs;
};
ScriptFunctionData *scriptData;
// Stub functions and delegates don't own the object and parameters
bool dontCleanUpOnException;
// Used by asFUNC_VIRTUAL
int vfTableIdx;
// Used by asFUNC_SYSTEM
asSSystemFunctionInterface *sysFuncIntf;
};
const char * const DELEGATE_FACTORY = "$dlgte";
asCScriptFunction *CreateDelegate(asCScriptFunction *func, void *obj);
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

137
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_scriptnode.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_scriptnode.h
//
// A node in the script tree built by the parser for compilation
//
#ifndef AS_SCRIPTNODE_H
#define AS_SCRIPTNODE_H
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_tokendef.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
enum eScriptNode
{
snUndefined,
snScript,
snFunction,
snConstant,
snDataType,
snIdentifier,
snParameterList,
snStatementBlock,
snDeclaration,
snExpressionStatement,
snIf,
snFor,
snWhile,
snReturn,
snExpression,
snExprTerm,
snFunctionCall,
snConstructCall,
snArgList,
snExprPreOp,
snExprPostOp,
snExprOperator,
snExprValue,
snBreak,
snContinue,
snDoWhile,
snAssignment,
snCondition,
snSwitch,
snCase,
snImport,
snClass,
snInitList,
snInterface,
snEnum,
snTypedef,
snCast,
snVariableAccess,
snFuncDef,
snVirtualProperty,
snNamespace,
snMixin,
snListPattern,
snNamedArgument,
snScope
};
struct sToken
{
eTokenType type;
size_t pos;
size_t length;
};
class asCScriptEngine;
class asCScriptNode
{
public:
asCScriptNode(eScriptNode nodeType);
void Destroy(asCScriptEngine *engine);
asCScriptNode *CreateCopy(asCScriptEngine *engine);
void SetToken(sToken *token);
void AddChildLast(asCScriptNode *node);
void DisconnectParent();
void UpdateSourcePos(size_t pos, size_t length);
eScriptNode nodeType;
eTokenType tokenType;
size_t tokenPos;
size_t tokenLength;
asCScriptNode *parent;
asCScriptNode *next;
asCScriptNode *prev;
asCScriptNode *firstChild;
asCScriptNode *lastChild;
protected:
// Must call Destroy instead
~asCScriptNode() {}
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

163
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_scriptobject.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_scriptobject.h
//
// A generic class for handling script declared structures
//
#ifndef AS_SCRIPTOBJECT_H
#define AS_SCRIPTOBJECT_H
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_atomic.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCObjectType;
// TODO: Add const overload for GetAddressOfProperty
// TODO: weak: Should move to its own file
class asCLockableSharedBool : public asILockableSharedBool
{
public:
asCLockableSharedBool();
int AddRef() const;
int Release() const;
bool Get() const;
void Set(bool);
void Lock() const;
void Unlock() const;
protected:
mutable asCAtomic refCount;
bool value;
DECLARECRITICALSECTION(mutable lock);
};
class asCScriptObject : public asIScriptObject
{
public:
//===================================
// From asIScriptObject
//===================================
// Memory management
int AddRef() const;
int Release() const;
asILockableSharedBool *GetWeakRefFlag() const;
// Type info
int GetTypeId() const;
asITypeInfo *GetObjectType() const;
// Class properties
asUINT GetPropertyCount() const;
int GetPropertyTypeId(asUINT prop) const;
const char *GetPropertyName(asUINT prop) const;
void *GetAddressOfProperty(asUINT prop);
// Miscellaneous
asIScriptEngine *GetEngine() const;
int CopyFrom(asIScriptObject *other);
// User data
void *SetUserData(void *data, asPWORD type = 0);
void *GetUserData(asPWORD type = 0) const;
//====================================
// Internal
//====================================
asCScriptObject(asCObjectType *objType, bool doInitialize = true);
virtual ~asCScriptObject();
asCScriptObject &operator=(const asCScriptObject &other);
// GC methods
void Destruct();
int GetRefCount();
void SetFlag();
bool GetFlag();
void EnumReferences(asIScriptEngine *engine);
void ReleaseAllHandles(asIScriptEngine *engine);
// Used for properties
void *AllocateUninitializedObject(asCObjectType *objType, asCScriptEngine *engine);
void FreeObject(void *ptr, asCObjectType *objType, asCScriptEngine *engine);
void CopyObject(void *src, void *dst, asCObjectType *objType, asCScriptEngine *engine);
void CopyHandle(asPWORD *src, asPWORD *dst, asCObjectType *objType, asCScriptEngine *engine);
void CallDestructor();
//=============================================
// Properties
//=============================================
protected:
friend class asCContext;
asCObjectType *objType;
mutable asCAtomic refCount;
mutable asBYTE gcFlag:1;
mutable asBYTE hasRefCountReachedZero:1;
bool isDestructCalled;
// Most script classes instances won't have neither the weakRefFlags nor
// userData so we only allocate this if requested. Even when used it is
// not something that will be accessed all the time so having the extra
// indirection will not affect the performance significantly.
struct SExtra
{
SExtra() : weakRefFlag(0) {};
asCLockableSharedBool *weakRefFlag;
asCArray<asPWORD> userData;
};
mutable SExtra *extra;
};
void ScriptObject_Construct(asCObjectType *objType, asCScriptObject *self);
asCScriptObject &ScriptObject_Assignment(asCScriptObject *other, asCScriptObject *self);
void ScriptObject_ConstructUnitialized(asCObjectType *objType, asCScriptObject *self);
void RegisterScriptObject(asCScriptEngine *engine);
asIScriptObject *ScriptObjectFactory(const asCObjectType *objType, asCScriptEngine *engine);
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

134
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_string.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2014 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
// This class has been designed to be easy to use, but not necessarily efficiency.
// It doesn't use shared string memory, or reference counting. It keeps track of
// string length, memory size. It also makes sure that the string is null-terminated.
#ifndef AS_STRING_H
#define AS_STRING_H
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
class asCString
{
public:
asCString();
~asCString();
#ifdef AS_CAN_USE_CPP11
asCString(asCString &&);
asCString &operator =(asCString &&);
#endif // c++11
asCString(const asCString &);
asCString(const char *);
asCString(const char *, size_t length);
explicit asCString(char);
void Allocate(size_t len, bool keepData);
void SetLength(size_t len);
size_t GetLength() const;
void Concatenate(const char *str, size_t length);
asCString &operator +=(const asCString &);
asCString &operator +=(const char *);
asCString &operator +=(char);
void Assign(const char *str, size_t length);
asCString &operator =(const asCString &);
asCString &operator =(const char *);
asCString &operator =(char);
asCString SubString(size_t start, size_t length = (size_t)(-1)) const;
int FindLast(const char *str, int *count = 0) const;
size_t Format(const char *fmt, ...);
int Compare(const char *str) const;
int Compare(const asCString &str) const;
int Compare(const char *str, size_t length) const;
char *AddressOf();
const char *AddressOf() const;
char &operator [](size_t index);
const char &operator[](size_t index) const;
size_t RecalculateLength();
protected:
unsigned int length;
union
{
char *dynamic;
char local[12];
};
};
// Helper functions
bool operator ==(const asCString &, const asCString &);
bool operator !=(const asCString &, const asCString &);
bool operator ==(const asCString &, const char *);
bool operator !=(const asCString &, const char *);
bool operator ==(const char *, const asCString &);
bool operator !=(const char *, const asCString &);
bool operator <(const asCString &, const asCString &);
asCString operator +(const asCString &, const char *);
asCString operator +(const char *, const asCString &);
asCString operator +(const asCString &, const asCString &);
// a wrapper for using the pointer of asCString in asCMap
class asCStringPointer
{
public:
asCStringPointer();
asCStringPointer(const char *str, size_t len);
asCStringPointer(asCString *cstr);
const char *AddressOf() const;
size_t GetLength() const;
bool operator==(const asCStringPointer& other) const;
bool operator<(const asCStringPointer& other) const;
private:
// Either string/length or cstring is stored
const char *string;
size_t length;
asCString *cstring;
};
#endif

51
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_string_util.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
#ifndef AS_STRING_UTIL_H
#define AS_STRING_UTIL_H
#include "as_config.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
int asCompareStrings(const char *str1, size_t len1, const char *str2, size_t len2);
double asStringScanDouble(const char *string, size_t *numScanned);
asQWORD asStringScanUInt64(const char *string, int base, size_t *numScanned, bool *overflow);
int asStringEncodeUTF8(unsigned int value, char *outEncodedBuffer);
int asStringDecodeUTF8(const char *encodedBuffer, unsigned int *outLength);
int asStringEncodeUTF16(unsigned int value, char *outEncodedBuffer);
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

567
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_symboltable.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,567 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2012-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_symboltable.h
//
// Created on: Jun 19, 2012
// Author: Markus Lenger, a.k.a. mlengerx
//
// This class is used for fast symbol lookups while parsing or loading bytecode
//
#ifndef AS_SYMBOLTABLE_H
#define AS_SYMBOLTABLE_H
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_memory.h"
#include "as_string.h"
#include "as_map.h"
#include "as_datatype.h"
#include "as_namespace.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
// Interface to avoid nested templates which is not well supported by older compilers, e.g. MSVC6
struct asIFilter
{
virtual bool operator()(const void*) const = 0;
virtual ~asIFilter() {};
};
// forward declaration
template<class T>
class asCSymbolTable;
// Iterator that allows iterating in index order
template<class T, class T2 = T>
class asCSymbolTableIterator
{
public:
T2* operator*() const;
T2* operator->() const;
asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T2>& operator++(int);
asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T2>& operator--(int);
operator bool() const;
int GetIndex() const { return m_idx; }
private:
friend class asCSymbolTable<T>;
asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T2>(asCSymbolTable<T> *table);
void Next();
void Previous();
asCSymbolTable<T>* m_table;
unsigned int m_idx;
};
// Symbol table mapping namespace + name to symbols
// The structure keeps the entries indexed in an array so the indices will not change
// There is also a map for a quick lookup. The map supports multiple entries with the same name
template<class T>
class asCSymbolTable
{
public:
typedef asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T> iterator;
typedef asCSymbolTableIterator<T, const T> const_iterator;
asCSymbolTable(asUINT initialCapacity = 0);
int GetFirstIndex(const asSNameSpace *ns, const asCString &name, const asIFilter &comparator) const;
int GetFirstIndex(const asSNameSpace *ns, const asCString &name) const;
int GetLastIndex() const;
int GetIndex(const T*) const;
T* GetFirst(const asSNameSpace *ns, const asCString &name, const asIFilter &comparator) const;
T* GetFirst(const asSNameSpace *ns, const asCString &name);
const T* GetFirst(const asSNameSpace *ns, const asCString &name) const;
T* Get(asUINT index);
const T* Get(asUINT index) const;
T* GetLast();
const T* GetLast() const;
const asCArray<asUINT> &GetIndexes(const asSNameSpace *ns, const asCString &name) const;
asUINT Put(T* entry);
asUINT GetSize() const;
void SwapWith(asCSymbolTable<T> &other);
void Clear();
bool Erase(asUINT idx);
void Allocate(asUINT elem_cnt, bool keep_data);
iterator List();
const_iterator List() const;
private:
// Don't allow assignment
asCSymbolTable<T>& operator=(const asCSymbolTable<T> &other) { return *this; }
friend class asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T>;
friend class asCSymbolTableIterator<T, const T>;
void GetKey(const T *entry, asSNameSpaceNamePair &key) const;
bool CheckIdx(asUINT idx) const;
asCMap<asSNameSpaceNamePair, asCArray<asUINT> > m_map;
asCArray<T*> m_entries;
unsigned int m_size;
};
template<class T>
void asCSymbolTable<T>::SwapWith(asCSymbolTable<T> &other)
{
m_map.SwapWith(other.m_map);
m_entries.SwapWith(other.m_entries);
asUINT tmp = m_size;
m_size = other.m_size;
other.m_size = tmp;
}
// Constructor
// initialCapacity gives the number of entries to allocate in advance
template<class T>
asCSymbolTable<T>::asCSymbolTable(asUINT initialCapacity) : m_entries(initialCapacity)
{
m_size = 0;
}
template<class T>
int asCSymbolTable<T>::GetFirstIndex(
const asSNameSpace *ns,
const asCString &name,
const asIFilter &filter) const
{
asSNameSpaceNamePair key(ns, name);
asSMapNode<asSNameSpaceNamePair, asCArray<asUINT> > *cursor;
if( m_map.MoveTo(&cursor, key) )
{
const asCArray<asUINT> &arr = m_map.GetValue(cursor);
for( asUINT n = 0; n < arr.GetLength(); n++ )
{
T *entry = m_entries[arr[n]];
if( entry && filter(entry) )
return arr[n];
}
}
return -1;
}
template<class T>
const asCArray<asUINT> &asCSymbolTable<T>::GetIndexes(const asSNameSpace *ns, const asCString &name) const
{
asSNameSpaceNamePair key(ns, name);
asSMapNode<asSNameSpaceNamePair, asCArray<asUINT> > *cursor;
if( m_map.MoveTo(&cursor, key) )
return m_map.GetValue(cursor);
static asCArray<asUINT> dummy;
return dummy;
}
template<class T>
T* asCSymbolTable<T>::GetFirst(const asSNameSpace *ns, const asCString &name, const asIFilter &comp) const
{
int idx = GetFirstIndex(ns, name, comp);
if (idx != -1) return m_entries[idx];
return 0;
}
template<class T>
int asCSymbolTable<T>::GetFirstIndex(const asSNameSpace *ns, const asCString &name) const
{
asSNameSpaceNamePair key(ns, name);
asSMapNode<asSNameSpaceNamePair, asCArray<asUINT> > *cursor;
if( m_map.MoveTo(&cursor, key) )
return m_map.GetValue(cursor)[0];
return -1;
}
// Find the index of a certain symbol
// ATTENTION: this function has linear runtime complexity O(n)!!
template<class T>
int asCSymbolTable<T>::GetIndex(const T* entry) const
{
for( asUINT n = 0; n < m_entries.GetLength(); n++ )
if( m_entries[n] == entry )
return n;
return -1;
}
template<class T>
T* asCSymbolTable<T>::Get(asUINT idx)
{
if( !CheckIdx(idx) )
return 0;
return m_entries[idx];
}
template<class T>
const T* asCSymbolTable<T>::Get(asUINT idx) const
{
return const_cast< asCSymbolTable<T>* >(this)->Get(idx);
}
template<class T>
T* asCSymbolTable<T>::GetFirst(const asSNameSpace *ns, const asCString &name)
{
int idx = GetFirstIndex(ns, name);
return Get(idx);
}
template<class T>
const T* asCSymbolTable<T>::GetFirst(const asSNameSpace *ns, const asCString &name) const
{
return const_cast< asCSymbolTable<T>* >(this)->GetFirst(ns, name);
}
template<class T>
T* asCSymbolTable<T>::GetLast()
{
return Get(GetLastIndex());
}
template<class T>
const T* asCSymbolTable<T>::GetLast() const
{
return const_cast< asCSymbolTable<T>* >(this)->GetLast();
}
// Clear the symbol table
// ATTENTION: The contained symbols are not rleased. This is up to the client
template<class T>
void asCSymbolTable<T>::Clear()
{
m_entries.SetLength(0);
m_map.EraseAll();
m_size = 0;
}
// Pre-allocate slots for elemCnt entries
template<class T>
void asCSymbolTable<T>::Allocate(asUINT elemCnt, bool keepData)
{
asASSERT( elemCnt >= m_entries.GetLength() );
m_entries.Allocate(elemCnt, keepData);
if( !keepData )
m_map.EraseAll();
}
template<class T>
bool asCSymbolTable<T>::Erase(asUINT idx)
{
if( !CheckIdx(idx) )
{
asASSERT(false);
return false;
}
T *entry = m_entries[idx];
asASSERT(entry);
if( !entry )
return false;
// Remove the symbol from the lookup map
asSNameSpaceNamePair key;
GetKey(entry, key);
asSMapNode<asSNameSpaceNamePair, asCArray<asUINT> > *cursor;
if( m_map.MoveTo(&cursor, key) )
{
asCArray<asUINT> &arr = m_map.GetValue(cursor);
arr.RemoveValue(idx);
if( arr.GetLength() == 0 )
m_map.Erase(cursor);
}
else
asASSERT(false);
// Remove the symbol from the indexed array
if( idx == m_entries.GetLength() - 1 )
m_entries.PopLast();
else
{
// Must keep the array packed
int prevIdx = int(m_entries.GetLength()-1);
m_entries[idx] = m_entries.PopLast();
// Update the index in the lookup map
entry = m_entries[idx];
GetKey(entry, key);
if( m_map.MoveTo(&cursor, key) )
{
asCArray<asUINT> &arr = m_map.GetValue(cursor);
arr[arr.IndexOf(prevIdx)] = idx;
}
else
asASSERT(false);
}
m_size--;
return true;
}
template<class T>
asUINT asCSymbolTable<T>::Put(T *entry)
{
asUINT idx = m_entries.GetLength();
asSNameSpaceNamePair key;
GetKey(entry, key);
asSMapNode<asSNameSpaceNamePair, asCArray<asUINT> > *cursor;
if( m_map.MoveTo(&cursor, key) )
m_map.GetValue(cursor).PushLast(idx);
else
{
asCArray<asUINT> arr(1);
arr.PushLast(idx);
m_map.Insert(key, arr);
}
m_entries.PushLast(entry);
m_size++;
return idx;
}
// Return key for specified symbol (namespace and name are used to generate the key)
template<class T>
void asCSymbolTable<T>::GetKey(const T *entry, asSNameSpaceNamePair &key) const
{
key = asSNameSpaceNamePair(entry->nameSpace, entry->name);
}
template<class T>
asUINT asCSymbolTable<T>::GetSize() const
{
return m_size;
}
template<class T>
bool asCSymbolTable<T>::CheckIdx(asUINT idx) const
{
return idx < m_entries.GetLength();
}
template<class T>
int asCSymbolTable<T>::GetLastIndex() const
{
int idx = int(m_entries.GetLength()) - 1;
asASSERT( idx == -1 || m_entries[idx] );
return idx;
}
template<class T>
asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T> asCSymbolTable<T>::List()
{
return asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T>(this);
}
template<class T>
typename asCSymbolTable<T>::const_iterator asCSymbolTable<T>::List() const
{
return asCSymbolTableIterator<T, const T>(const_cast< asCSymbolTable<T> *>(this));
}
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Iterator
template<class T, class T2>
asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T2>::asCSymbolTableIterator(asCSymbolTable<T> *table) : m_table(table), m_idx(0)
{
asUINT sz = m_table->m_entries.GetLength();
while( m_idx < sz && m_table->m_entries[m_idx] == 0 )
m_idx++;
}
template<class T, class T2>
T2* asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T2>::operator*() const
{
asASSERT(m_table->CheckIdx(m_idx));
return m_table->m_entries[m_idx];
}
template<class T, class T2>
T2* asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T2>::operator->() const
{
asASSERT(m_table->CheckIdx(m_idx));
return m_table->m_entries[m_idx];
}
template<class T, class T2>
asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T2>& asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T2>::operator++(int)
{
Next();
return *this;
}
// Return true if more elements are following
// ATTENTION: When deleting the object currently pointed to by this iterator this
// method returns false even though there might be more elements in the list
template<class T, class T2>
asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T2>::operator bool() const
{
return m_idx < m_table->m_entries.GetLength() && m_table->m_entries[m_idx] != 0;
}
template<class T, class T2>
void asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T2>::Next()
{
asUINT sz = m_table->m_entries.GetLength();
m_idx++;
while( m_idx < sz && m_table->m_entries[m_idx] == 0 )
m_idx++;
}
template<class T, class T2>
void asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T2>::Previous()
{
// overflow on stepping over first element
asUINT sz = m_table->m_entries.GetLength();
m_idx--;
while( m_idx < sz && m_table->m_entries[m_idx] == 0 )
m_idx--;
}
template<class T, class T2>
asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T2>& asCSymbolTableIterator<T, T2>::operator--(int)
{
Previous();
return *this;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_SYMBOLTABLE_H

349
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_texts.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_texts.h
//
// These are text strings used through out the library
//
#ifndef AS_TEXTS_H
#define AS_TEXTS_H
// Compiler messages
#define TXT_s_ALREADY_DECLARED "'%s' is already declared"
#define TXT_ABSTRACT_CLASS_s_CANNOT_BE_INSTANTIATED "Abstract class '%s' cannot be instantiated"
#define TXT_ACCESSING_PRIVATE_PROP_s "Accessing private property '%s' of parent class"
#define TXT_ARG_NOT_LVALUE "Output argument expression is not assignable"
#define TXT_ATTR_s_INFORMED_MULTIPLE_TIMES "Attribute '%s' informed multiple times"
#define TXT_AUTO_NOT_ALLOWED "Auto is not allowed here"
#define TXT_BOTH_MUST_BE_SAME "Both expressions must have the same type"
#define TXT_BOTH_CONDITIONS_MUST_CALL_CONSTRUCTOR "Both conditions must call constructor"
#define TEXT_BASE_DOESNT_HAVE_DEF_CONSTR "Base class doesn't have default constructor. Make explicit call to base constructor"
#define TXT_CANDIDATES_ARE "Candidates are:"
#define TXT_CANNOT_CALL_CONSTRUCTOR_IN_LOOPS "Can't call a constructor in loops"
#define TXT_CANNOT_CALL_CONSTRUCTOR_IN_SWITCH "Can't call a constructor in switch"
#define TXT_CANNOT_CALL_CONSTRUCTOR_TWICE "Can't call a constructor multiple times"
#define TXT_CANNOT_CREATE_DELEGATE_FOR_NOREF_TYPES "Can't create delegate for types that do not support handles"
#define TXT_CANNOT_IMPLEMENT_SELF "Can't implement itself, or another interface that implements this interface"
#define TXT_CANNOT_INHERIT_FROM_s_FINAL "Can't inherit from class '%s' marked as final"
#define TXT_CANNOT_INHERIT_FROM_MULTIPLE_CLASSES "Can't inherit from multiple classes"
#define TXT_CANNOT_INHERIT_FROM_SELF "Can't inherit from itself, or another class that inherits from this class"
#define TXT_CANNOT_PASS_CLASS_METHOD_AS_ARG "Can't pass class method as arg directly. Use a delegate object instead"
#define TXT_CANNOT_RESOLVE_AUTO "Unable to resolve auto type"
#define TXT_CANNOT_RETURN_REF_TO_LOCAL "Can't return reference to local value."
#define TXT_CANT_CONSTRUCT_s_USE_REF_CAST "Can't construct handle '%s'. Use ref cast instead"
#define TXT_CANT_IMPLICITLY_CONVERT_s_TO_s "Can't implicitly convert from '%s' to '%s'."
#define TXT_CANT_RETURN_VALUE "Can't return value when return type is 'void'"
#define TXT_CHANGE_SIGN "Implicit conversion changed sign of value"
#define TXT_CLASS_CANT_BE_FINAL_AND_ABSTRACT "A class cannot be both abstract and final"
#define TXT_COMPILING_s "Compiling %s"
#define TXT_COMPOUND_ASGN_ON_VALUE_TYPE "Compound assignments with property accessors on value types are not supported"
#define TXT_COMPOUND_ASGN_WITH_IDX_PROP "Compound assignments with indexed property accessors are not supported"
#define TXT_COMPOUND_ASGN_REQUIRE_GET_SET "Compound assignments with property accessors require both get and set accessors"
#define TXT_DATA_TYPE_CANT_BE_s "Data type can't be '%s'"
#define TXT_DECL_IN_SWITCH "Variables cannot be declared in switch cases, except inside statement blocks"
#define TXT_DEFAULT_MUST_BE_LAST "The default case must be the last one"
#define TXT_DEF_ARG_MISSING_IN_FUNC_s "All subsequent parameters after the first default value must have default values in function '%s'"
#define TXT_DEF_ARG_TYPE_DOESNT_MATCH "The type of the default argument expression doesn't match the function parameter type"
#define TXT_DUPLICATE_NAMED_ARG "Duplicate named argument"
#define TXT_DERIVED_METHOD_MUST_HAVE_SAME_RETTYPE_s "The method in the derived class must have the same return type as in the base class: '%s'"
#define TXT_DESTRUCTOR_MAY_NOT_HAVE_PARM "The destructor must not have any parameters"
#define TXT_DESTRUCTOR_s_s_NAME_ERROR "The name of the destructor '%s::~%s' must be the same as the class"
#define TXT_DISALLOW_ASSIGN_ON_REF_TYPE "Value assignment on reference types is not allowed. Did you mean to do a handle assignment?"
#define TXT_DISALLOW_COMPOUND_ASSIGN_ON_REF_TYPE "Compound assignment on reference types is not allowed"
#define TXT_DUPLICATE_SWITCH_CASE "Duplicate switch case"
#define TXT_ELSE_WITH_EMPTY_STATEMENT "Else with empty statement"
#define TXT_EMPTY_LIST_ELEMENT_IS_NOT_ALLOWED "Empty list element is not allowed"
#define TXT_EMPTY_SWITCH "Empty switch statement"
#define TXT_EXPECTED_s "Expected '%s'"
#define TXT_EXPECTED_CONSTANT "Expected constant"
#define TXT_EXPECTED_DATA_TYPE "Expected data type"
#define TXT_EXPECTED_EXPRESSION_VALUE "Expected expression value"
#define TXT_EXPECTED_IDENTIFIER "Expected identifier"
#define TXT_EXPECTED_LIST "Expected a list enclosed by { } to match pattern"
#define TXT_EXPECTED_METHOD_OR_PROPERTY "Expected method or property"
#define TXT_EXPECTED_ONE_OF "Expected one of: "
#define TXT_EXPECTED_OPERATOR "Expected operator"
#define TXT_EXPECTED_s_OR_s "Expected '%s' or '%s'"
#define TXT_EXPECTED_POST_OPERATOR "Expected post operator"
#define TXT_EXPECTED_PRE_OPERATOR "Expected pre operator"
#define TXT_EXPECTED_STRING "Expected string"
#define TXT_EXPR_DOESNT_EVAL_TO_FUNC "Expression doesn't evaluate to a function"
#define TXT_EXPR_MUST_BE_BOOL "Expression must be of boolean type"
#define TXT_FAILED_TO_COMPILE_DEF_ARG_d_IN_FUNC_s "Failed while compiling default arg for parameter %d in function '%s'"
#define TXT_FAILED_TO_CREATE_TEMP_OBJ "Previous error occurred while attempting to create a temporary copy of object"
#define TXT_FLOAT_CONV_TO_INT_CAUSE_TRUNC "Float value truncated in implicit conversion to integer"
#define TXT_FOUND_MULTIPLE_ENUM_VALUES "Found multiple matching enum values"
#define TXT_FUNCTION_ALREADY_EXIST "A function with the same name and parameters already exists"
#define TXT_FUNCTION_s_NOT_FOUND "Function '%s' not found"
#define TXT_GET_SET_ACCESSOR_TYPE_MISMATCH_FOR_s "The property '%s' has mismatching types for the get and set accessors"
#define TXT_GLOBAL_VARS_NOT_ALLOWED "Global variables have been disabled by the application"
#define TXT_HANDLE_ASSIGN_ON_NON_HANDLE_PROP "It is not allowed to perform a handle assignment on a non-handle property"
#define TXT_HANDLE_COMPARISON "The operand is implicitly converted to handle in order to compare them"
#define TXT_HANDLE_OF_HANDLE_IS_NOT_ALLOWED "Handle to handle is not allowed"
#define TXT_s_HIDES_VAR_IN_OUTER_SCOPE "Variable '%s' hides another variable of same name in outer scope"
#define TXT_IDENTIFIER_s_NOT_DATA_TYPE "Identifier '%s' is not a data type"
#define TXT_IDENTIFIER_s_NOT_DATA_TYPE_IN_GLOBAL_NS "Identifier '%s' is not a data type in global namespace"
#define TXT_IDENTIFIER_s_NOT_DATA_TYPE_IN_NS_s "Identifier '%s' is not a data type in namespace '%s' or parent"
#define TXT_IF_WITH_EMPTY_STATEMENT "If with empty statement"
#define TXT_ILLEGAL_MEMBER_TYPE "Illegal member type"
// TODO: Should be TXT_ILLEGAL_OPERATION_ON_s
#define TXT_ILLEGAL_OPERATION "Illegal operation on this datatype"
#define TXT_ILLEGAL_OPERATION_ON_s "Illegal operation on '%s'"
#define TXT_ILLEGAL_TARGET_TYPE_FOR_REF_CAST "Illegal target type for reference cast"
#define TXT_ILLEGAL_VARIABLE_NAME_s "Illegal variable name '%s'."
#define TXT_INHERITED_PRIVATE_PROP_ACCESS_s "Illegal access to inherited private property '%s'"
#define TXT_INIT_LIST_CANNOT_BE_USED_WITH_s "Initialization lists cannot be used with '%s'"
#define TXT_INSTANCING_INVLD_TMPL_TYPE_s_s "Attempting to instantiate invalid template type '%s<%s>'"
#define TXT_INSTEAD_FOUND_s "Instead found '%s'"
#define TXT_INSTEAD_FOUND_IDENTIFIER_s "Instead found identifier '%s'"
#define TXT_INSTEAD_FOUND_KEYWORD_s "Instead found reserved keyword '%s'"
#define TXT_INTERFACE_s_CANNOT_BE_INSTANTIATED "Interface '%s' cannot be instantiated"
#define TXT_INTERFACE_CAN_ONLY_IMPLEMENT_INTERFACE "Interfaces can only implement other interfaces"
#define TXT_INVALID_BREAK "Invalid 'break'"
#define TXT_INVALID_CHAR_LITERAL "Invalid character literal"
#define TXT_INVALID_CONTINUE "Invalid 'continue'"
#define TXT_INVALID_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE "Invalid escape sequence"
#define TXT_INVALID_EXPRESSION_AMBIGUOUS_NAME "Invalid expression: ambiguous name"
#define TXT_INVALID_EXPRESSION_LAMBDA "Invalid expression: stand-alone anonymous function"
#define TXT_INVALID_OP_ON_METHOD "Invalid operation on method"
#define TXT_INVALID_REF_PROP_ACCESS "Invalid reference. Property accessors cannot be used in combined read/write operations"
#define TXT_INVALID_SCOPE "Invalid scope resolution"
#define TXT_INVALID_TYPE "Invalid type"
#define TXT_INVALID_UNICODE_FORMAT_EXPECTED_d "Invalid unicode escape sequence, expected %d hex digits"
#define TXT_INVALID_UNICODE_VALUE "Invalid unicode code point"
#define TXT_INVALID_UNICODE_SEQUENCE_IN_SRC "Invalid unicode sequence in source"
#define TXT_METHOD_CANNOT_OVERRIDE_s "Method '%s' declared as final and cannot be overridden"
#define TXT_METHOD_CANT_HAVE_NAME_OF_CLASS "The method cannot be named with the class name"
#define TXT_METHOD_s_DOES_NOT_OVERRIDE "Method '%s' marked as override but does not replace any base class or interface method"
#define TXT_METHOD_s_s_HAS_NO_RETURN_TYPE "Method '%s::%s' is missing the return type, nor is it the same name as object to be a constructor"
#define TXT_MISSING_IMPLEMENTATION_OF_s "Missing implementation of '%s'"
#define TXT_MIXIN_CANNOT_BE_DECLARED_AS_s "Mixin class cannot be declared as '%s'"
#define TXT_MIXIN_CANNOT_HAVE_CONSTRUCTOR "Mixin classes cannot have constructors or destructors"
#define TXT_MIXIN_CLASS_CANNOT_INHERIT "Mixin class cannot inherit from classes"
#define TXT_MIXIN_CANNOT_HAVE_CHILD_TYPES "Mixin classes cannot have child types"
#define TXT_MORE_THAN_ONE_MATCHING_OP "Found more than one matching operator"
#define TXT_MULTIPLE_MATCHING_SIGNATURES_TO_s "Multiple matching signatures to '%s'"
#define TXT_MULTIPLE_PROP_GET_ACCESSOR_FOR_s "Found multiple get accessors for property '%s'"
#define TXT_MULTIPLE_PROP_SET_ACCESSOR_FOR_s "Found multiple set accessors for property '%s'"
#define TXT_MULTILINE_STRINGS_NOT_ALLOWED "Multiline strings are not allowed in this application"
#define TXT_MUST_BE_OBJECT "Only objects have constructors"
#define TXT_MUST_RETURN_VALUE "Must return a value"
#define TXT_NAMESPACE_s_DOESNT_EXIST "Namespace '%s' doesn't exist."
#define TXT_NAME_CONFLICT_s_EXTENDED_TYPE "Name conflict. '%s' is an extended data type."
#define TXT_NAME_CONFLICT_s_GLOBAL_PROPERTY "Name conflict. '%s' is a global property."
#define TXT_NAME_CONFLICT_s_IS_NAMED_TYPE "Name conflict. '%s' is a named type."
#define TXT_NAME_CONFLICT_s_IS_FUNCDEF "Name conflict. '%s' is a funcdef."
#define TXT_NAME_CONFLICT_s_IS_MIXIN "Name conflict. '%s' is a mixin class."
#define TXT_NAME_CONFLICT_s_STRUCT "Name conflict. '%s' is a class."
#define TXT_NAME_CONFLICT_s_OBJ_PROPERTY "Name conflict. '%s' is an object property."
#define TXT_NAME_CONFLICT_s_METHOD "Name conflict. '%s' is a class method."
#define TXT_NAME_CONFLICT_s_ALREADY_USED "Name conflict. '%s' is already used."
#define TXT_NAMED_ARGS_WITH_OLD_SYNTAX "Detected named argument with old syntax"
#define TXT_NO_APPROPRIATE_INDEX_OPERATOR "No appropriate indexing operator found"
#define TXT_NO_APPROPRIATE_OPHNDLASSIGN_s "No appropriate opHndlAssign method found in '%s' for handle assignment"
#define TXT_NO_APPROPRIATE_OPEQUALS "No appropriate opEquals method found"
#define TXT_NO_CONVERSION_s_TO_s "No conversion from '%s' to '%s' available."
#define TXT_NO_CONVERSION_s_TO_MATH_TYPE "No conversion from '%s' to math type available."
#define TXT_NO_DEFAULT_ARRAY_TYPE "The application doesn't support the default array type."
#define TXT_NO_DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR_FOR_s "No default constructor for object of type '%s'."
#define TXT_NO_DEFAULT_COPY_OP_FOR_s "No appropriate opAssign method found in '%s' for value assignment"
#define TXT_NO_COPY_CONSTRUCTOR_FOR_s "No copy constructor for object of type '%s'."
#define TXT_NO_MATCHING_SIGNATURES_TO_s "No matching signatures to '%s'"
#define TXT_NO_MATCHING_OP_FOUND_FOR_TYPE_s "No matching operator that takes the type '%s' found"
#define TXT_NO_MATCHING_OP_FOUND_FOR_TYPES_s_AND_s "No matching operator that takes the types '%s' and '%s' found"
#define TXT_NON_CONST_METHOD_ON_CONST_OBJ "Non-const method call on read-only object reference"
#define TXT_NONTERMINATED_STRING "Non-terminated string literal"
#define TXT_NOT_A_FUNC_s_IS_VAR "Expression doesn't form a function call. '%s' is a variable of a non-function type"
#define TXT_NOT_ALL_PATHS_RETURN "Not all paths return a value"
#define TXT_NOT_ENOUGH_VALUES_FOR_LIST "Not enough values to match pattern"
#define TXT_s_NOT_DECLARED "'%s' is not declared"
#define TXT_NOT_EXACT "Implicit conversion of value is not exact"
#define TXT_s_NOT_INITIALIZED "'%s' is not initialized."
#define TXT_NOT_LVALUE "Expression is not an l-value"
#define TXT_s_NOT_MEMBER_OF_s "'%s' is not a member of '%s'"
#define TXT_NOT_VALID_REFERENCE "Not a valid reference"
#define TXT_NOT_VALID_LVALUE "Not a valid lvalue"
#define TXT_NOTHING_WAS_BUILT "Nothing was built in the module"
#define TXT_OBJECT_DOESNT_SUPPORT_INDEX_OP "Type '%s' doesn't support the indexing operator"
#define TXT_OBJECT_HANDLE_NOT_SUPPORTED "Object handle is not supported for this type"
#define TXT_ONLY_OBJECTS_MAY_USE_REF_INOUT "Only object types that support object handles can use &inout. Use &in or &out instead"
#define TXT_ONLY_ONE_ARGUMENT_IN_CAST "A cast operator has one argument"
#define TXT_ONLY_ONE_FUNCTION_ALLOWED "The code must contain one and only one function"
#define TXT_ONLY_ONE_VARIABLE_ALLOWED "The code must contain one and only one global variable"
#define TXT_OPERANDS_MUST_BE_HANDLES "Both operands must be handles when comparing identity"
#define TXT_OVERLOAD_CONFLICTS_DUE_TO_DEFAULT_ARGS "The overloaded functions are identical on initial parameters without default arguments"
#define TXT_PARAMETER_ALREADY_DECLARED "Parameter already declared"
#define TXT_PARAMETER_CANT_BE_s "Parameter type can't be '%s', because the type cannot be instantiated."
#define TXT_POS_ARG_AFTER_NAMED_ARG "Positional arguments cannot be passed after named arguments"
#define TXT_PRIVATE_METHOD_CALL_s "Illegal call to private method '%s'"
#define TXT_PRIVATE_PROP_ACCESS_s "Illegal access to private property '%s'"
#define TXT_PROTECTED_METHOD_CALL_s "Illegal call to protected method '%s'"
#define TXT_PROTECTED_PROP_ACCESS_s "Illegal access to protected property '%s'"
#define TXT_PROPERTY_ACCESSOR_DISABLED "Property accessors have been disabled by the application"
#define TXT_PROPERTY_ACCESSOR_MUST_BE_IMPLEMENTED "Property accessor must be implemented"
#define TXT_PROPERTY_CANT_BE_CONST "Class properties cannot be declared as const"
#define TXT_PROPERTY_HAS_NO_GET_ACCESSOR "The property has no get accessor"
#define TXT_PROPERTY_HAS_NO_SET_ACCESSOR "The property has no set accessor"
#define TXT_PROPERTY_WITHOUT_ACCESSOR "Virtual property must have at least one get or set accessor"
#define TXT_REF_CANT_BE_TO_LOCAL_VAR "Resulting reference cannot be returned. Returned references must not refer to local variables."
#define TXT_REF_CANT_BE_RETURNED_DEFERRED_PARAM "Resulting reference cannot be returned. There are deferred arguments that may invalidate it."
#define TXT_REF_CANT_BE_RETURNED_LOCAL_VARS "Resulting reference cannot be returned. The expression uses objects that during cleanup may invalidate it."
#define TXT_REF_IS_READ_ONLY "Reference is read-only"
#define TXT_REF_IS_TEMP "Reference is temporary"
#define TXT_REF_TYPE_CANT_BE_PASSED_BY_VAL "Reference types cannot be passed by value in function parameters"
#define TXT_REF_TYPE_CANT_BE_RETURNED_BY_VAL "Reference types cannot be returned by value from functions"
#define TXT_RETURN_CANT_BE_s "Return type can't be '%s'"
#define TXT_SHARED_CANNOT_ACCESS_NON_SHARED_VAR_s "Shared code cannot access non-shared global variable '%s'"
#define TXT_SHARED_CANNOT_CALL_NON_SHARED_FUNC_s "Shared code cannot call non-shared function '%s'"
#define TXT_SHARED_CANNOT_IMPLEMENT_NON_SHARED_s "Shared type cannot implement non-shared interface '%s'"
#define TXT_SHARED_CANNOT_INHERIT_FROM_NON_SHARED_s "Shared class cannot inherit from non-shared class '%s'"
#define TXT_SHARED_CANNOT_USE_NON_SHARED_TYPE_s "Shared code cannot use non-shared type '%s'"
#define TXT_SHARED_s_DOESNT_MATCH_ORIGINAL "Shared type '%s' doesn't match the original declaration in other module"
#define TXT_SECTION_IS_EMPTY "The script section is empty"
#define TXT_SIGNED_UNSIGNED_MISMATCH "Signed/Unsigned mismatch"
#define TXT_STRINGS_NOT_RECOGNIZED "Strings are not recognized by the application"
#define TXT_SWITCH_CASE_MUST_BE_CONSTANT "Case expressions must be constants"
#define TXT_SWITCH_MUST_BE_INTEGRAL "Switch expressions must be integral numbers"
#define TXT_TMPL_s_EXPECTS_d_SUBTYPES "Template '%s' expects %d sub type(s)"
#define TXT_TMPL_SUBTYPE_MUST_NOT_BE_READ_ONLY "Template subtype must not be read-only"
#define TXT_TOO_MANY_JUMP_LABELS "The function has too many jump labels to handle. Split the function into smaller ones."
#define TXT_TOO_MANY_VALUES_FOR_LIST "Too many values to match pattern"
#define TXT_TYPE_s_CANNOT_BE_REFERENCE "Type '%s' cannot be a reference"
#define TXT_TYPE_s_NOT_AVAILABLE_FOR_MODULE "Type '%s' is not available for this module"
#define TXT_TYPE_s_NOT_TEMPLATE "Type '%s' is not a template type"
#define TXT_UNEXPECTED_END_OF_FILE "Unexpected end of file"
#define TXT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN_s "Unexpected token '%s'"
#define TXT_UNEXPECTED_VAR_DECL "Unexpected variable declaration"
#define TXT_UNINITIALIZED_GLOBAL_VAR_s "Use of uninitialized global variable '%s'."
#define TXT_UNKNOWN_SCOPE_s "Unknown scope '%s'"
#define TXT_UNREACHABLE_CODE "Unreachable code"
#define TXT_UNRECOGNIZED_VIRTUAL_PROPERTY_NODE "Virtual property contains unrecognized aspect"
#define TXT_UNUSED_SCRIPT_NODE "Unused script node"
#define TXT_VALUE_TOO_LARGE_FOR_TYPE "Value is too large for data type"
#define TXT_VOID_CANT_BE_OPERAND "Void cannot be an operand in expressions"
#define TXT_WARNINGS_TREATED_AS_ERROR "Warnings are treated as errors by the application"
#define TXT_WHILE_PARSING_ARG_LIST "While parsing argument list"
#define TXT_WHILE_PARSING_EXPRESSION "While parsing expression"
#define TXT_WHILE_PARSING_INIT_LIST "While parsing initialization list"
#define TXT_WHILE_PARSING_NAMESPACE "While parsing namespace"
#define TXT_WHILE_PARSING_STATEMENT_BLOCK "While parsing statement block"
#define TXT_WHILE_INCLUDING_MIXIN "Previous error occurred while including mixin"
// Global variable initialization
#define TXT_FAILED_TO_INITIALIZE_s "Failed to initialize global variable '%s'"
#define TXT_EXCEPTION_s_IN_s "Exception '%s' in '%s'"
// Engine message
#define TXT_AUTOHANDLE_CANNOT_BE_USED_FOR_NOCOUNT "Autohandles cannot be used with types that have been registered with NOCOUNT"
#define TXT_FIRST_PARAM_MUST_BE_REF_FOR_TEMPLATE_FACTORY "First parameter to template factory must be a reference. This will be used to pass the object type of the template"
#define TXT_INVALID_CONFIGURATION "Invalid configuration. Verify the registered application interface."
#define TXT_VALUE_TYPE_MUST_HAVE_SIZE "A value type must be registered with a non-zero size"
#define TXT_TYPE_s_IS_MISSING_BEHAVIOURS "Type '%s' is missing behaviours"
#define TXT_ILLEGAL_BEHAVIOUR_FOR_TYPE "The behaviour is not compatible with the type"
#define TXT_GC_REQUIRE_ADD_REL_GC_BEHAVIOUR "A garbage collected type must have the addref, release, and all gc behaviours"
#define TXT_SCOPE_REQUIRE_REL_BEHAVIOUR "A scoped reference type must have the release behaviour"
#define TXT_REF_REQUIRE_ADD_REL_BEHAVIOUR "A reference type must have the addref and release behaviours"
#define TXT_NON_POD_REQUIRE_CONSTR_DESTR_BEHAVIOUR "A non-pod value type must have at least one constructor and the destructor behaviours"
#define TXT_CANNOT_PASS_TYPE_s_BY_VAL "Can't pass type '%s' by value unless the application type is informed in the registration"
#define TXT_CANNOT_RET_TYPE_s_BY_VAL "Can't return type '%s' by value unless the application type is informed in the registration"
// TODO: Should be something like "This platform requires that AngelScript knows the exact content of the type '%s' in order to pass by value to application in native calling convention"
#define TXT_DONT_SUPPORT_TYPE_s_BY_VAL "Don't support passing type '%s' by value to application in native calling convention on this platform"
// TODO: Should be something like "This platform requires that AngelScript knows the exact content of the type '%s' in order to return by value from application in native calling convention"
#define TXT_DONT_SUPPORT_RET_TYPE_s_BY_VAL "Don't support returning type '%s' by value from application in native calling convention on this platform"
#define TXT_d_GC_CANNOT_FREE_OBJ_OF_TYPE_s "Object {%d}. GC cannot destroy an object of type '%s' as it doesn't know how many references to there are."
#define TXT_d_GC_CANNOT_FREE_OBJ_OF_TYPE_s_REF_COUNT_d "Object {%d}. GC cannot destroy an object of type '%s' as it can't see all references. Current ref count is %d."
#define TXT_OBJECT_TYPE_s_DOESNT_EXIST "Object type '%s' doesn't exist"
#define TXT_TEMPLATE_s_ALREADY_GENERATED_CANT_REGISTER "Cannot register. The template type instance '%s' has already been generated."
#define TXT_TEMPLATE_TYPE_s_DOESNT_EXIST "Template type '%s' doesn't exist"
#define TXT_TEMPLATE_SUBTYPE_s_DOESNT_EXIST "Template subtype '%s' doesn't exist"
#define TXT_TEMPLATE_LIST_FACTORY_EXPECTS_2_REF_PARAMS "Template list factory expects two reference parameters. The last is the pointer to the initialization buffer"
#define TXT_LIST_FACTORY_EXPECTS_1_REF_PARAM "List factory expects only one reference parameter. The pointer to the initialization buffer will be passed in this parameter"
#define TXT_FAILED_READ_SUBTYPE_OF_TEMPLATE_s "Failed to read subtype of template type '%s'"
#define TXT_FAILED_IN_FUNC_s_d "Failed in call to function '%s' (Code: %d)"
#define TXT_FAILED_IN_FUNC_s_WITH_s_d "Failed in call to function '%s' with '%s' (Code: %d)"
#define TXT_FAILED_IN_FUNC_s_WITH_s_AND_s_d "Failed in call to function '%s' with '%s' and '%s' (Code: %d)"
#define TXT_GC_RECEIVED_NULL_PTR "AddScriptObjectToGC called with null pointer"
#define TXT_EXCEPTION_IN_NESTED_CALL "An exception occurred in a nested call"
#define TXT_TYPE_s_IS_STILL_USED_BY_FUNC_s "Type '%s' is still used by function '%s'"
#define TXT_PREV_TYPE_IS_NAMED_s "The builtin type in previous message is named '%s'"
#define TXT_PREV_FUNC_IS_NAMED_s_TYPE_IS_d "The function in previous message is named '%s'. The func type is %d"
#define TXT_RESURRECTING_SCRIPTOBJECT_s "The script object of type '%s' is being resurrected illegally during destruction"
#define TXT_INVALID_BYTECODE_d "LoadByteCode failed. The bytecode is invalid. Number of bytes read from stream: %d"
#define TXT_NO_JIT_IN_FUNC_s "Function '%s' appears to have been compiled without JIT entry points"
#define TXT_ENGINE_REF_COUNT_ERROR_DURING_SHUTDOWN "Uh oh! The engine's reference count is increasing while it is being destroyed. Make sure references needed for clean-up are immediately released"
#define TXT_MODULE_IS_IN_USE "The module is still in use and cannot be rebuilt. Discard it and request another module"
#define TXT_EXTRNL_REF_TO_MODULE_s "There is an external reference to an object in module '%s', preventing it from being deleted"
// Internal names
#define TXT_PROPERTY "Property"
#define TXT_SYSTEM_FUNCTION "System function"
#define TXT_VARIABLE_DECL "Variable declaration"
// Exceptions
#define TXT_STACK_OVERFLOW "Stack overflow"
#define TXT_NULL_POINTER_ACCESS "Null pointer access"
#define TXT_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO "Divide by zero"
#define TXT_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW "Overflow in integer division"
#define TXT_POW_OVERFLOW "Overflow in exponent operation"
#define TXT_UNRECOGNIZED_BYTE_CODE "Unrecognized byte code"
#define TXT_INVALID_CALLING_CONVENTION "Invalid calling convention"
#define TXT_UNBOUND_FUNCTION "Unbound function called"
#define TXT_OUT_OF_BOUNDS "Out of range"
#define TXT_EXCEPTION_CAUGHT "Caught an exception from the application"
#define TXT_MISMATCH_IN_VALUE_ASSIGN "Mismatching types in value assignment"
#endif

108
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_thread.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2014 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_thread.h
//
// Classes for multi threading support
//
#ifndef AS_THREAD_H
#define AS_THREAD_H
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_string.h"
#include "as_array.h"
#include "as_map.h"
#include "as_criticalsection.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCThreadLocalData;
class asCThreadManager : public asIThreadManager
{
public:
static asCThreadLocalData *GetLocalData();
static int CleanupLocalData();
static int Prepare(asIThreadManager *externalThreadMgr);
static void Unprepare();
// This read/write lock can be used by the application to provide simple synchronization
DECLAREREADWRITELOCK(appRWLock)
protected:
asCThreadManager();
~asCThreadManager();
// No need to use the atomic int here, as it will only be
// updated within the thread manager's critical section
int refCount;
#ifndef AS_NO_THREADS
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(AS_WINDOWS_THREADS) && (WINAPI_FAMILY & WINAPI_FAMILY_PHONE_APP)
// On Windows Store we must use MSVC specific thread variables for thread
// local storage, as the TLS API isn't available. On desktop we can't use
// this as it may cause problems if the library is used in a dll.
// ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/2s9wt68x.aspx
// ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/9w1sdazb.aspx
__declspec(thread) static asCThreadLocalData *tld;
#else
asDWORD tlsKey;
#endif
DECLARECRITICALSECTION(criticalSection);
#else
asCThreadLocalData *tld;
#endif
};
//======================================================================
class asIScriptContext;
class asCThreadLocalData
{
public:
asCArray<asIScriptContext *> activeContexts;
asCString string;
protected:
friend class asCThreadManager;
asCThreadLocalData();
~asCThreadLocalData();
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

319
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_tokendef.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_tokendef.h
//
// Definitions for tokens identifiable by the tokenizer
//
#ifndef AS_TOKENDEF_H
#define AS_TOKENDEF_H
#include "as_config.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
enum eTokenType
{
ttUnrecognizedToken,
ttEnd, // End of file
// White space and comments
ttWhiteSpace, // ' ', '\t', '\r', '\n', UTF8 byte-order-mark
ttOnelineComment, // // \n
ttMultilineComment, // /* */
// Atoms
ttIdentifier, // abc123
ttIntConstant, // 1234
ttFloatConstant, // 12.34e56f
ttDoubleConstant, // 12.34e56
ttStringConstant, // "123"
ttMultilineStringConstant, //
ttHeredocStringConstant, // """text"""
ttNonTerminatedStringConstant, // "123
ttBitsConstant, // 0xFFFF
// Math operators
ttPlus, // +
ttMinus, // -
ttStar, // *
ttSlash, // /
ttPercent, // %
ttStarStar, // **
ttHandle, // @
ttAddAssign, // +=
ttSubAssign, // -=
ttMulAssign, // *=
ttDivAssign, // /=
ttModAssign, // %=
ttPowAssign, // **=
ttOrAssign, // |=
ttAndAssign, // &=
ttXorAssign, // ^=
ttShiftLeftAssign, // <<=
ttShiftRightLAssign, // >>=
ttShiftRightAAssign, // >>>=
ttInc, // ++
ttDec, // --
ttDot, // .
ttScope, // ::
// Statement tokens
ttAssignment, // =
ttEndStatement, // ;
ttListSeparator, // ,
ttStartStatementBlock, // {
ttEndStatementBlock, // }
ttOpenParanthesis, // (
ttCloseParanthesis, // )
ttOpenBracket, // [
ttCloseBracket, // ]
ttAmp, // &
// Bitwise operators
ttBitOr, // |
ttBitNot, // ~
ttBitXor, // ^
ttBitShiftLeft, // <<
ttBitShiftRight, // >> // TODO: In Java this is the arithmetical shift
ttBitShiftRightArith, // >>> // TODO: In Java this is the logical shift
// Compare operators
ttEqual, // ==
ttNotEqual, // !=
ttLessThan, // <
ttGreaterThan, // >
ttLessThanOrEqual, // <=
ttGreaterThanOrEqual, // >=
ttQuestion, // ?
ttColon, // :
// Reserved keywords
ttIf, // if
ttElse, // else
ttFor, // for
ttWhile, // while
ttBool, // bool
ttFuncDef, // funcdef
ttImport, // import
ttInt, // int
ttInt8, // int8
ttInt16, // int16
ttInt64, // int64
ttInterface, // interface
ttIs, // is
ttNotIs, // !is
ttUInt, // uint
ttUInt8, // uint8
ttUInt16, // uint16
ttUInt64, // uint64
ttFloat, // float
ttVoid, // void
ttTrue, // true
ttFalse, // false
ttReturn, // return
ttNot, // not
ttAnd, // and, &&
ttOr, // or, ||
ttXor, // xor, ^^
ttBreak, // break
ttContinue, // continue
ttConst, // const
ttDo, // do
ttDouble, // double
ttSwitch, // switch
ttCase, // case
ttDefault, // default
ttIn, // in
ttOut, // out
ttInOut, // inout
ttNull, // null
ttClass, // class
ttTypedef, // typedef
ttEnum, // enum
ttCast, // cast
ttPrivate, // private
ttProtected, // protected
ttNamespace, // namespace
ttMixin, // mixin
ttAuto // auto
};
struct sTokenWord
{
const char *word;
size_t wordLength;
eTokenType tokenType;
};
#define asTokenDef(str, tok) {str, sizeof(str)-1, tok}
sTokenWord const tokenWords[] =
{
asTokenDef("+" , ttPlus),
asTokenDef("+=" , ttAddAssign),
asTokenDef("++" , ttInc),
asTokenDef("-" , ttMinus),
asTokenDef("-=" , ttSubAssign),
asTokenDef("--" , ttDec),
asTokenDef("*" , ttStar),
asTokenDef("*=" , ttMulAssign),
asTokenDef("/" , ttSlash),
asTokenDef("/=" , ttDivAssign),
asTokenDef("%" , ttPercent),
asTokenDef("%=" , ttModAssign),
asTokenDef("**" , ttStarStar),
asTokenDef("**=" , ttPowAssign),
asTokenDef("=" , ttAssignment),
asTokenDef("==" , ttEqual),
asTokenDef("." , ttDot),
asTokenDef("|" , ttBitOr),
asTokenDef("|=" , ttOrAssign),
asTokenDef("||" , ttOr),
asTokenDef("&" , ttAmp),
asTokenDef("&=" , ttAndAssign),
asTokenDef("&&" , ttAnd),
asTokenDef("^" , ttBitXor),
asTokenDef("^=" , ttXorAssign),
asTokenDef("^^" , ttXor),
asTokenDef("<" , ttLessThan),
asTokenDef("<=" , ttLessThanOrEqual),
asTokenDef("<<" , ttBitShiftLeft),
asTokenDef("<<=" , ttShiftLeftAssign),
asTokenDef(">" , ttGreaterThan),
asTokenDef(">=" , ttGreaterThanOrEqual),
asTokenDef(">>" , ttBitShiftRight),
asTokenDef(">>=" , ttShiftRightLAssign),
asTokenDef(">>>" , ttBitShiftRightArith),
asTokenDef(">>>=" , ttShiftRightAAssign),
asTokenDef("~" , ttBitNot),
asTokenDef(";" , ttEndStatement),
asTokenDef("," , ttListSeparator),
asTokenDef("{" , ttStartStatementBlock),
asTokenDef("}" , ttEndStatementBlock),
asTokenDef("(" , ttOpenParanthesis),
asTokenDef(")" , ttCloseParanthesis),
asTokenDef("[" , ttOpenBracket),
asTokenDef("]" , ttCloseBracket),
asTokenDef("?" , ttQuestion),
asTokenDef(":" , ttColon),
asTokenDef("::" , ttScope),
asTokenDef("!" , ttNot),
asTokenDef("!=" , ttNotEqual),
asTokenDef("!is" , ttNotIs),
asTokenDef("@" , ttHandle),
asTokenDef("and" , ttAnd),
asTokenDef("auto" , ttAuto),
asTokenDef("bool" , ttBool),
asTokenDef("break" , ttBreak),
asTokenDef("case" , ttCase),
asTokenDef("cast" , ttCast),
asTokenDef("class" , ttClass),
asTokenDef("const" , ttConst),
asTokenDef("continue" , ttContinue),
asTokenDef("default" , ttDefault),
asTokenDef("do" , ttDo),
#ifdef AS_USE_DOUBLE_AS_FLOAT
asTokenDef("double" , ttFloat),
#else
asTokenDef("double" , ttDouble),
#endif
asTokenDef("else" , ttElse),
asTokenDef("enum" , ttEnum),
asTokenDef("false" , ttFalse),
asTokenDef("float" , ttFloat),
asTokenDef("for" , ttFor),
asTokenDef("funcdef" , ttFuncDef),
asTokenDef("if" , ttIf),
asTokenDef("import" , ttImport),
asTokenDef("in" , ttIn),
asTokenDef("inout" , ttInOut),
asTokenDef("int" , ttInt),
asTokenDef("int8" , ttInt8),
asTokenDef("int16" , ttInt16),
asTokenDef("int32" , ttInt),
asTokenDef("int64" , ttInt64),
asTokenDef("interface" , ttInterface),
asTokenDef("is" , ttIs),
asTokenDef("mixin" , ttMixin),
asTokenDef("namespace" , ttNamespace),
asTokenDef("not" , ttNot),
asTokenDef("null" , ttNull),
asTokenDef("or" , ttOr),
asTokenDef("out" , ttOut),
asTokenDef("private" , ttPrivate),
asTokenDef("protected" , ttProtected),
asTokenDef("return" , ttReturn),
asTokenDef("switch" , ttSwitch),
asTokenDef("true" , ttTrue),
asTokenDef("typedef" , ttTypedef),
asTokenDef("uint" , ttUInt),
asTokenDef("uint8" , ttUInt8),
asTokenDef("uint16" , ttUInt16),
asTokenDef("uint32" , ttUInt),
asTokenDef("uint64" , ttUInt64),
asTokenDef("void" , ttVoid),
asTokenDef("while" , ttWhile),
asTokenDef("xor" , ttXor),
};
const unsigned int numTokenWords = sizeof(tokenWords)/sizeof(sTokenWord);
const char * const whiteSpace = " \t\r\n";
// Some keywords that are not considered tokens by the parser
// These only have meaning in specific situations. Outside these
// situations they are treated as normal identifiers.
const char * const THIS_TOKEN = "this";
const char * const FROM_TOKEN = "from";
const char * const SUPER_TOKEN = "super";
const char * const SHARED_TOKEN = "shared";
const char * const FINAL_TOKEN = "final";
const char * const OVERRIDE_TOKEN = "override";
const char * const GET_TOKEN = "get";
const char * const SET_TOKEN = "set";
const char * const ABSTRACT_TOKEN = "abstract";
const char * const FUNCTION_TOKEN = "function";
const char * const IF_HANDLE_TOKEN = "if_handle_then_const";
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

79
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_tokenizer.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2013 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_tokenizer.cpp
//
// This class identifies tokens from the script code
//
#ifndef AS_TOKENIZER_H
#define AS_TOKENIZER_H
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_tokendef.h"
#include "as_map.h"
#include "as_string.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCTokenizer
{
public:
eTokenType GetToken(const char *source, size_t sourceLength, size_t *tokenLength, asETokenClass *tc = 0) const;
static const char *GetDefinition(int tokenType);
protected:
friend class asCScriptEngine;
asCTokenizer();
~asCTokenizer();
asETokenClass ParseToken(const char *source, size_t sourceLength, size_t &tokenLength, eTokenType &tokenType) const;
bool IsWhiteSpace(const char *source, size_t sourceLength, size_t &tokenLength, eTokenType &tokenType) const;
bool IsComment(const char *source, size_t sourceLength, size_t &tokenLength, eTokenType &tokenType) const;
bool IsConstant(const char *source, size_t sourceLength, size_t &tokenLength, eTokenType &tokenType) const;
bool IsKeyWord(const char *source, size_t sourceLength, size_t &tokenLength, eTokenType &tokenType) const;
bool IsIdentifier(const char *source, size_t sourceLength, size_t &tokenLength, eTokenType &tokenType) const;
bool IsDigitInRadix(char ch, int radix) const;
const asCScriptEngine *engine;
const sTokenWord **keywordTable[256];
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

241
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_typeinfo.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_typeinfo.h
//
#ifndef AS_TYPEINFO_H
#define AS_TYPEINFO_H
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_string.h"
#include "as_atomic.h"
#include "as_datatype.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
class asCScriptEngine;
class asCModule;
class asCObjectType;
class asCEnumType;
class asCTypedefType;
class asCFuncdefType;
struct asSNameSpace;
// TODO: type: asCPrimitiveType shall be implemented to represent primitives (void, int, double, etc)
// TODO: type: asCTypeInfo should have an internal virtual method GetBehaviours. For asCObjectType it
// should return the beh member. For asCFuncdefType it should return the beh member of
// engine->functionBehaviours. This will allow the code that needs the behaviour to handle
// both object types and funcdefs the same way
class asCTypeInfo : public asITypeInfo
{
public:
//=====================================
// From asITypeInfo
//=====================================
asIScriptEngine *GetEngine() const;
const char *GetConfigGroup() const;
asDWORD GetAccessMask() const;
asIScriptModule *GetModule() const;
// Memory management
int AddRef() const;
int Release() const;
// Type info
const char *GetName() const;
const char *GetNamespace() const;
asITypeInfo *GetBaseType() const { return 0; }
bool DerivesFrom(const asITypeInfo *objType) const { UNUSED_VAR(objType); return 0; }
asDWORD GetFlags() const;
asUINT GetSize() const;
int GetTypeId() const;
int GetSubTypeId(asUINT subtypeIndex = 0) const { UNUSED_VAR(subtypeIndex); return -1; }
asITypeInfo *GetSubType(asUINT subtypeIndex = 0) const { UNUSED_VAR(subtypeIndex); return 0; }
asUINT GetSubTypeCount() const { return 0; }
// Interfaces
asUINT GetInterfaceCount() const { return 0; }
asITypeInfo *GetInterface(asUINT index) const { UNUSED_VAR(index); return 0; }
bool Implements(const asITypeInfo *objType) const { UNUSED_VAR(objType); return false; }
// Factories
asUINT GetFactoryCount() const { return 0; }
asIScriptFunction *GetFactoryByIndex(asUINT index) const { UNUSED_VAR(index); return 0; }
asIScriptFunction *GetFactoryByDecl(const char *decl) const { UNUSED_VAR(decl); return 0; }
// Methods
asUINT GetMethodCount() const { return 0; }
asIScriptFunction *GetMethodByIndex(asUINT index, bool getVirtual) const { UNUSED_VAR(index); UNUSED_VAR(getVirtual); return 0; }
asIScriptFunction *GetMethodByName(const char *in_name, bool getVirtual) const { UNUSED_VAR(in_name); UNUSED_VAR(getVirtual); return 0; }
asIScriptFunction *GetMethodByDecl(const char *decl, bool getVirtual) const { UNUSED_VAR(decl); UNUSED_VAR(getVirtual); return 0; }
// Properties
asUINT GetPropertyCount() const { return 0; }
int GetProperty(asUINT index, const char **name, int *typeId, bool *isPrivate, bool *isProtected, int *offset, bool *isReference, asDWORD *accessMask) const;
const char *GetPropertyDeclaration(asUINT index, bool includeNamespace = false) const { UNUSED_VAR(index); UNUSED_VAR(includeNamespace); return 0; }
// Behaviours
asUINT GetBehaviourCount() const { return 0; }
asIScriptFunction *GetBehaviourByIndex(asUINT index, asEBehaviours *outBehaviour) const { UNUSED_VAR(index); UNUSED_VAR(outBehaviour); return 0; }
// Child types
asUINT GetChildFuncdefCount() const { return 0; }
asITypeInfo *GetChildFuncdef(asUINT index) const { UNUSED_VAR(index); return 0; }
asITypeInfo *GetParentType() const { return 0; }
// Enums
virtual asUINT GetEnumValueCount() const { return 0; }
virtual const char *GetEnumValueByIndex(asUINT index, int *outValue) const { UNUSED_VAR(index); if (outValue) *outValue = 0; return 0; }
// Typedef
virtual int GetTypedefTypeId() const { return asERROR; }
// Funcdef
virtual asIScriptFunction *GetFuncdefSignature() const { return 0; }
// User data
void *SetUserData(void *data, asPWORD type);
void *GetUserData(asPWORD type) const;
//===========================================
// Internal
//===========================================
public:
asCTypeInfo(asCScriptEngine *engine);
virtual ~asCTypeInfo();
// Keep an internal reference counter to separate references coming from
// application or script objects and references coming from the script code
virtual int AddRefInternal();
virtual int ReleaseInternal();
virtual void DestroyInternal() {}
void CleanUserData();
bool IsShared() const;
// These can be safely used on null pointers (which will return null)
friend asCObjectType *CastToObjectType(asCTypeInfo *);
friend asCEnumType *CastToEnumType(asCTypeInfo *);
friend asCTypedefType *CastToTypedefType(asCTypeInfo *);
friend asCFuncdefType *CastToFuncdefType(asCTypeInfo *);
asCString name;
asSNameSpace *nameSpace;
int size;
mutable int typeId;
asDWORD flags;
asDWORD accessMask;
// Store the script section where the code was declared
int scriptSectionIdx;
// Store the location where the function was declared (row in the lower 20 bits, and column in the upper 12)
int declaredAt;
asCScriptEngine *engine;
asCModule *module;
asCArray<asPWORD> userData;
protected:
friend class asCScriptEngine;
friend class asCConfigGroup;
friend class asCModule;
asCTypeInfo();
mutable asCAtomic externalRefCount;
asCAtomic internalRefCount;
};
struct asSEnumValue
{
asCString name;
int value;
};
class asCEnumType : public asCTypeInfo
{
public:
asCEnumType(asCScriptEngine *engine) : asCTypeInfo(engine) {}
~asCEnumType();
asCArray<asSEnumValue*> enumValues;
asUINT GetEnumValueCount() const;
const char *GetEnumValueByIndex(asUINT index, int *outValue) const;
protected:
asCEnumType() : asCTypeInfo() {}
};
class asCTypedefType : public asCTypeInfo
{
public:
asCTypedefType(asCScriptEngine *engine) : asCTypeInfo(engine) {}
~asCTypedefType();
void DestroyInternal();
asCDataType aliasForType; // increase refCount for typeinfo inside datatype
int GetTypedefTypeId() const;
protected:
asCTypedefType() : asCTypeInfo() {}
};
class asCFuncdefType : public asCTypeInfo
{
public:
asCFuncdefType(asCScriptEngine *engine, asCScriptFunction *func);
~asCFuncdefType();
asIScriptFunction *GetFuncdefSignature() const;
asITypeInfo *GetParentType() const;
void DestroyInternal();
asCScriptFunction *funcdef; // increases refCount
asCObjectType *parentClass; // doesn't increase refCount
protected:
asCFuncdefType() : asCTypeInfo(), funcdef(0), parentClass(0) {}
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

87
3rdparty/angelscript/include/as_variablescope.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2012 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_variablescope.h
//
// A manager class for variable declarations
//
#ifndef AS_VARIABLESCOPE_H
#define AS_VARIABLESCOPE_H
#include "as_config.h"
#ifndef AS_NO_COMPILER
#include "as_array.h"
#include "as_string.h"
#include "as_datatype.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
struct sVariable
{
asCString name;
asCDataType type;
int stackOffset;
bool isInitialized;
bool isPureConstant;
asQWORD constantValue;
bool onHeap;
};
class asCVariableScope
{
public:
asCVariableScope(asCVariableScope *parent);
~asCVariableScope();
void Reset();
int DeclareVariable(const char *name, const asCDataType &type, int stackOffset, bool isObjectOnHeap);
sVariable *GetVariable(const char *name);
sVariable *GetVariableByOffset(int offset);
asCVariableScope *parent;
bool isBreakScope;
bool isContinueScope;
asCArray<sVariable *> variables;
};
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_NO_COMPILER
#endif

136
3rdparty/angelscript/include/scriptarray.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
#ifndef SCRIPTARRAY_H
#define SCRIPTARRAY_H
#ifndef ANGELSCRIPT_H
// Avoid having to inform include path if header is already include before
#include <angelscript.h>
#endif
// Sometimes it may be desired to use the same method names as used by C++ STL.
// This may for example reduce time when converting code from script to C++ or
// back.
//
// 0 = off
// 1 = on
#ifndef AS_USE_STLNAMES
#define AS_USE_STLNAMES 0
#endif
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
struct SArrayBuffer;
struct SArrayCache;
class CScriptArray
{
public:
// Set the memory functions that should be used by all CScriptArrays
static void SetMemoryFunctions(asALLOCFUNC_t allocFunc, asFREEFUNC_t freeFunc);
// Factory functions
static CScriptArray *Create(asITypeInfo *ot);
static CScriptArray *Create(asITypeInfo *ot, asUINT length);
static CScriptArray *Create(asITypeInfo *ot, asUINT length, void *defaultValue);
static CScriptArray *Create(asITypeInfo *ot, void *listBuffer);
// Memory management
void AddRef() const;
void Release() const;
// Type information
asITypeInfo *GetArrayObjectType() const;
int GetArrayTypeId() const;
int GetElementTypeId() const;
// Get the current size
asUINT GetSize() const;
// Returns true if the array is empty
bool IsEmpty() const;
// Pre-allocates memory for elements
void Reserve(asUINT maxElements);
// Resize the array
void Resize(asUINT numElements);
// Get a pointer to an element. Returns 0 if out of bounds
void *At(asUINT index);
const void *At(asUINT index) const;
// Set value of an element.
// The value arg should be a pointer to the value that will be copied to the element.
// Remember, if the array holds handles the value parameter should be the
// address of the handle. The refCount of the object will also be incremented
void SetValue(asUINT index, void *value);
// Copy the contents of one array to another (only if the types are the same)
CScriptArray &operator=(const CScriptArray&);
// Compare two arrays
bool operator==(const CScriptArray &) const;
// Array manipulation
void InsertAt(asUINT index, void *value);
void InsertAt(asUINT index, const CScriptArray &arr);
void InsertLast(void *value);
void RemoveAt(asUINT index);
void RemoveLast();
void RemoveRange(asUINT start, asUINT count);
void SortAsc();
void SortDesc();
void SortAsc(asUINT startAt, asUINT count);
void SortDesc(asUINT startAt, asUINT count);
void Sort(asUINT startAt, asUINT count, bool asc);
void Reverse();
int Find(void *value) const;
int Find(asUINT startAt, void *value) const;
int FindByRef(void *ref) const;
int FindByRef(asUINT startAt, void *ref) const;
// Return the address of internal buffer for direct manipulation of elements
void *GetBuffer();
// GC methods
int GetRefCount();
void SetFlag();
bool GetFlag();
void EnumReferences(asIScriptEngine *engine);
void ReleaseAllHandles(asIScriptEngine *engine);
protected:
mutable int refCount;
mutable bool gcFlag;
asITypeInfo *objType;
SArrayBuffer *buffer;
int elementSize;
int subTypeId;
// Constructors
CScriptArray(asITypeInfo *ot, void *initBuf); // Called from script when initialized with list
CScriptArray(asUINT length, asITypeInfo *ot);
CScriptArray(asUINT length, void *defVal, asITypeInfo *ot);
CScriptArray(const CScriptArray &other);
virtual ~CScriptArray();
bool Less(const void *a, const void *b, bool asc, asIScriptContext *ctx, SArrayCache *cache);
void *GetArrayItemPointer(int index);
void *GetDataPointer(void *buffer);
void Copy(void *dst, void *src);
void Precache();
bool CheckMaxSize(asUINT numElements);
void Resize(int delta, asUINT at);
void CreateBuffer(SArrayBuffer **buf, asUINT numElements);
void DeleteBuffer(SArrayBuffer *buf);
void CopyBuffer(SArrayBuffer *dst, SArrayBuffer *src);
void Construct(SArrayBuffer *buf, asUINT start, asUINT end);
void Destruct(SArrayBuffer *buf, asUINT start, asUINT end);
bool Equals(const void *a, const void *b, asIScriptContext *ctx, SArrayCache *cache) const;
};
void RegisterScriptArray(asIScriptEngine *engine, bool defaultArray);
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

53
3rdparty/angelscript/include/scriptstdstring.h vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
//
// Script std::string
//
// This function registers the std::string type with AngelScript to be used as the default string type.
//
// The string type is registered as a value type, thus may have performance issues if a lot of
// string operations are performed in the script. However, for relatively few operations, this should
// not cause any problem for most applications.
//
#ifndef SCRIPTSTDSTRING_H
#define SCRIPTSTDSTRING_H
#ifndef ANGELSCRIPT_H
// Avoid having to inform include path if header is already include before
#include <angelscript.h>
#endif
#include <string>
//---------------------------
// Compilation settings
//
// The use of the string pool can improve performance quite drastically
// for scripts that work with a lot of literal string constants.
//
// 1 = on
// 0 = off
#ifndef AS_USE_STRINGPOOL
#define AS_USE_STRINGPOOL 1
#endif
// Sometimes it may be desired to use the same method names as used by C++ STL.
// This may for example reduce time when converting code from script to C++ or
// back.
//
// 0 = off
// 1 = on
#ifndef AS_USE_STLNAMES
#define AS_USE_STLNAMES 0
#endif
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
void RegisterStdString(asIScriptEngine *engine);
void RegisterStdStringUtils(asIScriptEngine *engine);
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif

179
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_atomic.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2014 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_atomic.cpp
//
// The implementation of the atomic class for thread safe reference counting
//
#include "as_atomic.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
asCAtomic::asCAtomic()
{
value = 0;
}
asDWORD asCAtomic::get() const
{
// A very high ref count is highly unlikely. It most likely a problem with
// memory that has been overwritten or is being accessed after it was deleted.
asASSERT(value < 1000000);
return value;
}
void asCAtomic::set(asDWORD val)
{
// A very high ref count is highly unlikely. It most likely a problem with
// memory that has been overwritten or is being accessed after it was deleted.
asASSERT(value < 1000000);
value = val;
}
asDWORD asCAtomic::atomicInc()
{
// A very high ref count is highly unlikely. It most likely a problem with
// memory that has been overwritten or is being accessed after it was deleted.
asASSERT(value < 1000000);
return asAtomicInc((int&)value);
}
asDWORD asCAtomic::atomicDec()
{
// A very high ref count is highly unlikely. It most likely a problem with
// memory that has been overwritten or is being accessed after it was deleted.
asASSERT(value < 1000000);
return asAtomicDec((int&)value);
}
//
// The following code implements the atomicInc and atomicDec on different platforms
//
#if defined(AS_NO_THREADS) || defined(AS_NO_ATOMIC)
int asAtomicInc(int &value)
{
return ++value;
}
int asAtomicDec(int &value)
{
return --value;
}
#elif defined(AS_XENON) /// XBox360
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#include <xtl.h>
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
int asAtomicInc(int &value)
{
return InterlockedIncrement((LONG*)&value);
}
int asAtomicDec(int &value)
{
return InterlockedDecrement((LONG*)&value);
}
#elif defined(AS_WIN)
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#define WIN32_MEAN_AND_LEAN
#include <windows.h>
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
int asAtomicInc(int &value)
{
return InterlockedIncrement((LONG*)&value);
}
int asAtomicDec(int &value)
{
asASSERT(value > 0);
return InterlockedDecrement((LONG*)&value);
}
#elif defined(AS_LINUX) || defined(AS_BSD) || defined(AS_ILLUMOS) || defined(AS_ANDROID)
//
// atomic_inc_and_test() and atomic_dec_and_test() from asm/atomic.h is not meant
// to be used outside the Linux kernel. Instead we should use the GNUC provided
// __sync_add_and_fetch() and __sync_sub_and_fetch() functions.
//
// Reference: http://golubenco.org/blog/atomic-operations/
//
// These are only available in GCC 4.1 and above, so for older versions we
// use the critical sections, though it is a lot slower.
//
int asAtomicInc(int &value)
{
return __sync_add_and_fetch(&value, 1);
}
int asAtomicDec(int &value)
{
return __sync_sub_and_fetch(&value, 1);
}
#elif defined(AS_MAC) || defined(AS_IPHONE)
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#include <libkern/OSAtomic.h>
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
int asAtomicInc(int &value)
{
return OSAtomicIncrement32((int32_t*)&value);
}
int asAtomicDec(int &value)
{
return OSAtomicDecrement32((int32_t*)&value);
}
#else
// If we get here, then the configuration in as_config.h
// is wrong for the compiler/platform combination.
int ERROR_PleaseFixTheConfig[-1];
#endif
END_AS_NAMESPACE

5874
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_builder.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

2929
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_bytecode.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

890
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_callfunc.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,890 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_callfunc.cpp
//
// These functions handle the actual calling of system functions
//
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_callfunc.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
#include "as_texts.h"
#include "as_context.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
// ref: Member Function Pointers and the Fastest Possible C++ Delegates
// describes the structure of class method pointers for most compilers
// http://www.codeproject.com/Articles/7150/Member-Function-Pointers-and-the-Fastest-Possible
// ref: The code comments for ItaniumCXXABI::EmitLoadOfMemberFunctionPointer in the LLVM compiler
// describes the structure for class method pointers on Itanium and arm64 ABI
// http://clang.llvm.org/doxygen/CodeGen_2ItaniumCXXABI_8cpp_source.html#l00937
int DetectCallingConvention(bool isMethod, const asSFuncPtr &ptr, int callConv, void *auxiliary, asSSystemFunctionInterface *internal)
{
memset(internal, 0, sizeof(asSSystemFunctionInterface));
internal->func = ptr.ptr.f.func;
internal->auxiliary = 0;
// Was a compatible calling convention specified?
if( internal->func )
{
if( ptr.flag == 1 && callConv != asCALL_GENERIC )
return asWRONG_CALLING_CONV;
else if( ptr.flag == 2 && (callConv == asCALL_GENERIC || callConv == asCALL_THISCALL || callConv == asCALL_THISCALL_ASGLOBAL || callConv == asCALL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST || callConv == asCALL_THISCALL_OBJLAST) )
return asWRONG_CALLING_CONV;
else if( ptr.flag == 3 && !(callConv == asCALL_THISCALL || callConv == asCALL_THISCALL_ASGLOBAL || callConv == asCALL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST || callConv == asCALL_THISCALL_OBJLAST) )
return asWRONG_CALLING_CONV;
}
asDWORD base = callConv;
if( !isMethod )
{
if( base == asCALL_CDECL )
internal->callConv = ICC_CDECL;
else if( base == asCALL_STDCALL )
internal->callConv = ICC_STDCALL;
else if( base == asCALL_THISCALL_ASGLOBAL )
{
if(auxiliary == 0)
return asINVALID_ARG;
internal->auxiliary = auxiliary;
internal->callConv = ICC_THISCALL;
// This is really a thiscall, so it is necessary to check for virtual method pointers
base = asCALL_THISCALL;
isMethod = true;
}
else if (base == asCALL_GENERIC)
{
internal->callConv = ICC_GENERIC_FUNC;
// The auxiliary object is optional for generic calling convention
internal->auxiliary = auxiliary;
}
else
return asNOT_SUPPORTED;
}
if( isMethod )
{
#ifndef AS_NO_CLASS_METHODS
if( base == asCALL_THISCALL || base == asCALL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST || base == asCALL_THISCALL_OBJLAST )
{
internalCallConv thisCallConv;
if( base == asCALL_THISCALL )
{
if(callConv != asCALL_THISCALL_ASGLOBAL && auxiliary)
return asINVALID_ARG;
thisCallConv = ICC_THISCALL;
}
else
{
#ifdef AS_NO_THISCALL_FUNCTOR_METHOD
return asNOT_SUPPORTED;
#else
if(auxiliary == 0)
return asINVALID_ARG;
internal->auxiliary = auxiliary;
if( base == asCALL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST )
thisCallConv = ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST;
else //if( base == asCALL_THISCALL_OBJLAST )
thisCallConv = ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST;
#endif
}
internal->callConv = thisCallConv;
#ifdef GNU_STYLE_VIRTUAL_METHOD
if( (size_t(ptr.ptr.f.func) & 1) )
internal->callConv = (internalCallConv)(thisCallConv + 2);
#endif
internal->baseOffset = ( int )MULTI_BASE_OFFSET(ptr);
#if (defined(AS_ARM) || defined(AS_MIPS)) && (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(AS_PSVITA))
// As the least significant bit in func is used to switch to THUMB mode
// on ARM processors, the LSB in the __delta variable is used instead of
// the one in __pfn on ARM processors.
// MIPS also appear to use the base offset to indicate virtual method.
if( (size_t(internal->baseOffset) & 1) )
internal->callConv = (internalCallConv)(thisCallConv + 2);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_VIRTUAL_BASE_OFFSET
// We don't support virtual inheritance
if( VIRTUAL_BASE_OFFSET(ptr) != 0 )
return asNOT_SUPPORTED;
#endif
}
else
#endif
if( base == asCALL_CDECL_OBJLAST )
internal->callConv = ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST;
else if( base == asCALL_CDECL_OBJFIRST )
internal->callConv = ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST;
else if (base == asCALL_GENERIC)
{
internal->callConv = ICC_GENERIC_METHOD;
internal->auxiliary = auxiliary;
}
else
return asNOT_SUPPORTED;
}
return 0;
}
// This function should prepare system functions so that it will be faster to call them
int PrepareSystemFunctionGeneric(asCScriptFunction *func, asSSystemFunctionInterface *internal, asCScriptEngine *engine)
{
asASSERT(internal->callConv == ICC_GENERIC_METHOD || internal->callConv == ICC_GENERIC_FUNC);
// Calculate the size needed for the parameters
internal->paramSize = func->GetSpaceNeededForArguments();
// Prepare the clean up instructions for the function arguments
internal->cleanArgs.SetLength(0);
int offset = 0;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < func->parameterTypes.GetLength(); n++ )
{
asCDataType &dt = func->parameterTypes[n];
if( (dt.IsObject() || dt.IsFuncdef()) && !dt.IsReference() )
{
if (dt.IsFuncdef())
{
asSSystemFunctionInterface::SClean clean;
clean.op = 0; // call release
clean.ot = &engine->functionBehaviours;
clean.off = short(offset);
internal->cleanArgs.PushLast(clean);
}
else if( dt.GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_REF )
{
asSTypeBehaviour *beh = &CastToObjectType(dt.GetTypeInfo())->beh;
asASSERT( (dt.GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_NOCOUNT) || beh->release );
if( beh->release )
{
asSSystemFunctionInterface::SClean clean;
clean.op = 0; // call release
clean.ot = CastToObjectType(dt.GetTypeInfo());
clean.off = short(offset);
internal->cleanArgs.PushLast(clean);
}
}
else
{
asSSystemFunctionInterface::SClean clean;
clean.op = 1; // call free
clean.ot = CastToObjectType(dt.GetTypeInfo());
clean.off = short(offset);
// Call the destructor then free the memory
asSTypeBehaviour *beh = &CastToObjectType(dt.GetTypeInfo())->beh;
if( beh->destruct )
clean.op = 2; // call destruct, then free
internal->cleanArgs.PushLast(clean);
}
}
if( dt.IsObject() && !dt.IsObjectHandle() && !dt.IsReference() )
offset += AS_PTR_SIZE;
else
offset += dt.GetSizeOnStackDWords();
}
return 0;
}
// This function should prepare system functions so that it will be faster to call them
int PrepareSystemFunction(asCScriptFunction *func, asSSystemFunctionInterface *internal, asCScriptEngine *engine)
{
#ifdef AS_MAX_PORTABILITY
UNUSED_VAR(func);
UNUSED_VAR(internal);
UNUSED_VAR(engine);
// This should never happen, as when AS_MAX_PORTABILITY is on, all functions
// are asCALL_GENERIC, which are prepared by PrepareSystemFunctionGeneric
asASSERT(false);
#else
// References are always returned as primitive data
if( func->returnType.IsReference() || func->returnType.IsObjectHandle() )
{
internal->hostReturnInMemory = false;
internal->hostReturnSize = sizeof(void*)/4;
internal->hostReturnFloat = false;
}
// Registered types have special flags that determine how they are returned
else if( func->returnType.IsObject() )
{
asDWORD objType = func->returnType.GetTypeInfo()->flags;
// Only value types can be returned by value
asASSERT( objType & asOBJ_VALUE );
if( !(objType & (asOBJ_APP_CLASS | asOBJ_APP_PRIMITIVE | asOBJ_APP_FLOAT | asOBJ_APP_ARRAY)) )
{
// If the return is by value then we need to know the true type
engine->WriteMessage("", 0, 0, asMSGTYPE_INFORMATION, func->GetDeclarationStr().AddressOf());
asCString str;
str.Format(TXT_CANNOT_RET_TYPE_s_BY_VAL, func->returnType.GetTypeInfo()->name.AddressOf());
engine->WriteMessage("", 0, 0, asMSGTYPE_ERROR, str.AddressOf());
engine->ConfigError(asINVALID_CONFIGURATION, 0, 0, 0);
}
else if( objType & asOBJ_APP_ARRAY )
{
// Array types are always returned in memory
internal->hostReturnInMemory = true;
internal->hostReturnSize = sizeof(void*)/4;
internal->hostReturnFloat = false;
}
else if( objType & asOBJ_APP_CLASS )
{
internal->hostReturnFloat = false;
if( objType & COMPLEX_RETURN_MASK )
{
internal->hostReturnInMemory = true;
internal->hostReturnSize = sizeof(void*)/4;
}
else
{
#ifdef HAS_128_BIT_PRIMITIVES
if( func->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords() > 4 )
#else
if( func->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords() > 2 )
#endif
{
internal->hostReturnInMemory = true;
internal->hostReturnSize = sizeof(void*)/4;
}
else
{
internal->hostReturnInMemory = false;
internal->hostReturnSize = func->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
#ifdef SPLIT_OBJS_BY_MEMBER_TYPES
if( func->returnType.GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_APP_CLASS_ALLFLOATS )
internal->hostReturnFloat = true;
#endif
}
#ifdef THISCALL_RETURN_SIMPLE_IN_MEMORY
if((internal->callConv == ICC_THISCALL ||
#ifdef AS_NO_THISCALL_FUNCTOR_METHOD
internal->callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL) &&
#else
internal->callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL ||
internal->callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST ||
internal->callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST) &&
#endif
func->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords() >= THISCALL_RETURN_SIMPLE_IN_MEMORY_MIN_SIZE)
{
internal->hostReturnInMemory = true;
internal->hostReturnSize = sizeof(void*)/4;
}
#endif
#ifdef CDECL_RETURN_SIMPLE_IN_MEMORY
if((internal->callConv == ICC_CDECL ||
internal->callConv == ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST ||
internal->callConv == ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST) &&
func->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords() >= CDECL_RETURN_SIMPLE_IN_MEMORY_MIN_SIZE)
{
internal->hostReturnInMemory = true;
internal->hostReturnSize = sizeof(void*)/4;
}
#endif
#ifdef STDCALL_RETURN_SIMPLE_IN_MEMORY
if( internal->callConv == ICC_STDCALL &&
func->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords() >= STDCALL_RETURN_SIMPLE_IN_MEMORY_MIN_SIZE)
{
internal->hostReturnInMemory = true;
internal->hostReturnSize = sizeof(void*)/4;
}
#endif
}
#ifdef SPLIT_OBJS_BY_MEMBER_TYPES
// It's not safe to return objects by value because different registers
// will be used depending on the memory layout of the object.
// Ref: http://www.x86-64.org/documentation/abi.pdf
// Ref: http://www.agner.org/optimize/calling_conventions.pdf
// If the application informs that the class should be treated as all integers, then we allow it
if( !internal->hostReturnInMemory &&
!(func->returnType.GetTypeInfo()->flags & (asOBJ_APP_CLASS_ALLINTS | asOBJ_APP_CLASS_ALLFLOATS)) )
{
engine->WriteMessage("", 0, 0, asMSGTYPE_INFORMATION, func->GetDeclarationStr().AddressOf());
asCString str;
str.Format(TXT_DONT_SUPPORT_RET_TYPE_s_BY_VAL, func->returnType.Format(func->nameSpace).AddressOf());
engine->WriteMessage("", 0, 0, asMSGTYPE_ERROR, str.AddressOf());
engine->ConfigError(asINVALID_CONFIGURATION, 0, 0, 0);
}
#endif
}
else if( objType & asOBJ_APP_PRIMITIVE )
{
internal->hostReturnInMemory = false;
internal->hostReturnSize = func->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
internal->hostReturnFloat = false;
}
else if( objType & asOBJ_APP_FLOAT )
{
internal->hostReturnInMemory = false;
internal->hostReturnSize = func->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
internal->hostReturnFloat = true;
}
}
// Primitive types can easily be determined
#ifdef HAS_128_BIT_PRIMITIVES
else if( func->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords() > 4 )
{
// Shouldn't be possible to get here
asASSERT(false);
}
else if( func->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords() == 4 )
{
internal->hostReturnInMemory = false;
internal->hostReturnSize = 4;
internal->hostReturnFloat = false;
}
#else
else if( func->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords() > 2 )
{
// Shouldn't be possible to get here
asASSERT(false);
}
#endif
else if( func->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords() == 2 )
{
internal->hostReturnInMemory = false;
internal->hostReturnSize = 2;
internal->hostReturnFloat = func->returnType.IsEqualExceptConst(asCDataType::CreatePrimitive(ttDouble, true));
}
else if( func->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords() == 1 )
{
internal->hostReturnInMemory = false;
internal->hostReturnSize = 1;
internal->hostReturnFloat = func->returnType.IsEqualExceptConst(asCDataType::CreatePrimitive(ttFloat, true));
}
else
{
internal->hostReturnInMemory = false;
internal->hostReturnSize = 0;
internal->hostReturnFloat = false;
}
// Calculate the size needed for the parameters
internal->paramSize = func->GetSpaceNeededForArguments();
// Verify if the function takes any objects by value
asUINT n;
internal->takesObjByVal = false;
for( n = 0; n < func->parameterTypes.GetLength(); n++ )
{
if( func->parameterTypes[n].IsObject() && !func->parameterTypes[n].IsObjectHandle() && !func->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() )
{
internal->takesObjByVal = true;
// Can't pass objects by value unless the application type is informed
if( !(func->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->flags & (asOBJ_APP_CLASS | asOBJ_APP_PRIMITIVE | asOBJ_APP_FLOAT | asOBJ_APP_ARRAY)) )
{
engine->WriteMessage("", 0, 0, asMSGTYPE_INFORMATION, func->GetDeclarationStr().AddressOf());
asCString str;
str.Format(TXT_CANNOT_PASS_TYPE_s_BY_VAL, func->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->name.AddressOf());
engine->WriteMessage("", 0, 0, asMSGTYPE_ERROR, str.AddressOf());
engine->ConfigError(asINVALID_CONFIGURATION, 0, 0, 0);
}
#ifdef SPLIT_OBJS_BY_MEMBER_TYPES
// It's not safe to pass objects by value because different registers
// will be used depending on the memory layout of the object
// Ref: http://www.x86-64.org/documentation/abi.pdf
// Ref: http://www.agner.org/optimize/calling_conventions.pdf
if(
#ifdef COMPLEX_OBJS_PASSED_BY_REF
!(func->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->flags & COMPLEX_MASK) &&
#endif
#ifdef LARGE_OBJS_PASS_BY_REF
func->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords() < AS_LARGE_OBJ_MIN_SIZE &&
#endif
!(func->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->flags & (asOBJ_APP_PRIMITIVE | asOBJ_APP_FLOAT | asOBJ_APP_CLASS_ALLINTS | asOBJ_APP_CLASS_ALLFLOATS)) )
{
engine->WriteMessage("", 0, 0, asMSGTYPE_INFORMATION, func->GetDeclarationStr().AddressOf());
asCString str;
str.Format(TXT_DONT_SUPPORT_TYPE_s_BY_VAL, func->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->name.AddressOf());
engine->WriteMessage("", 0, 0, asMSGTYPE_ERROR, str.AddressOf());
engine->ConfigError(asINVALID_CONFIGURATION, 0, 0, 0);
}
#endif
break;
}
}
// Prepare the clean up instructions for the function arguments
internal->cleanArgs.SetLength(0);
int offset = 0;
for( n = 0; n < func->parameterTypes.GetLength(); n++ )
{
asCDataType &dt = func->parameterTypes[n];
#if defined(COMPLEX_OBJS_PASSED_BY_REF) || defined(AS_LARGE_OBJS_PASSED_BY_REF)
bool needFree = false;
#ifdef COMPLEX_OBJS_PASSED_BY_REF
if( dt.GetTypeInfo() && dt.GetTypeInfo()->flags & COMPLEX_MASK ) needFree = true;
#endif
#ifdef AS_LARGE_OBJS_PASSED_BY_REF
if( dt.GetSizeInMemoryDWords() >= AS_LARGE_OBJ_MIN_SIZE ) needFree = true;
#endif
if( needFree &&
dt.IsObject() &&
!dt.IsObjectHandle() &&
!dt.IsReference() )
{
asSSystemFunctionInterface::SClean clean;
clean.op = 1; // call free
clean.ot = CastToObjectType(dt.GetTypeInfo());
clean.off = short(offset);
#ifndef AS_CALLEE_DESTROY_OBJ_BY_VAL
// If the called function doesn't destroy objects passed by value we must do so here
asSTypeBehaviour *beh = &CastToObjectType(dt.GetTypeInfo())->beh;
if( beh->destruct )
clean.op = 2; // call destruct, then free
#endif
internal->cleanArgs.PushLast(clean);
}
#endif
if( n < internal->paramAutoHandles.GetLength() && internal->paramAutoHandles[n] )
{
asSSystemFunctionInterface::SClean clean;
clean.op = 0; // call release
if (dt.IsFuncdef())
clean.ot = &engine->functionBehaviours;
else
clean.ot = CastToObjectType(dt.GetTypeInfo());
clean.off = short(offset);
internal->cleanArgs.PushLast(clean);
}
if( dt.IsObject() && !dt.IsObjectHandle() && !dt.IsReference() )
offset += AS_PTR_SIZE;
else
offset += dt.GetSizeOnStackDWords();
}
#endif // !defined(AS_MAX_PORTABILITY)
return 0;
}
#ifdef AS_MAX_PORTABILITY
int CallSystemFunction(int id, asCContext *context)
{
asCScriptEngine *engine = context->m_engine;
asCScriptFunction *func = engine->scriptFunctions[id];
asSSystemFunctionInterface *sysFunc = func->sysFuncIntf;
int callConv = sysFunc->callConv;
if( callConv == ICC_GENERIC_FUNC || callConv == ICC_GENERIC_METHOD )
return context->CallGeneric(func);
context->SetInternalException(TXT_INVALID_CALLING_CONVENTION);
return 0;
}
#else
//
// CallSystemFunctionNative
//
// This function is implemented for each platform where the native calling conventions is supported.
// See the various as_callfunc_xxx.cpp files for their implementation. It is responsible for preparing
// the arguments for the function call, calling the function, and then retrieving the return value.
//
// Parameters:
//
// context - This is the context that can be used to retrieve specific information from the engine
// descr - This is the script function object that holds the information on how to call the function
// obj - This is the object pointer, if the call is for a class method, otherwise it is null
// args - This is the function arguments, which are packed as in AngelScript
// retPointer - This points to a the memory buffer where the return object is to be placed, if the function returns the value in memory rather than in registers
// retQW2 - This output parameter should be used if the function returns a value larger than 64bits in registers
// secondObj - This is the object pointer that the proxy method should invoke its method on when the call convention is THISCALL_OBJFIRST/LAST
//
// Return value:
//
// The function should return the value that is returned in registers.
asQWORD CallSystemFunctionNative(asCContext *context, asCScriptFunction *descr, void *obj, asDWORD *args, void *retPointer, asQWORD &retQW2, void *secondObj);
int CallSystemFunction(int id, asCContext *context)
{
asCScriptEngine *engine = context->m_engine;
asCScriptFunction *descr = engine->scriptFunctions[id];
asSSystemFunctionInterface *sysFunc = descr->sysFuncIntf;
int callConv = sysFunc->callConv;
if( callConv == ICC_GENERIC_FUNC || callConv == ICC_GENERIC_METHOD )
return context->CallGeneric(descr);
asQWORD retQW = 0;
asQWORD retQW2 = 0;
asDWORD *args = context->m_regs.stackPointer;
void *retPointer = 0;
int popSize = sysFunc->paramSize;
#ifdef AS_NO_THISCALL_FUNCTOR_METHOD
void *obj = 0;
void *secondObj = 0;
if( callConv >= ICC_THISCALL )
{
if(sysFunc->auxiliary)
{
// This class method is being called as if it is a global function
obj = sysFunc->auxiliary;
}
else
{
// The object pointer should be popped from the context stack
popSize += AS_PTR_SIZE;
// Check for null pointer
obj = (void*)*(asPWORD*)(args);
if( obj == 0 )
{
context->SetInternalException(TXT_NULL_POINTER_ACCESS);
return 0;
}
// Add the base offset for multiple inheritance
#if (defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(AS_ARM) || defined(AS_MIPS))) || defined(AS_PSVITA)
// On GNUC + ARM the lsb of the offset is used to indicate a virtual function
// and the whole offset is thus shifted one bit left to keep the original
// offset resolution
// MIPS also work like ARM in this regard
obj = (void*)(asPWORD(obj) + (sysFunc->baseOffset>>1));
#else
obj = (void*)(asPWORD(obj) + sysFunc->baseOffset);
#endif
// Skip the object pointer
args += AS_PTR_SIZE;
}
}
#else
// TODO: clean-up: CallSystemFunctionNative should have two arguments for object pointers
// objForThiscall is the object pointer that should be used for the thiscall
// objForArg is the object pointer that should be passed as argument when using OBJFIRST or OBJLAST
// Used to save two object pointers with THISCALL_OBJLAST or THISCALL_OBJFIRST
void *obj = 0;
void *secondObj = 0;
if( callConv >= ICC_THISCALL )
{
bool continueCheck = true; // True if need check objectPointer or context stack for object
int continueCheckIndex = 0; // Index into objectsPtrs to save the object if continueCheck
if( callConv >= ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST )
{
asASSERT( sysFunc->auxiliary != 0 );
// This class method is being called as object method (sysFunc->auxiliary must be set).
obj = sysFunc->auxiliary;
continueCheckIndex = 1;
}
else if(sysFunc->auxiliary)
{
// This class method is being called as if it is a global function
obj = sysFunc->auxiliary;
continueCheck = false;
}
if( continueCheck )
{
void *tempPtr = 0;
// The object pointer should be popped from the context stack
popSize += AS_PTR_SIZE;
// Check for null pointer
tempPtr = (void*)*(asPWORD*)(args);
if( tempPtr == 0 )
{
context->SetInternalException(TXT_NULL_POINTER_ACCESS);
return 0;
}
// Add the base offset for multiple inheritance
#if (defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(AS_ARM) || defined(AS_MIPS))) || defined(AS_PSVITA)
// On GNUC + ARM the lsb of the offset is used to indicate a virtual function
// and the whole offset is thus shifted one bit left to keep the original
// offset resolution
// MIPS also work like ARM in this regard
tempPtr = (void*)(asPWORD(tempPtr) + (sysFunc->baseOffset>>1));
#else
tempPtr = (void*)(asPWORD(tempPtr) + sysFunc->baseOffset);
#endif
// Skip the object pointer
args += AS_PTR_SIZE;
if( continueCheckIndex )
secondObj = tempPtr;
else
{
asASSERT( obj == 0 );
obj = tempPtr;
}
}
}
#endif // AS_NO_THISCALL_FUNCTOR_METHOD
if( descr->DoesReturnOnStack() )
{
// Get the address of the location for the return value from the stack
retPointer = (void*)*(asPWORD*)(args);
popSize += AS_PTR_SIZE;
args += AS_PTR_SIZE;
// When returning the value on the location allocated by the called
// we shouldn't set the object type in the register
context->m_regs.objectType = 0;
}
else
{
// Set the object type of the reference held in the register
context->m_regs.objectType = descr->returnType.GetTypeInfo();
}
context->m_callingSystemFunction = descr;
bool cppException = false;
#ifdef AS_NO_EXCEPTIONS
retQW = CallSystemFunctionNative(context, descr, obj, args, sysFunc->hostReturnInMemory ? retPointer : 0, retQW2, secondObj);
#else
// This try/catch block is to catch potential exception that may
// be thrown by the registered function. The implementation of the
// CallSystemFunctionNative() must make sure not to have any manual
// clean-up after the call to the real function, or that won't be
// executed in case of an exception.
try
{
retQW = CallSystemFunctionNative(context, descr, obj, args, sysFunc->hostReturnInMemory ? retPointer : 0, retQW2, secondObj);
}
catch(...)
{
cppException = true;
// Convert the exception to a script exception so the VM can
// properly report the error to the application and then clean up
context->SetException(TXT_EXCEPTION_CAUGHT);
}
#endif
context->m_callingSystemFunction = 0;
// Store the returned value in our stack
if( (descr->returnType.IsObject() || descr->returnType.IsFuncdef()) && !descr->returnType.IsReference() )
{
if( descr->returnType.IsObjectHandle() )
{
#if defined(AS_BIG_ENDIAN) && AS_PTR_SIZE == 1
// Since we're treating the system function as if it is returning a QWORD we are
// actually receiving the value in the high DWORD of retQW.
retQW >>= 32;
#endif
context->m_regs.objectRegister = (void*)(asPWORD)retQW;
if( sysFunc->returnAutoHandle && context->m_regs.objectRegister )
{
asASSERT( !(descr->returnType.GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_NOCOUNT) );
engine->CallObjectMethod(context->m_regs.objectRegister, CastToObjectType(descr->returnType.GetTypeInfo())->beh.addref);
}
}
else
{
asASSERT( retPointer );
if( !sysFunc->hostReturnInMemory )
{
// Copy the returned value to the pointer sent by the script engine
if( sysFunc->hostReturnSize == 1 )
{
#if defined(AS_BIG_ENDIAN) && AS_PTR_SIZE == 1
// Since we're treating the system function as if it is returning a QWORD we are
// actually receiving the value in the high DWORD of retQW.
retQW >>= 32;
#endif
*(asDWORD*)retPointer = (asDWORD)retQW;
}
else if( sysFunc->hostReturnSize == 2 )
*(asQWORD*)retPointer = retQW;
else if( sysFunc->hostReturnSize == 3 )
{
*(asQWORD*)retPointer = retQW;
*(((asDWORD*)retPointer) + 2) = (asDWORD)retQW2;
}
else // if( sysFunc->hostReturnSize == 4 )
{
*(asQWORD*)retPointer = retQW;
*(((asQWORD*)retPointer) + 1) = retQW2;
}
}
if( context->m_status == asEXECUTION_EXCEPTION && !cppException )
{
// If the function raised a script exception it really shouldn't have
// initialized the object. However, as it is a soft exception there is
// no way for the application to not return a value, so instead we simply
// destroy it here, to pretend it was never created.
if(CastToObjectType(descr->returnType.GetTypeInfo())->beh.destruct )
engine->CallObjectMethod(retPointer, CastToObjectType(descr->returnType.GetTypeInfo())->beh.destruct);
}
}
}
else
{
// Store value in value register
if( sysFunc->hostReturnSize == 1 )
{
#if defined(AS_BIG_ENDIAN)
// Since we're treating the system function as if it is returning a QWORD we are
// actually receiving the value in the high DWORD of retQW.
retQW >>= 32;
// Due to endian issues we need to handle return values that are
// less than a DWORD (32 bits) in size specially
int numBytes = descr->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryBytes();
if( descr->returnType.IsReference() ) numBytes = 4;
switch( numBytes )
{
case 1:
{
// 8 bits
asBYTE *val = (asBYTE*)&context->m_regs.valueRegister;
val[0] = (asBYTE)retQW;
val[1] = 0;
val[2] = 0;
val[3] = 0;
val[4] = 0;
val[5] = 0;
val[6] = 0;
val[7] = 0;
}
break;
case 2:
{
// 16 bits
asWORD *val = (asWORD*)&context->m_regs.valueRegister;
val[0] = (asWORD)retQW;
val[1] = 0;
val[2] = 0;
val[3] = 0;
}
break;
default:
{
// 32 bits
asDWORD *val = (asDWORD*)&context->m_regs.valueRegister;
val[0] = (asDWORD)retQW;
val[1] = 0;
}
break;
}
#else
*(asDWORD*)&context->m_regs.valueRegister = (asDWORD)retQW;
#endif
}
else
context->m_regs.valueRegister = retQW;
}
// Clean up arguments
const asUINT cleanCount = sysFunc->cleanArgs.GetLength();
if( cleanCount )
{
args = context->m_regs.stackPointer;
// Skip the hidden argument for the return pointer
// TODO: runtime optimize: This check and increment should have been done in PrepareSystemFunction
if( descr->DoesReturnOnStack() )
args += AS_PTR_SIZE;
// Skip the object pointer on the stack
// TODO: runtime optimize: This check and increment should have been done in PrepareSystemFunction
if( callConv >= ICC_THISCALL && sysFunc->auxiliary == 0 )
args += AS_PTR_SIZE;
asSSystemFunctionInterface::SClean *clean = sysFunc->cleanArgs.AddressOf();
for( asUINT n = 0; n < cleanCount; n++, clean++ )
{
void **addr = (void**)&args[clean->off];
if( clean->op == 0 )
{
if( *addr != 0 )
{
engine->CallObjectMethod(*addr, clean->ot->beh.release);
*addr = 0;
}
}
else
{
asASSERT( clean->op == 1 || clean->op == 2 );
asASSERT( *addr );
if( clean->op == 2 )
engine->CallObjectMethod(*addr, clean->ot->beh.destruct);
engine->CallFree(*addr);
}
}
}
return popSize;
}
#endif // AS_MAX_PORTABILITY
END_AS_NAMESPACE

665
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_callfunc_arm.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,665 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_callfunc_arm.cpp
//
// These functions handle the actual calling of system functions on the arm platform
//
// Written by Fredrik Ehnbom in June 2009, based on as_callfunc_x86.cpp
//
// The code was complemented to support Linux with ARM by Carlos Luna in December, 2012.
//
// Added support for functor methods by Jordi Oliveras Rovira in April, 2014.
// This code has to conform to both AAPCS and the modified ABI for iOS
//
// Reference:
//
// AAPCS: http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.ihi0042d/IHI0042D_aapcs.pdf
// iOS: http://developer.apple.com/library/ios/documentation/Xcode/Conceptual/iPhoneOSABIReference/iPhoneOSABIReference.pdf
#include "as_config.h"
#ifndef AS_MAX_PORTABILITY
#ifdef AS_ARM
#include "as_callfunc.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
#include "as_texts.h"
#include "as_tokendef.h"
#include "as_context.h"
#if defined(AS_SOFTFP)
// This code supports the soft-float ABI, i.e. g++ -mfloat-abi=softfp
//
// The code for iOS, Android, Marmalade and Windows Phone goes here
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
extern "C" asQWORD armFunc (const asDWORD *, int, asFUNCTION_t);
extern "C" asQWORD armFuncR0 (const asDWORD *, int, asFUNCTION_t, asDWORD r0);
extern "C" asQWORD armFuncR0R1 (const asDWORD *, int, asFUNCTION_t, asDWORD r0, asDWORD r1);
extern "C" asQWORD armFuncObjLast (const asDWORD *, int, asFUNCTION_t, asDWORD obj);
extern "C" asQWORD armFuncR0ObjLast (const asDWORD *, int, asFUNCTION_t, asDWORD r0, asDWORD obj);
asQWORD CallSystemFunctionNative(asCContext *context, asCScriptFunction *descr, void *obj, asDWORD *args, void *retPointer, asQWORD &/*retQW2*/, void *secondObject)
{
asCScriptEngine *engine = context->m_engine;
asSSystemFunctionInterface *sysFunc = descr->sysFuncIntf;
int callConv = sysFunc->callConv;
asQWORD retQW = 0;
asFUNCTION_t func = sysFunc->func;
int paramSize = sysFunc->paramSize;
asFUNCTION_t *vftable;
if( sysFunc->hostReturnInMemory )
{
// The return is made in memory
callConv++;
}
bool isThisCallMethod = callConv >= ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST;
asDWORD paramBuffer[64+2];
// Android & Linux needs to align 64bit types on even registers, but this isn't done on iOS or Windows Phone
// TODO: optimize runtime: There should be a check for this in PrepareSystemFunction() so this
// doesn't have to be done for functions that don't have any 64bit types
#if !defined(AS_ANDROID) && !defined(AS_LINUX)
// In cases of thiscall methods, the callstack is configured as a standard thiscall
// adding the secondObject as first or last element in callstack
if( sysFunc->takesObjByVal || isThisCallMethod )
#endif
{
#if defined(AS_ANDROID) || defined(AS_LINUX)
// mask is used as a toggler to skip uneven registers.
int mask = 1;
if( isThisCallMethod )
{
mask = 0;
}
else
{
// Check for object pointer as first argument
switch( callConv )
{
case ICC_THISCALL:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL:
case ICC_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
mask = 0;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
// Check for hidden address in case of return by value
if( sysFunc->hostReturnInMemory )
mask = !mask;
#endif
paramSize = 0;
int spos = 0;
int dpos = 2;
if( isThisCallMethod && (callConv >= ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST &&
callConv <= ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM) )
{
// Add the object pointer as the first parameter
paramBuffer[dpos++] = (asDWORD)secondObject;
paramSize++;
}
for( asUINT n = 0; n < descr->parameterTypes.GetLength(); n++ )
{
// TODO: runtime optimize: Declare a reference to descr->parameterTypes[n] so the array doesn't have to be access all the time
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObject() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObjectHandle() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() )
{
#ifdef COMPLEX_OBJS_PASSED_BY_REF
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->flags & COMPLEX_MASK )
{
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
paramSize++;
}
else
#endif
{
#if defined(AS_ANDROID) || defined(AS_LINUX)
if( (descr->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_APP_CLASS_ALIGN8) &&
((dpos & 1) == mask) )
{
// 64 bit value align
dpos++;
paramSize++;
}
#endif
// Copy the object's memory to the buffer
memcpy(&paramBuffer[dpos], *(void**)(args+spos), descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryBytes());
// Delete the original memory
engine->CallFree(*(char**)(args+spos));
spos++;
dpos += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
paramSize += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
}
}
else
{
#if defined(AS_ANDROID) || defined(AS_LINUX)
// Should an alignment be performed?
if( !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObjectHandle() &&
!descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() &&
descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords() == 2 &&
((dpos & 1) == mask) )
{
// 64 bit value align
dpos++;
paramSize++;
}
#endif
// Copy the value directly
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords() > 1 )
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
paramSize += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
}
}
if( isThisCallMethod && (callConv >= ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST &&
callConv <= ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM) )
{
// Add the object pointer as the last parameter
paramBuffer[dpos++] = (asDWORD)secondObject;
paramSize++;
}
// Keep a free location at the beginning
args = &paramBuffer[2];
}
switch( callConv )
{
case ICC_CDECL_RETURNINMEM: // fall through
case ICC_STDCALL_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = armFuncR0(args, paramSize<<2, func, (asDWORD)retPointer);
break;
case ICC_CDECL: // fall through
case ICC_STDCALL:
retQW = armFunc(args, paramSize<<2, func);
break;
case ICC_THISCALL: // fall through
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST:
retQW = armFuncR0(args, paramSize<<2, func, (asDWORD)obj);
break;
case ICC_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
#ifdef __GNUC__
// On GNUC the address where the return value will be placed should be put in R0
retQW = armFuncR0R1(args, paramSize<<2, func, (asDWORD)retPointer, (asDWORD)obj);
#else
// On Windows the R0 should always hold the object pointer, and the address for the return value comes after
retQW = armFuncR0R1(args, paramSize<<2, func, (asDWORD)obj, (asDWORD)retPointer);
#endif
break;
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = armFuncR0R1(args, paramSize<<2, func, (asDWORD)retPointer, (asDWORD)obj);
break;
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST:
// Get virtual function table from the object pointer
vftable = *(asFUNCTION_t**)obj;
retQW = armFuncR0(args, paramSize<<2, vftable[FuncPtrToUInt(func)>>2], (asDWORD)obj);
break;
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
// Get virtual function table from the object pointer
vftable = *(asFUNCTION_t**)obj;
#ifdef __GNUC__
// On GNUC the address where the return value will be placed should be put in R0
retQW = armFuncR0R1(args, (paramSize+1)<<2, vftable[FuncPtrToUInt(func)>>2], (asDWORD)retPointer, (asDWORD)obj);
#else
// On Windows the R0 should always hold the object pointer, and the address for the return value comes after
retQW = armFuncR0R1(args, (paramSize+1)<<2, vftable[FuncPtrToUInt(func)>>2], (asDWORD)obj, (asDWORD)retPointer);
#endif
break;
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST:
retQW = armFuncObjLast(args, paramSize<<2, func, (asDWORD)obj);
break;
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = armFuncR0ObjLast(args, paramSize<<2, func, (asDWORD)retPointer, (asDWORD)obj);
break;
default:
context->SetInternalException(TXT_INVALID_CALLING_CONVENTION);
}
return retQW;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#elif !defined(AS_SOFTFP)
// This code supports the hard-float ABI, i.e. g++ -mfloat-abi=hard
// The main difference is that the floating point values are passed in the fpu registers
#define VFP_OFFSET 70
#define STACK_OFFSET 6
#define PARAM_BUFFER_SIZE 104
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
extern "C" asQWORD armFunc (const asDWORD *, int, asFUNCTION_t);
extern "C" asQWORD armFuncR0 (const asDWORD *, int, asFUNCTION_t, asDWORD r0);
extern "C" asQWORD armFuncR0R1 (const asDWORD *, int, asFUNCTION_t, asDWORD r0, asDWORD r1);
extern "C" asQWORD armFuncObjLast (const asDWORD *, int, asFUNCTION_t, asDWORD obj);
extern "C" asQWORD armFuncR0ObjLast (const asDWORD *, int, asFUNCTION_t, asDWORD r0, asDWORD obj);
asQWORD CallSystemFunctionNative(asCContext *context, asCScriptFunction *descr, void *obj, asDWORD *args, void *retPointer, asQWORD &/*retQW2*/, void *secondObject)
{
asCScriptEngine *engine = context->m_engine;
asSSystemFunctionInterface *sysFunc = descr->sysFuncIntf;
int callConv = sysFunc->callConv;
asQWORD retQW = 0;
asFUNCTION_t func = sysFunc->func;
int paramSize = sysFunc->paramSize;
asFUNCTION_t *vftable;
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- RPi
int freeFloatSlot = VFP_OFFSET;
int freeDoubleSlot = VFP_OFFSET;
int stackPos = STACK_OFFSET;
int stackSize = 0;
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- RPi
// We´ll divide paramBuffer into several segments:
//
// 0-1 Unused
// 2-5 (+8 / +0 asm) values that should be placed in R0 - R3
// 6-67 (+24 / +16 asm) values that should be placed on the stack
// 68 (+272 / +264 asm) number of values stored in r registers (R0 - R3)
// 69 (+276 / +268 asm) number of args stored on the stack
// 70-85 (+280 / +272 asm) values that should be placed in VFP registers (16)
// 86-87 (+344 / +336 asm) sp original value - sp final value - for debugging
// 88-103 (+352 / +344 asm) Check area for free-used VFP registers
//
// Total number of elements: 104
//
// When passing the paramBuffer to the asm routines via the args pointer we are
// offsetting the start of the array to being at element # 2. That´s why in asm
// all addresses must have an offset of -2 words (-8 bytes).
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- RPi
asDWORD paramBuffer[PARAM_BUFFER_SIZE];
memset(paramBuffer, 0, sizeof(asDWORD) * PARAM_BUFFER_SIZE);
if( sysFunc->hostReturnInMemory )
{
// TODO: runtime optimize: This check should be done in PrepareSystemFunction
if ( !( descr->returnType.GetTypeInfo()->flags & COMPLEX_RETURN_MASK ) &&
( descr->returnType.GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_APP_CLASS_ALLFLOATS ) &&
descr->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryBytes() <= 8 )
callConv--;
// The return is made in memory
callConv++;
}
bool isThisCallMethod = callConv >= ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST;
// Linux needs to align 64bit types on even registers, but this isn't done on iOS or Windows Phone
// TODO: optimize runtime: There should be a check for this in PrepareSystemFunction() so this
// doesn't have to be done for functions that don't have any 64bit types
{
// mask is used as a toggler to skip uneven registers.
int mask = 1;
if( isThisCallMethod )
{
mask = 0;
}
else
{
// Check for object pointer as first argument
switch( callConv )
{
case ICC_THISCALL:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL:
case ICC_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
mask = 0;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
// Check for hidden address in case of return by value
if( sysFunc->hostReturnInMemory )
mask = !mask;
paramSize = 0;
int spos = 0;
int dpos = 2;
if( isThisCallMethod && (callConv >= ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST &&
callConv <= ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM) )
{
// Add the object pointer as the first parameter
paramBuffer[dpos++] = (asDWORD)secondObject;
paramSize++;
}
for( asUINT n = 0; n < descr->parameterTypes.GetLength(); n++ )
{
// TODO: runtime optimize: Declare a reference to descr->parameterTypes[n] so the array doesn't have to be access all the time
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObject() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObjectHandle() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() &&
!(descr->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_APP_ARRAY) )
{
#ifdef COMPLEX_OBJS_PASSED_BY_REF
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->flags & COMPLEX_MASK )
{
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
paramSize++;
}
else
#endif
{
if( (descr->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_APP_CLASS_ALIGN8) )
{
if ( (dpos & 1) == mask )
{
// 64 bit value align
dpos++;
paramSize++;
}
if ( (stackPos & 1) == mask )
{
// 64 bit value align
stackPos++;
stackSize++;
}
}
// Copy the object's memory to the buffer
if (descr->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_APP_CLASS_ALLFLOATS)
{
int target = (freeFloatSlot > freeDoubleSlot) ? freeFloatSlot : freeDoubleSlot;
if ( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords() <= ( (VFP_OFFSET + 16) - target) )
{
memcpy(&paramBuffer[target], *(void**)(args+spos), descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryBytes());
memset(&paramBuffer[target + 18], (asDWORD)1, descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords());
target += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
freeFloatSlot = freeDoubleSlot = target;
}
else
{
memcpy(&paramBuffer[stackPos], *(void**)(args+spos), descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryBytes());
stackPos += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
stackSize += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
}
}
else
{
memcpy(&paramBuffer[dpos], *(void**)(args+spos), descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryBytes());
dpos += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
paramSize += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
}
// Delete the original memory
engine->CallFree(*(char**)(args+spos));
spos++;
}
continue;
}
else if( descr->parameterTypes[n].IsFloatType() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() )
{
// Are there any "s" registers available?
if ( freeFloatSlot < (VFP_OFFSET + 16) )
{
if (freeFloatSlot == freeDoubleSlot)
freeDoubleSlot += 2;
paramBuffer[freeFloatSlot + 18] = (asDWORD)1;
paramBuffer[freeFloatSlot++] = args[spos++];
while(freeFloatSlot < (VFP_OFFSET + 16) && paramBuffer[freeFloatSlot + 18] != 0)
freeFloatSlot++;
}
// If not, then store the float arg in the stack area
else
{
paramBuffer[stackPos++] = args[spos++];
stackSize++;
}
continue;
}
else if( descr->parameterTypes[n].IsDoubleType() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() )
{
// Are there any "d" registers available?
if ( freeDoubleSlot < (VFP_OFFSET + 15) )
{
if (freeFloatSlot == freeDoubleSlot)
freeFloatSlot += 2;
// Copy two dwords for the double
paramBuffer[freeDoubleSlot + 18] = (asDWORD)1;
paramBuffer[freeDoubleSlot + 19] = (asDWORD)1;
paramBuffer[freeDoubleSlot++] = args[spos++];
paramBuffer[freeDoubleSlot++] = args[spos++];
while(freeDoubleSlot < (VFP_OFFSET + 15) && paramBuffer[freeDoubleSlot + 18] != 0)
freeDoubleSlot += 2;
}
// If not, then store the double arg in the stack area
else
{
if ( (stackPos & 1) == mask )
{
// 64 bit value align
stackPos++;
stackSize++;
}
paramBuffer[stackPos++] = args[spos++];
paramBuffer[stackPos++] = args[spos++];
stackSize += 2;
}
continue;
}
else
{
// Copy the value directly to "r" registers or the stack, checking for alignment
if (paramSize < 4)
{
// Should an alignment be performed?
if( (dpos & 1) == mask && descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords() == 2 &&
!descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObjectHandle() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() &&
!descr->parameterTypes[n].IsAnyType() )
{
// 64 bit value align
dpos++;
paramSize++;
}
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
paramSize += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
}
else
{
// Should an alignment be performed?
if( (stackPos & 1) == mask && descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords() == 2 &&
!descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObjectHandle() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() &&
!descr->parameterTypes[n].IsAnyType() )
{
// 64 bit value align
stackPos++;
stackSize++;
}
paramBuffer[stackPos++] = args[spos++];
stackSize += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
}
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords() > 1 )
{
if (paramSize < 5)
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
else
paramBuffer[stackPos++] = args[spos++];
}
}// else...
}// Loop
if( isThisCallMethod && (callConv >= ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST &&
callConv <= ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM) )
{
if (paramSize < 4)
{
paramBuffer[dpos++] = (asDWORD)secondObject;
paramSize++;
}
else
{
paramBuffer[stackPos++] = (asDWORD)secondObject;
stackSize++;
}
}
// Keep a free location at the beginning
args = &paramBuffer[2];
}
paramBuffer[69] = static_cast<asDWORD>(stackSize<<2);
switch( callConv )
{
case ICC_CDECL_RETURNINMEM: // fall through
case ICC_STDCALL_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = armFuncR0(args, paramSize<<2, func, (asDWORD)retPointer);
break;
case ICC_CDECL: // fall through
case ICC_STDCALL:
retQW = armFunc(args, paramSize<<2, func);
break;
case ICC_THISCALL: // fall through
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST:
retQW = armFuncR0(args, paramSize<<2, func, (asDWORD)obj);
break;
case ICC_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
// On GNUC the address where the return value will be placed should be put in R0
retQW = armFuncR0R1(args, paramSize<<2, func, (asDWORD)retPointer, (asDWORD)obj);
break;
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = armFuncR0R1(args, paramSize<<2, func, (asDWORD)retPointer, (asDWORD)obj);
break;
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST:
// Get virtual function table from the object pointer
vftable = *(asFUNCTION_t**)obj;
retQW = armFuncR0(args, paramSize<<2, vftable[FuncPtrToUInt(func)>>2], (asDWORD)obj);
break;
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
// Get virtual function table from the object pointer
vftable = *(asFUNCTION_t**)obj;
// On GNUC the address where the return value will be placed should be put in R0
retQW = armFuncR0R1(args, (paramSize+1)<<2, vftable[FuncPtrToUInt(func)>>2], (asDWORD)retPointer, (asDWORD)obj);
break;
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST:
retQW = armFuncObjLast(args, paramSize<<2, func, (asDWORD)obj);
break;
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = armFuncR0ObjLast(args, paramSize<<2, func, (asDWORD)retPointer, (asDWORD)obj);
break;
default:
context->SetInternalException(TXT_INVALID_CALLING_CONVENTION);
}
// On Linux with arm the float and double values are returns in the
// floating point registers, s0 and s1. Objects that contain only
// float types and are not considered complex are also returned in the
// floating point registers.
if( sysFunc->hostReturnFloat )
{
retQW = paramBuffer[VFP_OFFSET];
if ( sysFunc->hostReturnSize > 1 )
retQW = *( (asQWORD*)&paramBuffer[VFP_OFFSET] );
}
else if ( descr->returnType.IsObject() )
{
// TODO: runtime optimize: This should be identified with a flag determined in PrepareSystemFunction
if ( !descr->returnType.IsObjectHandle() &&
!descr->returnType.IsReference() &&
!(descr->returnType.GetTypeInfo()->flags & COMPLEX_RETURN_MASK) &&
(descr->returnType.GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_APP_CLASS_ALLFLOATS) )
memcpy( retPointer, &paramBuffer[VFP_OFFSET], descr->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryBytes() );
}
return retQW;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_LINUX
#endif // AS_ARM
#endif // AS_MAX_PORTABILITY

730
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_callfunc_arm_gcc.S vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,730 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
/*
Assembly routines for the ARM call convention
Written by Fredrik Ehnbom in June 2009
Adapted to GNUC by darktemplar216 in September 2009
Modified by Lasse Oorni for 8-byte stack alignment in May 2012
The assembler routines for Linux were written by Carlos Luna in December 2012
*/
#if !defined(AS_MAX_PORTABILITY)
#if defined(__arm__) || defined(__ARM__) || defined(I3D_ARCH_ARM)
#if !defined(__linux__) || defined(__ANDROID__) || defined(ANDROID) || defined(__SOFTFP__)
/* iOS, Android, Marmalade, and Linux with soft-float ABI goes here */
.global armFunc
.global armFuncR0
.global armFuncR0R1
.global armFuncObjLast
.global armFuncR0ObjLast
/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
armFunc:
stmdb sp!, {r4-r8, lr}
mov r6, r0 /* arg table */
movs r7, r1 /* arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments) */
mov r4, r2 /* function address */
mov r8, #0
beq nomoreargs
/* Load the first 4 arguments into r0-r3 */
cmp r7, #4
ldrge r0, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #2*4
ldrge r1, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #3*4
ldrge r2, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #4*4
ldrge r3, [r6],#4
ble nomoreargs
/* Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack */
sub r7, r7, #4*4 /* skip the 4 registers already loaded into r0-r3 */
add r8, r7, #4 /* ensure 8-byte stack alignment */
bic r8, r8, #4
sub sp, sp, r8
mov r12, sp /* copy size != frame size, so store frame start sp */
stackargsloop:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
str r5, [sp], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
bne stackargsloop
mov sp, r12
nomoreargs:
#if defined (__ARM_ARCH_4T__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_4__)
mov lr, pc /* older ARM didn't support blx */
mov pc, r4
#else
blx r4
#endif
add sp, sp, r8
ldmia sp!, {r4-r8, pc}
/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
armFuncObjLast:
stmdb sp!, {r4-r8, lr}
mov r6, r0 /* arg table */
movs r7, r1 /* arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments) */
mov r4, r2 /* function address */
mov r8, #0
mov r0, r3 /* objlast. might get overwritten */
mov r5, r3 /* objlast to temp reg */
beq nomoreargsarmFuncObjLast
/* Load the first 4 arguments into r0-r3 */
cmp r7, #4
ldrge r0, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #2*4
ldrge r1, [r6],#4
movlt r1, r5
cmp r7, #3*4
ldrge r2, [r6],#4
movlt r2, r5
cmp r7, #4*4
ldrge r3, [r6],#4
movlt r3, r5
blt nomoreargsarmFuncObjLast
/* Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack */
sub r7, r7, #4*4 /* skip the 4 registers already loaded into r0-r3 */
add r8, r7, #8 /* account for the objlast pointer, ensure 8-byte stack alignment */
bic r8, r8, #4
str r5, [sp,#-4] /* store the objlast on stack, twice in case we adjusted alignment */
str r5, [sp,#-8]
sub sp, sp, r8 /* adjust frame */
cmp r7, #0 /* we may also have come here with no extra params */
beq nomoreargsarmFuncObjLast
mov r12, sp /* copy size != frame size, so store frame start sp */
stackargslooparmFuncObjLast:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
str r5, [sp], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
bne stackargslooparmFuncObjLast
mov sp, r12
nomoreargsarmFuncObjLast:
#if defined (__ARM_ARCH_4T__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_4__)
mov lr, pc /* older ARM didn't support blx */
mov pc, r4
#else
blx r4
#endif
add sp, sp, r8
ldmia sp!, {r4-r8, pc}
/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
armFuncR0ObjLast:
stmdb sp!, {r4-r8, lr}
ldr r5, [sp,#6*4] /* objlast to temp reg */
mov r6, r0 /* arg table */
movs r7, r1 /* arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments) */
mov r4, r2 /* function address */
mov r8, #0
mov r0, r3 /* r0 explicitly set */
mov r1, r5 /* objlast. might get overwritten */
beq nomoreargsarmFuncR0ObjLast
/* Load the first 3 arguments into r1-r3 */
cmp r7, #1*4
ldrge r1, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #2*4
ldrge r2, [r6],#4
movlt r2, r5
cmp r7, #3*4
ldrge r3, [r6],#4
movlt r3, r5
blt nomoreargsarmFuncR0ObjLast
/* Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack */
sub r7, r7, #3*4 /* skip the 3 registers already loaded into r1-r3 */
add r8, r7, #8 /* account for the objlast pointer, ensure 8-byte stack alignment */
bic r8, r8, #4
str r5, [sp,#-4] /* store the objlast on stack, twice in case we adjusted alignment */
str r5, [sp,#-8]
sub sp, sp, r8 /* adjust frame */
cmp r7, #0 /* we may also have come here with no extra params */
beq nomoreargsarmFuncR0ObjLast
mov r12, sp /* copy size != frame size, so store frame start sp */
stackargslooparmFuncR0ObjLast:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
str r5, [sp], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
bne stackargslooparmFuncR0ObjLast
mov sp, r12
nomoreargsarmFuncR0ObjLast:
#if defined (__ARM_ARCH_4T__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_4__)
mov lr, pc /* older ARM didn't support blx */
mov pc, r4
#else
blx r4
#endif
add sp, sp, r8
ldmia sp!, {r4-r8, pc}
/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
armFuncR0:
stmdb sp!, {r4-r8, lr}
mov r6, r0 /* arg table */
movs r7, r1 /* arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments) */
mov r4, r2 /* function address */
mov r8, #0
mov r0, r3 /* r0 explicitly set */
beq nomoreargsarmFuncR0
/* Load the first 3 arguments into r1-r3 */
cmp r7, #1*4
ldrge r1, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #2*4
ldrge r2, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #3*4
ldrge r3, [r6],#4
ble nomoreargsarmFuncR0
/* Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack */
sub r7, r7, #3*4 /* skip the 3 registers already loaded into r1-r3 */
add r8, r7, #4 /* ensure 8-byte stack alignment */
bic r8, r8, #4
sub sp, sp, r8
mov r12, sp /* copy size != frame size, so store frame start sp */
stackargslooparmFuncR0:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
str r5, [sp], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
bne stackargslooparmFuncR0
mov sp, r12
nomoreargsarmFuncR0:
#if defined (__ARM_ARCH_4T__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_4__)
mov lr, pc /* older ARM didn't support blx */
mov pc, r4
#else
blx r4
#endif
add sp, sp, r8
ldmia sp!, {r4-r8, pc}
/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
armFuncR0R1:
stmdb sp!, {r4-r8, lr}
mov r6, r0 /* arg table */
movs r7, r1 /* arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments) */
mov r4, r2 /* function address */
mov r8, #0
mov r0, r3 /* r0 explicitly set */
ldr r1, [sp, #6*4] /* r1 explicitly set too */
beq nomoreargsarmFuncR0R1
/* Load the first 2 arguments into r2-r3 */
cmp r7, #1*4
ldrge r2, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #2*4
ldrge r3, [r6],#4
ble nomoreargsarmFuncR0R1
/* Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack */
sub r7, r7, #2*4 /* skip the 2 registers already loaded into r2-r3 */
add r8, r7, #4 /* ensure 8-byte stack alignment */
bic r8, r8, #4
sub sp, sp, r8
mov r12, sp /* copy size != frame size, so store frame start sp */
stackargslooparmFuncR0R1:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
str r5, [sp], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
bne stackargslooparmFuncR0R1
mov sp, r12
nomoreargsarmFuncR0R1:
#if defined (__ARM_ARCH_4T__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_4__)
mov lr, pc /* older ARM didn't support blx */
mov pc, r4
#else
blx r4
#endif
add sp, sp, r8
ldmia sp!, {r4-r8, pc}
/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#elif defined(__linux__) && !defined(__SOFTFP__)
/* The Linux with hard-float ABI code goes here */
/* These codes are suitable for armeabi + vfp / armeabihf */
/* when using armeabi + vfp, please set C_FLAGS -mfloat-abi=softfp -mfpu=vfp */
/* using armeabihf, please set C_FLAGS -mfloat-abi=hard -mfpu=vfpv3-d16 */
/* if you prefer to run in ARM mode, please add -marm to C_FLAGS */
/* while using thumb mode, please add -mthumb -Wa,-mimplicit-it=thumb */
/* SP is a multiple of 8 when control first enters a program.*/
/* This places an obligation on authors of low level OS, RTOS, and runtime library code to align SP at all points */
/* at which control first enters a body of (AAPCS-conforming) code. (please read "ARM IHI 0046B" document)*/
.section .text
.align 2 /* Align the function code to a 4-byte (2^n) word boundary. */
#if defined(__thumb__) || defined(__thumb2__)
.thumb
.syntax unified
#else
.arm /* Use ARM instructions instead of Thumb.*/
#endif
.globl armFunc /* Make the function globally accessible.*/
armFunc:
push {r4-r8, r10, r11, lr} /* sp must be 8-byte alignment for ABI compliance, so the pushed registers must be even */
mov r6, r0 /* arg table */
movs r7, r1 /* arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments) */
mov r4, r2 /* function address */
/* Load float and double args into d0-d7 and s0-s15 */
add r10, r6, #272 /* r10 (r6 + 272) points to the first value for the VFP registers */
mov r8, #0
vldmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Load contents starting at r10 into registers d0-d7 */
/* If there are no arguments to set into r0-r3 */
/* go check if there are arguments for the stack */
beq stackargs
/* Load the first 4 arguments into r0-r3 */
cmp r7, #4
ldrge r0, [r6]
cmp r7, #8
ldrge r1, [r6, #4]
cmp r7, #12
ldrge r2, [r6, #8]
cmp r7, #16
ldrge r3, [r6, #12]
stackargs:
ldr r5, [r6, #268] /* Load stack size into r5 */
movs r7, r5 /* Load stack size into r7, checking for 0 args */
/* If there are no args for the stack, branch */
beq nomoreargs
/* Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack */
/* Ensure 8-byte stack alignment */
mov r8, sp
sub sp, sp, r7
add r6, r6, #16 /* Set r6 to point to the first arg to be placed on the stack */
sub r12, sp, #8
bic r12, r12, #7 /* thumb mode couldn't support "bic sp, sp, #7" instruction */
sub r8, r8, r12
mov sp, r12 /* copy size != frame size, so store frame start sp, r12(ip) is not callee saved register */
stackargsloop:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
str r5, [sp], #4
bne stackargsloop
mov sp, r12
nomoreargs:
#if defined (__ARM_ARCH_4T__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_4__)
mov lr, pc /* older ARM didn't support blx */
mov pc, r4
#else
blx r4
#endif
add sp, sp, r8
vstmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Copy contents of registers d0-d7 to the address stored in r10 */
pop {r4-r8, r10, r11, pc}
/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
.align 2 /* Align the function code to a 4-byte (2^n) word boundary. */
#if defined(__thumb__) || defined(__thumb2__)
.thumb
.syntax unified
#else
.arm /* Use ARM instructions instead of Thumb.*/
#endif
.globl armFuncObjLast /* Make the function globally accessible.*/
armFuncObjLast:
push {r4-r8, r10, r11, lr} /* We´re storing r11 just to keep the stack aligned to an 8 byte boundary */
mov r6, r0 /* arg table */
movs r7, r1 /* arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments) */
mov r4, r2 /* function address */
mov r0, r3 /* objlast. might get overwritten */
mov r5, #0 /* This will hold an offset of #4 only if objlast couldn´t be placed into an "r" register */
/* Load float and double args into d0-d7 and s0-s15 (r10 holds pointer to first float value) */
add r10, r6, #272 /* r10 (r6 + 272) points to the first value for the VFP registers */
mov r8, #0
vldmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Load contents starting at r10 into registers d0-d7 */
/* If there are no arguments to set into r0-r3 */
/* go check if there are arguments for the stack */
beq stackargsFuncObjLast
mov r5, r3 /* store objlast in r5 temporarily */
/* Load the first 4 arguments into r0-r3 */
cmp r7, #4
ldrge r0, [r6]
cmp r7, #8
ldrge r1, [r6,#4]
movlt r1, r5
cmp r7, #12
ldrge r2, [r6,#8]
movlt r2, r5
cmp r7, #16
ldrge r3, [r6,#12]
movlt r3, r5
movlt r5, #0 /* If objlast got placed into a register, r5 = 0 */
blt stackargsFuncObjLast /* If objlast got placed into a register, go to stackargsFuncObjLast */
str r5, [r6, #12] /* Put objlast in r6 + 12 */
mov r5, #4 /* Set r5 with an offset of #4, so objlast can be loaded into the stack */
stackargsFuncObjLast:
ldr r7, [r6, #268] /* Load stack size into r7 */
add r7, r7, r5 /* Add the offset placed in r5 (could be #0 or #4) */
cmp r7, #0 /* Check for 0 args */
/* If there are no args for the stack, branch */
beq nomoreargsarmFuncObjLast
/* Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack */
/* Ensure 8-byte stack alignment */
mov r8, sp
sub sp, sp, r7
add r6, r6, #16 /* Set r6 to point to the first arg to be placed on the stack */
sub r12, sp, #8
sub r6, r6, r5 /* r6 = r6 - r5 (r5 can be #0 or #4) */
bic r12, r12, #7 /* thumb mode couldn't support "bic sp, sp, #7" instruction */
sub r8, r8, r12
mov sp, r12 /* copy size != frame size, so store frame start sp, r12(ip) is not callee saved register */
stackargslooparmFuncObjLast:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
str r5, [sp], #4
bne stackargslooparmFuncObjLast
mov sp, r12
nomoreargsarmFuncObjLast:
#if defined (__ARM_ARCH_4T__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_4__)
mov lr, pc /* older ARM didn't support blx */
mov pc, r4
#else
blx r4
#endif
add sp, sp, r8
vstmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Copy contents of registers d0-d10 to the address stored in r10 */
pop {r4-r8, r10,r11, pc}
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
.align 2 /* Align the function code to a 4-byte (2^n) word boundary. */
#if defined(__thumb__) || defined(__thumb2__)
.thumb
.syntax unified
#else
.arm /* Use ARM instructions instead of Thumb.*/
#endif
.globl armFuncR0ObjLast /* Make the function globally accessible.*/
armFuncR0ObjLast:
push {r4-r8, r10, r11, lr}
ldr r5, [sp,#32] /* objlast to temp reg */
mov r6, r0 /* arg table */
movs r7, r1 /* arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments) */
mov r4, r2 /* function address */
mov r0, r3 /* r0 explicitly set */
mov r1, r5 /* objlast. might get overwritten */
mov r5, #0 /* This will hold an offset of #4 or #8 if objlast or one arg couldn´t be placed into an "r" register */
/* Load float and double args into d0-d7 and s0-s15 (r10 holds pointer to first float value) */
add r10, r6, #272 /* r10 (r6 + 272) points to the first value for the VFP registers */
mov r8, #0
vldmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Load contents starting at r10 into registers d0-d7 */
/* If there are no arguments to set into r0-r3 */
/* go check if there are arguments for the stack */
beq stackargsFuncR0ObjLast
mov r5, r1 /* store objlast in r5 temporarily */
/* Load the first 3 arguments into r1-r3 */
cmp r7, #4
ldrge r1, [r6]
cmp r7, #8
ldrge r2, [r6,#4]
movlt r2, r5
cmp r7, #12
ldrge r3, [r6,#8]
movlt r3, r5
movlt r5, #0 /* If objlast got placed into a register, r5 = 0 */
blt stackargsFuncR0ObjLast /* If objlast got placed into a register, go to stackargsFuncR0ObjLast */
cmp r7, #16 /* Else if we have one last arg set the offset accordingly and store the arg in the array */
ldrge r7, [r6, #12]
strge r7, [r6, #8]
str r5, [r6, #12] /* Put objlast in r6 + 12 */
mov r5, #0
movge r5, #4 /* Set r5 with an offset of #4 if there´s one last arg that couldn´t be placed in r registers */
add r5, r5, #4 /* Set r5 with an offset of + #4, so objlast can be loaded into the stack */
stackargsFuncR0ObjLast:
ldr r7, [r6, #268] /* Load stack size into r7 */
add r7, r7, r5 /* Add the offset placed in r5 (could be #0 or #4) */
cmp r7, #0 /* Check for 0 args */
/* If there are no args for the stack, branch */
beq nomoreargsarmFuncR0ObjLast
/* Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack */
/* Ensure 8-byte stack alignment */
mov r8, sp
sub sp, sp, r7
add r6, r6, #16 /* Set r6 to point to the first arg to be placed on the stack */
sub r12, sp, #8
sub r6, r6, r5 /* r6 = r6 - r5 (r5 can be #0 or #4) */
bic r12, r12, #7 /* thumb mode couldn't support "bic sp, sp, #7" instruction */
sub r8, r8, r12
mov sp, r12 /* copy size != frame size, so store frame start sp, r12(ip) is not callee saved register */
stackargslooparmFuncR0ObjLast:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
str r5, [sp], #4
bne stackargslooparmFuncR0ObjLast
mov sp, r12
nomoreargsarmFuncR0ObjLast:
#if defined (__ARM_ARCH_4T__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_4__)
mov lr, pc /* older ARM didn't support blx */
mov pc, r4
#else
blx r4
#endif
add sp, sp, r8
vstmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Copy contents of registers d0-d10 to the address stored in r10 */
pop {r4-r8, r10, r11, pc}
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
.align 2 /* Align the function code to a 4-byte (2^n) word boundary. */
#if defined(__thumb__) || defined(__thumb2__)
.thumb
.syntax unified
#else
.arm /* Use ARM instructions instead of Thumb.*/
#endif
.globl armFuncR0 /* Make the function globally accessible.*/
armFuncR0:
push {r4-r8, r10, r11, lr}
mov r6, r0 /* arg table */
movs r7, r1 /* arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments) */
mov r4, r2 /* function address */
mov r11, #0 /* This will hold an offset of #4 only if the last arg that should have been placed into an "r" reg needs to go to the stack */
mov r0, r3 /* r0 explicitly set */
/* Load float and double args into d0-d7 and s0-s15 (r10 holds pointer to first float value) */
add r10, r6, #272 /* r10 (r6 + 272) points to the first value for the VFP registers */
mov r8, #0
vldmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Load contents starting at r10 into registers d0-d7 */
/* If there are no arguments to set into r0-r3 */
/* go check if there are arguments for the stack */
beq stackargsarmFuncR0
/* Load the first 3 arguments into r1-r3 */
cmp r7, #4
ldrge r1, [r6]
cmp r7, #8
ldrge r2, [r6, #4]
cmp r7, #12
ldrge r3, [r6, #8]
cmp r7, #16
movge r11, #4 /* If there is still one arg to be placed, set the offset in r11 to #4 */
stackargsarmFuncR0:
ldr r5, [r6, #268] /* Load stack size into r5 */
add r5, r11 /* Add the offset placed in r11 (could be #0 or #4) */
movs r7, r5 /* Load stack size into r7, checking for 0 args */
/* If there are no args for the stack, branch */
beq nomoreargsarmFuncR0
/* Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack */
/* Ensure 8-byte stack alignment */
mov r8, sp
sub sp, sp, r7
add r6, r6, #16 /* Set r6 to point to the first arg to be placed on the stack */
sub r12, sp, #8
sub r6, r6, r11 /* r6 = r6 - r11 (r11 can be #0 or #4) */
bic r12, r12, #7 /* thumb mode couldn't support "bic sp, sp, #7" instruction */
sub r8, r8, r12
mov sp, r12 /* copy size != frame size, so store frame start sp, r12(ip) is not callee saved register */
stackargslooparmFuncR0:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
str r5, [sp], #4
bne stackargslooparmFuncR0
mov sp, r12
nomoreargsarmFuncR0:
#if defined (__ARM_ARCH_4T__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_4__)
mov lr, pc /* older ARM didn't support blx */
mov pc, r4
#else
blx r4
#endif
add sp, sp, r8
vstmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Copy contents of registers d0-d10 to the address stored in r10 */
pop {r4-r8, r10, r11, pc}
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
.align 2 /* Align the function code to a 4-byte (2^n) word boundary. */
#if defined(__thumb__) || defined(__thumb2__)
.thumb
.syntax unified
#else
.arm /* Use ARM instructions instead of Thumb.*/
#endif
.globl armFuncR0R1 /* Make the function globally accessible.*/
armFuncR0R1:
push {r4-r8, r10, r11, lr}
mov r6, r0 /* arg table */
movs r7, r1 /* arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments) */
mov r4, r2 /* function address */
mov r11, #0 /* This will hold an offset of #4 or #8 only if the last arg (or last 2 args) that should have been placed into "r" regs need to go to the stack */
mov r0, r3 /* r0 explicitly set */
ldr r1, [sp, #32] /* r1 explicitly set too */
/* Load float and double args into d0-d7 and s0-s15 (r10 holds pointer to first float value) */
add r10, r6, #272 /* r10 (r6 + 272) points to the first value for the VFP registers */
mov r8, #0
vldmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Load contents starting at r10 into registers d0-d7 */
/* If there are no arguments to set into r2-r3 */
/* go check if there are arguments for the stack */
beq stackargsarmFuncR0R1
/* Load the first 2 arguments into r2-r3 */
cmp r7, #4
ldrge r2, [r6]
cmp r7, #8
ldrge r3, [r6, #4]
cmp r7, #12
movge r11, #4 /* If there is a third arg to be placed, set the offset in r11 to #4 */
cmp r7, #16
movge r11, #8 /* If there is a fourth arg to be placed, set the offset in r11 to #8 */
ldrlt r7, [r6, #8] /* Else copy the third arg to the correct place in the array */
strlt r7, [r6, #12]
stackargsarmFuncR0R1:
ldr r5, [r6, #268] /* Load stack size into r5 */
add r5, r11 /* Add the offset placed in r11 (could be #0 or #4 or #8) */
movs r7, r5 /* Load stack size into r7, checking for 0 args */
/* If there are no args for the stack, branch */
beq nomoreargsarmFuncR0R1
/* Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack */
/* Ensure 8-byte stack alignment */
mov r8, sp
sub sp, sp, r7
add r6, r6, #16 /* Set r6 to point to the first arg to be placed on the stack */
sub r12, sp, #8
sub r6, r6, r11 /* r6 = r6 - r11 (r11 can be #0 or #4 or #8) */
bic r12, r12, #7 /* thumb mode couldn't support "bic sp, sp, #7" instruction */
sub r8, r8, r12
mov sp, r12 /* copy size != frame size, so store frame start sp, r12(ip) is not callee saved register */
stackargslooparmFuncR0R1:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
str r5, [sp], #4
bne stackargslooparmFuncR0R1
mov sp, r12
nomoreargsarmFuncR0R1:
#if defined (__ARM_ARCH_4T__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_4__)
mov lr, pc /* older ARM didn't support blx */
mov pc, r4
#else
blx r4
#endif
add sp, sp, r8
vstmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Copy contents of registers d0-d10 to the address stored in r10 */
pop {r4-r8, r10, r11, pc}
#endif /* hard float abi */
#endif /* arm */
#if defined(__linux__) && defined(__ELF__)
/* ref: http://hardened.gentoo.org/gnu-stack.xml
ref: https://wiki.gentoo.org/wiki/Hardened/GNU_stack_quickstart */
.section .note.GNU-stack,"",%progbits
#endif
#endif /* !AS_MAX_PORTABILITY */

249
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_callfunc_arm_msvc.asm vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
;
; AngelCode Scripting Library
; Copyright (c) 2003-2014 Andreas Jonsson
;
; This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
; warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
; damages arising from the use of this software.
;
; Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
; purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
; redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
;
; 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
; must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
; this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
; documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
;
; 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
; must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
;
; 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
; distribution.
;
; The original version of this library can be located at:
; http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
;
; Andreas Jonsson
; andreas@angelcode.com
;
; Assembly routines for the ARM call convention used for Windows CE
; Written by Fredrik Ehnbom in June 2009
; MSVC currently doesn't support inline assembly for the ARM platform
; so this separate file is needed.
; Compile with Microsoft ARM assembler (armasm)
; http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh873190.aspx
AREA |.rdata|, DATA, READONLY
EXPORT armFunc
EXPORT armFuncR0
EXPORT armFuncR0R1
EXPORT armFuncObjLast
EXPORT armFuncR0ObjLast
AREA |.text|, CODE, ARM, ALIGN=3
ALIGN 8
armFunc PROC
stmdb sp!, {r4-r8, lr}
mov r6, r0 ; arg table
movs r7, r1 ; arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments)
mov r4, r2 ; function address
mov r8, #0
beq |nomoreargs|
; Load the first 4 arguments into r0-r3
cmp r7, #4
ldrge r0, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #2*4
ldrge r1, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #3*4
ldrge r2, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #4*4
ldrge r3, [r6],#4
ble |nomoreargs|
; Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack
sub r7, r7, #4*4 ; skip the 4 registers already loaded into r0-r3
sub sp, sp, r7
mov r8, r7
|stackargsloop|
ldr r5, [r6], #4
str r5, [sp], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
bne |stackargsloop|
|nomoreargs|
sub sp, sp, r8
blx r4
add sp, sp, r8
ldmia sp!, {r4-r8, pc}
ENDP
ALIGN 8
armFuncObjLast PROC
stmdb sp!, {r4-r8, lr}
mov r6, r0 ; arg table
movs r7, r1 ; arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments)
mov r4, r2 ; function address
mov r8, #0
mov r0, r3 ; objlast. might get overwritten
str r3, [sp, #-4]! ; objlast again.
beq |nomoreargs@armFuncObjLast|
; Load the first 4 arguments into r0-r3
cmp r7, #4
ldrge r0, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #2*4
ldrge r1, [r6],#4
ldrlt r1, [sp]
cmp r7, #3*4
ldrge r2, [r6],#4
ldrlt r2, [sp]
cmp r7, #4*4
ldrge r3, [r6],#4
ldrlt r3, [sp]
ble |nomoreargs@armFuncObjLast|
; Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack
sub r7, r7, #4*4 ; skip the 4 registers already loaded into r0-r3
sub sp, sp, r7
mov r8, r7
|stackargsloop@armFuncObjLast|
ldr r5, [r6], #4
str r5, [sp], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
bne |stackargsloop@armFuncObjLast|
|nomoreargs@armFuncObjLast|
sub sp, sp, r8
blx r4
add sp, sp, r8
add sp, sp, #4
ldmia sp!, {r4-r8, pc}
ENDP
ALIGN 8
armFuncR0ObjLast PROC
stmdb sp!, {r4-r8, lr}
ldr r7, [sp,#6*4]
str r7, [sp,#-4]!
mov r6, r0 ; arg table
movs r7, r1 ; arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments)
mov r4, r2 ; function address
mov r8, #0
mov r0, r3 ; r0 explicitly set
ldr r1, [sp] ; objlast. might get overwritten
beq |nomoreargs@armFuncR0ObjLast|
; Load the first 3 arguments into r1-r3
cmp r7, #1*4
ldrge r1, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #2*4
ldrge r2, [r6],#4
ldrlt r2, [sp]
cmp r7, #3*4
ldrge r3, [r6],#4
ldrlt r3, [sp]
ble |nomoreargs@armFuncR0ObjLast|
; Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack
sub r7, r7, #3*4 ; skip the 3 registers already loaded into r1-r3
sub sp, sp, r7
mov r8, r7
|stackargsloop@armFuncR0ObjLast|
ldr r5, [r6], #4
str r5, [sp], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
bne |stackargsloop@armFuncR0ObjLast|
|nomoreargs@armFuncR0ObjLast|
sub sp, sp, r8
blx r4
add sp, sp, r8
add sp, sp, #4
ldmia sp!, {r4-r8, pc}
ENDP
ALIGN 8
armFuncR0 PROC
stmdb sp!, {r4-r8, lr}
mov r6, r0 ; arg table
movs r7, r1 ; arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments)
mov r4, r2 ; function address
mov r8, #0
mov r0, r3 ; r0 explicitly set
beq |nomoreargs@armFuncR0|
; Load the first 3 arguments into r1-r3
cmp r7, #1*4
ldrge r1, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #2*4
ldrge r2, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #3*4
ldrge r3, [r6],#4
ble |nomoreargs@armFuncR0|
; Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack
sub r7, r7, #3*4 ; skip the 3 registers already loaded into r1-r3
sub sp, sp, r7
mov r8, r7
|stackargsloop@armFuncR0|
ldr r5, [r6], #4
str r5, [sp], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
bne |stackargsloop@armFuncR0|
|nomoreargs@armFuncR0|
sub sp, sp, r8
blx r4
add sp, sp, r8
ldmia sp!, {r4-r8, pc}
ENDP
ALIGN 8
armFuncR0R1 PROC
stmdb sp!, {r4-r8, lr}
mov r6, r0 ; arg table
movs r7, r1 ; arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments)
mov r4, r2 ; function address
mov r8, #0
mov r0, r3 ; r0 explicitly set
ldr r1, [sp, #6*4] ; r1 explicitly set too
beq |nomoreargs@armFuncR0R1|
; Load the first 2 arguments into r2-r3
cmp r7, #1*4
ldrge r2, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #2*4
ldrge r3, [r6],#4
ble |nomoreargs@armFuncR0R1|
; Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack
sub r7, r7, #2*4 ; skip the 2 registers already loaded into r2-r3
sub sp, sp, r7
mov r8, r7
|stackargsloop@armFuncR0R1|
ldr r5, [r6], #4
str r5, [sp], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
bne |stackargsloop@armFuncR0R1|
|nomoreargs@armFuncR0R1|
sub sp, sp, r8
blx r4
add sp, sp, r8
ldmia sp!, {r4-r8, pc}
ENDP
END

485
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_callfunc_arm_vita.S vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
/*
Assembly routines for the Playstation Vita SNC call convention.
This code was adapted from as_callfunc_arm_gcc (ARM, Linux hard float) by Brandon Bare on October 2014.
*/
#if !defined(AS_MAX_PORTABILITY)
#ifdef __psp2__
.syntax unified
.cpu cortex-a9
.fpu neon
.section .text.armCallFunc
.balign 2
.thumb
.thumb_func
.align 2
.global armFunc
.global armFuncR0
.global armFuncR0R1
.global armFuncObjLast
.global armFuncR0ObjLast
.type armFunc, %function
.type armFuncR0, %function
.type armFuncR0R1, %function
.type armFuncObjLast, %function
.type armFuncR0ObjLast, %function
/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
armFunc:
.fnstart
push {r4-r8, r10, r11, lr} /* sp must be 8-byte alignment for ABI compliance, so the pushed registers must be even */
mov r6, r0 /* arg table */
movs r7, r1 /* arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments) */
mov r4, r2 /* function address */
/* Load float and double args into d0-d7 and s0-s15 */
add r10, r6, #272 /* r10 (r6 + 272) points to the first value for the VFP registers */
mov r8, #0
vldmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Load contents starting at r10 into registers d0-d7 */
/* If there are no arguments to set into r0-r3 */
/* go check if there are arguments for the stack */
beq stackargs
/* Load the first 4 arguments into r0-r3 */
cmp r7, #4
it ge
ldrge r0, [r6]
cmp r7, #8
it ge
ldrge r1, [r6, #4]
cmp r7, #12
it ge
ldrge r2, [r6, #8]
cmp r7, #16
it ge
ldrge r3, [r6, #12]
stackargs:
ldr r5, [r6, #268] /* Load stack size into r5 */
movs r7, r5 /* Load stack size into r7, checking for 0 args */
/* If there are no args for the stack, branch */
beq nomoreargs
/* Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack */
/* Ensure 8-byte stack alignment */
mov r8, sp
sub sp, sp, r7
add r6, r6, #16 /* Set r6 to point to the first arg to be placed on the stack */
sub r12, sp, #8
bic r12, r12, #7 /* thumb mode couldn't support "bic sp, sp, #7" instruction */
sub r8, r8, r12
mov sp, r12 /* copy size != frame size, so store frame start sp, r12(ip) is not callee saved register */
stackargsloop:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
str r5, [sp], #4
bne stackargsloop
mov sp, r12
nomoreargs:
blx r4
add sp, sp, r8
vstmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Copy contents of registers d0-d7 to the address stored in r10 */
pop {r4-r8, r10, r11, pc}
.fnend
/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
armFuncObjLast:
.fnstart
push {r4-r8, r10, r11, lr} /* We´re storing r11 just to keep the stack aligned to an 8 byte boundary */
mov r6, r0 /* arg table */
movs r7, r1 /* arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments) */
mov r4, r2 /* function address */
mov r0, r3 /* objlast. might get overwritten */
mov r5, #0 /* This will hold an offset of #4 only if objlast couldn´t be placed into an "r" register */
/* Load float and double args into d0-d7 and s0-s15 (r10 holds pointer to first float value) */
add r10, r6, #272 /* r10 (r6 + 272) points to the first value for the VFP registers */
mov r8, #0
vldmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Load contents starting at r10 into registers d0-d7 */
/* If there are no arguments to set into r0-r3 */
/* go check if there are arguments for the stack */
beq stackargsFuncObjLast
mov r5, r3 /* store objlast in r5 temporarily */
/* Load the first 4 arguments into r0-r3 */
cmp r7, #4
it ge
ldrge r0, [r6]
cmp r7, #8
it ge
ldrge r1, [r6,#4]
it lt
movlt r1, r5
cmp r7, #12
it ge
ldrge r2, [r6,#8]
it lt
movlt r2, r5
cmp r7, #16
it ge
ldrge r3, [r6,#12]
ittt lt
movlt r3, r5
movlt r5, #0 /* If objlast got placed into a register, r5 = 0 */
blt stackargsFuncObjLast /* If objlast got placed into a register, go to stackargsFuncObjLast */
str r5, [r6, #12] /* Put objlast in r6 + 12 */
mov r5, #4 /* Set r5 with an offset of #4, so objlast can be loaded into the stack */
stackargsFuncObjLast:
ldr r7, [r6, #268] /* Load stack size into r7 */
add r7, r7, r5 /* Add the offset placed in r5 (could be #0 or #4) */
cmp r7, #0 /* Check for 0 args */
/* If there are no args for the stack, branch */
beq nomoreargsarmFuncObjLast
/* Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack */
/* Ensure 8-byte stack alignment */
mov r8, sp
sub sp, sp, r7
add r6, r6, #16 /* Set r6 to point to the first arg to be placed on the stack */
sub r12, sp, #8
sub r6, r6, r5 /* r6 = r6 - r5 (r5 can be #0 or #4) */
bic r12, r12, #7 /* thumb mode couldn't support "bic sp, sp, #7" instruction */
sub r8, r8, r12
mov sp, r12 /* copy size != frame size, so store frame start sp, r12(ip) is not callee saved register */
stackargslooparmFuncObjLast:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
str r5, [sp], #4
bne stackargslooparmFuncObjLast
mov sp, r12
nomoreargsarmFuncObjLast:
blx r4
add sp, sp, r8
vstmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Copy contents of registers d0-d10 to the address stored in r10 */
pop {r4-r8, r10,r11, pc}
.fnend
/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
armFuncR0ObjLast:
.fnstart
push {r4-r8, r10, r11, lr}
ldr r5, [sp,#32] /* objlast to temp reg */
mov r6, r0 /* arg table */
movs r7, r1 /* arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments) */
mov r4, r2 /* function address */
mov r0, r3 /* r0 explicitly set */
mov r1, r5 /* objlast. might get overwritten */
mov r5, #0 /* This will hold an offset of #4 or #8 if objlast or one arg couldn´t be placed into an "r" register */
/* Load float and double args into d0-d7 and s0-s15 (r10 holds pointer to first float value) */
add r10, r6, #272 /* r10 (r6 + 272) points to the first value for the VFP registers */
mov r8, #0
vldmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Load contents starting at r10 into registers d0-d7 */
/* If there are no arguments to set into r0-r3 */
/* go check if there are arguments for the stack */
beq stackargsFuncR0ObjLast
mov r5, r1 /* store objlast in r5 temporarily */
/* Load the first 3 arguments into r1-r3 */
cmp r7, #4
it ge
ldrge r1, [r6]
cmp r7, #8
it ge
ldrge r2, [r6,#4]
it lt
movlt r2, r5
cmp r7, #12
it ge
ldrge r3, [r6,#8]
ittt lt
movlt r3, r5
movlt r5, #0 /* If objlast got placed into a register, r5 = 0 */
blt stackargsFuncR0ObjLast /* If objlast got placed into a register, go to stackargsFuncR0ObjLast */
cmp r7, #16 /* Else if we have one last arg set the offset accordingly and store the arg in the array */
itt ge
ldrge r7, [r6, #12]
strge r7, [r6, #8]
str r5, [r6, #12] /* Put objlast in r6 + 12 */
mov r5, #0
it ge
movge r5, #4 /* Set r5 with an offset of #4 if there´s one last arg that couldn´t be placed in r registers */
add r5, r5, #4 /* Set r5 with an offset of + #4, so objlast can be loaded into the stack */
stackargsFuncR0ObjLast:
ldr r7, [r6, #268] /* Load stack size into r7 */
add r7, r7, r5 /* Add the offset placed in r5 (could be #0 or #4) */
cmp r7, #0 /* Check for 0 args */
/* If there are no args for the stack, branch */
beq nomoreargsarmFuncR0ObjLast
/* Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack */
/* Ensure 8-byte stack alignment */
mov r8, sp
sub sp, sp, r7
add r6, r6, #16 /* Set r6 to point to the first arg to be placed on the stack */
sub r12, sp, #8
sub r6, r6, r5 /* r6 = r6 - r5 (r5 can be #0 or #4) */
bic r12, r12, #7 /* thumb mode couldn't support "bic sp, sp, #7" instruction */
sub r8, r8, r12
mov sp, r12 /* copy size != frame size, so store frame start sp, r12(ip) is not callee saved register */
stackargslooparmFuncR0ObjLast:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
str r5, [sp], #4
bne stackargslooparmFuncR0ObjLast
mov sp, r12
nomoreargsarmFuncR0ObjLast:
blx r4
add sp, sp, r8
vstmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Copy contents of registers d0-d10 to the address stored in r10 */
pop {r4-r8, r10, r11, pc}
.fnend
/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
armFuncR0:
.fnstart
push {r4-r8, r10, r11, lr}
mov r6, r0 /* arg table */
movs r7, r1 /* arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments) */
mov r4, r2 /* function address */
mov r11, #0 /* This will hold an offset of #4 only if the last arg that should have been placed into an "r" reg needs to go to the stack */
mov r0, r3 /* r0 explicitly set */
/* Load float and double args into d0-d7 and s0-s15 (r10 holds pointer to first float value) */
add r10, r6, #272 /* r10 (r6 + 272) points to the first value for the VFP registers */
mov r8, #0
vldmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Load contents starting at r10 into registers d0-d7 */
/* If there are no arguments to set into r0-r3 */
/* go check if there are arguments for the stack */
beq stackargsarmFuncR0
/* Load the first 3 arguments into r1-r3 */
cmp r7, #4
it ge
ldrge r1, [r6]
cmp r7, #8
it ge
ldrge r2, [r6, #4]
cmp r7, #12
it ge
ldrge r3, [r6, #8]
cmp r7, #16
it ge
movge r11, #4 /* If there is still one arg to be placed, set the offset in r11 to #4 */
stackargsarmFuncR0:
ldr r5, [r6, #268] /* Load stack size into r5 */
add r5, r11 /* Add the offset placed in r11 (could be #0 or #4) */
movs r7, r5 /* Load stack size into r7, checking for 0 args */
/* If there are no args for the stack, branch */
beq nomoreargsarmFuncR0
/* Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack */
/* Ensure 8-byte stack alignment */
mov r8, sp
sub sp, sp, r7
add r6, r6, #16 /* Set r6 to point to the first arg to be placed on the stack */
sub r12, sp, #8
sub r6, r6, r11 /* r6 = r6 - r11 (r11 can be #0 or #4) */
bic r12, r12, #7 /* thumb mode couldn't support "bic sp, sp, #7" instruction */
sub r8, r8, r12
mov sp, r12 /* copy size != frame size, so store frame start sp, r12(ip) is not callee saved register */
stackargslooparmFuncR0:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
str r5, [sp], #4
bne stackargslooparmFuncR0
mov sp, r12
nomoreargsarmFuncR0:
blx r4
add sp, sp, r8
vstmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Copy contents of registers d0-d10 to the address stored in r10 */
pop {r4-r8, r10, r11, pc}
.fnend
/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
armFuncR0R1:
.fnstart
push {r4-r8, r10, r11, lr}
mov r6, r0 /* arg table */
movs r7, r1 /* arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments) */
mov r4, r2 /* function address */
mov r11, #0 /* This will hold an offset of #4 or #8 only if the last arg (or last 2 args) that should have been placed into "r" regs need to go to the stack */
mov r0, r3 /* r0 explicitly set */
ldr r1, [sp, #32] /* r1 explicitly set too */
/* Load float and double args into d0-d7 and s0-s15 (r10 holds pointer to first float value) */
add r10, r6, #272 /* r10 (r6 + 272) points to the first value for the VFP registers */
mov r8, #0
vldmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Load contents starting at r10 into registers d0-d7 */
/* If there are no arguments to set into r2-r3 */
/* go check if there are arguments for the stack */
beq stackargsarmFuncR0R1
/* Load the first 2 arguments into r2-r3 */
cmp r7, #4
it ge
ldrge r2, [r6]
cmp r7, #8
it ge
ldrge r3, [r6, #4]
cmp r7, #12
it ge
movge r11, #4 /* If there is a third arg to be placed, set the offset in r11 to #4 */
cmp r7, #16
it ge
movge r11, #8 /* If there is a fourth arg to be placed, set the offset in r11 to #8 */
itt lt
ldrlt r7, [r6, #8] /* Else copy the third arg to the correct place in the array */
strlt r7, [r6, #12]
stackargsarmFuncR0R1:
ldr r5, [r6, #268] /* Load stack size into r5 */
add r5, r11 /* Add the offset placed in r11 (could be #0 or #4 or #8) */
movs r7, r5 /* Load stack size into r7, checking for 0 args */
/* If there are no args for the stack, branch */
beq nomoreargsarmFuncR0R1
/* Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack */
/* Ensure 8-byte stack alignment */
mov r8, sp
sub sp, sp, r7
add r6, r6, #16 /* Set r6 to point to the first arg to be placed on the stack */
sub r12, sp, #8
sub r6, r6, r11 /* r6 = r6 - r11 (r11 can be #0 or #4 or #8) */
bic r12, r12, #7 /* thumb mode couldn't support "bic sp, sp, #7" instruction */
sub r8, r8, r12
mov sp, r12 /* copy size != frame size, so store frame start sp, r12(ip) is not callee saved register */
stackargslooparmFuncR0R1:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
str r5, [sp], #4
bne stackargslooparmFuncR0R1
mov sp, r12
nomoreargsarmFuncR0R1:
blx r4
add sp, sp, r8
vstmia.64 r10, {d0-d7} /* Copy contents of registers d0-d10 to the address stored in r10 */
pop {r4-r8, r10, r11, pc}
.fnend
#endif
#endif /* !AS_MAX_PORTABILITY */

242
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_callfunc_arm_xcode.S vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
// Assembly routines for the ARM call convention
// Written by Fredrik Ehnbom in June 2009
// Adapted to GNUC by darktemplar216 in September 2009
// Small fixed to work under XCode GCC by Gilad Novik in October 2009
#if !defined(AS_MAX_PORTABILITY)
#if defined(__arm__) || defined(__ARM__)
.align 2
.globl _armFunc
.globl _armFuncR0
.globl _armFuncR0R1
.globl _armFuncObjLast
.globl _armFuncR0ObjLast
_armFunc:
stmdb sp!, {r4-r8, lr}
mov r6, r0 // arg table
movs r7, r1 // arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments)
mov r4, r2 // function address
mov r8, #0
beq nomoreargs
// Load the first 4 arguments into r0-r3
cmp r7, #4
ldrge r0, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #2*4
ldrge r1, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #3*4
ldrge r2, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #4*4
ldrge r3, [r6],#4
ble nomoreargs
// Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack
sub r7, r7, #4*4 // skip the 4 registers already loaded into r0-r3
sub sp, sp, r7
mov r8, r7
stackargsloop:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
str r5, [sp], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
bne stackargsloop
nomoreargs:
sub sp, sp, r8
blx r4
add sp, sp, r8
ldmia sp!, {r4-r8, pc}
_armFuncObjLast:
stmdb sp!, {r4-r8, lr}
mov r6, r0 // arg table
movs r7, r1 // arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments)
mov r4, r2 // function address
mov r8, #0
mov r0, r3 // objlast. might get overwritten
str r3, [sp, #-4]! // objlast again.
beq nomoreargsarmFuncObjLast
// Load the first 4 arguments into r0-r3
cmp r7, #4
ldrge r0, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #2*4
ldrge r1, [r6],#4
ldrlt r1, [sp]
cmp r7, #3*4
ldrge r2, [r6],#4
ldrlt r2, [sp]
cmp r7, #4*4
ldrge r3, [r6],#4
ldrlt r3, [sp]
ble nomoreargsarmFuncObjLast
// Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack
sub r7, r7, #4*4 // skip the 4 registers already loaded into r0-r3
sub sp, sp, r7
mov r8, r7
stackargslooparmFuncObjLast:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
str r5, [sp], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
bne stackargslooparmFuncObjLast
nomoreargsarmFuncObjLast:
sub sp, sp, r8
blx r4
add sp, sp, r8
add sp, sp, #4
ldmia sp!, {r4-r8, pc}
_armFuncR0ObjLast:
stmdb sp!, {r4-r8, lr}
ldr r7, [sp,#6*4]
str r7, [sp,#-4]!
mov r6, r0 // arg table
movs r7, r1 // arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments)
mov r4, r2 // function address
mov r8, #0
mov r0, r3 // r0 explicitly set
ldr r1, [sp] // objlast. might get overwritten
beq nomoreargsarmFuncR0ObjLast
// Load the first 3 arguments into r1-r3
cmp r7, #1*4
ldrge r1, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #2*4
ldrge r2, [r6],#4
ldrlt r2, [sp]
cmp r7, #3*4
ldrge r3, [r6],#4
ldrlt r3, [sp]
ble nomoreargsarmFuncR0ObjLast
// Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack
sub r7, r7, #3*4 // skip the 3 registers already loaded into r1-r3
sub sp, sp, r7
mov r8, r7
stackargslooparmFuncR0ObjLast:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
str r5, [sp], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
bne stackargslooparmFuncR0ObjLast
nomoreargsarmFuncR0ObjLast:
sub sp, sp, r8
blx r4
add sp, sp, r8
add sp, sp, #4
ldmia sp!, {r4-r8, pc}
_armFuncR0:
stmdb sp!, {r4-r8, lr}
mov r6, r0 // arg table
movs r7, r1 // arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments)
mov r4, r2 // function address
mov r8, #0
mov r0, r3 // r0 explicitly set
beq nomoreargsarmFuncR0
// Load the first 3 arguments into r1-r3
cmp r7, #1*4
ldrge r1, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #2*4
ldrge r2, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #3*4
ldrge r3, [r6],#4
ble nomoreargsarmFuncR0
// Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack
sub r7, r7, #3*4 // skip the 3 registers already loaded into r1-r3
sub sp, sp, r7
mov r8, r7
stackargslooparmFuncR0:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
str r5, [sp], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
bne stackargslooparmFuncR0
nomoreargsarmFuncR0:
sub sp, sp, r8
blx r4
add sp, sp, r8
ldmia sp!, {r4-r8, pc}
_armFuncR0R1:
stmdb sp!, {r4-r8, lr}
mov r6, r0 // arg table
movs r7, r1 // arg size (also set the condition code flags so that we detect if there are no arguments)
mov r4, r2 // function address
mov r8, #0
mov r0, r3 // r0 explicitly set
ldr r1, [sp, #6*4] // r1 explicitly set too
beq nomoreargsarmFuncR0R1
// Load the first 2 arguments into r2-r3
cmp r7, #1*4
ldrge r2, [r6],#4
cmp r7, #2*4
ldrge r3, [r6],#4
ble nomoreargsarmFuncR0R1
// Load the rest of the arguments onto the stack
sub r7, r7, #2*4 // skip the 2 registers already loaded into r2-r3
sub sp, sp, r7
mov r8, r7
stackargslooparmFuncR0R1:
ldr r5, [r6], #4
str r5, [sp], #4
subs r7, r7, #4
bne stackargslooparmFuncR0R1
nomoreargsarmFuncR0R1:
sub sp, sp, r8
blx r4
add sp, sp, r8
ldmia sp!, {r4-r8, pc}
#endif
#endif /* !AS_MAX_PORTABILITY */

735
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_callfunc_mips.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,735 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_callfunc_mips.cpp
//
// These functions handle the actual calling of system functions
//
// This version is MIPS specific and was originally written
// by Manu Evans in April, 2006 for Playstation Portable (PSP)
//
// Support for Linux with MIPS was added by Andreas Jonsson in April, 2015
//
#include "as_config.h"
#ifndef AS_MAX_PORTABILITY
#ifdef AS_MIPS
#include "as_callfunc.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
#include "as_texts.h"
#include "as_tokendef.h"
#include "as_context.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#if !defined(AS_ANDROID)
#include <regdef.h>
#endif
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
#if defined(__linux__) && defined(_ABIO32)
// The MIPS ABI used by Linux is implemented here
// (Tested on CI20 MIPS Creator with Debian Linux)
//
// ref: SYSTEM V
// APPLICATION BINARY INTERFACE
// MIPS RISC Processor
// http://math-atlas.sourceforge.net/devel/assembly/mipsabi32.pdf
//
// ref: MIPS Instruction Reference
// http://www.mrc.uidaho.edu/mrc/people/jff/digital/MIPSir.html
union SFloatRegs
{
union { double d0; struct { float f0; asDWORD dummy0; };};
union { double d1; struct { float f1; asDWORD dummy1; };};
} ;
extern "C" asQWORD mipsFunc(asUINT argSize, asDWORD *argBuffer, void *func, SFloatRegs &floatRegs);
asDWORD GetReturnedFloat();
asQWORD GetReturnedDouble();
asQWORD CallSystemFunctionNative(asCContext *context, asCScriptFunction *descr, void *obj, asDWORD *args, void *retPointer, asQWORD &/*retQW2*/, void *secondObject)
{
asCScriptEngine *engine = context->m_engine;
asSSystemFunctionInterface *sysFunc = descr->sysFuncIntf;
int callConv = sysFunc->callConv;
asQWORD retQW = 0;
void *func = (void*)sysFunc->func;
void **vftable;
asDWORD argBuffer[128]; // Ought to be big enough
asASSERT( sysFunc->paramSize < 128 );
asDWORD argOffset = 0;
SFloatRegs floatRegs;
asDWORD floatOffset = 0;
// If the application function returns the value in memory then
// the first argument must be the pointer to that memory
if( sysFunc->hostReturnInMemory )
{
asASSERT( retPointer );
argBuffer[argOffset++] = (asPWORD)retPointer;
}
if( callConv == ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST || callConv == ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM ||
callConv == ICC_THISCALL || callConv == ICC_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL || callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM ||
callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST || callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST ||
callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM || callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM ||
callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST || callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST ||
callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM || callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM )
{
// Add the object pointer as the first argument
argBuffer[argOffset++] = (asPWORD)obj;
}
if( callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST || callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST ||
callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM || callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM )
{
// Add the second object pointer
argBuffer[argOffset++] = (asPWORD)secondObject;
}
int spos = 0;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < descr->parameterTypes.GetLength(); n++ )
{
asCDataType &paramType = descr->parameterTypes[n];
if( paramType.IsObject() && !paramType.IsObjectHandle() && !paramType.IsReference() )
{
if( paramType.GetTypeInfo()->flags & COMPLEX_MASK )
{
// The object is passed by reference
argBuffer[argOffset++] = args[spos++];
}
else
{
// Ensure 8byte alignment for classes that need it
if( (paramType.GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_APP_CLASS_ALIGN8) && (argOffset & 1) )
argOffset++;
// Copy the object's memory to the buffer
memcpy(&argBuffer[argOffset], *(void**)(args+spos), paramType.GetSizeInMemoryBytes());
// Delete the original memory
engine->CallFree(*(char**)(args+spos));
spos++;
argOffset += paramType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
}
}
else if( paramType.GetTokenType() == ttQuestion )
{
// Copy both pointer and type id
argBuffer[argOffset++] = args[spos++];
argBuffer[argOffset++] = args[spos++];
}
else
{
// The first 2 floats or doubles are loaded into the float registers.
// Actually this is only done if they are the first arguments to the function,
// but it doesn't cause any harm to load them into the registers even if they
// won't be used so we don't need to check if they really are the first args.
if( floatOffset == 0 )
{
if( paramType.GetTokenType() == ttFloat )
floatRegs.f0 = *reinterpret_cast<float*>(&args[spos]);
else if( paramType.GetTokenType() == ttDouble )
floatRegs.d0 = *reinterpret_cast<double*>(&args[spos]);
floatOffset++;
}
else if( floatOffset == 1 )
{
if( paramType.GetTokenType() == ttFloat )
floatRegs.f1 = *reinterpret_cast<float*>(&args[spos]);
else if( paramType.GetTokenType() == ttDouble )
floatRegs.d1 = *reinterpret_cast<double*>(&args[spos]);
floatOffset++;
}
// Copy the value directly
if( paramType.GetSizeOnStackDWords() > 1 )
{
// Make sure the argument is 8byte aligned
if( argOffset & 1 )
argOffset++;
*reinterpret_cast<asQWORD*>(&argBuffer[argOffset]) = *reinterpret_cast<asQWORD*>(&args[spos]);
argOffset += 2;
spos += 2;
}
else
argBuffer[argOffset++] = args[spos++];
}
}
if( callConv == ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST || callConv == ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM )
{
// Add the object pointer as the last argument
argBuffer[argOffset++] = (asPWORD)obj;
}
if( callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST || callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST ||
callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM || callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM )
{
// Add the second object pointer
argBuffer[argOffset++] = (asPWORD)secondObject;
}
switch( callConv )
{
case ICC_CDECL:
case ICC_CDECL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_STDCALL:
case ICC_STDCALL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_THISCALL:
case ICC_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST:
case ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = mipsFunc(argOffset*4, argBuffer, func, floatRegs);
break;
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
// Get virtual function table from the object pointer
vftable = *(void***)obj;
retQW = mipsFunc(argOffset*4, argBuffer, vftable[asPWORD(func)>>2], floatRegs);
break;
default:
context->SetInternalException(TXT_INVALID_CALLING_CONVENTION);
}
// If the return is a float value we need to get the value from the FP register
if( sysFunc->hostReturnFloat )
{
if( sysFunc->hostReturnSize == 1 )
*(asDWORD*)&retQW = GetReturnedFloat();
else
retQW = GetReturnedDouble();
}
return retQW;
}
asDWORD GetReturnedFloat()
{
asDWORD f;
asm("swc1 $f0, %0\n" : "=m"(f));
return f;
}
asQWORD GetReturnedDouble()
{
asQWORD d = 0;
asm("sdc1 $f0, %0\n" : "=m"(d));
return d;
}
// asQWORD mipsFunc(asUINT argSize, asDWORD *argBuffer, void *func, SFloatRegs &floatRegs);
// $2,$3 $4 $5 $6 $7
asm(
" .text\n"
//" .align 2\n"
" .cfi_startproc\n"
" .global mipsFunc\n"
" .ent mipsFunc\n"
"mipsFunc:\n"
//" .frame $fp,64,$31 # vars= 0, regs= 0/0, args= 0, gp= 0\n"
//" .mask 0x00000000,0\n"
//" .fmask 0x00000000,0\n"
" .set noreorder\n"
" .set nomacro\n"
// align the stack frame to 8 bytes
" addiu $12, $4, 7\n" // t4 ($12) = argSize ($4) + 7
" li $13, -8\n" // t5 ($13) = 0xfffffffffffffff8
" and $12, $12, $13\n" // t4 ($12) &= t5 ($13). t4 holds the size of the argument block
// It is required that the caller reserves space for at least 16 bytes even if there are less than 4 arguments
// and add 8 bytes for the return pointer and s0 ($16) backup
" addiu $13, $12, 24\n" // t5 = t4 + 24. t5 ($13) holds the total size of the stack frame (including return pointer)
// save the s0 register (so we can use it to remember where our return pointer is lives)
" sw $16, -4($sp)\n" // store the s0 register (so we can use it to remember how big our stack frame is)
" .cfi_offset 16, -4\n"
// store the return pointer
" sw $31, -8($sp)\n"
" .cfi_offset 31, -8\n"
// keep original stack pointer
" move $16, $sp\n"
" .cfi_def_cfa_register 16\n"
// push the stack
" subu $sp, $sp, $13\n"
// store the argument in temporary registers
" addiu $25, $6, 0\n" // t9 ($25) holds the function pointer (must be t9 for position independent code)
" addiu $3, $4, 0\n" // v1 ($3) holds the size of the argument buffer
" move $15, $5\n" // t7 ($15) holds the pointer to the argBuffer
" move $14, $7\n" // t6 ($14) holds the values for the float registers
// load integer registers
" lw $4, 0($15)\n" // a0 ($4)
" lw $5, 4($15)\n" // a1 ($5)
" lw $6, 8($15)\n" // a2 ($6)
" lw $7, 12($15)\n" // a3 ($7)
// load float registers
" ldc1 $f12, 8($14)\n"
" ldc1 $f14, 0($14)\n"
// skip stack parameters if there are 4 or less as they are moved into the registers
" addi $14, $3, -16\n" // The first 4 args were already loaded into registers
" blez $14, andCall\n"
" nop\n"
// push stack parameters
"pushArgs:\n"
" addi $3, -4\n"
// load from $15 + stack bytes ($3)
" addu $14, $15, $3\n"
" lw $14, 0($14)\n"
// store to $sp + stack bytes ($3)
" addu $13, $sp, $3\n"
" sw $14, 0($13)\n"
// if there are more, loop...
" bne $3, $0, pushArgs\n"
" nop\n"
// and call the function
"andCall:\n"
" jalr $25\n"
" nop\n"
// restore original stack pointer
" move $sp, $16\n"
// restore the return pointer
" lw $31, -8($sp)\n"
// restore the original value of $16
" lw $16, -4($sp)\n"
// and return from the function
" jr $31\n"
" nop\n"
" .set macro\n"
" .set reorder\n"
" .end mipsFunc\n"
" .cfi_endproc\n"
" .size mipsFunc, .-mipsFunc\n"
);
#else // !(defined(__linux__) && defined(_ABIO32))
// The MIPS ABI used by PSP and PS2 is implemented here
#define AS_MIPS_MAX_ARGS 32
#define AS_NUM_REG_FLOATS 8
#define AS_NUM_REG_INTS 8
// The array used to send values to the correct places.
// first 0-8 regular values to load into the a0-a3, t0-t3 registers
// then 0-8 float values to load into the f12-f19 registers
// then (AS_MIPS_MAX_ARGS - 16) values to load onto the stack
// the +1 is for when CallThis (object methods) is used
// extra +1 when returning in memory
extern "C" {
// TODO: This array shouldn't be global. It should be a local array in CallSystemFunctionNative
asDWORD mipsArgs[AS_MIPS_MAX_ARGS + 1 + 1];
}
// Loads all data into the correct places and calls the function.
// intArgSize is the size in bytes for how much data to put in int registers
// floatArgSize is the size in bytes for how much data to put in float registers
// stackArgSize is the size in bytes for how much data to put on the callstack
extern "C" asQWORD mipsFunc(int intArgSize, int floatArgSize, int stackArgSize, asDWORD func);
// puts the arguments in the correct place in the mipsArgs-array. See comments above.
// This could be done better.
inline void splitArgs(const asDWORD *args, int argNum, int &numRegIntArgs, int &numRegFloatArgs, int &numRestArgs, int hostFlags)
{
int i;
int argBit = 1;
for (i = 0; i < argNum; i++)
{
if (hostFlags & argBit)
{
if (numRegFloatArgs < AS_NUM_REG_FLOATS)
{
// put in float register
mipsArgs[AS_NUM_REG_INTS + numRegFloatArgs] = args[i];
numRegFloatArgs++;
}
else
{
// put in stack
mipsArgs[AS_NUM_REG_INTS + AS_NUM_REG_FLOATS + numRestArgs] = args[i];
numRestArgs++;
}
}
else
{
if (numRegIntArgs < AS_NUM_REG_INTS)
{
// put in int register
mipsArgs[numRegIntArgs] = args[i];
numRegIntArgs++;
}
else
{
// put in stack
mipsArgs[AS_NUM_REG_INTS + AS_NUM_REG_FLOATS + numRestArgs] = args[i];
numRestArgs++;
}
}
argBit <<= 1;
}
}
asQWORD CallCDeclFunction(const asDWORD *args, int argSize, asDWORD func, int flags)
{
int argNum = argSize >> 2;
int intArgs = 0;
int floatArgs = 0;
int restArgs = 0;
// put the arguments in the correct places in the mipsArgs array
if(argNum > 0)
splitArgs(args, argNum, intArgs, floatArgs, restArgs, flags);
return mipsFunc(intArgs << 2, floatArgs << 2, restArgs << 2, func);
}
// This function is identical to CallCDeclFunction, with the only difference that
// the value in the first parameter is the object
asQWORD CallThisCallFunction(const void *obj, const asDWORD *args, int argSize, asDWORD func, int flags)
{
int argNum = argSize >> 2;
int intArgs = 1;
int floatArgs = 0;
int restArgs = 0;
mipsArgs[0] = (asDWORD) obj;
// put the arguments in the correct places in the mipsArgs array
if (argNum > 0)
splitArgs(args, argNum, intArgs, floatArgs, restArgs, flags);
return mipsFunc(intArgs << 2, floatArgs << 2, restArgs << 2, func);
}
// This function is identical to CallCDeclFunction, with the only difference that
// the value in the last parameter is the object
asQWORD CallThisCallFunction_objLast(const void *obj, const asDWORD *args, int argSize, asDWORD func, int flags)
{
int argNum = argSize >> 2;
int intArgs = 0;
int floatArgs = 0;
int restArgs = 0;
// put the arguments in the correct places in the mipsArgs array
if(argNum > 0)
splitArgs(args, argNum, intArgs, floatArgs, restArgs, flags);
if(intArgs < AS_NUM_REG_INTS)
{
mipsArgs[intArgs] = (asDWORD) obj;
intArgs++;
}
else
{
mipsArgs[AS_NUM_REG_INTS + AS_NUM_REG_FLOATS + restArgs] = (asDWORD) obj;
restArgs++;
}
return mipsFunc(intArgs << 2, floatArgs << 2, restArgs << 2, func);
}
asDWORD GetReturnedFloat()
{
asDWORD f;
asm("swc1 $f0, %0\n" : "=m"(f));
return f;
}
asQWORD GetReturnedDouble()
{
asQWORD d = 0;
asm("sdc1 $f0, %0\n" : "=m"(d));
return d;
}
asQWORD CallSystemFunctionNative(asCContext *context, asCScriptFunction *descr, void *obj, asDWORD *args, void *retPointer, asQWORD &/*retQW2*/, void */*secondObject*/)
{
asCScriptEngine *engine = context->m_engine;
asSSystemFunctionInterface *sysFunc = descr->sysFuncIntf;
int callConv = sysFunc->callConv;
// TODO: Mips does not yet support THISCALL_OBJFIRST/LAST
asQWORD retQW = 0;
void *func = (void*)sysFunc->func;
int paramSize = sysFunc->paramSize;
asDWORD *vftable;
if( descr->returnType.IsObject() && !descr->returnType.IsReference() && !descr->returnType.IsObjectHandle() )
{
mipsArgs[AS_MIPS_MAX_ARGS+1] = (asDWORD) retPointer;
}
asASSERT(descr->parameterTypes.GetLength() <= AS_MIPS_MAX_ARGS);
// mark all float arguments
int argBit = 1;
int hostFlags = 0;
int intArgs = 0;
for( size_t a = 0; a < descr->parameterTypes.GetLength(); a++ )
{
if (descr->parameterTypes[a].IsFloatType())
hostFlags |= argBit;
else
intArgs++;
argBit <<= 1;
}
asDWORD paramBuffer[64];
if( sysFunc->takesObjByVal )
{
paramSize = 0;
int spos = 0;
int dpos = 1;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < descr->parameterTypes.GetLength(); n++ )
{
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObject() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObjectHandle() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() )
{
#ifdef COMPLEX_OBJS_PASSED_BY_REF
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->flags & COMPLEX_MASK )
{
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
paramSize++;
}
else
#endif
{
// Copy the object's memory to the buffer
memcpy(&paramBuffer[dpos], *(void**)(args+spos), descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryBytes());
// Delete the original memory
engine->CallFree(*(char**)(args+spos));
spos++;
dpos += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
paramSize += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
}
}
else
{
// Copy the value directly
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords() > 1 )
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
paramSize += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
}
}
// Keep a free location at the beginning
args = &paramBuffer[1];
}
switch( callConv )
{
case ICC_CDECL:
case ICC_CDECL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_STDCALL:
case ICC_STDCALL_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = CallCDeclFunction(args, paramSize<<2, (asDWORD)func, hostFlags);
break;
case ICC_THISCALL:
case ICC_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = CallThisCallFunction(obj, args, paramSize<<2, (asDWORD)func, hostFlags);
break;
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
// Get virtual function table from the object pointer
vftable = *(asDWORD**)obj;
retQW = CallThisCallFunction(obj, args, paramSize<<2, vftable[asDWORD(func)>>2], hostFlags);
break;
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = CallThisCallFunction_objLast(obj, args, paramSize<<2, (asDWORD)func, hostFlags);
break;
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = CallThisCallFunction(obj, args, paramSize<<2, (asDWORD)func, hostFlags);
break;
default:
context->SetInternalException(TXT_INVALID_CALLING_CONVENTION);
}
// If the return is a float value we need to get the value from the FP register
if( sysFunc->hostReturnFloat )
{
if( sysFunc->hostReturnSize == 1 )
*(asDWORD*)&retQW = GetReturnedFloat();
else
retQW = GetReturnedDouble();
}
return retQW;
}
asm(
" .text\n"
//" .align 2\n"
" .global mipsFunc\n"
" .ent mipsFunc\n"
"mipsFunc:\n"
//" .frame $fp,64,$31 # vars= 0, regs= 0/0, args= 0, gp= 0\n"
//" .mask 0x00000000,0\n"
//" .fmask 0x00000000,0\n"
" .set noreorder\n"
" .set nomacro\n"
// align the stack frame to 8 bytes
" addiu $12, $6, 7\n"
" li $13, -8\n" // 0xfffffffffffffff8
" and $12, $12, $13\n" // t4 holds the size of the argument block
// and add 8 bytes for the return pointer and s0 backup
" addiu $13, $12, 8\n" // t5 holds the total size of the stack frame (including return pointer)
// save the s0 register (so we can use it to remember where our return pointer is lives)
" sw $16, -4($sp)\n" // store the s0 register (so we can use it to remember how big our stack frame is)
// push the stack
" subu $sp, $sp, $13\n"
// find the return address, place in s0
" addu $16, $sp, $12\n"
// store the return pointer
" sw $31, 0($16)\n"
// backup our function params
" addiu $2, $7, 0\n"
" addiu $3, $6, 0\n"
// get global mipsArgs[] array pointer
//" lui $15, %hi(mipsArgs)\n"
//" addiu $15, $15, %lo(mipsArgs)\n"
// we'll use the macro instead because SN Systems doesnt like %hi/%lo
".set macro\n"
" la $15, mipsArgs\n"
".set nomacro\n"
// load register params
" lw $4, 0($15)\n"
" lw $5, 4($15)\n"
" lw $6, 8($15)\n"
" lw $7, 12($15)\n"
" lw $8, 16($15)\n"
" lw $9, 20($15)\n"
" lw $10, 24($15)\n"
" lw $11, 28($15)\n"
// load float params
" lwc1 $f12, 32($15)\n"
" lwc1 $f13, 36($15)\n"
" lwc1 $f14, 40($15)\n"
" lwc1 $f15, 44($15)\n"
" lwc1 $f16, 48($15)\n"
" lwc1 $f17, 52($15)\n"
" lwc1 $f18, 56($15)\n"
" lwc1 $f19, 60($15)\n"
// skip stack paramaters if there are none
" beq $3, $0, andCall\n"
// push stack paramaters
" addiu $15, $15, 64\n"
"pushArgs:\n"
" addiu $3, -4\n"
// load from $15 + stack bytes ($3)
" addu $14, $15, $3\n"
" lw $14, 0($14)\n"
// store to $sp + stack bytes ($3)
" addu $13, $sp, $3\n"
" sw $14, 0($13)\n"
// if there are more, loop...
" bne $3, $0, pushArgs\n"
" nop\n"
// and call the function
"andCall:\n"
" jal $2\n"
" nop\n"
// restore the return pointer
" lw $31, 0($16)\n"
// pop the stack pointer (remembering the return pointer was 8 bytes below the top)
" addiu $sp, $16, 8\n"
// and return from the function
" jr $31\n"
// restore the s0 register (in the branch delay slot)
" lw $16, -4($sp)\n"
" .set macro\n"
" .set reorder\n"
" .end mipsFunc\n"
" .size mipsFunc, .-mipsFunc\n"
);
#endif // PSP and PS2 MIPS ABI
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_MIPS
#endif // AS_MAX_PORTABILITY

674
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_callfunc_ppc.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_callfunc_ppc.cpp
//
// These functions handle the actual calling of system functions
//
// This version is PPC specific
//
#include <stdio.h>
#include "as_config.h"
#ifndef AS_MAX_PORTABILITY
#ifdef AS_PPC
#include "as_callfunc.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
#include "as_texts.h"
#include "as_tokendef.h"
#include "as_context.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
// This part was originally written by Pecan Heber, June 2006, for
// use on MacOS X with 32bit PPC processor. He based the code on the
// code in as_callfunc_sh4.cpp
#define AS_PPC_MAX_ARGS 32
// The array used to send values to the correct places.
// Contains a byte of argTypes to indicate the register tYpe to load
// or zero if end of arguments
// The +1 is for when CallThis (object methods) is used
// Extra +1 when returning in memory
// Extra +1 in ppcArgsType to ensure zero end-of-args marker
// TODO: multithread: We need to remove these global variables for thread-safety
enum argTypes { ppcENDARG, ppcINTARG, ppcFLOATARG, ppcDOUBLEARG };
static asDWORD ppcArgs[2*AS_PPC_MAX_ARGS + 1 + 1];
// Using extern "C" because we use this symbol name in the assembly code
extern "C"
{
static asBYTE ppcArgsType[2*AS_PPC_MAX_ARGS + 1 + 1 + 1];
}
// NOTE: these values are for PowerPC 32 bit.
#define PPC_LINKAGE_SIZE (24) // how big the PPC linkage area is in a stack frame
#define PPC_NUM_REGSTORE (9) // how many registers of the PPC we need to store/restore for ppcFunc()
#define PPC_REGSTORE_SIZE (4*PPC_NUM_REGSTORE) // how many bytes are required for register store/restore
#define EXTRA_STACK_SIZE (PPC_LINKAGE_SIZE + PPC_REGSTORE_SIZE) // memory required, not including parameters, for the stack frame
#define PPC_STACK_SIZE(numParams) (-( ( ((((numParams)<8)?8:(numParams))<<2) + EXTRA_STACK_SIZE + 15 ) & ~15 )) // calculates the total stack size needed for ppcFunc64, must pad to 16bytes
// Loads all data into the correct places and calls the function.
// ppcArgsType is an array containing a byte type (enum argTypes) for each argument.
// stackArgSize is the size in bytes for how much data to put on the stack frame
extern "C" asQWORD ppcFunc(const asDWORD* argsPtr, int StackArgSize, asDWORD func);
asm(" .text\n"
" .align 2\n" // align the code to 1 << 2 = 4 bytes
" .globl _ppcFunc\n"
"_ppcFunc:\n"
// We're receiving the following parameters
// r3 : argsPtr
// r4 : StackArgSize
// r5 : func
// The following registers are used through out the function
// r31 : the address of the label address, as reference for all other labels
// r30 : temporary variable
// r29 : arg list pointer
// r28 : number of FPR registers used by the parameters
// r27 : the function pointer that will be called
// r26 : the location of the parameters for the call
// r25 : arg type list pointer
// r24 : temporary variable
// r23 : number of GPR registers used by the parameters
// r1 : this is stack pointer
// r0 : temporary variable
// f0 : temporary variable
// We need to store some of the registers for restoral before returning to caller
// lr - always stored in 8(r1) - this is the return address
// cr - not required to be stored, but if it is, its place is in 4(r1) - this is the condition register
// r1 - always stored in 0(r1) - this is the stack pointer
// r11
// r13 to r31
// f14 to f31
// Store register values and setup our stack frame
" mflr r0 \n" // move the return address into r0
" stw r0, 8(r1) \n" // Store the return address on the stack
" stmw r23, -36(r1) \n" // Store registers r23 to r31 on the stack
" stwux r1, r1, r4 \n" // Increase the stack with the needed space and store the original value in the destination
// Obtain an address that we'll use as our position of reference when obtaining addresses of other labels
" bl address \n"
"address: \n"
" mflr r31 \n"
// initial registers for the function
" mr r29, r3 \n" // (r29) args list
" mr r27, r5 \n" // load the function pointer to call. func actually holds the pointer to our function
" addi r26, r1, 24 \n" // setup the pointer to the parameter area to the function we're going to call
" sub r0, r0, r0 \n" // zero out r0
" mr r23, r0 \n" // zero out r23, which holds the number of used GPR registers
" mr r28, r0 \n" // zero our r22, which holds the number of used float registers
// load the global ppcArgsType which holds the types of arguments for each argument
" addis r25, r31, ha16(_ppcArgsType - address) \n" // load the upper 16 bits of the address to r25
" la r25, lo16(_ppcArgsType - address)(r25) \n" // load the lower 16 bits of the address to r25
" subi r25, r25, 1 \n" // since we increment r25 on its use, we'll pre-decrement it
// loop through the arguments
"ppcNextArg: \n"
" addi r25, r25, 1 \n" // increment r25, our arg type pointer
// switch based on the current argument type (0:end, 1:int, 2:float 3:double)
" lbz r24, 0(r25) \n" // load the current argument type (it's a byte)
" mulli r24, r24, 4 \n" // our jump table has 4 bytes per case (1 instruction)
" addis r30, r31, ha16(ppcTypeSwitch - address) \n" // load the address of the jump table for the switch
" la r30, lo16(ppcTypeSwitch - address)(r30) \n"
" add r0, r30, r24 \n" // offset by our argument type
" mtctr r0 \n" // load the jump address into CTR
" bctr \n" // jump into the jump table/switch
" nop \n"
// the jump table/switch based on the current argument type
"ppcTypeSwitch: \n"
" b ppcArgsEnd \n"
" b ppcArgIsInteger \n"
" b ppcArgIsFloat \n"
" b ppcArgIsDouble \n"
// when we get here we have finished processing all the arguments
// everything is ready to go to call the function
"ppcArgsEnd: \n"
" mtctr r27 \n" // the function pointer is stored in r27, load that into CTR
" bctrl \n" // call the function. We have to do it this way so that the LR gets the proper
" nop \n" // return value (the next instruction below). So we have to branch from CTR instead of LR.
// Restore registers and caller's stack frame, then return to caller
" lwz r1, 0(r1) \n" // restore the caller's stack pointer
" lwz r0, 8(r1) \n" // load in the caller's LR
" mtlr r0 \n" // restore the caller's LR
" lmw r23, -36(r1) \n" // restore registers r23 to r31 from the stack
" blr \n" // return back to the caller
" nop \n"
// Integer argument (GPR register)
"ppcArgIsInteger: \n"
" addis r30, r31, ha16(ppcLoadIntReg - address) \n" // load the address to the jump table for integer registers
" la r30, lo16(ppcLoadIntReg - address)(r30) \n"
" mulli r0, r23, 8 \n" // each item in the jump table is 2 instructions (8 bytes)
" add r0, r0, r30 \n" // calculate ppcLoadIntReg[numUsedGPRRegs]
" lwz r30, 0(r29) \n" // load the next argument from the argument list into r30
" cmpwi r23, 8 \n" // we can only load GPR3 through GPR10 (8 registers)
" bgt ppcLoadIntRegUpd \n" // if we're beyond 8 GPR registers, we're in the stack, go there
" mtctr r0 \n" // load the address of our ppcLoadIntReg jump table (we're below 8 GPR registers)
" bctr \n" // load the argument into a GPR register
" nop \n"
// jump table for GPR registers, for the first 8 GPR arguments
"ppcLoadIntReg: \n"
" mr r3, r30 \n" // arg0 (to r3)
" b ppcLoadIntRegUpd \n"
" mr r4, r30 \n" // arg1 (to r4)
" b ppcLoadIntRegUpd \n"
" mr r5, r30 \n" // arg2 (to r5)
" b ppcLoadIntRegUpd \n"
" mr r6, r30 \n" // arg3 (to r6)
" b ppcLoadIntRegUpd \n"
" mr r7, r30 \n" // arg4 (to r7)
" b ppcLoadIntRegUpd \n"
" mr r8, r30 \n" // arg5 (to r8)
" b ppcLoadIntRegUpd \n"
" mr r9, r30 \n" // arg6 (to r9)
" b ppcLoadIntRegUpd \n"
" mr r10, r30 \n" // arg7 (to r10)
" b ppcLoadIntRegUpd \n"
// all GPR arguments still go on the stack
"ppcLoadIntRegUpd: \n"
" stw r30, 0(r26) \n" // store the argument into the next slot on the stack's argument list
" addi r23, r23, 1 \n" // count a used GPR register
" addi r29, r29, 4 \n" // move to the next argument on the list
" addi r26, r26, 4 \n" // adjust our argument stack pointer for the next
" b ppcNextArg \n" // next argument
// single Float argument
"ppcArgIsFloat:\n"
" addis r30, r31, ha16(ppcLoadFloatReg - address) \n" // get the base address of the float register jump table
" la r30, lo16(ppcLoadFloatReg - address)(r30) \n"
" mulli r0, r28, 8 \n" // each jump table entry is 8 bytes
" add r0, r0, r30 \n" // calculate the offset to ppcLoadFloatReg[numUsedFloatReg]
" lfs f0, 0(r29) \n" // load the next argument as a float into f0
" cmpwi r28, 13 \n" // can't load more than 13 float/double registers
" bgt ppcLoadFloatRegUpd \n" // if we're beyond 13 registers, just fall to inserting into the stack
" mtctr r0 \n" // jump into the float jump table
" bctr \n"
" nop \n"
// jump table for float registers, for the first 13 float arguments
"ppcLoadFloatReg: \n"
" fmr f1, f0 \n" // arg0 (f1)
" b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd \n"
" fmr f2, f0 \n" // arg1 (f2)
" b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd \n"
" fmr f3, f0 \n" // arg2 (f3)
" b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd \n"
" fmr f4, f0 \n" // arg3 (f4)
" b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd \n"
" fmr f5, f0 \n" // arg4 (f5)
" b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd \n"
" fmr f6, f0 \n" // arg5 (f6)
" b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd \n"
" fmr f7, f0 \n" // arg6 (f7)
" b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd \n"
" fmr f8, f0 \n" // arg7 (f8)
" b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd \n"
" fmr f9, f0 \n" // arg8 (f9)
" b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd \n"
" fmr f10, f0 \n" // arg9 (f10)
" b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd \n"
" fmr f11, f0 \n" // arg10 (f11)
" b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd \n"
" fmr f12, f0 \n" // arg11 (f12)
" b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd \n"
" fmr f13, f0 \n" // arg12 (f13)
" b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd \n"
" nop \n"
// all float arguments still go on the stack
"ppcLoadFloatRegUpd: \n"
" stfs f0, 0(r26) \n" // store, as a single float, f0 (current argument) on to the stack argument list
" addi r23, r23, 1 \n" // a float register eats up a GPR register
" addi r28, r28, 1 \n" // ...and, of course, a float register
" addi r29, r29, 4 \n" // move to the next argument in the list
" addi r26, r26, 4 \n" // move to the next stack slot
" b ppcNextArg \n" // on to the next argument
" nop \n"
// double Float argument
"ppcArgIsDouble: \n"
" addis r30, r31, ha16(ppcLoadDoubleReg - address) \n" // load the base address of the jump table for double registers
" la r30, lo16(ppcLoadDoubleReg - address)(r30) \n"
" mulli r0, r28, 8 \n" // each slot of the jump table is 8 bytes
" add r0, r0, r30 \n" // calculate ppcLoadDoubleReg[numUsedFloatReg]
" lfd f0, 0(r29) \n" // load the next argument, as a double float, into f0
" cmpwi r28, 13 \n" // the first 13 floats must go into float registers also
" bgt ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd \n" // if we're beyond 13, then just put on to the stack
" mtctr r0 \n" // we're under 13, first load our register
" bctr \n" // jump into the jump table
" nop \n"
// jump table for float registers, for the first 13 float arguments
"ppcLoadDoubleReg: \n"
" fmr f1, f0 \n" // arg0 (f1)
" b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd \n"
" fmr f2, f0 \n" // arg1 (f2)
" b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd \n"
" fmr f3, f0 \n" // arg2 (f3)
" b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd \n"
" fmr f4, f0 \n" // arg3 (f4)
" b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd \n"
" fmr f5, f0 \n" // arg4 (f5)
" b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd \n"
" fmr f6, f0 \n" // arg5 (f6)
" b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd \n"
" fmr f7, f0 \n" // arg6 (f7)
" b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd \n"
" fmr f8, f0 \n" // arg7 (f8)
" b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd \n"
" fmr f9, f0 \n" // arg8 (f9)
" b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd \n"
" fmr f10, f0 \n" // arg9 (f10)
" b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd \n"
" fmr f11, f0 \n" // arg10 (f11)
" b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd \n"
" fmr f12, f0 \n" // arg11 (f12)
" b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd \n"
" fmr f13, f0 \n" // arg12 (f13)
" b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd \n"
" nop \n"
// all float arguments still go on the stack
"ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd: \n"
" stfd f0, 0(r26) \n" // store f0, as a double, into the argument list on the stack
" addi r23, r23, 2 \n" // a double float eats up two GPRs
" addi r28, r28, 1 \n" // ...and, of course, a float
" addi r29, r29, 8 \n" // increment to our next argument we need to process (8 bytes for the 64bit float)
" addi r26, r26, 8 \n" // increment to the next slot on the argument list on the stack (8 bytes)
" b ppcNextArg \n" // on to the next argument
" nop \n"
);
asDWORD GetReturnedFloat()
{
asDWORD f;
asm(" stfs f1, %0\n" : "=m"(f));
return f;
}
asQWORD GetReturnedDouble()
{
asQWORD f;
asm(" stfd f1, %0\n" : "=m"(f));
return f;
}
// puts the arguments in the correct place in the stack array. See comments above.
void stackArgs(const asDWORD *args, const asBYTE *argsType, int& numIntArgs, int& numFloatArgs, int& numDoubleArgs)
{
int i;
int argWordPos = numIntArgs + numFloatArgs + (numDoubleArgs*2);
int typeOffset = numIntArgs + numFloatArgs + numDoubleArgs;
int typeIndex;
for( i = 0, typeIndex = 0; ; i++, typeIndex++ )
{
// store the type
ppcArgsType[typeOffset++] = argsType[typeIndex];
if( argsType[typeIndex] == ppcENDARG )
break;
switch( argsType[typeIndex] )
{
case ppcFLOATARG:
// stow float
ppcArgs[argWordPos] = args[i]; // it's just a bit copy
numFloatArgs++;
argWordPos++; //add one word
break;
case ppcDOUBLEARG:
// stow double
memcpy( &ppcArgs[argWordPos], &args[i], sizeof(double) ); // we have to do this because of alignment
numDoubleArgs++;
argWordPos+=2; //add two words
i++;//doubles take up 2 argument slots
break;
case ppcINTARG:
// stow register
ppcArgs[argWordPos] = args[i];
numIntArgs++;
argWordPos++;
break;
}
}
// close off the argument list (if we have max args we won't close it off until here)
ppcArgsType[typeOffset] = ppcENDARG;
}
static asQWORD CallCDeclFunction(const asDWORD* pArgs, const asBYTE *pArgsType, int argSize, asDWORD func, void *retInMemory)
{
int baseArgCount = 0;
if( retInMemory )
{
// the first argument is the 'return in memory' pointer
ppcArgs[0] = (asDWORD)retInMemory;
ppcArgsType[0] = ppcINTARG;
ppcArgsType[1] = ppcENDARG;
baseArgCount = 1;
}
// put the arguments in the correct places in the ppcArgs array
int numTotalArgs = baseArgCount;
if( argSize > 0 )
{
int intArgs = baseArgCount, floatArgs = 0, doubleArgs = 0;
stackArgs( pArgs, pArgsType, intArgs, floatArgs, doubleArgs );
numTotalArgs = intArgs + floatArgs + 2*doubleArgs; // doubles occupy two slots
}
else
{
// no arguments, cap the type list
ppcArgsType[baseArgCount] = ppcENDARG;
}
// call the function with the arguments
return ppcFunc( ppcArgs, PPC_STACK_SIZE(numTotalArgs), func );
}
// This function is identical to CallCDeclFunction, with the only difference that
// the value in the first parameter is the object (unless we are returning in memory)
static asQWORD CallThisCallFunction(const void *obj, const asDWORD* pArgs, const asBYTE *pArgsType, int argSize, asDWORD func, void *retInMemory )
{
int baseArgCount = 0;
if( retInMemory )
{
// the first argument is the 'return in memory' pointer
ppcArgs[0] = (asDWORD)retInMemory;
ppcArgsType[0] = ppcINTARG;
ppcArgsType[1] = ppcENDARG;
baseArgCount = 1;
}
// the first argument is the 'this' of the object
ppcArgs[baseArgCount] = (asDWORD)obj;
ppcArgsType[baseArgCount++] = ppcINTARG;
ppcArgsType[baseArgCount] = ppcENDARG;
// put the arguments in the correct places in the ppcArgs array
int numTotalArgs = baseArgCount;
if( argSize > 0 )
{
int intArgs = baseArgCount, floatArgs = 0, doubleArgs = 0;
stackArgs( pArgs, pArgsType, intArgs, floatArgs, doubleArgs );
numTotalArgs = intArgs + floatArgs + 2*doubleArgs; // doubles occupy two slots
}
// call the function with the arguments
return ppcFunc( ppcArgs, PPC_STACK_SIZE(numTotalArgs), func);
}
// This function is identical to CallCDeclFunction, with the only difference that
// the value in the last parameter is the object
// NOTE: on PPC the order for the args is reversed
static asQWORD CallThisCallFunction_objLast(const void *obj, const asDWORD* pArgs, const asBYTE *pArgsType, int argSize, asDWORD func, void *retInMemory)
{
UNUSED_VAR(argSize);
int baseArgCount = 0;
if( retInMemory )
{
// the first argument is the 'return in memory' pointer
ppcArgs[0] = (asDWORD)retInMemory;
ppcArgsType[0] = ppcINTARG;
ppcArgsType[1] = ppcENDARG;
baseArgCount = 1;
}
// stack any of the arguments
int intArgs = baseArgCount, floatArgs = 0, doubleArgs = 0;
stackArgs( pArgs, pArgsType, intArgs, floatArgs, doubleArgs );
int numTotalArgs = intArgs + floatArgs + doubleArgs;
// can we fit the object in at the end?
if( numTotalArgs < AS_PPC_MAX_ARGS )
{
// put the object pointer at the end
int argPos = intArgs + floatArgs + (doubleArgs * 2);
ppcArgs[argPos] = (asDWORD)obj;
ppcArgsType[numTotalArgs++] = ppcINTARG;
ppcArgsType[numTotalArgs] = ppcENDARG;
}
// call the function with the arguments
return ppcFunc( ppcArgs, PPC_STACK_SIZE(numTotalArgs), func );
}
asQWORD CallSystemFunctionNative(asCContext *context, asCScriptFunction *descr, void *obj, asDWORD *args, void *retPointer, asQWORD &/*retQW2*/, void */*secondObject*/)
{
// TODO: PPC does not yet support THISCALL_OBJFIRST/LAST
// use a working array of types, we'll configure the final one in stackArgs
asBYTE argsType[2*AS_PPC_MAX_ARGS + 1 + 1 + 1];
memset( argsType, 0, sizeof(argsType));
asCScriptEngine *engine = context->m_engine;
asSSystemFunctionInterface *sysFunc = descr->sysFuncIntf;
asQWORD retQW = 0;
void *func = (void*)sysFunc->func;
int paramSize = sysFunc->paramSize;
asDWORD *vftable = NULL;
int a, s;
// convert the parameters that are < 4 bytes from little endian to big endian
int argDwordOffset = 0;
for( a = 0; a < (int)descr->parameterTypes.GetLength(); a++ )
{
int numBytes = descr->parameterTypes[a].GetSizeInMemoryBytes();
if( numBytes >= 4 || descr->parameterTypes[a].IsReference() || descr->parameterTypes[a].IsObjectHandle() )
{
argDwordOffset += descr->parameterTypes[a].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
continue;
}
// flip
asASSERT( numBytes == 1 || numBytes == 2 );
switch( numBytes )
{
case 1:
{
volatile asBYTE *bPtr = (asBYTE*)ARG_DW(args[argDwordOffset]);
asBYTE t = bPtr[0];
bPtr[0] = bPtr[3];
bPtr[3] = t;
t = bPtr[1];
bPtr[1] = bPtr[2];
bPtr[2] = t;
}
break;
case 2:
{
volatile asWORD *wPtr = (asWORD*)ARG_DW(args[argDwordOffset]);
asWORD t = wPtr[0];
wPtr[0] = wPtr[1];
wPtr[1] = t;
}
break;
}
argDwordOffset++;
}
// mark all float/double/int arguments
if( !sysFunc->takesObjByVal )
{
for( s = 0, a = 0; s < (int)descr->parameterTypes.GetLength(); s++, a++ )
{
if( descr->parameterTypes[s].IsFloatType() && !descr->parameterTypes[s].IsReference() )
{
argsType[a] = ppcFLOATARG;
}
else if( descr->parameterTypes[s].IsDoubleType() && !descr->parameterTypes[s].IsReference() )
{
argsType[a] = ppcDOUBLEARG;
}
else
{
argsType[a] = ppcINTARG;
if( descr->parameterTypes[s].GetSizeOnStackDWords() == 2 )
{
// Add an extra integer argument for the extra size
a++;
argsType[a] = ppcINTARG;
}
}
}
}
asDWORD paramBuffer[64];
if( sysFunc->takesObjByVal )
{
paramSize = 0;
int spos = 0;
int dpos = 1;
int a = 0;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < descr->parameterTypes.GetLength(); n++ )
{
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObject() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObjectHandle() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() )
{
#ifdef COMPLEX_OBJS_PASSED_BY_REF
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->flags & COMPLEX_MASK )
{
argsType[a++] = ppcINTARG;
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
paramSize++;
}
else
#endif
{
// TODO: Probably have to handle asOBJ_APP_FLOAT as a primitive
// Copy the object's memory to the buffer
memcpy( &paramBuffer[dpos], *(void**)(args+spos), descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryBytes() );
// Delete the original memory
engine->CallFree(*(char**)(args+spos) );
spos++;
asUINT dwords = descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
dpos += dwords;
paramSize += dwords;
for( asUINT i = 0; i < dwords; i++ )
argsType[a++] = ppcINTARG;
}
}
else
{
// Copy the value directly
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].IsFloatType() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() )
argsType[a++] = ppcFLOATARG;
else if( descr->parameterTypes[n].IsDoubleType() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() )
argsType[a++] = ppcDOUBLEARG;
else
argsType[a++] = ppcINTARG;
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords() > 1 )
{
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
if( !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsDoubleType() ) // Double already knows it is 2 dwords
argsType[a++] = ppcINTARG;
}
paramSize += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
}
}
// Keep a free location at the beginning
args = &paramBuffer[1];
}
int callConv = sysFunc->callConv;
switch( callConv )
{
case ICC_CDECL:
case ICC_CDECL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_STDCALL:
case ICC_STDCALL_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = CallCDeclFunction( args, argsType, paramSize, (asDWORD)func, retPointer );
break;
case ICC_THISCALL:
case ICC_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = CallThisCallFunction(obj, args, argsType, paramSize, (asDWORD)func, retPointer );
break;
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
// Get virtual function table from the object pointer
vftable = *(asDWORD**)obj;
retQW = CallThisCallFunction( obj, args, argsType, paramSize, vftable[asDWORD(func)>>2], retPointer );
break;
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = CallThisCallFunction_objLast( obj, args, argsType, paramSize, (asDWORD)func, retPointer );
break;
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = CallThisCallFunction( obj, args, argsType, paramSize, (asDWORD)func, retPointer );
break;
default:
context->SetInternalException(TXT_INVALID_CALLING_CONVENTION);
}
// If the return is a float value we need to get the value from the FP register
if( sysFunc->hostReturnFloat )
{
if( sysFunc->hostReturnSize == 1 )
*(asDWORD*)&retQW = GetReturnedFloat();
else
retQW = GetReturnedDouble();
}
return retQW;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_PPC
#endif // AS_MAX_PORTABILITY

773
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_callfunc_ppc_64.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,773 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_callfunc_ppc_64.cpp
//
// These functions handle the actual calling of system functions
//
// This version is 64 bit PPC specific
//
#include "as_config.h"
#ifndef AS_MAX_PORTABILITY
#ifdef AS_PPC_64
#if AS_PTR_SIZE == 2
// TODO: Add support for PPC 64bit platforms with 64bit pointers, for example Linux PPC64 (big endian) and PPC64 (little endian)
#error This code has not been prepared for PPC with 64bit pointers. Most likely the ABI is different
#else
#include "as_callfunc.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
#include "as_texts.h"
#include "as_tokendef.h"
#include "as_context.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef __SNC__
#include "ppu_asm_intrinsics.h"
#endif
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
// This part was written and tested by Jeff Slutter
// from Reactor Zero, Abril, 2007, for PlayStation 3, which
// is a PowerPC 64bit based architecture. Even though it is
// 64bit it seems the pointer size is still 32bit.
// It still remains to be seen how well this code works
// on other PPC platforms, such as XBox 360, GameCube.
#define AS_PPC_MAX_ARGS 32
// The array used to send values to the correct places.
// Contains a byte of argTypes to indicate the register type to load
// or zero if end of arguments
// The +1 is for when CallThis (object methods) is used
// Extra +1 when returning in memory
// Extra +1 in ppcArgsType to ensure zero end-of-args marker
// TODO: multithread: The global variables must be removed to make the code thread safe
extern "C"
{
enum argTypes { ppcENDARG = 0, ppcINTARG = 1, ppcFLOATARG = 2, ppcDOUBLEARG = 3, ppcLONGARG = 4 };
static asBYTE ppcArgsType[AS_PPC_MAX_ARGS + 1 + 1 + 1];
static asDWORD ppcArgs[2*AS_PPC_MAX_ARGS + 1 + 1];
}
// NOTE: these values are for PowerPC 64 bit. I'm sure things are different for PowerPC 32bit, but I don't have one.
// I'm pretty sure that PPC 32bit sets up a stack frame slightly different (only 24 bytes for linkage area for instance)
#define PPC_LINKAGE_SIZE (0x30) // how big the PPC linkage area is in a stack frame
#define PPC_NUM_REGSTORE (10) // how many registers of the PPC we need to store/restore for ppcFunc64()
#define PPC_REGSTORE_SIZE (8*PPC_NUM_REGSTORE) // how many bytes are required for register store/restore
#define EXTRA_STACK_SIZE (PPC_LINKAGE_SIZE + PPC_REGSTORE_SIZE) // memory required, not including parameters, for the stack frame
#define PPC_STACK_SIZE(numParams) ( -(( ( (((numParams)<8)?8:(numParams))<<3) + EXTRA_STACK_SIZE + 15 ) & ~15) ) // calculates the total stack size needed for ppcFunc64, must pad to 16bytes
// This is PowerPC 64 bit specific
// Loads all data into the correct places and calls the function.
// ppcArgsType is an array containing a byte type (enum argTypes) for each argument.
// StackArgSizeInBytes is the size in bytes of the stack frame (takes into account linkage area, etc. must be multiple of 16)
extern "C" asQWORD ppcFunc64(const asDWORD* argsPtr, int StackArgSizeInBytes, asDWORD func);
asm(""
".text\n"
".align 4\n"
".p2align 4,,15\n"
".globl .ppcFunc64\n"
".ppcFunc64:\n"
// function prolog
"std %r22, -0x08(%r1)\n" // we need a register other than r0, to store the old stack pointer
"mr %r22, %r1\n" // store the old stack pointer, for now (to make storing registers easier)
"stdux %r1, %r1, %r4\n" // atomically store and update the stack pointer for the new stack frame (in case of a signal/interrupt)
"mflr %r0\n" // get the caller's LR register
"std %r0, 0x10(%r22)\n" // store the caller's LR register
"std %r23, -0x10(%r22)\n" //
"std %r24, -0x18(%r22)\n" //
"std %r25, -0x20(%r22)\n" //
"std %r26, -0x28(%r22)\n" //
"std %r27, -0x30(%r22)\n" //
"std %r28, -0x38(%r22)\n" //
"std %r29, -0x40(%r22)\n" //
"std %r30, -0x48(%r22)\n" //
"std %r31, -0x50(%r22)\n" //
"std %r3, 0x30(%r22)\n" // save our parameters
"std %r4, 0x38(%r22)\n" //
"std %r5, 0x40(%r22)\n" //
"mr %r31, %r1\n" // functions tend to store the stack pointer here too
// initial registers for the function
"mr %r29, %r3\n" // (r29) args list
"lwz %r27, 0(%r5)\n" // load the function pointer to call. func actually holds the pointer to our function
"addi %r26, %r1, 0x30\n" // setup the pointer to the parameter area to the function we're going to call
"sub %r0,%r0,%r0\n" // zero out r0
"mr %r23,%r0\n" // zero out r23, which holds the number of used GPR registers
"mr %r22,%r0\n" // zero our r22, which holds the number of used float registers
// load the global ppcArgsType which holds the types of arguments for each argument
"lis %r25, ppcArgsType@ha\n" // load the upper 16 bits of the address to r25
"addi %r25, %r25, ppcArgsType@l\n" // load the lower 16 bits of the address to r25
"subi %r25, %r25, 1\n" // since we increment r25 on its use, we'll pre-decrement it
// loop through the arguments
"ppcNextArg:\n"
"addi %r25, %r25, 1\n" // increment r25, our arg type pointer
// switch based on the current argument type (0:end, 1:int, 2:float 3:double)
"lbz %r24, 0(%r25)\n" // load the current argument type (it's a byte)
"mulli %r24, %r24, 4\n" // our jump table has 4 bytes per case (1 instruction)
"lis %r30, ppcTypeSwitch@ha\n" // load the address of the jump table for the switch
"addi %r30, %r30, ppcTypeSwitch@l\n"
"add %r0, %r30, %r24\n" // offset by our argument type
"mtctr %r0\n" // load the jump address into CTR
"bctr\n" // jump into the jump table/switch
"nop\n"
// the jump table/switch based on the current argument type
"ppcTypeSwitch:\n"
"b ppcArgsEnd\n"
"b ppcArgIsInteger\n"
"b ppcArgIsFloat\n"
"b ppcArgIsDouble\n"
"b ppcArgIsLong\n"
// when we get here we have finished processing all the arguments
// everything is ready to go to call the function
"ppcArgsEnd:\n"
"mtctr %r27\n" // the function pointer is stored in r27, load that into CTR
"bctrl\n" // call the function. We have to do it this way so that the LR gets the proper
"nop\n" // return value (the next instruction below). So we have to branch from CTR instead of LR.
// when we get here, the function has returned, this is the function epilog
"ld %r11,0x00(%r1)\n" // load in the caller's stack pointer
"ld %r0,0x10(%r11)\n" // load in the caller's LR
"mtlr %r0\n" // restore the caller's LR
"ld %r22, -0x08(%r11)\n" // load registers
"ld %r23, -0x10(%r11)\n" //
"ld %r24, -0x18(%r11)\n" //
"ld %r25, -0x20(%r11)\n" //
"ld %r26, -0x28(%r11)\n" //
"ld %r27, -0x30(%r11)\n" //
"ld %r28, -0x38(%r11)\n" //
"ld %r29, -0x40(%r11)\n" //
"ld %r30, -0x48(%r11)\n" //
"ld %r31, -0x50(%r11)\n" //
"mr %r1, %r11\n" // restore the caller's SP
"blr\n" // return back to the caller
"nop\n"
// Integer argument (GPR register)
"ppcArgIsInteger:\n"
"lis %r30,ppcLoadIntReg@ha\n" // load the address to the jump table for integer registers
"addi %r30, %r30, ppcLoadIntReg@l\n"
"mulli %r0, %r23, 8\n" // each item in the jump table is 2 instructions (8 bytes)
"add %r0, %r0, %r30\n" // calculate ppcLoadIntReg[numUsedGPRRegs]
"lwz %r30,0(%r29)\n" // load the next argument from the argument list into r30
"cmpwi %r23, 8\n" // we can only load GPR3 through GPR10 (8 registers)
"bgt ppcLoadIntRegUpd\n" // if we're beyond 8 GPR registers, we're in the stack, go there
"mtctr %r0\n" // load the address of our ppcLoadIntReg jump table (we're below 8 GPR registers)
"bctr\n" // load the argument into a GPR register
"nop\n"
// jump table for GPR registers, for the first 8 GPR arguments
"ppcLoadIntReg:\n"
"mr %r3,%r30\n" // arg0 (to r3)
"b ppcLoadIntRegUpd\n"
"mr %r4,%r30\n" // arg1 (to r4)
"b ppcLoadIntRegUpd\n"
"mr %r5,%r30\n" // arg2 (to r5)
"b ppcLoadIntRegUpd\n"
"mr %r6,%r30\n" // arg3 (to r6)
"b ppcLoadIntRegUpd\n"
"mr %r7,%r30\n" // arg4 (to r7)
"b ppcLoadIntRegUpd\n"
"mr %r8,%r30\n" // arg5 (to r8)
"b ppcLoadIntRegUpd\n"
"mr %r9,%r30\n" // arg6 (to r9)
"b ppcLoadIntRegUpd\n"
"mr %r10,%r30\n" // arg7 (to r10)
"b ppcLoadIntRegUpd\n"
// all GPR arguments still go on the stack
"ppcLoadIntRegUpd:\n"
"std %r30,0(%r26)\n" // store the argument into the next slot on the stack's argument list
"addi %r23, %r23, 1\n" // count a used GPR register
"addi %r29, %r29, 4\n" // move to the next argument on the list
"addi %r26, %r26, 8\n" // adjust our argument stack pointer for the next
"b ppcNextArg\n" // next argument
// single Float argument
"ppcArgIsFloat:\n"
"lis %r30,ppcLoadFloatReg@ha\n" // get the base address of the float register jump table
"addi %r30, %r30, ppcLoadFloatReg@l\n"
"mulli %r0, %r22 ,8\n" // each jump table entry is 8 bytes
"add %r0, %r0, %r30\n" // calculate the offset to ppcLoadFloatReg[numUsedFloatReg]
"lfs 0, 0(%r29)\n" // load the next argument as a float into f0
"cmpwi %r22, 13\n" // can't load more than 13 float/double registers
"bgt ppcLoadFloatRegUpd\n" // if we're beyond 13 registers, just fall to inserting into the stack
"mtctr %r0\n" // jump into the float jump table
"bctr\n"
"nop\n"
// jump table for float registers, for the first 13 float arguments
"ppcLoadFloatReg:\n"
"fmr 1,0\n" // arg0 (f1)
"b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd\n"
"fmr 2,0\n" // arg1 (f2)
"b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd\n"
"fmr 3,0\n" // arg2 (f3)
"b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd\n"
"fmr 4,0\n" // arg3 (f4)
"b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd\n"
"fmr 5,0\n" // arg4 (f5)
"b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd\n"
"fmr 6,0\n" // arg5 (f6)
"b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd\n"
"fmr 7,0\n" // arg6 (f7)
"b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd\n"
"fmr 8,0\n" // arg7 (f8)
"b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd\n"
"fmr 9,0\n" // arg8 (f9)
"b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd\n"
"fmr 10,0\n" // arg9 (f10)
"b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd\n"
"fmr 11,0\n" // arg10 (f11)
"b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd\n"
"fmr 12,0\n" // arg11 (f12)
"b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd\n"
"fmr 13,0\n" // arg12 (f13)
"b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd\n"
"nop\n"
// all float arguments still go on the stack
"ppcLoadFloatRegUpd:\n"
"stfs 0, 0x04(%r26)\n" // store, as a single float, f0 (current argument) on to the stack argument list
"addi %r23, %r23, 1\n" // a float register eats up a GPR register
"addi %r22, %r22, 1\n" // ...and, of course, a float register
"addi %r29, %r29, 4\n" // move to the next argument in the list
"addi %r26, %r26, 8\n" // move to the next stack slot
"b ppcNextArg\n" // on to the next argument
"nop\n"
// double Float argument
"ppcArgIsDouble:\n"
"lis %r30, ppcLoadDoubleReg@ha\n" // load the base address of the jump table for double registers
"addi %r30, %r30, ppcLoadDoubleReg@l\n"
"mulli %r0, %r22, 8\n" // each slot of the jump table is 8 bytes
"add %r0, %r0, %r30\n" // calculate ppcLoadDoubleReg[numUsedFloatReg]
"lfd 0, 0(%r29)\n" // load the next argument, as a double float, into f0
"cmpwi %r22,13\n" // the first 13 floats must go into float registers also
"bgt ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd\n" // if we're beyond 13, then just put on to the stack
"mtctr %r0\n" // we're under 13, first load our register
"bctr\n" // jump into the jump table
"nop\n"
// jump table for float registers, for the first 13 float arguments
"ppcLoadDoubleReg:\n"
"fmr 1,0\n" // arg0 (f1)
"b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd\n"
"fmr 2,0\n" // arg1 (f2)
"b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd\n"
"fmr 3,0\n" // arg2 (f3)
"b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd\n"
"fmr 4,0\n" // arg3 (f4)
"b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd\n"
"fmr 5,0\n" // arg4 (f5)
"b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd\n"
"fmr 6,0\n" // arg5 (f6)
"b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd\n"
"fmr 7,0\n" // arg6 (f7)
"b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd\n"
"fmr 8,0\n" // arg7 (f8)
"b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd\n"
"fmr 9,0\n" // arg8 (f9)
"b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd\n"
"fmr 10,0\n" // arg9 (f10)
"b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd\n"
"fmr 11,0\n" // arg10 (f11)
"b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd\n"
"fmr 12,0\n" // arg11 (f12)
"b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd\n"
"fmr 13,0\n" // arg12 (f13)
"b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd\n"
"nop\n"
// all float arguments still go on the stack
"ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd:\n"
"stfd 0,0(%r26)\n" // store f0, as a double, into the argument list on the stack
"addi %r23, %r23, 1\n" // a double float eats up one GPR
"addi %r22, %r22, 1\n" // ...and, of course, a float
"addi %r29, %r29, 8\n" // increment to our next argument we need to process (8 bytes for the 64bit float)
"addi %r26, %r26, 8\n" // increment to the next slot on the argument list on the stack (8 bytes)
"b ppcNextArg\n" // on to the next argument
"nop\n"
// Long (64 bit int) argument
"ppcArgIsLong:\n"
"lis %r30,ppcLoadLongReg@ha\n" // load the address to the jump table for integer64
"addi %r30, %r30, ppcLoadLongReg@l\n"
"mulli %r0, %r23, 8\n" // each item in the jump table is 2 instructions (8 bytes)
"add %r0, %r0, %r30\n" // calculate ppcLoadLongReg[numUsedGPRRegs]
"ld %r30,0(%r29)\n" // load the next argument from the argument list into r30
"cmpwi %r23, 8\n" // we can only load GPR3 through GPR10 (8 registers)
"bgt ppcLoadLongRegUpd\n" // if we're beyond 8 GPR registers, we're in the stack, go there
"mtctr %r0\n" // load the address of our ppcLoadLongReg jump table (we're below 8 GPR registers)
"bctr\n" // load the argument into a GPR register
"nop\n"
// jump table for GPR registers, for the first 8 GPR arguments
"ppcLoadLongReg:\n"
"mr %r3,%r30\n" // arg0 (to r3)
"b ppcLoadLongRegUpd\n"
"mr %r4,%r30\n" // arg1 (to r4)
"b ppcLoadLongRegUpd\n"
"mr %r5,%r30\n" // arg2 (to r5)
"b ppcLoadLongRegUpd\n"
"mr %r6,%r30\n" // arg3 (to r6)
"b ppcLoadLongRegUpd\n"
"mr %r7,%r30\n" // arg4 (to r7)
"b ppcLoadLongRegUpd\n"
"mr %r8,%r30\n" // arg5 (to r8)
"b ppcLoadLongRegUpd\n"
"mr %r9,%r30\n" // arg6 (to r9)
"b ppcLoadLongRegUpd\n"
"mr %r10,%r30\n" // arg7 (to r10)
"b ppcLoadLongRegUpd\n"
// all GPR arguments still go on the stack
"ppcLoadLongRegUpd:\n"
"std %r30,0(%r26)\n" // store the argument into the next slot on the stack's argument list
"addi %r23, %r23, 1\n" // count a used GPR register
"addi %r29, %r29, 8\n" // move to the next argument on the list
"addi %r26, %r26, 8\n" // adjust our argument stack pointer for the next
"b ppcNextArg\n" // next argument
);
static asDWORD GetReturnedFloat(void)
{
asDWORD f;
#ifdef __SNC__
__stfs( __freg(1), 0, (void*)&f);
#else
asm(" stfs 1, %0\n" : "=m"(f));
#endif
return f;
}
static asQWORD GetReturnedDouble(void)
{
asQWORD f;
#ifdef __SNC__
__stfd( __freg(1), 0, (void*)&f);
#else
asm(" stfd 1, %0\n" : "=m"(f));
#endif
return f;
}
// puts the arguments in the correct place in the stack array. See comments above.
static void stackArgs( const asDWORD *args, const asBYTE *argsType, int &numIntArgs, int &numFloatArgs, int &numDoubleArgs, int &numLongArgs )
{
// initialize our offset based on any already placed arguments
int i;
int argWordPos = numIntArgs + numFloatArgs + (numDoubleArgs*2) + (numLongArgs*2);
int typeOffset = numIntArgs + numFloatArgs + numDoubleArgs + numLongArgs;
int typeIndex;
for( i = 0, typeIndex = 0; ; i++, typeIndex++ )
{
// store the type
ppcArgsType[typeOffset++] = argsType[typeIndex];
if( argsType[typeIndex] == ppcENDARG )
break;
switch( argsType[typeIndex] )
{
case ppcFLOATARG:
{
// stow float
ppcArgs[argWordPos] = args[i]; // it's just a bit copy
numFloatArgs++;
argWordPos++; //add one word
}
break;
case ppcDOUBLEARG:
{
// stow double
memcpy( &ppcArgs[argWordPos], &args[i], sizeof(double) ); // we have to do this because of alignment
numDoubleArgs++;
argWordPos+=2; //add two words
i++;//doubles take up 2 argument slots
}
break;
case ppcINTARG:
{
// stow register
ppcArgs[argWordPos] = args[i];
numIntArgs++;
argWordPos++;
}
break;
case ppcLONGARG:
{
// stow long
memcpy( &ppcArgs[argWordPos], &args[i], 8 ); // for alignment purposes, we use memcpy
numLongArgs++;
argWordPos += 2; // add two words
i++; // longs take up 2 argument slots
}
break;
}
}
// close off the argument list (if we have max args we won't close it off until here)
ppcArgsType[typeOffset] = ppcENDARG;
}
static asQWORD CallCDeclFunction(const asDWORD* pArgs, const asBYTE *pArgsType, int argSize, asDWORD func, void *retInMemory)
{
int baseArgCount = 0;
if( retInMemory )
{
// the first argument is the 'return in memory' pointer
ppcArgs[0] = (asDWORD)retInMemory;
ppcArgsType[0] = ppcINTARG;
ppcArgsType[1] = ppcENDARG;
baseArgCount = 1;
}
// put the arguments in the correct places in the ppcArgs array
int numTotalArgs = baseArgCount;
if( argSize > 0 )
{
int intArgs = baseArgCount, floatArgs = 0, doubleArgs = 0, longArgs = 0;
stackArgs( pArgs, pArgsType, intArgs, floatArgs, doubleArgs, longArgs );
numTotalArgs = intArgs + floatArgs + doubleArgs + longArgs;
}
else
{
// no arguments, cap the type list
ppcArgsType[baseArgCount] = ppcENDARG;
}
// call the function with the arguments
return ppcFunc64( ppcArgs, PPC_STACK_SIZE(numTotalArgs), func );
}
// This function is identical to CallCDeclFunction, with the only difference that
// the value in the first parameter is the object (unless we are returning in memory)
static asQWORD CallThisCallFunction(const void *obj, const asDWORD* pArgs, const asBYTE *pArgsType, int argSize, asDWORD func, void *retInMemory )
{
int baseArgCount = 0;
if( retInMemory )
{
// the first argument is the 'return in memory' pointer
ppcArgs[0] = (asDWORD)retInMemory;
ppcArgsType[0] = ppcINTARG;
ppcArgsType[1] = ppcENDARG;
baseArgCount = 1;
}
// the first argument is the 'this' of the object
ppcArgs[baseArgCount] = (asDWORD)obj;
ppcArgsType[baseArgCount++] = ppcINTARG;
ppcArgsType[baseArgCount] = ppcENDARG;
// put the arguments in the correct places in the ppcArgs array
int numTotalArgs = baseArgCount;
if( argSize > 0 )
{
int intArgs = baseArgCount, floatArgs = 0, doubleArgs = 0, longArgs = 0;
stackArgs( pArgs, pArgsType, intArgs, floatArgs, doubleArgs, longArgs );
numTotalArgs = intArgs + floatArgs + doubleArgs + longArgs;
}
// call the function with the arguments
return ppcFunc64( ppcArgs, PPC_STACK_SIZE(numTotalArgs), func);
}
// This function is identical to CallCDeclFunction, with the only difference that
// the value in the last parameter is the object
// NOTE: on PPC the order for the args is reversed
static asQWORD CallThisCallFunction_objLast(const void *obj, const asDWORD* pArgs, const asBYTE *pArgsType, int argSize, asDWORD func, void *retInMemory)
{
UNUSED_VAR(argSize);
int baseArgCount = 0;
if( retInMemory )
{
// the first argument is the 'return in memory' pointer
ppcArgs[0] = (asDWORD)retInMemory;
ppcArgsType[0] = ppcINTARG;
ppcArgsType[1] = ppcENDARG;
baseArgCount = 1;
}
// stack any of the arguments
int intArgs = baseArgCount, floatArgs = 0, doubleArgs = 0, longArgs = 0;
stackArgs( pArgs, pArgsType, intArgs, floatArgs, doubleArgs, longArgs );
int numTotalArgs = intArgs + floatArgs + doubleArgs;
// can we fit the object in at the end?
if( numTotalArgs < AS_PPC_MAX_ARGS )
{
// put the object pointer at the end
int argPos = intArgs + floatArgs + (doubleArgs * 2) + (longArgs *2);
ppcArgs[argPos] = (asDWORD)obj;
ppcArgsType[numTotalArgs++] = ppcINTARG;
ppcArgsType[numTotalArgs] = ppcENDARG;
}
// call the function with the arguments
return ppcFunc64( ppcArgs, PPC_STACK_SIZE(numTotalArgs), func );
}
// returns true if the given parameter is a 'variable argument'
inline bool IsVariableArgument( asCDataType type )
{
return (type.GetTokenType() == ttQuestion) ? true : false;
}
asQWORD CallSystemFunctionNative(asCContext *context, asCScriptFunction *descr, void *obj, asDWORD *args, void *retPointer, asQWORD &/*retQW2*/, void */*secondObject*/)
{
// TODO: PPC 64 does not yet support THISCALL_OBJFIRST/LAST
// use a working array of types, we'll configure the final one in stackArgs
asBYTE argsType[AS_PPC_MAX_ARGS + 1 + 1 + 1];
memset( argsType, 0, sizeof(argsType));
asCScriptEngine *engine = context->m_engine;
asSSystemFunctionInterface *sysFunc = descr->sysFuncIntf;
int callConv = sysFunc->callConv;
asQWORD retQW = 0;
void *func = (void*)sysFunc->func;
int paramSize = sysFunc->paramSize;
asDWORD *vftable = NULL;
int a;
// convert the parameters that are < 4 bytes from little endian to big endian
int argDwordOffset = 0;
int totalArgumentCount = 0;
for( a = 0; a < (int)descr->parameterTypes.GetLength(); ++a )
{
// get the size for the parameter
int numBytes = descr->parameterTypes[a].GetSizeInMemoryBytes();
++totalArgumentCount;
// is this a variable argument?
// for variable arguments, the typeID will always follow...but we know it is 4 bytes
// so we can skip that parameter automatically.
bool isVarArg = IsVariableArgument( descr->parameterTypes[a] );
if( isVarArg )
{
++totalArgumentCount;
}
if( numBytes >= 4 || descr->parameterTypes[a].IsReference() || descr->parameterTypes[a].IsObjectHandle() )
{
// DWORD or larger parameter --- no flipping needed
argDwordOffset += descr->parameterTypes[a].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
}
else
{
// flip
asASSERT( numBytes == 1 || numBytes == 2 );
switch( numBytes )
{
case 1:
{
volatile asBYTE *bPtr = (asBYTE*)ARG_DW(args[argDwordOffset]);
asBYTE t = bPtr[0];
bPtr[0] = bPtr[3];
bPtr[3] = t;
t = bPtr[1];
bPtr[1] = bPtr[2];
bPtr[2] = t;
}
break;
case 2:
{
volatile asWORD *wPtr = (asWORD*)ARG_DW(args[argDwordOffset]);
asWORD t = wPtr[0];
wPtr[0] = wPtr[1];
wPtr[1] = t;
}
break;
}
++argDwordOffset;
}
if( isVarArg )
{
// skip the implicit typeID
++argDwordOffset;
}
}
asASSERT( totalArgumentCount <= AS_PPC_MAX_ARGS );
// mark all float/double/int arguments
int argIndex = 0;
for( a = 0; a < (int)descr->parameterTypes.GetLength(); ++a, ++argIndex )
{
// get the base type
argsType[argIndex] = ppcINTARG;
if( descr->parameterTypes[a].IsFloatType() && !descr->parameterTypes[a].IsReference() )
{
argsType[argIndex] = ppcFLOATARG;
}
if( descr->parameterTypes[a].IsDoubleType() && !descr->parameterTypes[a].IsReference() )
{
argsType[argIndex] = ppcDOUBLEARG;
}
if( descr->parameterTypes[a].GetSizeOnStackDWords() == 2 && !descr->parameterTypes[a].IsDoubleType() && !descr->parameterTypes[a].IsReference() )
{
argsType[argIndex] = ppcLONGARG;
}
// if it is a variable argument, account for the typeID
if( IsVariableArgument(descr->parameterTypes[a]) )
{
// implicitly add another parameter (AFTER the parameter above), for the TypeID
argsType[++argIndex] = ppcINTARG;
}
}
asASSERT( argIndex == totalArgumentCount );
asDWORD paramBuffer[64];
if( sysFunc->takesObjByVal )
{
paramSize = 0;
int spos = 0;
int dpos = 1;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < descr->parameterTypes.GetLength(); n++ )
{
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObject() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObjectHandle() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() &&
!(descr->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_APP_ARRAY) )
{
#ifdef COMPLEX_OBJS_PASSED_BY_REF
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->flags & COMPLEX_MASK )
{
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
++paramSize;
}
else
#endif
{
// NOTE: we may have to do endian flipping here
// Copy the object's memory to the buffer
memcpy( &paramBuffer[dpos], *(void**)(args+spos), descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryBytes() );
// Delete the original memory
engine->CallFree( *(char**)(args+spos) );
spos++;
dpos += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
paramSize += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
}
}
else
{
// Copy the value directly
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords() > 1 )
{
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
}
paramSize += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
}
// if this was a variable argument parameter, then account for the implicit typeID
if( IsVariableArgument( descr->parameterTypes[n] ) )
{
// the TypeID is just a DWORD
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
++paramSize;
}
}
// Keep a free location at the beginning
args = &paramBuffer[1];
}
// one last verification to make sure things are how we expect
switch( callConv )
{
case ICC_CDECL:
case ICC_CDECL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_STDCALL:
case ICC_STDCALL_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = CallCDeclFunction( args, argsType, paramSize, (asDWORD)func, retPointer );
break;
case ICC_THISCALL:
case ICC_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = CallThisCallFunction(obj, args, argsType, paramSize, (asDWORD)func, retPointer );
break;
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
// Get virtual function table from the object pointer
vftable = *(asDWORD**)obj;
retQW = CallThisCallFunction( obj, args, argsType, paramSize, vftable[asDWORD(func)>>2], retPointer );
break;
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = CallThisCallFunction_objLast( obj, args, argsType, paramSize, (asDWORD)func, retPointer );
break;
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = CallThisCallFunction( obj, args, argsType, paramSize, (asDWORD)func, retPointer );
break;
default:
context->SetInternalException(TXT_INVALID_CALLING_CONVENTION);
}
if( sysFunc->hostReturnFloat )
{
// If the return is a float value we need to get the value from the FP register
if( sysFunc->hostReturnSize == 1 )
*(asDWORD*)&retQW = GetReturnedFloat();
else
retQW = GetReturnedDouble();
}
else if( sysFunc->hostReturnSize == 1 )
{
// Move the bits to the higher value to compensate for the adjustment that the caller does
retQW <<= 32;
}
return retQW;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_PTR_SIZE == 2
#endif // AS_PPC_64
#endif // AS_MAX_PORTABILITY

393
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_callfunc_sh4.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_callfunc_sh4.cpp
//
// These functions handle the actual calling of system functions
//
// This version is SH4 specific and was originally written
// by Fredrik Ehnbom in May, 2004
// Later updated for angelscript 2.0.0 by Fredrik Ehnbom in Jan, 2005
// References:
// * http://www.renesas.com/avs/resource/japan/eng/pdf/mpumcu/e602156_sh4.pdf
// * http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/wcechp40/html/_callsh4_SH_4_Calling_Standard.asp
#include "as_config.h"
#ifndef AS_MAX_PORTABILITY
#ifdef AS_SH4
#include "as_callfunc.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
#include "as_texts.h"
#include "as_tokendef.h"
#include "as_context.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
#define AS_SH4_MAX_ARGS 32
// The array used to send values to the correct places.
// first 0-4 regular values to load into the r4-r7 registers
// then 0-8 float values to load into the fr4-fr11 registers
// then (AS_SH4_MAX_ARGS - 12) values to load onto the stack
// the +1 is for when CallThis (object methods) is used
// extra +1 when returning in memory
extern "C" {
static asDWORD sh4Args[AS_SH4_MAX_ARGS + 1 + 1];
}
// Loads all data into the correct places and calls the function.
// intArgSize is the size in bytes for how much data to put in int registers
// floatArgSize is the size in bytes for how much data to put in float registers
// stackArgSize is the size in bytes for how much data to put on the callstack
extern "C" asQWORD sh4Func(int intArgSize, int floatArgSize, int stackArgSize, asDWORD func);
asm(""
" .align 4\n"
" .global _sh4Func\n"
"_sh4Func:\n"
" mov.l r14,@-r15\n"
" mov.l r13,@-r15\n"
" mov.l r12,@-r15\n"
" sts.l pr,@-r15\n" // must be saved since we call a subroutine
" mov r7, r14\n" // func
" mov r6, r13\n" // stackArgSize
" mov.l r5,@-r15\n" // floatArgSize
" mov.l sh4Args,r0\n"
" pref @r0\n"
" mov r4, r1\n" // intArgsize
" mov #33*4,r2\n"
" extu.b r2,r2\n" // make unsigned (33*4 = 132 => 128)
" mov.l @(r0,r2), r2\n" // r2 has adress for when returning in memory
"_sh4f_intarguments:\n" // copy all the int arguments to the respective registers
" mov #4*2*2,r3\n" // calculate how many bytes to skip
" sub r1,r3\n"
" braf r3\n"
" add #-4,r1\n" // we are indexing the array backwards, so subtract one (delayed slot)
" mov.l @(r0,r1),r7\n" // 4 arguments
" add #-4,r1\n"
" mov.l @(r0,r1),r6\n" // 3 arguments
" add #-4,r1\n"
" mov.l @(r0,r1),r5\n" // 2 arguments
" add #-4,r1\n"
" mov.l @(r0,r1),r4\n" // 1 argument
" nop\n"
"_sh4f_floatarguments:\n" // copy all the float arguments to the respective registers
" add #4*4, r0\n"
" mov.l @r15+,r1\n" // floatArgSize
" mov #8*2*2,r3\n" // calculate how many bytes to skip
" sub r1,r3\n"
" braf r3\n"
" add #-4,r1\n" // we are indexing the array backwards, so subtract one (delayed slot)
" fmov.s @(r0,r1),fr11\n" // 8 arguments
" add #-4,r1\n"
" fmov.s @(r0,r1),fr10\n" // 7 arguments
" add #-4,r1\n"
" fmov.s @(r0,r1),fr9\n" // 6 arguments
" add #-4,r1\n"
" fmov.s @(r0,r1),fr8\n" // 5 arguments
" add #-4,r1\n"
" fmov.s @(r0,r1),fr7\n" // 4 arguments
" add #-4,r1\n"
" fmov.s @(r0,r1),fr6\n" // 3 arguments
" add #-4,r1\n"
" fmov.s @(r0,r1),fr5\n" // 2 arguments
" add #-4,r1\n"
" fmov.s @(r0,r1),fr4\n" // 1 argument
" nop\n"
"_sh4f_stackarguments:\n" // copy all the stack argument onto the stack
" add #8*4, r0\n"
" mov r0, r1\n"
" mov #0, r0\n" // init position counter (also used as a 0-check on the line after)
" cmp/eq r0, r13\n"
" bt _sh4f_functioncall\n" // no arguments to push onto the stack
" mov r13, r3\n" // stackArgSize
" sub r3,r15\n" // "allocate" space on the stack
" shlr2 r3\n" // make into a counter
"_sh4f_stackloop:\n"
" mov.l @r1+, r12\n"
" mov.l r12, @(r0, r15)\n"
" add #4, r0\n"
" dt r3\n"
" bf _sh4f_stackloop\n"
"_sh4f_functioncall:\n"
" jsr @r14\n" // no arguments
" nop\n"
" add r13, r15\n" // restore stack position
" lds.l @r15+,pr\n"
" mov.l @r15+, r12\n"
" mov.l @r15+, r13\n"
" rts\n"
" mov.l @r15+, r14\n" // delayed slot
"\n"
" .align 4\n"
"sh4Args:\n"
" .long _sh4Args\n"
);
// puts the arguments in the correct place in the sh4Args-array. See comments above.
// This could be done better.
inline void splitArgs(const asDWORD *args, int argNum, int &numRegIntArgs, int &numRegFloatArgs, int &numRestArgs, int hostFlags) {
int i;
int argBit = 1;
for (i = 0; i < argNum; i++) {
if (hostFlags & argBit) {
if (numRegFloatArgs < 12 - 4) {
// put in float register
sh4Args[4 + numRegFloatArgs] = args[i];
numRegFloatArgs++;
} else {
// put in stack
sh4Args[4 + 8 + numRestArgs] = args[i];
numRestArgs++;
}
} else {
if (numRegIntArgs < 8 - 4) {
// put in int register
sh4Args[numRegIntArgs] = args[i];
numRegIntArgs++;
} else {
// put in stack
sh4Args[4 + 8 + numRestArgs] = args[i];
numRestArgs++;
}
}
argBit <<= 1;
}
}
asQWORD CallCDeclFunction(const asDWORD *args, int argSize, asDWORD func, int flags)
{
int argNum = argSize >> 2;
int intArgs = 0;
int floatArgs = 0;
int restArgs = 0;
// put the arguments in the correct places in the sh4Args array
if (argNum > 0)
splitArgs(args, argNum, intArgs, floatArgs, restArgs, flags);
return sh4Func(intArgs << 2, floatArgs << 2, restArgs << 2, func);
}
// This function is identical to CallCDeclFunction, with the only difference that
// the value in the first parameter is the object
asQWORD CallThisCallFunction(const void *obj, const asDWORD *args, int argSize, asDWORD func, int flags)
{
int argNum = argSize >> 2;
int intArgs = 1;
int floatArgs = 0;
int restArgs = 0;
sh4Args[0] = (asDWORD) obj;
// put the arguments in the correct places in the sh4Args array
if (argNum >= 1)
splitArgs(args, argNum, intArgs, floatArgs, restArgs, flags);
return sh4Func(intArgs << 2, floatArgs << 2, restArgs << 2, func);
}
// This function is identical to CallCDeclFunction, with the only difference that
// the value in the last parameter is the object
asQWORD CallThisCallFunction_objLast(const void *obj, const asDWORD *args, int argSize, asDWORD func, int flags)
{
int argNum = argSize >> 2;
int intArgs = 0;
int floatArgs = 0;
int restArgs = 0;
// put the arguments in the correct places in the sh4Args array
if (argNum >= 1)
splitArgs(args, argNum, intArgs, floatArgs, restArgs, flags);
if (intArgs < 4) {
sh4Args[intArgs] = (asDWORD) obj;
intArgs++;
} else {
sh4Args[4 + 8 + restArgs] = (asDWORD) obj;
restArgs++;
}
return sh4Func(intArgs << 2, floatArgs << 2, restArgs << 2, func);
}
asDWORD GetReturnedFloat()
{
asDWORD f;
asm("fmov.s fr0, %0\n" : "=m"(f));
return f;
}
// sizeof(double) == 4 with sh-elf-gcc (3.4.0) -m4
// so this isn't really used...
asQWORD GetReturnedDouble()
{
asQWORD d;
asm("fmov dr0, %0\n" : "=m"(d));
return d;
}
asQWORD CallSystemFunctionNative(asCContext *context, asCScriptFunction *descr, void *obj, asDWORD *args, void *retPointer, asQWORD &/*retQW2*/, void */*secondObject*/)
{
// TODO: SH4 does not yet support THISCALL_OBJFIRST/LAST
asCScriptEngine *engine = context->m_engine;
asSSystemFunctionInterface *sysFunc = descr->sysFuncIntf;
int callConv = sysFunc->callConv;
asQWORD retQW = 0;
void *func = (void*)sysFunc->func;
int paramSize = sysFunc->paramSize;
asDWORD *vftable;
if( descr->returnType.IsObject() && !descr->returnType.IsReference() && !descr->returnType.IsObjectHandle() )
{
sh4Args[AS_SH4_MAX_ARGS+1] = (asDWORD) retPointer;
}
asASSERT(descr->parameterTypes.GetLength() <= 32);
// mark all float arguments
int argBit = 1;
int hostFlags = 0;
int intArgs = 0;
for( asUINT a = 0; a < descr->parameterTypes.GetLength(); a++ ) {
if (descr->parameterTypes[a].IsFloatType()) {
hostFlags |= argBit;
} else intArgs++;
argBit <<= 1;
}
asDWORD paramBuffer[64];
if( sysFunc->takesObjByVal )
{
paramSize = 0;
int spos = 0;
int dpos = 1;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < descr->parameterTypes.GetLength(); n++ )
{
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObject() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObjectHandle() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() )
{
#ifdef COMPLEX_OBJS_PASSED_BY_REF
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->flags & COMPLEX_MASK )
{
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
paramSize++;
}
else
#endif
{
// Copy the object's memory to the buffer
memcpy(&paramBuffer[dpos], *(void**)(args+spos), descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryBytes());
// Delete the original memory
engine->CallFree(*(char**)(args+spos));
spos++;
dpos += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
paramSize += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
}
}
else
{
// Copy the value directly
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords() > 1 )
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
paramSize += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
}
}
// Keep a free location at the beginning
args = &paramBuffer[1];
}
switch( callConv )
{
case ICC_CDECL:
case ICC_CDECL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_STDCALL:
case ICC_STDCALL_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = CallCDeclFunction(args, paramSize<<2, (asDWORD)func, hostFlags);
break;
case ICC_THISCALL:
case ICC_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = CallThisCallFunction(obj, args, paramSize<<2, (asDWORD)func, hostFlags);
break;
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
// Get virtual function table from the object pointer
vftable = *(asDWORD**)obj;
retQW = CallThisCallFunction(obj, args, paramSize<<2, vftable[asDWORD(func)>>2], hostFlags);
break;
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = CallThisCallFunction_objLast(obj, args, paramSize<<2, (asDWORD)func, hostFlags);
break;
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
retQW = CallThisCallFunction(obj, args, paramSize<<2, (asDWORD)func, hostFlags);
break;
default:
context->SetInternalException(TXT_INVALID_CALLING_CONVENTION);
}
// If the return is a float value we need to get the value from the FP register
if( sysFunc->hostReturnFloat )
{
if( sysFunc->hostReturnSize == 1 )
*(asDWORD*)&retQW = GetReturnedFloat();
else
retQW = GetReturnedDouble();
}
return retQW;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_SH4
#endif // AS_MAX_PORTABILITY

477
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_callfunc_x64_gcc.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,477 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
/*
* Implements the AMD64 calling convention for gcc-based 64bit Unices
*
* Author: Ionut "gargltk" Leonte <ileonte@bitdefender.com>
*
* Initial author: niteice
*
* Added support for functor methods by Jordi Oliveras Rovira in April, 2014.
*/
// Useful references for the System V AMD64 ABI:
// http://eli.thegreenplace.net/2011/09/06/stack-frame-layout-on-x86-64/
// http://math-atlas.sourceforge.net/devel/assembly/abi_sysV_amd64.pdf
#include "as_config.h"
#ifndef AS_MAX_PORTABILITY
#ifdef AS_X64_GCC
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
#include "as_texts.h"
#include "as_context.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
enum argTypes { x64INTARG = 0, x64FLOATARG = 1 };
typedef asQWORD ( *funcptr_t )( void );
#define X64_MAX_ARGS 32
#define MAX_CALL_INT_REGISTERS 6
#define MAX_CALL_SSE_REGISTERS 8
#define X64_CALLSTACK_SIZE ( X64_MAX_ARGS + MAX_CALL_SSE_REGISTERS + 3 )
// Note to self: Always remember to inform the used registers on the clobber line,
// so that the gcc optimizer doesn't try to use them for other things
static asQWORD __attribute__((noinline)) X64_CallFunction(const asQWORD *args, int cnt, funcptr_t func, asQWORD &retQW2, bool returnFloat)
{
// Need to flag the variable as volatile so the compiler doesn't optimize out the variable
volatile asQWORD retQW1 = 0;
// Reference: http://www.x86-64.org/documentation/abi.pdf
__asm__ __volatile__ (
" movq %0, %%rcx \n" // rcx = cnt
" movq %1, %%r10 \n" // r10 = args
" movq %2, %%r11 \n" // r11 = func
// Backup stack pointer in R15 that is guaranteed to maintain its value over function calls
" movq %%rsp, %%r15 \n"
#ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
// Make sure the stack unwind logic knows we've backed up the stack pointer in register r15
// This should only be done if any optimization is done. If no optimization (-O0) is used,
// then the compiler already backups the rsp before entering the inline assembler code
" .cfi_def_cfa_register r15 \n"
#endif
// Skip the first 128 bytes on the stack frame, called "red zone",
// that might be used by the compiler to store temporary values
" sub $128, %%rsp \n"
// Make sure the stack pointer will be aligned to 16 bytes when the function is called
" movq %%rcx, %%rdx \n"
" salq $3, %%rdx \n"
" movq %%rsp, %%rax \n"
" sub %%rdx, %%rax \n"
" and $15, %%rax \n"
" sub %%rax, %%rsp \n"
// Push the stack parameters, i.e. the arguments that won't be loaded into registers
" movq %%rcx, %%rsi \n"
" testl %%esi, %%esi \n"
" jle endstack \n"
" subl $1, %%esi \n"
" xorl %%edx, %%edx \n"
" leaq 8(, %%rsi, 8), %%rcx \n"
"loopstack: \n"
" movq 112(%%r10, %%rdx), %%rax \n"
" pushq %%rax \n"
" addq $8, %%rdx \n"
" cmpq %%rcx, %%rdx \n"
" jne loopstack \n"
"endstack: \n"
// Populate integer and floating point parameters
" movq %%r10, %%rax \n"
" mov (%%rax), %%rdi \n"
" mov 8(%%rax), %%rsi \n"
" mov 16(%%rax), %%rdx \n"
" mov 24(%%rax), %%rcx \n"
" mov 32(%%rax), %%r8 \n"
" mov 40(%%rax), %%r9 \n"
" add $48, %%rax \n"
" movsd (%%rax), %%xmm0 \n"
" movsd 8(%%rax), %%xmm1 \n"
" movsd 16(%%rax), %%xmm2 \n"
" movsd 24(%%rax), %%xmm3 \n"
" movsd 32(%%rax), %%xmm4 \n"
" movsd 40(%%rax), %%xmm5 \n"
" movsd 48(%%rax), %%xmm6 \n"
" movsd 56(%%rax), %%xmm7 \n"
// Call the function
" call *%%r11 \n"
// Restore stack pointer
" mov %%r15, %%rsp \n"
#ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
// Inform the stack unwind logic that the stack pointer has been restored
// This should only be done if any optimization is done. If no optimization (-O0) is used,
// then the compiler already backups the rsp before entering the inline assembler code
" .cfi_def_cfa_register rsp \n"
#endif
// Put return value in retQW1 and retQW2, using either RAX:RDX or XMM0:XMM1 depending on type of return value
" movl %5, %%ecx \n"
" testb %%cl, %%cl \n"
" je intret \n"
" lea %3, %%rax \n"
" movq %%xmm0, (%%rax) \n"
" lea %4, %%rdx \n"
" movq %%xmm1, (%%rdx) \n"
" jmp endcall \n"
"intret: \n"
" movq %%rax, %3 \n"
" movq %%rdx, %4 \n"
"endcall: \n"
: : "r" ((asQWORD)cnt), "r" (args), "r" (func), "m" (retQW1), "m" (retQW2), "m" (returnFloat)
: "%xmm0", "%xmm1", "%xmm2", "%xmm3", "%xmm4", "%xmm5", "%xmm6", "%xmm7",
"%rdi", "%rsi", "%rax", "%rdx", "%rcx", "%r8", "%r9", "%r10", "%r11", "%r15");
return retQW1;
}
// returns true if the given parameter is a 'variable argument'
static inline bool IsVariableArgument( asCDataType type )
{
return ( type.GetTokenType() == ttQuestion ) ? true : false;
}
asQWORD CallSystemFunctionNative(asCContext *context, asCScriptFunction *descr, void *obj, asDWORD *args, void *retPointer, asQWORD &retQW2, void *secondObject)
{
asCScriptEngine *engine = context->m_engine;
asSSystemFunctionInterface *sysFunc = descr->sysFuncIntf;
int callConv = sysFunc->callConv;
asQWORD retQW = 0;
asDWORD *stack_pointer = args;
funcptr_t *vftable = NULL;
int totalArgumentCount = 0;
int n = 0;
int param_post = 0;
int argIndex = 0;
funcptr_t func = (funcptr_t)sysFunc->func;
if( sysFunc->hostReturnInMemory )
{
// The return is made in memory
callConv++;
}
#ifdef AS_NO_THISCALL_FUNCTOR_METHOD
// Determine the real function pointer in case of virtual method
if ( obj && ( callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL || callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM ) )
#else
if ( obj && ( callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM) )
#endif
{
vftable = *((funcptr_t**)obj);
func = vftable[FuncPtrToUInt(asFUNCTION_t(func)) >> 3];
}
// Determine the type of the arguments, and prepare the input array for the X64_CallFunction
asQWORD paramBuffer[X64_CALLSTACK_SIZE] = { 0 };
asBYTE argsType[X64_CALLSTACK_SIZE] = { 0 };
switch ( callConv )
{
case ICC_CDECL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_STDCALL_RETURNINMEM:
{
paramBuffer[0] = (asPWORD)retPointer;
argsType[0] = x64INTARG;
argIndex = 1;
break;
}
#ifndef AS_NO_THISCALL_FUNCTOR_METHOD
case ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST:
param_post = 2;
#endif
case ICC_THISCALL:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST:
{
paramBuffer[0] = (asPWORD)obj;
argsType[0] = x64INTARG;
argIndex = 1;
break;
}
#ifndef AS_NO_THISCALL_FUNCTOR_METHOD
case ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
param_post = 2;
#endif
case ICC_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
{
paramBuffer[0] = (asPWORD)retPointer;
paramBuffer[1] = (asPWORD)obj;
argsType[0] = x64INTARG;
argsType[1] = x64INTARG;
argIndex = 2;
break;
}
#ifndef AS_NO_THISCALL_FUNCTOR_METHOD
case ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST:
{
paramBuffer[0] = (asPWORD)obj;
paramBuffer[1] = (asPWORD)secondObject;
argsType[0] = x64INTARG;
argsType[1] = x64INTARG;
argIndex = 2;
break;
}
case ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
{
paramBuffer[0] = (asPWORD)retPointer;
paramBuffer[1] = (asPWORD)obj;
paramBuffer[2] = (asPWORD)secondObject;
argsType[0] = x64INTARG;
argsType[1] = x64INTARG;
argsType[2] = x64INTARG;
argIndex = 3;
break;
}
#endif
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST:
param_post = 1;
break;
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
{
paramBuffer[0] = (asPWORD)retPointer;
argsType[0] = x64INTARG;
argIndex = 1;
param_post = 1;
break;
}
}
int argumentCount = ( int )descr->parameterTypes.GetLength();
for( int a = 0; a < argumentCount; ++a )
{
const asCDataType &parmType = descr->parameterTypes[a];
if( parmType.IsFloatType() && !parmType.IsReference() )
{
argsType[argIndex] = x64FLOATARG;
memcpy(paramBuffer + argIndex, stack_pointer, sizeof(float));
argIndex++;
stack_pointer++;
}
else if( parmType.IsDoubleType() && !parmType.IsReference() )
{
argsType[argIndex] = x64FLOATARG;
memcpy(paramBuffer + argIndex, stack_pointer, sizeof(double));
argIndex++;
stack_pointer += 2;
}
else if( IsVariableArgument( parmType ) )
{
// The variable args are really two, one pointer and one type id
argsType[argIndex] = x64INTARG;
argsType[argIndex+1] = x64INTARG;
memcpy(paramBuffer + argIndex, stack_pointer, sizeof(void*));
memcpy(paramBuffer + argIndex + 1, stack_pointer + 2, sizeof(asDWORD));
argIndex += 2;
stack_pointer += 3;
}
else if( parmType.IsPrimitive() ||
parmType.IsReference() ||
parmType.IsObjectHandle() )
{
argsType[argIndex] = x64INTARG;
if( parmType.GetSizeOnStackDWords() == 1 )
{
memcpy(paramBuffer + argIndex, stack_pointer, sizeof(asDWORD));
stack_pointer++;
}
else
{
memcpy(paramBuffer + argIndex, stack_pointer, sizeof(asQWORD));
stack_pointer += 2;
}
argIndex++;
}
else
{
// An object is being passed by value
if( (parmType.GetTypeInfo()->flags & COMPLEX_MASK) ||
parmType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords() > 4 )
{
// Copy the address of the object
argsType[argIndex] = x64INTARG;
memcpy(paramBuffer + argIndex, stack_pointer, sizeof(asQWORD));
argIndex++;
}
else if( (parmType.GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_APP_CLASS_ALLINTS) ||
(parmType.GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_APP_PRIMITIVE) )
{
// Copy the value of the object
if( parmType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords() > 2 )
{
argsType[argIndex] = x64INTARG;
argsType[argIndex+1] = x64INTARG;
memcpy(paramBuffer + argIndex, *(asDWORD**)stack_pointer, parmType.GetSizeInMemoryBytes());
argIndex += 2;
}
else
{
argsType[argIndex] = x64INTARG;
memcpy(paramBuffer + argIndex, *(asDWORD**)stack_pointer, parmType.GetSizeInMemoryBytes());
argIndex++;
}
// Delete the original memory
engine->CallFree(*(void**)stack_pointer);
}
else if( (parmType.GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_APP_CLASS_ALLFLOATS) ||
(parmType.GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_APP_FLOAT) )
{
// Copy the value of the object
if( parmType.GetSizeInMemoryDWords() > 2 )
{
argsType[argIndex] = x64FLOATARG;
argsType[argIndex+1] = x64FLOATARG;
memcpy(paramBuffer + argIndex, *(asDWORD**)stack_pointer, parmType.GetSizeInMemoryBytes());
argIndex += 2;
}
else
{
argsType[argIndex] = x64FLOATARG;
memcpy(paramBuffer + argIndex, *(asDWORD**)stack_pointer, parmType.GetSizeInMemoryBytes());
argIndex++;
}
// Delete the original memory
engine->CallFree(*(void**)stack_pointer);
}
stack_pointer += 2;
}
}
// For the CDECL_OBJ_LAST calling convention we need to add the object pointer as the last argument
if( param_post )
{
#ifdef AS_NO_THISCALL_FUNCTOR_METHOD
paramBuffer[argIndex] = (asPWORD)obj;
#else
paramBuffer[argIndex] = (asPWORD)(param_post > 1 ? secondObject : obj);
#endif
argsType[argIndex] = x64INTARG;
argIndex++;
}
totalArgumentCount = argIndex;
/*
* Q: WTF is going on here !?
*
* A: The idea is to pre-arange the parameters so that X64_CallFunction() can do
* it's little magic which must work regardless of how the compiler decides to
* allocate registers. Basically:
* - the first MAX_CALL_INT_REGISTERS entries in tempBuff will
* contain the values/types of the x64INTARG parameters - that is the ones who
* go into the registers. If the function has less then MAX_CALL_INT_REGISTERS
* integer parameters then the last entries will be set to 0
* - the next MAX_CALL_SSE_REGISTERS entries will contain the float/double arguments
* that go into the floating point registers. If the function has less than
* MAX_CALL_SSE_REGISTERS floating point parameters then the last entries will
* be set to 0
* - index MAX_CALL_INT_REGISTERS + MAX_CALL_SSE_REGISTERS marks the start of the
* parameters which will get passed on the stack. These are added to the array
* in reverse order so that X64_CallFunction() can simply push them to the stack
* without the need to perform further tests
*/
asQWORD tempBuff[X64_CALLSTACK_SIZE] = { 0 };
asBYTE argsSet[X64_CALLSTACK_SIZE] = { 0 };
int used_int_regs = 0;
int used_sse_regs = 0;
int used_stack_args = 0;
int idx = 0;
for ( n = 0; ( n < totalArgumentCount ) && ( used_int_regs < MAX_CALL_INT_REGISTERS ); n++ )
{
if ( argsType[n] == x64INTARG )
{
argsSet[n] = 1;
tempBuff[idx++] = paramBuffer[n];
used_int_regs++;
}
}
idx = MAX_CALL_INT_REGISTERS;
for ( n = 0; ( n < totalArgumentCount ) && ( used_sse_regs < MAX_CALL_SSE_REGISTERS ); n++ )
{
if ( argsType[n] == x64FLOATARG )
{
argsSet[n] = 1;
tempBuff[idx++] = paramBuffer[n];
used_sse_regs++;
}
}
idx = MAX_CALL_INT_REGISTERS + MAX_CALL_SSE_REGISTERS;
for ( n = totalArgumentCount - 1; n >= 0; n-- )
{
if ( !argsSet[n] )
{
tempBuff[idx++] = paramBuffer[n];
used_stack_args++;
}
}
retQW = X64_CallFunction( tempBuff, used_stack_args, func, retQW2, sysFunc->hostReturnFloat );
return retQW;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_X64_GCC
#endif // AS_MAX_PORTABILITY

348
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_callfunc_x64_mingw.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// This code was adapted from as_callfunc_x64_msvc by _Vicious_ on August 20th, 2011.
//
// Added support for functor methods by Jordi Oliveras Rovira in April, 2014.
//
#include <stdio.h>
#include "as_config.h"
#ifndef AS_MAX_PORTABILITY
#ifdef AS_X64_MINGW
#include "as_callfunc.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
#include "as_texts.h"
#include "as_context.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
static asQWORD __attribute__((noinline)) CallX64(const asQWORD *args, const asQWORD *floatArgs, const int paramSize, asQWORD func)
{
volatile asQWORD ret = 0;
__asm__ __volatile__ (
"# Move the parameters into registers before the rsp is modified\n"
"mov %1, %%r10\n" // r10 = args
"mov %2, %%r11\n" // r11 = floatArgs
"xor %%r12, %%r12\n"
"mov %3, %%r12d\n"
"mov %4, %%r14\n" // r14 = func
"# Store the stack pointer in r15 since it is guaranteed not to change over a function call\n"
"mov %%rsp, %%r15\n"
"# Allocate space on the stack for the arguments\n"
"# Make room for at least 4 arguments even if there are less. When\n"
"# the compiler does optimizations for speed it may use these for \n"
"# temporary storage.\n"
"mov %%r12, %%rdi\n"
"add $32,%%edi\n"
"# Make sure the stack pointer is 16byte aligned so the\n"
"# whole program optimizations will work properly\n"
"# TODO: runtime optimize: Can this be optimized with fewer instructions?\n"
"mov %%rsp,%%rsi\n"
"sub %%rdi,%%rsi\n"
"and $0x8,%%rsi\n"
"add %%rsi,%%rdi\n"
"sub %%rdi,%%rsp\n"
"# Jump straight to calling the function if no parameters\n"
"cmp $0,%%r12 # Compare paramSize with 0\n"
"je callfunc # Jump to call funtion if (paramSize == 0)\n"
"# Copy arguments from script stack to application stack\n"
"# Order is (first to last):\n"
"# rcx, rdx, r8, r9 & everything else goes on stack\n"
"movq (%%r10),%%rcx\n"
"movq 8(%%r10),%%rdx\n"
"movq 16(%%r10),%%r8\n"
"movq 24(%%r10),%%r9\n"
"# Negate the 4 params from the size to be copied\n"
"sub $32,%%r12d\n"
"js copyfloat # Jump if negative result\n"
"jz copyfloat # Jump if zero result\n"
"# Now copy all remaining params onto stack allowing space for first four\n"
"# params to be flushed back to the stack if required by the callee.\n"
"add $32,%%r10 # Position input pointer 4 args ahead\n"
"mov %%rsp,%%r13 # Put the stack pointer into r13\n"
"add $32,%%r13 # Leave space for first 4 args on stack\n"
"copyoverflow:\n"
"movq (%%r10),%%rdi # Read param from source stack into rdi\n"
"movq %%rdi,(%%r13) # Copy param to real stack\n"
"add $8,%%r13 # Move virtual stack pointer\n"
"add $8,%%r10 # Move source stack pointer\n"
"sub $8,%%r12d # Decrement remaining count\n"
"jnz copyoverflow # Continue if more params\n"
"copyfloat:\n"
"# Any floating point params?\n"
"cmp $0,%%r11\n"
"je callfunc\n"
"movlpd (%%r11),%%xmm0\n"
"movlpd 8(%%r11),%%xmm1\n"
"movlpd 16(%%r11),%%xmm2\n"
"movlpd 24(%%r11),%%xmm3\n"
"callfunc:\n"
"call *%%r14\n"
"# restore stack pointer\n"
"mov %%r15, %%rsp\n"
"lea %0, %%rbx\n" // Load the address of the ret variable into rbx
"movq %%rax,(%%rbx)\n" // Copy the returned value into the ret variable
: // no output
: "m" (ret), "r" (args), "r" (floatArgs), "r" (paramSize), "r" (func)
: "rdi", "rsi", "rsp", "rbx", "r10", "r11", "%r12", "r13", "r14", "r15"
);
return ret;
}
static asDWORD GetReturnedFloat()
{
volatile asDWORD ret = 0;
__asm__ __volatile__ (
"lea %0, %%rax\n"
"movss %%xmm0, (%%rax)"
: /* no output */
: "m" (ret)
: "%rax"
);
return ret;
}
static asQWORD GetReturnedDouble()
{
volatile asQWORD ret = 0;
__asm__ __volatile__ (
"lea %0, %%rax\n"
"movlpd %%xmm0, (%%rax)"
: /* no optput */
: "m" (ret)
: "%rax"
);
return ret;
}
asQWORD CallSystemFunctionNative(asCContext *context, asCScriptFunction *descr, void *obj, asDWORD *args, void *retPointer, asQWORD &/*retQW2*/, void *secondObject)
{
asCScriptEngine *engine = context->m_engine;
asSSystemFunctionInterface *sysFunc = descr->sysFuncIntf;
asQWORD retQW = 0;
void *func = (void*)sysFunc->func;
asUINT paramSize = 0; // QWords
void **vftable;
asQWORD allArgBuffer[64];
asQWORD floatArgBuffer[4];
int callConv = sysFunc->callConv;
if( sysFunc->hostReturnInMemory )
{
// The return is made in memory
callConv++;
// Set the return pointer as the first argument
allArgBuffer[paramSize++] = (asQWORD)retPointer;
}
#ifdef AS_NO_THISCALL_FUNCTOR_METHOD
if( callConv == ICC_THISCALL ||
callConv == ICC_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM )
#else
// Optimization to avoid check 12 values (all ICC_ that contains THISCALL)
if( (callConv >= ICC_THISCALL && callConv <= ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM) ||
(callConv >= ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST && callConv <= ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM) )
#endif
{
// Add the object pointer as the first parameter
allArgBuffer[paramSize++] = (asQWORD)obj;
}
if( callConv == ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST ||
callConv == ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM )
{
// Add the object pointer as the first parameter
allArgBuffer[paramSize++] = (asQWORD)obj;
}
#ifndef AS_NO_THISCALL_FUNCTOR_METHOD
else if( callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST ||
callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM )
{
// Add the object pointer as the first parameter
allArgBuffer[paramSize++] = (asQWORD)secondObject;
}
#endif
#ifdef AS_NO_THISCALL_FUNCTOR_METHOD
if( callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM )
#else
if( callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM )
#endif
{
// Get the true function pointer from the virtual function table
vftable = *(void***)obj;
func = vftable[asPWORD(func)>>3];
}
// Move the arguments to the buffer
asUINT dpos = paramSize;
asUINT spos = 0;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < descr->parameterTypes.GetLength(); n++ )
{
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObject() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObjectHandle() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() )
{
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords() >= AS_LARGE_OBJ_MIN_SIZE ||
(descr->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->flags & COMPLEX_MASK) )
{
allArgBuffer[dpos++] = *(asQWORD*)&args[spos];
spos += AS_PTR_SIZE;
paramSize++;
}
else
{
// Copy the object's memory to the buffer
memcpy(&allArgBuffer[dpos], *(void**)(args+spos), descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryBytes());
// Delete the original memory
engine->CallFree(*(char**)(args+spos));
spos += AS_PTR_SIZE;
asUINT dwords = descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
asUINT qwords = (dwords >> 1) + (dwords & 1);
dpos += qwords;
paramSize += qwords;
}
}
else if( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetTokenType() == ttQuestion )
{
// Copy the reference and the type id
allArgBuffer[dpos++] = *(asQWORD*)&args[spos];
spos += 2;
allArgBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
paramSize += 2;
}
else
{
// Copy the value directly
asUINT dwords = descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
if( dwords > 1 )
{
allArgBuffer[dpos] = *(asQWORD*)&args[spos];
// Double arguments are moved to a separate buffer in order to be placed in the XMM registers,
// though this is only done for first 4 arguments, the rest are placed on the stack
if( paramSize < 4 && descr->parameterTypes[n].IsDoubleType() )
floatArgBuffer[dpos] = *(asQWORD*)&args[spos];
dpos++;
spos += 2;
}
else
{
allArgBuffer[dpos] = args[spos];
// Float arguments are moved to a separate buffer in order to be placed in the XMM registers,
// though this is only done for first 4 arguments, the rest are placed on the stack
if( paramSize < 4 && descr->parameterTypes[n].IsFloatType() )
floatArgBuffer[dpos] = args[spos];
dpos++;
spos++;
}
paramSize++;
}
}
if( callConv == ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST ||
callConv == ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM )
{
// Add the object pointer as the last parameter
allArgBuffer[paramSize++] = (asQWORD)obj;
}
#ifndef AS_NO_THISCALL_FUNCTOR_METHOD
else if( callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST ||
callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM )
{
// Add the object pointer as the last parameter
allArgBuffer[paramSize++] = (asQWORD)secondObject;
}
#endif
retQW = CallX64(allArgBuffer, floatArgBuffer, paramSize*8, (asPWORD)func);
// If the return is a float value we need to get the value from the FP register
if( sysFunc->hostReturnFloat )
{
if( sysFunc->hostReturnSize == 1 )
*(asDWORD*)&retQW = GetReturnedFloat();
else
retQW = GetReturnedDouble();
}
return retQW;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_X64_MSVC
#endif // AS_MAX_PORTABILITY

217
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_callfunc_x64_msvc.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// Added support for thiscall methods by Jordi Oliveras Rovira in April, 2014.
//
#include <stdio.h>
#include "as_config.h"
#ifndef AS_MAX_PORTABILITY
#ifdef AS_X64_MSVC
#include "as_callfunc.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
#include "as_texts.h"
#include "as_context.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
// These functions are implemented in as_callfunc_x64_msvc.asm
extern "C" asQWORD CallX64(const asQWORD *args, const asQWORD *floatArgs, int paramSize, asQWORD func);
extern "C" asDWORD GetReturnedFloat();
extern "C" asQWORD GetReturnedDouble();
asQWORD CallSystemFunctionNative(asCContext *context, asCScriptFunction *descr, void *obj, asDWORD *args, void *retPointer, asQWORD &/*retQW2*/, void *secondObject)
{
asCScriptEngine *engine = context->m_engine;
asSSystemFunctionInterface *sysFunc = descr->sysFuncIntf;
asQWORD retQW = 0;
void *func = (void*)sysFunc->func;
asUINT paramSize = 0; // QWords
void **vftable;
asQWORD allArgBuffer[64];
asQWORD floatArgBuffer[4];
int callConv = sysFunc->callConv;
// Optimization to avoid check 12 values (all ICC_ that contains THISCALL)
if( (callConv >= ICC_THISCALL && callConv <= ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM) ||
(callConv >= ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST && callConv <= ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM) )
{
// Add the object pointer as the first parameter
allArgBuffer[paramSize++] = (asQWORD)obj;
}
if( sysFunc->hostReturnInMemory )
{
// The return is made in memory
callConv++;
// Set the return pointer as the first argument
allArgBuffer[paramSize++] = (asQWORD)retPointer;
}
if( callConv == ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST ||
callConv == ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM )
{
// Add the object pointer as the first parameter
allArgBuffer[paramSize++] = (asQWORD)obj;
}
else if( callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST ||
callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM )
{
// Add the object pointer as the first parameter
allArgBuffer[paramSize++] = (asQWORD)secondObject;
}
if( callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM )
{
// Get the true function pointer from the virtual function table
vftable = *(void***)obj;
func = vftable[asPWORD(func)>>2];
}
// Move the arguments to the buffer
asUINT dpos = paramSize;
asUINT spos = 0;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < descr->parameterTypes.GetLength(); n++ )
{
asCDataType &dt = descr->parameterTypes[n];
if( dt.IsObject() && !dt.IsObjectHandle() && !dt.IsReference() )
{
if( dt.GetSizeInMemoryDWords() >= AS_LARGE_OBJ_MIN_SIZE ||
(dt.GetTypeInfo()->flags & COMPLEX_MASK) )
{
allArgBuffer[dpos++] = *(asQWORD*)&args[spos];
spos += AS_PTR_SIZE;
paramSize++;
}
else
{
// Copy the object's memory to the buffer
memcpy(&allArgBuffer[dpos], *(void**)(args+spos), dt.GetSizeInMemoryBytes());
// Delete the original memory
engine->CallFree(*(char**)(args+spos));
spos += AS_PTR_SIZE;
asUINT dwords = dt.GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
asUINT qwords = (dwords >> 1) + (dwords & 1);
dpos += qwords;
paramSize += qwords;
}
}
else if( dt.GetTokenType() == ttQuestion )
{
// Copy the reference and the type id
allArgBuffer[dpos++] = *(asQWORD*)&args[spos];
spos += 2;
allArgBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
paramSize += 2;
}
else
{
// Copy the value directly
asUINT dwords = dt.GetSizeOnStackDWords();
if( dwords > 1 )
{
allArgBuffer[dpos] = *(asQWORD*)&args[spos];
// Double arguments are moved to a separate buffer in order to be placed in the XMM registers,
// though this is only done for first 4 arguments, the rest are placed on the stack
if( paramSize < 4 && dt.IsDoubleType() )
floatArgBuffer[dpos] = *(asQWORD*)&args[spos];
dpos++;
spos += 2;
}
else
{
allArgBuffer[dpos] = args[spos];
// Float arguments are moved to a separate buffer in order to be placed in the XMM registers,
// though this is only done for first 4 arguments, the rest are placed on the stack
if( paramSize < 4 && dt.IsFloatType() )
floatArgBuffer[dpos] = args[spos];
dpos++;
spos++;
}
paramSize++;
}
}
if( callConv == ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST ||
callConv == ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM )
{
// Add the object pointer as the last parameter
allArgBuffer[paramSize++] = (asQWORD)obj;
}
else if( callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST ||
callConv == ICC_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST ||
callConv == ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM )
{
// Add the object pointer as the last parameter
allArgBuffer[paramSize++] = (asQWORD)secondObject;
}
retQW = CallX64(allArgBuffer, floatArgBuffer, paramSize*8, (asPWORD)func);
// If the return is a float value we need to get the value from the FP register
if( sysFunc->hostReturnFloat )
{
if( sysFunc->hostReturnSize == 1 )
*(asDWORD*)&retQW = GetReturnedFloat();
else
retQW = GetReturnedDouble();
}
return retQW;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_X64_MSVC
#endif // AS_MAX_PORTABILITY

208
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_callfunc_x64_msvc_asm.asm vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
;
; AngelCode Scripting Library
; Copyright (c) 2003-2011 Andreas Jonsson
;
; This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
; warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
; damages arising from the use of this software.
;
; Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
; purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
; redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
;
; 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
; must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
; this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
; documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
;
; 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
; must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
;
; 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
; distribution.
;
; The original version of this library can be located at:
; http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
;
; Andreas Jonsson
; andreas@angelcode.com
;
.code
PUBLIC CallX64
; asQWORD CallX64(const asQWORD *args, const asQWORD *floatArgs, int paramSize, asQWORD func)
CallX64 PROC FRAME
; PROLOG
; We must save preserved registers that are used
; TODO: No need to save unused registers
push rbp
.pushreg rbp
push rsi
.pushreg rsi
push r11
.pushreg r11
push rdi
.pushreg rdi
push r12
.pushreg r12
push r13
.pushreg r13
push r14
.pushreg r14
push r15
.pushreg r15
push rbx
.pushreg rbx
sub rsp, 050h
.allocstack 050h
mov rbp, rsp
.setframe rbp, 0
.endprolog
; Move function param to non-scratch register
mov r14, r9 ; r14 = function
; Allocate space on the stack for the arguments
; Make room for at least 4 arguments even if there are less. When
; the compiler does optimizations for speed it may use these for
; temporary storage.
mov rdi, r8
add rdi, 32
; Make sure the stack pointer is 16byte aligned so the
; whole program optimizations will work properly
; TODO: optimize: Can this be optimized with fewer instructions?
mov rsi, rsp
sub rsi, rdi
and rsi, 8h
add rdi, rsi
sub rsp, rdi
; Jump straight to calling the function if no parameters
cmp r8d, 0 ; Compare paramSize with 0
je callfunc ; Jump to call funtion if (paramSize == 0)
; Move params to non-scratch registers
mov rsi, rcx ; rsi = pArgs
mov r11, rdx ; r11 = pFloatArgs (can be NULL)
mov r12d, r8d ; r12 = paramSize
; Copy arguments from script stack to application stack
; Order is (first to last):
; rcx, rdx, r8, r9 & everything else goes on stack
mov rcx, qword ptr [rsi]
mov rdx, qword ptr [rsi + 8]
mov r8, qword ptr [rsi + 16]
mov r9, qword ptr [rsi + 24]
; Negate the 4 params from the size to be copied
sub r12d, 32
js copyfloat ; Jump if negative result
jz copyfloat ; Jump if zero result
; Now copy all remaining params onto stack allowing space for first four
; params to be flushed back to the stack if required by the callee.
add rsi, 32 ; Position input pointer 4 args ahead
mov r13, rsp ; Put the stack pointer into r13
add r13, 32 ; Leave space for first 4 args on stack
copyoverflow:
mov r15, qword ptr [rsi] ; Read param from source stack into r15
mov qword ptr [r13], r15 ; Copy param to real stack
add r13, 8 ; Move virtual stack pointer
add rsi, 8 ; Move source stack pointer
sub r12d, 8 ; Decrement remaining count
jnz copyoverflow ; Continue if more params
copyfloat:
; Any floating point params?
cmp r11, 0
je callfunc
movlpd xmm0, qword ptr [r11]
movlpd xmm1, qword ptr [r11 + 8]
movlpd xmm2, qword ptr [r11 + 16]
movlpd xmm3, qword ptr [r11 + 24]
callfunc:
; Call function
call r14
; Restore the stack
mov rsp, rbp
; EPILOG: Restore stack & preserved registers
add rsp, 050h
pop rbx
pop r15
pop r14
pop r13
pop r12
pop rdi
pop r11
pop rsi
pop rbp
; return value in RAX
ret
CallX64 ENDP
PUBLIC GetReturnedFloat
; asDWORD GetReturnedFloat()
GetReturnedFloat PROC FRAME
; PROLOG: Store registers and allocate stack space
sub rsp, 8 ; We'll need 4 bytes for temporary storage (8 bytes with alignment)
.allocstack 8
.endprolog
; Move the float value from the XMM0 register to RAX register
movss dword ptr [rsp], xmm0
mov eax, dword ptr [rsp]
; EPILOG: Clean up
add rsp, 8
ret
GetReturnedFloat ENDP
PUBLIC GetReturnedDouble
; asDWORD GetReturnedDouble()
GetReturnedDouble PROC FRAME
; PROLOG: Store registers and allocate stack space
sub rsp, 8 ; We'll need 8 bytes for temporary storage
.allocstack 8
.endprolog
; Move the double value from the XMM0 register to the RAX register
movlpd qword ptr [rsp], xmm0
mov rax, qword ptr [rsp]
; EPILOG: Clean up
add rsp, 8
ret
GetReturnedDouble ENDP
END

1514
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_callfunc_x86.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

737
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_callfunc_xenon.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,737 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_callfunc_xenon.cpp
//
// These functions handle the actual calling of system functions
//
// This version is Xenon specific
// Modified from as_callfunc_ppc.cpp by Laszlo Perneky February 2007
//
// Modified by Cyril Tissier March 2010:
// various fixes in 'float' args passing / function return
// properly handling 'double' type
// various fixes in asm ppcFunc
// fix for variable arguments
//
// Modified by Anthony Clark May 2015
// Fixed the issue where int64 and uint64 could not be passed nativly
// few minor fixes within asm ppcFunc to handle int64 and uint64
// XBox 360 calling convention
// ===========================
// I've yet to find an official document with the ABI for XBox 360,
// but I'll describe what I've gathered from the code and tests
// performed by the AngelScript community.
//
// Arguments are passed in the following registers:
// r3 - r10 : integer/pointer arguments (each register is 64bit)
// fr1 - fr13 : float/double arguments (each register is 64bit)
//
// Arguments that don't fit in the registers will be pushed on the stack.
//
// When a float or double is passed as argument, its value will be placed
// in the next available float register, but it will also reserve general
// purpose register.
//
// Example: void foo(float a, int b). a will be passed in fr1 and b in r4.
//
// For each argument passed to a function an 8byte slot is reserved on the
// stack, so that the function can offload the value there if needed. The
// first slot is at r1+20, the next at r1+28, etc.
//
// If the function is a class method, the this pointer is passed as hidden
// first argument. If the function returns an object in memory, the address
// for that memory is passed as hidden first argument.
//
// Return value are placed in the following registers:
// r3 : integer/pointer values
// fr1 : float/double values
//
// Rules for registers
// r1 : stack pointer
// r14-r31 : nonvolatile, i.e. their values must be preserved
// fr14-fr31 : nonvolatile, i.e. their values must be preserved
// r0, r2, r13 : dedicated. I'm not sure what it means, but it is probably best not to use them
//
// The stack pointer must always be aligned at 8 bytes.
//
// References:
// https://www-01.ibm.com/chips/techlib/techlib.nsf/techdocs/852569B20050FF77852569970071B0D6/$file/eabi_app.pdf
//
// TODO: The code doesn't handle objects passed by value (unless they are max 4 bytes in size)
#include "as_config.h"
#ifndef AS_MAX_PORTABILITY
#if defined(AS_XENON)
#include "as_callfunc.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
#include "as_texts.h"
#include "as_tokendef.h"
#include "as_context.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <xtl.h>
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
#define AS_PPC_MAX_ARGS 32
#define AS_PPC_THISCALL_REG 1
#define AS_PPC_RETURNINMEM_REG 1
#define AS_PPC_ENDOFARGS 1
// The array used to send values to the correct places.
// Contains a byte of argTypes to indicate the register type to load, or zero if end of arguments
enum argTypes
{
ppcENDARG = 0,
ppcINTARG = 1,
ppcFLOATARG = 2,
ppcDOUBLEARG = 3
};
// Loads all data into the correct places and calls the function.
// pArgs is the array of the argument values
// pArgTypes is an array containing a byte indicating the type (enum argTypes) for each argument.
// dwFunc is the address of the function that will be called
asQWORD __declspec( naked ) ppcFunc(const asQWORD* pArgs, asDWORD dwFunc, const asBYTE* pArgTypes)
{
__asm
{
_ppcFunc:
// Prologue
// Read and stack the link register (return address)
mflr r12
stw r12,-8(r1)
// Backup all non-volatile registers we use in this function
std r31,-10h(r1) // stack pointer for pushing arguments
std r27,-18h(r1) // dwFunc
std r26,-20h(r1) // pArgs
std r25,-28h(r1) // pArgTypes
std r24,-30h(r1) // current arg type
std r23,-38h(r1) // counter for used GPRs
std r22,-40h(r1) // counter for used float registers
// Setup the stack frame to make room for the backup of registers
// and the arguments that will be passed to the application function.
// 512 bytes is enough for about 50 arguments plus backup of 8
// TODO: Should perhaps make this dynamic based on number of arguments
stwu r1,-200h(r1)
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Initialize local variables
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// r31 is our pointer into the stack where the arguments will be place
// The MSVC optimizer seems to rely on nobody copying the r1 register directly
// so we can't just do a simple 'addi r31, r1, 14h' as the optimizer may
// end up moving this instruction to before the update of r1 above.
// Instead we'll read the previous stack pointer from the stack, and then
// subtract to get the correct offset.
lwz r31, 0(r1)
subi r31, r31, 1ECh // prev r1 - 512 + 20 = curr r1 + 20
mr r26, r3 // pArgs
mr r27, r4 // dwFunc
mr r25, r5 // pArgTypes
// Counting of used/assigned GPR's
sub r23, r23, r23
// Counting of used/assigned Float Registers
sub r22, r22, r22
// Begin loading and stacking registers
subi r25, r25, 1
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Fetch the next argument
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
ppcNextArg:
// Increment rArgTypePtr
addi r25, r25, 1
// Get data type
lbz r24, 0(r25)
// r24 holds the data type
cmplwi cr6, r24, 0
beq cr6, ppcArgsEnd
cmplwi cr6, r24, 1
beq cr6, ppcArgIsInteger
cmplwi cr6, r24, 2
beq cr6, ppcArgIsFloat
cmplwi cr6, r24, 3
beq cr6, ppcArgIsDouble
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Load and stack integer arguments
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
ppcArgIsInteger:
// Get the arg from the stack
ld r12, 0(r26)
// r23 holds the integer arg count so far
cmplwi cr6, r23, 0
beq cr6, ppcLoadIntReg0
cmplwi cr6, r23, 1
beq cr6, ppcLoadIntReg1
cmplwi cr6, r23, 2
beq cr6, ppcLoadIntReg2
cmplwi cr6, r23, 3
beq cr6, ppcLoadIntReg3
cmplwi cr6, r23, 4
beq cr6, ppcLoadIntReg4
cmplwi cr6, r23, 5
beq cr6, ppcLoadIntReg5
cmplwi cr6, r23, 6
beq cr6, ppcLoadIntReg6
cmplwi cr6, r23, 7
beq cr6, ppcLoadIntReg7
// no more than 8 parameters
b ppcLoadIntRegUpd
ppcLoadIntReg0:
mr r3, r12
b ppcLoadIntRegUpd
ppcLoadIntReg1:
mr r4, r12
b ppcLoadIntRegUpd
ppcLoadIntReg2:
mr r5, r12
b ppcLoadIntRegUpd
ppcLoadIntReg3:
mr r6, r12
b ppcLoadIntRegUpd
ppcLoadIntReg4:
mr r7, r12
b ppcLoadIntRegUpd
ppcLoadIntReg5:
mr r8, r12
b ppcLoadIntRegUpd
ppcLoadIntReg6:
mr r9, r12
b ppcLoadIntRegUpd
ppcLoadIntReg7:
mr r10, r12
b ppcLoadIntRegUpd
ppcLoadIntRegUpd:
std r12, 0(r31) // push on the stack
addi r31, r31, 8 // inc stack by 1 reg
addi r23, r23, 1 // Increment used int register count
addi r26, r26, 8 // Increment pArgs
b ppcNextArg // Call next arg
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Load and stack float arguments
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
ppcArgIsFloat:
// Get the arg from the stack
lfs fr0, 0(r26)
// r22 holds the float arg count so far
cmplwi cr6, r22, 0
beq cr6, ppcLoadFloatReg0
cmplwi cr6, r22, 1
beq cr6, ppcLoadFloatReg1
cmplwi cr6, r22, 2
beq cr6, ppcLoadFloatReg2
cmplwi cr6, r22, 3
beq cr6, ppcLoadFloatReg3
cmplwi cr6, r22, 4
beq cr6, ppcLoadFloatReg4
cmplwi cr6, r22, 5
beq cr6, ppcLoadFloatReg5
cmplwi cr6, r22, 6
beq cr6, ppcLoadFloatReg6
cmplwi cr6, r22, 7
beq cr6, ppcLoadFloatReg7
cmplwi cr6, r22, 8
beq cr6, ppcLoadFloatReg8
cmplwi cr6, r22, 9
beq cr6, ppcLoadFloatReg9
cmplwi cr6, r22, 10
beq cr6, ppcLoadFloatReg10
cmplwi cr6, r22, 11
beq cr6, ppcLoadFloatReg11
cmplwi cr6, r22, 12
beq cr6, ppcLoadFloatReg12
// no more than 12 parameters
b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd
ppcLoadFloatReg0:
fmr fr1, fr0
b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd
ppcLoadFloatReg1:
fmr fr2, fr0
b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd
ppcLoadFloatReg2:
fmr fr3, fr0
b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd
ppcLoadFloatReg3:
fmr fr4, fr0
b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd
ppcLoadFloatReg4:
fmr fr5, fr0
b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd
ppcLoadFloatReg5:
fmr fr6, fr0
b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd
ppcLoadFloatReg6:
fmr fr7, fr0
b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd
ppcLoadFloatReg7:
fmr fr8, fr0
b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd
ppcLoadFloatReg8:
fmr fr9, fr0
b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd
ppcLoadFloatReg9:
fmr fr10, fr0
b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd
ppcLoadFloatReg10:
fmr fr11, fr0
b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd
ppcLoadFloatReg11:
fmr fr12, fr0
b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd
ppcLoadFloatReg12:
fmr fr13, fr0
b ppcLoadFloatRegUpd
ppcLoadFloatRegUpd:
stfs fr0, 0(r31) // push on the stack
addi r31, r31, 8 // inc stack by 1 reg
addi r22, r22, 1 // Increment used float register count
addi r23, r23, 1 // Increment used int register count - a float reg eats up a GPR
addi r26, r26, 4 // Increment pArgs
b ppcNextArg // Call next arg
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Load and stack double float arguments
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
ppcArgIsDouble:
// Get the arg from the stack
lfd fr0, 0(r26)
// r22 holds the float arg count so far
cmplwi cr6, r22, 0
beq cr6, ppcLoadDoubleReg0
cmplwi cr6, r22, 1
beq cr6, ppcLoadDoubleReg1
cmplwi cr6, r22, 2
beq cr6, ppcLoadDoubleReg2
cmplwi cr6, r22, 3
beq cr6, ppcLoadDoubleReg3
cmplwi cr6, r22, 4
beq cr6, ppcLoadDoubleReg4
cmplwi cr6, r22, 5
beq cr6, ppcLoadDoubleReg5
cmplwi cr6, r22, 6
beq cr6, ppcLoadDoubleReg6
cmplwi cr6, r22, 7
beq cr6, ppcLoadDoubleReg7
cmplwi cr6, r22, 8
beq cr6, ppcLoadDoubleReg8
cmplwi cr6, r22, 9
beq cr6, ppcLoadDoubleReg9
cmplwi cr6, r22, 10
beq cr6, ppcLoadDoubleReg10
cmplwi cr6, r22, 11
beq cr6, ppcLoadDoubleReg11
cmplwi cr6, r22, 12
beq cr6, ppcLoadDoubleReg12
// no more than 12 parameters
b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd
ppcLoadDoubleReg0:
fmr fr1, fr0
b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd
ppcLoadDoubleReg1:
fmr fr2, fr0
b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd
ppcLoadDoubleReg2:
fmr fr3, fr0
b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd
ppcLoadDoubleReg3:
fmr fr4, fr0
b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd
ppcLoadDoubleReg4:
fmr fr5, fr0
b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd
ppcLoadDoubleReg5:
fmr fr6, fr0
b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd
ppcLoadDoubleReg6:
fmr fr7, fr0
b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd
ppcLoadDoubleReg7:
fmr fr8, fr0
b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd
ppcLoadDoubleReg8:
fmr fr9, fr0
b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd
ppcLoadDoubleReg9:
fmr fr10, fr0
b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd
ppcLoadDoubleReg10:
fmr fr11, fr0
b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd
ppcLoadDoubleReg11:
fmr fr12, fr0
b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd
ppcLoadDoubleReg12:
fmr fr13, fr0
b ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd
ppcLoadDoubleRegUpd:
stfd fr0, 0(r31) // push on the stack
addi r31, r31, 8 // inc stack by 1 reg
addi r22, r22, 1 // Increment used float register count
addi r23, r23, 1 // Increment used int register count
addi r26, r26, 8 // Increment pArgs
b ppcNextArg
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Finished
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
ppcArgsEnd:
// Call the function
mtctr r27
bctrl
// Epilogue
// Restore callers stack
addi r1, r1, 200h
// restore all registers we used in this fct
ld r22,-40h(r1)
ld r23,-38h(r1)
ld r24,-30h(r1)
ld r25,-28h(r1)
ld r26,-20h(r1)
ld r27,-18h(r1)
ld r31,-10h(r1)
// Fetch return link to caller
lwz r12,-8(r1)
mtlr r12
blr
}
}
asDWORD GetReturnedFloat()
{
// This variable must be declared volatile so that the
// compiler optimizations do not remove its initialization
// with the fr1 register due to believing the fr1 register
// isn't initialized.
volatile asDWORD f;
__asm
{
stfs fr1, f
}
return f;
}
asQWORD GetReturnedDouble()
{
// This variable must be declared volatile so that the
// compiler optimizations do not remove its initialization
// with the fr1 register due to believing the fr1 register
// isn't initialized.
volatile asQWORD f;
__asm
{
stfd fr1, f
}
return f;
}
// returns true if the given parameter is a 'variable argument'
inline bool IsVariableArgument( asCDataType type )
{
return (type.GetTokenType() == ttQuestion) ? true : false;
}
asQWORD CallSystemFunctionNative(asCContext *context, asCScriptFunction *descr, void *obj, asDWORD *args, void *retPointer, asQWORD &/*retQW2*/, void */*secondObject*/)
{
// TODO: Xenon does not yet support THISCALL_OBJFIRST/LAST
asCScriptEngine *engine = context->m_engine;
asSSystemFunctionInterface *sysFunc = descr->sysFuncIntf;
int callConv = sysFunc->callConv;
asQWORD retQW = 0;
void *func = (void*)sysFunc->func;
asDWORD *vftable;
// Pack the arguments into an array that ppcFunc() can use to load each CPU register properly
asBYTE ppcArgsType[AS_PPC_MAX_ARGS + AS_PPC_RETURNINMEM_REG + AS_PPC_THISCALL_REG + AS_PPC_ENDOFARGS];
asQWORD ppcArgs[AS_PPC_MAX_ARGS + AS_PPC_RETURNINMEM_REG + AS_PPC_THISCALL_REG];
int argsCnt = 0;
// If the function returns an object in memory, we allocate the memory and put the ptr to the front (will go to r3)
if( sysFunc->hostReturnInMemory )
{
ppcArgs[argsCnt] = (asDWORD)retPointer;
ppcArgsType[argsCnt] = ppcINTARG;
argsCnt++;
}
// If we have an object and it's not objectlast, then we put it as the first arg
if ( obj &&
callConv != ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST &&
callConv != ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM )
{
ppcArgs[argsCnt] = (asDWORD)obj;
ppcArgsType[argsCnt] = ppcINTARG;
argsCnt++;
}
// If the function takes any objects by value, they must be copied
// to the stack, shifting the other arguments as necessary. paramBuffer
// will then replace the args pointer that was received from the VM.
// TODO: Is this really how XBox 360 passes objects by value?
asDWORD paramBuffer[AS_PPC_MAX_ARGS];
if( sysFunc->takesObjByVal )
{
int paramSize = 0;
int spos = 0;
int dpos = 1;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < descr->parameterTypes.GetLength(); n++ )
{
// Parameter object by value
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObject() &&
!descr->parameterTypes[n].IsObjectHandle() &&
!descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() )
{
#ifdef COMPLEX_OBJS_PASSED_BY_REF
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo()->flags & COMPLEX_MASK )
{
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
paramSize++;
}
else
#endif
{
// Copy the object's memory to the buffer
memcpy( &paramBuffer[dpos], *(void**)(args + spos), descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryBytes() );
// Delete the original memory
engine->CallFree(*(char**)(args + spos));
spos++;
dpos += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
paramSize += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryDWords();
}
}
else
{
// Copy the value directly
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
if( descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords() > 1 )
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
paramSize += descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
}
// If this was a variable argument parameter, then account for the implicit typeId
if( IsVariableArgument( descr->parameterTypes[n] ) )
{
// the TypeId is just a DWORD
paramBuffer[dpos++] = args[spos++];
++paramSize;
}
}
// Keep a free location at the beginning
args = &paramBuffer[1];
asASSERT( paramSize <= AS_PPC_MAX_ARGS );
}
const asUINT paramCount = (asUINT)descr->parameterTypes.GetLength();
asBYTE * pCurArgType = (asBYTE*)&ppcArgsType[argsCnt];
asBYTE * pCurFixedArgValue = (asBYTE*)&ppcArgs[argsCnt];
asBYTE * pCurStackArgValue = (asBYTE*)args;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < paramCount; n++ )
{
argsCnt++;
if (descr->parameterTypes[n].IsFloatType() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference())
{
*pCurArgType++ = ppcFLOATARG;
*((float*) pCurFixedArgValue) = *((float*) pCurStackArgValue);
pCurFixedArgValue += 4;
pCurStackArgValue += 4;
}
else if (descr->parameterTypes[n].IsDoubleType() && !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference())
{
*pCurArgType++ = ppcDOUBLEARG;
*((double*) pCurFixedArgValue) = *((double*) pCurStackArgValue);
pCurFixedArgValue += 8;
pCurStackArgValue += 8;
}
else
{
// TODO: The code also ignore the fact that large objects
// passed by value has been copied to the stack
// in the above loop.
*pCurArgType++ = ppcINTARG;
*((asQWORD*) pCurFixedArgValue) = *((asUINT*) pCurStackArgValue);
if( !descr->parameterTypes[n].IsReference() )
{
// If the arg is not 4 bytes which we coppied, lets do it again the right way
asUINT numBytes = descr->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeInMemoryBytes();
if( numBytes == 1 )
{
*((asQWORD*) pCurFixedArgValue) = *((asBYTE*) pCurStackArgValue);
}
else if( numBytes == 2 )
{
*((asQWORD*) pCurFixedArgValue) = *((asWORD*) pCurStackArgValue);
}
else if( numBytes == 8 )
{
*((asQWORD*) pCurFixedArgValue) = *((asQWORD*) pCurStackArgValue);
pCurStackArgValue += 4; // Increase our cur stack arg value by 4 bytes to = 8 total later
}
}
pCurFixedArgValue += 8;
pCurStackArgValue += 4;
// if it is a variable argument, account for the typeId
// implicitly add another parameter (AFTER the parameter above) for the typeId
if( IsVariableArgument(descr->parameterTypes[n]) )
{
argsCnt++;
*pCurArgType++ = ppcINTARG;
*((int*) pCurFixedArgValue) = *((int*) pCurStackArgValue);
pCurFixedArgValue += 4;
pCurStackArgValue += 4;
}
}
}
// Add the arg list end indicator
ppcArgsType[argsCnt] = ppcENDARG;
switch( callConv )
{
case ICC_CDECL:
case ICC_CDECL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_STDCALL:
case ICC_STDCALL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_THISCALL:
case ICC_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJFIRST_RETURNINMEM:
{
retQW = ppcFunc( ppcArgs, (asDWORD)func, ppcArgsType );
break;
}
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL:
case ICC_VIRTUAL_THISCALL_RETURNINMEM:
{
// Get virtual function table from the object pointer
vftable = *(asDWORD**)obj;
retQW = ppcFunc( ppcArgs, vftable[asDWORD(func)>>2], ppcArgsType );
break;
}
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST:
case ICC_CDECL_OBJLAST_RETURNINMEM:
{
// Add the object pointer as the last argument
ppcArgsType[argsCnt++] = ppcINTARG;
ppcArgsType[argsCnt] = ppcENDARG;
*((asQWORD*)pCurFixedArgValue) = (asPWORD)obj;
retQW = ppcFunc( ppcArgs, (asDWORD)func, ppcArgsType );
break;
}
default:
context->SetInternalException( TXT_INVALID_CALLING_CONVENTION );
}
// If the return is a float value we need to get the value from the FP register
if( sysFunc->hostReturnFloat )
{
if( sysFunc->hostReturnSize == 1 )
*(asDWORD*)&retQW = GetReturnedFloat();
else
retQW = GetReturnedDouble();
}
else if( sysFunc->hostReturnSize == 1 )
{
// Move the bits to the higher value to compensate for the adjustment that the caller does
retQW <<= 32;
}
return retQW;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_XENON
#endif // AS_MAX_PORTABILITY

15188
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_compiler.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

212
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_configgroup.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_configgroup.cpp
//
// This class holds configuration groups for the engine
//
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_configgroup.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
#include "as_texts.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
asCConfigGroup::asCConfigGroup()
{
refCount = 0;
}
asCConfigGroup::~asCConfigGroup()
{
}
int asCConfigGroup::AddRef()
{
refCount++;
return refCount;
}
int asCConfigGroup::Release()
{
// Don't delete the object here, the engine will delete the object when ready
refCount--;
return refCount;
}
asCTypeInfo *asCConfigGroup::FindType(const char *obj)
{
for( asUINT n = 0; n < types.GetLength(); n++ )
if( types[n]->name == obj )
return types[n];
return 0;
}
void asCConfigGroup::RefConfigGroup(asCConfigGroup *group)
{
if( group == this || group == 0 ) return;
// Verify if the group is already referenced
for( asUINT n = 0; n < referencedConfigGroups.GetLength(); n++ )
if( referencedConfigGroups[n] == group )
return;
referencedConfigGroups.PushLast(group);
group->AddRef();
}
void asCConfigGroup::AddReferencesForFunc(asCScriptEngine *engine, asCScriptFunction *func)
{
AddReferencesForType(engine, func->returnType.GetTypeInfo());
for( asUINT n = 0; n < func->parameterTypes.GetLength(); n++ )
AddReferencesForType(engine, func->parameterTypes[n].GetTypeInfo());
}
void asCConfigGroup::AddReferencesForType(asCScriptEngine *engine, asCTypeInfo *type)
{
if( type == 0 ) return;
// Keep reference to other groups
RefConfigGroup(engine->FindConfigGroupForTypeInfo(type));
// Keep track of which generated template instances the config group uses
if( type->flags & asOBJ_TEMPLATE && engine->generatedTemplateTypes.Exists(CastToObjectType(type)) && !generatedTemplateInstances.Exists(CastToObjectType(type)) )
generatedTemplateInstances.PushLast(CastToObjectType(type));
}
bool asCConfigGroup::HasLiveObjects()
{
for( asUINT n = 0; n < types.GetLength(); n++ )
if( types[n]->externalRefCount.get() != 0 )
return true;
return false;
}
void asCConfigGroup::RemoveConfiguration(asCScriptEngine *engine, bool notUsed)
{
asASSERT( refCount == 0 );
asUINT n;
// Remove global variables
for( n = 0; n < globalProps.GetLength(); n++ )
{
int index = engine->registeredGlobalProps.GetIndex(globalProps[n]);
if( index >= 0 )
{
globalProps[n]->Release();
// TODO: global: Should compact the registeredGlobalProps array
engine->registeredGlobalProps.Erase(index);
}
}
globalProps.SetLength(0);
// Remove global functions
for( n = 0; n < scriptFunctions.GetLength(); n++ )
{
int index = engine->registeredGlobalFuncs.GetIndex(scriptFunctions[n]);
if( index >= 0 )
engine->registeredGlobalFuncs.Erase(index);
scriptFunctions[n]->ReleaseInternal();
if( engine->stringFactory == scriptFunctions[n] )
engine->stringFactory = 0;
}
scriptFunctions.SetLength(0);
// Remove behaviours and members of object types
for( n = 0; n < types.GetLength(); n++ )
{
asCObjectType *obj = CastToObjectType(types[n]);
if( obj )
obj->ReleaseAllFunctions();
}
// Remove object types (skip this if it is possible other groups are still using the types)
if( !notUsed )
{
for( n = asUINT(types.GetLength()); n-- > 0; )
{
asCTypeInfo *t = types[n];
asSMapNode<asSNameSpaceNamePair, asCTypeInfo*> *cursor;
if( engine->allRegisteredTypes.MoveTo(&cursor, asSNameSpaceNamePair(t->nameSpace, t->name)) &&
cursor->value == t )
{
engine->allRegisteredTypes.Erase(cursor);
if( engine->defaultArrayObjectType == t )
engine->defaultArrayObjectType = 0;
if( t->flags & asOBJ_TYPEDEF )
engine->registeredTypeDefs.RemoveValue(CastToTypedefType(t));
else if( t->flags & asOBJ_ENUM )
engine->registeredEnums.RemoveValue(CastToEnumType(t));
else if (t->flags & asOBJ_TEMPLATE)
engine->registeredTemplateTypes.RemoveValue(CastToObjectType(t));
else if (t->flags & asOBJ_FUNCDEF)
{
engine->registeredFuncDefs.RemoveValue(CastToFuncdefType(t));
engine->RemoveFuncdef(CastToFuncdefType(t));
}
else
engine->registeredObjTypes.RemoveValue(CastToObjectType(t));
t->DestroyInternal();
t->ReleaseInternal();
}
else
{
int idx = engine->templateInstanceTypes.IndexOf(CastToObjectType(t));
if( idx >= 0 )
{
engine->templateInstanceTypes.RemoveIndexUnordered(idx);
asCObjectType *ot = CastToObjectType(t);
ot->DestroyInternal();
ot->ReleaseInternal();
}
}
}
types.SetLength(0);
}
// Release other config groups
for( n = 0; n < referencedConfigGroups.GetLength(); n++ )
referencedConfigGroups[n]->refCount--;
referencedConfigGroups.SetLength(0);
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE

5780
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_context.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

691
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_datatype.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,691 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_datatype.cpp
//
// This class describes the datatype for expressions during compilation
//
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_datatype.h"
#include "as_tokendef.h"
#include "as_typeinfo.h"
#include "as_objecttype.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
#include "as_tokenizer.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
asCDataType::asCDataType()
{
tokenType = ttUnrecognizedToken;
typeInfo = 0;
isReference = false;
isReadOnly = false;
isAuto = false;
isObjectHandle = false;
isConstHandle = false;
isHandleToAsHandleType = false;
ifHandleThenConst = false;
}
asCDataType::asCDataType(const asCDataType &dt)
{
tokenType = dt.tokenType;
typeInfo = dt.typeInfo;
isReference = dt.isReference;
isReadOnly = dt.isReadOnly;
isAuto = dt.isAuto;
isObjectHandle = dt.isObjectHandle;
isConstHandle = dt.isConstHandle;
isHandleToAsHandleType = dt.isHandleToAsHandleType;
ifHandleThenConst = dt.ifHandleThenConst;
}
asCDataType::~asCDataType()
{
}
bool asCDataType::IsValid() const
{
if( tokenType == ttUnrecognizedToken &&
!isObjectHandle )
return false;
return true;
}
asCDataType asCDataType::CreateType(asCTypeInfo *ti, bool isConst)
{
asCDataType dt;
dt.tokenType = ttIdentifier;
dt.typeInfo = ti;
dt.isReadOnly = isConst;
return dt;
}
asCDataType asCDataType::CreateAuto(bool isConst)
{
asCDataType dt;
dt.tokenType = ttIdentifier;
dt.isReadOnly = isConst;
dt.isAuto = true;
return dt;
}
asCDataType asCDataType::CreateObjectHandle(asCTypeInfo *ot, bool isConst)
{
asCDataType dt;
asASSERT(CastToObjectType(ot));
dt.tokenType = ttIdentifier;
dt.typeInfo = ot;
dt.isObjectHandle = true;
dt.isConstHandle = isConst;
return dt;
}
asCDataType asCDataType::CreatePrimitive(eTokenType tt, bool isConst)
{
asCDataType dt;
dt.tokenType = tt;
dt.isReadOnly = isConst;
return dt;
}
asCDataType asCDataType::CreateNullHandle()
{
asCDataType dt;
dt.tokenType = ttUnrecognizedToken;
dt.isReadOnly = true;
dt.isObjectHandle = true;
dt.isConstHandle = true;
return dt;
}
bool asCDataType::IsNullHandle() const
{
if( tokenType == ttUnrecognizedToken &&
typeInfo == 0 &&
isObjectHandle )
return true;
return false;
}
asCString asCDataType::Format(asSNameSpace *currNs, bool includeNamespace) const
{
if( IsNullHandle() )
return "<null handle>";
asCString str;
if( isReadOnly )
str = "const ";
// If the type is not declared in the current namespace, then the namespace
// must always be informed to guarantee that the correct type is informed
if (includeNamespace || (typeInfo && typeInfo->nameSpace != currNs))
{
if (typeInfo && typeInfo->nameSpace && typeInfo->nameSpace->name != "")
str += typeInfo->nameSpace->name + "::";
}
if (typeInfo && typeInfo->nameSpace == 0)
{
// If funcDef->nameSpace is null it means the funcDef was declared as member of
// another type, in which case the scope should be built with the name of that type
str += CastToFuncdefType(typeInfo)->parentClass->name + "::";
}
if( tokenType != ttIdentifier )
{
str += asCTokenizer::GetDefinition(tokenType);
}
else if( IsArrayType() && typeInfo && !typeInfo->engine->ep.expandDefaultArrayToTemplate )
{
asCObjectType *ot = CastToObjectType(typeInfo);
asASSERT( ot && ot->templateSubTypes.GetLength() == 1 );
str += ot->templateSubTypes[0].Format(currNs, includeNamespace);
str += "[]";
}
else if(typeInfo)
{
str += typeInfo->name;
asCObjectType *ot = CastToObjectType(typeInfo);
if( ot && ot->templateSubTypes.GetLength() > 0 )
{
str += "<";
for( asUINT subtypeIndex = 0; subtypeIndex < ot->templateSubTypes.GetLength(); subtypeIndex++ )
{
str += ot->templateSubTypes[subtypeIndex].Format(currNs, includeNamespace);
if( subtypeIndex != ot->templateSubTypes.GetLength()-1 )
str += ",";
}
str += ">";
}
}
else if( isAuto )
{
str += "<auto>";
}
else
{
str = "<unknown>";
}
if( isObjectHandle )
{
str += "@";
if( isConstHandle )
str += "const";
}
if( isReference )
str += "&";
return str;
}
asCDataType &asCDataType::operator =(const asCDataType &dt)
{
tokenType = dt.tokenType;
isReference = dt.isReference;
typeInfo = dt.typeInfo;
isReadOnly = dt.isReadOnly;
isObjectHandle = dt.isObjectHandle;
isConstHandle = dt.isConstHandle;
isAuto = dt.isAuto;
isHandleToAsHandleType = dt.isHandleToAsHandleType;
ifHandleThenConst = dt.ifHandleThenConst;
return (asCDataType &)*this;
}
int asCDataType::MakeHandle(bool b, bool acceptHandleForScope)
{
if( !b )
{
isObjectHandle = false;
isConstHandle = false;
isHandleToAsHandleType = false;
}
else
{
if( isAuto )
{
isObjectHandle = true;
}
else if( !isObjectHandle )
{
// Only reference types are allowed to be handles,
// but not nohandle reference types, and not scoped references
// (except when returned from registered function)
// funcdefs are special reference types and support handles
// value types with asOBJ_ASHANDLE are treated as a handle
if( (!typeInfo ||
!((typeInfo->flags & asOBJ_REF) || (typeInfo->flags & asOBJ_TEMPLATE_SUBTYPE) || (typeInfo->flags & asOBJ_ASHANDLE) || (typeInfo->flags & asOBJ_FUNCDEF)) ||
(typeInfo->flags & asOBJ_NOHANDLE) ||
((typeInfo->flags & asOBJ_SCOPED) && !acceptHandleForScope)) )
return -1;
isObjectHandle = b;
isConstHandle = false;
// ASHANDLE supports being handle, but as it really is a value type it will not be marked as a handle
if( (typeInfo->flags & asOBJ_ASHANDLE) )
{
isObjectHandle = false;
isHandleToAsHandleType = true;
}
}
}
return 0;
}
int asCDataType::MakeArray(asCScriptEngine *engine, asCModule *module)
{
if( engine->defaultArrayObjectType == 0 )
return asINVALID_TYPE;
bool tmpIsReadOnly = isReadOnly;
isReadOnly = false;
asCArray<asCDataType> subTypes;
subTypes.PushLast(*this);
asCObjectType *at = engine->GetTemplateInstanceType(engine->defaultArrayObjectType, subTypes, module);
isReadOnly = tmpIsReadOnly;
isObjectHandle = false;
isConstHandle = false;
typeInfo = at;
tokenType = ttIdentifier;
return 0;
}
int asCDataType::MakeReference(bool b)
{
isReference = b;
return 0;
}
int asCDataType::MakeReadOnly(bool b)
{
if( isObjectHandle )
{
isConstHandle = b;
return 0;
}
isReadOnly = b;
return 0;
}
int asCDataType::MakeHandleToConst(bool b)
{
if( !isObjectHandle ) return -1;
isReadOnly = b;
return 0;
}
bool asCDataType::SupportHandles() const
{
if( typeInfo &&
(typeInfo->flags & (asOBJ_REF | asOBJ_ASHANDLE | asOBJ_FUNCDEF)) &&
!(typeInfo->flags & asOBJ_NOHANDLE) &&
!isObjectHandle )
return true;
return false;
}
bool asCDataType::CanBeInstantiated() const
{
if( GetSizeOnStackDWords() == 0 ) // Void
return false;
if( !IsObject() && !IsFuncdef() ) // Primitives
return true;
if (IsNullHandle()) // null
return false;
if( IsObjectHandle() && !(typeInfo->flags & asOBJ_NOHANDLE) ) // Handles
return true;
// Funcdefs cannot be instantiated without being handles
// The exception being delegates, but these can only be created as temporary objects
if (IsFuncdef())
return false;
asCObjectType *ot = CastToObjectType(typeInfo);
if( ot && (ot->flags & asOBJ_REF) && ot->beh.factories.GetLength() == 0 ) // ref types without factories
return false;
if( ot && (ot->flags & asOBJ_ABSTRACT) && !IsObjectHandle() ) // Can't instantiate abstract classes
return false;
return true;
}
bool asCDataType::IsAbstractClass() const
{
return typeInfo && (typeInfo->flags & asOBJ_ABSTRACT) ? true : false;
}
bool asCDataType::IsInterface() const
{
if (typeInfo == 0)
return false;
asCObjectType *ot = CastToObjectType(typeInfo);
return ot && ot->IsInterface();
}
bool asCDataType::CanBeCopied() const
{
// All primitives can be copied
if( IsPrimitive() ) return true;
// Plain-old-data structures can always be copied
if( typeInfo->flags & asOBJ_POD ) return true;
// It must be possible to instantiate the type
if( !CanBeInstantiated() ) return false;
// It must have a default constructor or factory
asCObjectType *ot = CastToObjectType(typeInfo);
if( ot && ot->beh.construct == 0 &&
ot->beh.factory == 0 ) return false;
// It must be possible to copy the type
if( ot && ot->beh.copy == 0 ) return false;
return true;
}
bool asCDataType::IsReadOnly() const
{
if( isObjectHandle )
return isConstHandle;
return isReadOnly;
}
bool asCDataType::IsHandleToConst() const
{
if( !isObjectHandle ) return false;
return isReadOnly;
}
bool asCDataType::IsObjectConst() const
{
if( IsObjectHandle() )
return IsHandleToConst();
return IsReadOnly();
}
// TODO: 3.0.0: This should be removed
bool asCDataType::IsArrayType() const
{
// This is only true if the type used is the default array type, i.e. the one used for the [] syntax form
if( typeInfo && typeInfo->engine->defaultArrayObjectType )
return typeInfo->name == typeInfo->engine->defaultArrayObjectType->name;
return false;
}
bool asCDataType::IsTemplate() const
{
if( typeInfo && (typeInfo->flags & asOBJ_TEMPLATE) )
return true;
return false;
}
bool asCDataType::IsScriptObject() const
{
if( typeInfo && (typeInfo->flags & asOBJ_SCRIPT_OBJECT) )
return true;
return false;
}
asCDataType asCDataType::GetSubType(asUINT subtypeIndex) const
{
asASSERT(typeInfo);
asCObjectType *ot = CastToObjectType(typeInfo);
return ot->templateSubTypes[subtypeIndex];
}
bool asCDataType::operator !=(const asCDataType &dt) const
{
return !(*this == dt);
}
bool asCDataType::operator ==(const asCDataType &dt) const
{
if( !IsEqualExceptRefAndConst(dt) ) return false;
if( isReference != dt.isReference ) return false;
if( isReadOnly != dt.isReadOnly ) return false;
if( isConstHandle != dt.isConstHandle ) return false;
return true;
}
bool asCDataType::IsEqualExceptRef(const asCDataType &dt) const
{
if( !IsEqualExceptRefAndConst(dt) ) return false;
if( isReadOnly != dt.isReadOnly ) return false;
if( isConstHandle != dt.isConstHandle ) return false;
return true;
}
bool asCDataType::IsEqualExceptRefAndConst(const asCDataType &dt) const
{
// Check base type
if( tokenType != dt.tokenType ) return false;
if( typeInfo != dt.typeInfo ) return false;
if( isObjectHandle != dt.isObjectHandle ) return false;
if( isObjectHandle )
if( isReadOnly != dt.isReadOnly ) return false;
return true;
}
bool asCDataType::IsEqualExceptConst(const asCDataType &dt) const
{
if( !IsEqualExceptRefAndConst(dt) ) return false;
if( isReference != dt.isReference ) return false;
return true;
}
bool asCDataType::IsPrimitive() const
{
// Enumerations are primitives
if( IsEnumType() )
return true;
// A registered object is never a primitive neither is a pointer nor an array
if( typeInfo )
return false;
// Null handle doesn't have a typeInfo, but it is not a primitive
if( tokenType == ttUnrecognizedToken )
return false;
return true;
}
bool asCDataType::IsMathType() const
{
if( tokenType == ttInt || tokenType == ttInt8 || tokenType == ttInt16 || tokenType == ttInt64 ||
tokenType == ttUInt || tokenType == ttUInt8 || tokenType == ttUInt16 || tokenType == ttUInt64 ||
tokenType == ttFloat || tokenType == ttDouble )
return true;
return false;
}
bool asCDataType::IsIntegerType() const
{
if( tokenType == ttInt ||
tokenType == ttInt8 ||
tokenType == ttInt16 ||
tokenType == ttInt64 )
return true;
// Enums are also integer types
return IsEnumType();
}
bool asCDataType::IsUnsignedType() const
{
if( tokenType == ttUInt ||
tokenType == ttUInt8 ||
tokenType == ttUInt16 ||
tokenType == ttUInt64 )
return true;
return false;
}
bool asCDataType::IsFloatType() const
{
if( tokenType == ttFloat )
return true;
return false;
}
bool asCDataType::IsDoubleType() const
{
if( tokenType == ttDouble )
return true;
return false;
}
bool asCDataType::IsBooleanType() const
{
if( tokenType == ttBool )
return true;
return false;
}
bool asCDataType::IsObject() const
{
if( IsPrimitive() )
return false;
// Null handle doesn't have an object type but should still be considered an object
if( typeInfo == 0 )
return IsNullHandle();
// Template subtypes shouldn't be considered objects
return CastToObjectType(typeInfo) ? true : false;
}
bool asCDataType::IsFuncdef() const
{
if (typeInfo && (typeInfo->flags & asOBJ_FUNCDEF))
return true;
return false;
}
int asCDataType::GetSizeInMemoryBytes() const
{
if( typeInfo != 0 )
return typeInfo->size;
if( tokenType == ttVoid )
return 0;
if( tokenType == ttInt8 ||
tokenType == ttUInt8 )
return 1;
if( tokenType == ttInt16 ||
tokenType == ttUInt16 )
return 2;
if( tokenType == ttDouble ||
tokenType == ttInt64 ||
tokenType == ttUInt64 )
return 8;
if( tokenType == ttBool )
return AS_SIZEOF_BOOL;
// null handle
if( tokenType == ttUnrecognizedToken )
return 4*AS_PTR_SIZE;
return 4;
}
int asCDataType::GetSizeInMemoryDWords() const
{
int s = GetSizeInMemoryBytes();
if( s == 0 ) return 0;
if( s <= 4 ) return 1;
// Pad the size to 4 bytes
if( s & 0x3 )
s += 4 - (s & 0x3);
return s/4;
}
int asCDataType::GetSizeOnStackDWords() const
{
// If the type is the variable type then the typeid is stored on the stack too
int size = tokenType == ttQuestion ? 1 : 0;
if( isReference ) return AS_PTR_SIZE + size;
if( typeInfo && !IsEnumType() ) return AS_PTR_SIZE + size;
return GetSizeInMemoryDWords() + size;
}
#ifdef WIP_16BYTE_ALIGN
int asCDataType::GetAlignment() const
{
if( typeInfo == NULL )
{
// TODO: Small primitives should not be aligned to 4 byte boundaries
return 4; //Default alignment
}
return typeInfo->alignment;
}
#endif
asSTypeBehaviour *asCDataType::GetBehaviour() const
{
if (!typeInfo) return 0;
asCObjectType *ot = CastToObjectType(typeInfo);
return ot ? &ot->beh : 0;
}
bool asCDataType::IsEnumType() const
{
// Do a sanity check on the objectType, to verify that we aren't trying to access memory after it has been released
asASSERT(typeInfo == 0 || typeInfo->name.GetLength() < 100);
if (typeInfo && (typeInfo->flags & asOBJ_ENUM))
return true;
return false;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE

975
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_gc.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,975 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_gc.cpp
//
// The implementation of the garbage collector
//
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "as_gc.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
#include "as_scriptobject.h"
#include "as_texts.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
asCGarbageCollector::asCGarbageCollector()
{
engine = 0;
detectState = clearCounters_init;
destroyNewState = destroyGarbage_init;
destroyOldState = destroyGarbage_init;
numDestroyed = 0;
numNewDestroyed = 0;
numDetected = 0;
numAdded = 0;
isProcessing = false;
seqAtSweepStart[0] = 0;
seqAtSweepStart[1] = 0;
seqAtSweepStart[2] = 0;
}
asCGarbageCollector::~asCGarbageCollector()
{
// This local typedef is done to workaround a compiler error on
// MSVC6 when using the typedef declared in the class definition
typedef asSMapNode_t node_t;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < freeNodes.GetLength(); n++ )
asDELETE(freeNodes[n], node_t);
freeNodes.SetLength(0);
}
int asCGarbageCollector::AddScriptObjectToGC(void *obj, asCObjectType *objType)
{
if( obj == 0 || objType == 0 )
{
engine->WriteMessage("", 0, 0, asMSGTYPE_ERROR, TXT_GC_RECEIVED_NULL_PTR);
return asINVALID_ARG;
}
engine->CallObjectMethod(obj, objType->beh.addref);
asSObjTypePair ot = {obj, objType, 0};
// Invoke the garbage collector to destroy a little garbage as new comes in
// This will maintain the number of objects in the GC at a maintainable level without
// halting the application, and without burdening the application with manually invoking the
// garbage collector.
if( engine->ep.autoGarbageCollect && gcNewObjects.GetLength() )
{
// If the GC is already processing in another thread, then don't try this again
if( TRYENTERCRITICALSECTION(gcCollecting) )
{
// Skip this if the GC is already running in this thread
if( !isProcessing )
{
isProcessing = true;
// TODO: The number of iterations should be dynamic, and increase
// if the number of objects in the garbage collector grows high
// Run one step of DetectGarbage
if( gcOldObjects.GetLength() )
{
IdentifyGarbageWithCyclicRefs();
DestroyOldGarbage();
}
// Run a few steps of DestroyGarbage
int iter = (int)gcNewObjects.GetLength();
if( iter > 10 ) iter = 10;
while( iter-- > 0 )
DestroyNewGarbage();
isProcessing = false;
}
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(gcCollecting);
}
}
// Add the data to the gcObjects array in a critical section as
// another thread might be calling this method at the same time
ENTERCRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
ot.seqNbr = numAdded++;
gcNewObjects.PushLast(ot);
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
return ot.seqNbr;
}
int asCGarbageCollector::GetObjectInGC(asUINT idx, asUINT *seqNbr, void **obj, asITypeInfo **type)
{
if( seqNbr ) *seqNbr = 0;
if( obj ) *obj = 0;
if( type ) *type = 0;
ENTERCRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
asSObjTypePair *o = 0;
asUINT newObjs = asUINT(gcNewObjects.GetLength());
if( idx < newObjs )
o = &gcNewObjects[idx];
else if( idx < gcOldObjects.GetLength() + newObjs )
o = &gcOldObjects[idx-newObjs];
else
{
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
return asINVALID_ARG;
}
if( seqNbr ) *seqNbr = o->seqNbr;
if( obj ) *obj = o->obj;
if( type ) *type = o->type;
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
return asSUCCESS;
}
// TODO: Should have a flag to tell the garbage collector to automatically determine how many iterations are needed
// It should then gather statistics such as how many objects has been created since last run, and how many objects
// are destroyed per iteration, and how many objects are detected as cyclic garbage per iteration.
// It should try to reach a stable number of objects, i.e. so that on average the number of objects added to
// the garbage collector is the same as the number of objects destroyed. And it should try to minimize the number
// of iterations of detections that must be executed per cycle while still identifying the cyclic garbage
// These variables should also be available for inspection through the gcstatistics.
int asCGarbageCollector::GarbageCollect(asDWORD flags, asUINT iterations)
{
// If the GC is already processing in another thread, then don't enter here again
if( TRYENTERCRITICALSECTION(gcCollecting) )
{
// If the GC is already processing in this thread, then don't enter here again
if( isProcessing )
{
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(gcCollecting);
return 1;
}
isProcessing = true;
bool doDetect = (flags & asGC_DETECT_GARBAGE) || !(flags & asGC_DESTROY_GARBAGE);
bool doDestroy = (flags & asGC_DESTROY_GARBAGE) || !(flags & asGC_DETECT_GARBAGE);
if( flags & asGC_FULL_CYCLE )
{
// Reset the state
if( doDetect )
{
// Move all new objects to the old list, so we guarantee that all is detected
MoveAllObjectsToOldList();
detectState = clearCounters_init;
}
if( doDestroy )
{
destroyNewState = destroyGarbage_init;
destroyOldState = destroyGarbage_init;
}
// The full cycle only works with the objects in the old list so that the
// set of objects scanned for garbage is fixed even if new objects are added
// by other threads in parallel.
unsigned int count = (unsigned int)(gcOldObjects.GetLength());
for(;;)
{
// Detect all garbage with cyclic references
if( doDetect )
while( IdentifyGarbageWithCyclicRefs() == 1 ) {}
// Now destroy all known garbage
if( doDestroy )
{
if( !doDetect )
while( DestroyNewGarbage() == 1 ) {}
while( DestroyOldGarbage() == 1 ) {}
}
// Run another iteration if any garbage was destroyed
if( count != (unsigned int)(gcOldObjects.GetLength()) )
count = (unsigned int)(gcOldObjects.GetLength());
else
break;
}
isProcessing = false;
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(gcCollecting);
return 0;
}
else
{
while( iterations-- > 0 )
{
// Destroy the garbage that we know of
if( doDestroy )
{
DestroyNewGarbage();
DestroyOldGarbage();
}
// Run another incremental step of the identification of cyclic references
if( doDetect && gcOldObjects.GetLength() > 0 )
IdentifyGarbageWithCyclicRefs();
}
}
isProcessing = false;
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(gcCollecting);
}
// Return 1 to indicate that the cycle wasn't finished
return 1;
}
// TODO: Additional statistics to gather
//
// - How many objects are added on average between each destroyed object
// - How many objects are added on average between each detected object
// - how many iterations are needed for each destroyed object
// - how many iterations are needed for each detected object
//
// The average must have a decay so that long running applications will not suffer
// from objects being created early on in the application and then never destroyed.
//
// This ought to be possible to accomplish by holding two buckets.
// Numbers will be accumulated in one bucket while the other is held fixed.
// When returning the average it should use a weighted average between the two buckets using the size as weight.
// When a bucket is filled up, the buckets are switched, and then new bucket is emptied to gather new statistics.
void asCGarbageCollector::GetStatistics(asUINT *currentSize, asUINT *totalDestroyed, asUINT *totalDetected, asUINT *newObjects, asUINT *totalNewDestroyed) const
{
// It is not necessary to protect this with critical sections, however
// as it is not protected the variables can be filled in slightly different
// moments and might not match perfectly when inspected by the application
// afterwards.
if( currentSize )
*currentSize = (asUINT)(gcNewObjects.GetLength() + gcOldObjects.GetLength());
if( totalDestroyed )
*totalDestroyed = numDestroyed;
if( totalDetected )
*totalDetected = numDetected;
if( newObjects )
*newObjects = (asUINT)gcNewObjects.GetLength();
if( totalNewDestroyed )
*totalNewDestroyed = numNewDestroyed;
}
asCGarbageCollector::asSObjTypePair asCGarbageCollector::GetNewObjectAtIdx(int idx)
{
// We need to protect this access with a critical section as
// another thread might be appending an object at the same time
ENTERCRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
asSObjTypePair gcObj = gcNewObjects[idx];
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
return gcObj;
}
asCGarbageCollector::asSObjTypePair asCGarbageCollector::GetOldObjectAtIdx(int idx)
{
// We need to protect this access with a critical section as
// another thread might be appending an object at the same time
ENTERCRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
asSObjTypePair gcObj = gcOldObjects[idx];
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
return gcObj;
}
void asCGarbageCollector::RemoveNewObjectAtIdx(int idx)
{
// We need to protect this update with a critical section as
// another thread might be appending an object at the same time
ENTERCRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
if( idx == (int)gcNewObjects.GetLength() - 1)
gcNewObjects.PopLast();
else
gcNewObjects[idx] = gcNewObjects.PopLast();
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
}
void asCGarbageCollector::RemoveOldObjectAtIdx(int idx)
{
// We need to protect this update with a critical section as
// another thread might be appending an object at the same time
ENTERCRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
if( idx == (int)gcOldObjects.GetLength() - 1)
gcOldObjects.PopLast();
else
gcOldObjects[idx] = gcOldObjects.PopLast();
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
}
void asCGarbageCollector::MoveObjectToOldList(int idx)
{
// We need to protect this update with a critical section as
// another thread might be appending an object at the same time
ENTERCRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
gcOldObjects.PushLast(gcNewObjects[idx]);
if( idx == (int)gcNewObjects.GetLength() - 1)
gcNewObjects.PopLast();
else
gcNewObjects[idx] = gcNewObjects.PopLast();
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
}
void asCGarbageCollector::MoveAllObjectsToOldList()
{
// We need to protect this update with a critical section as
// another thread might be appending an object at the same time
ENTERCRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
if( gcOldObjects.Concatenate(gcNewObjects) )
gcNewObjects.SetLength(0);
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(gcCritical);
}
int asCGarbageCollector::DestroyNewGarbage()
{
// This function will only be called within the critical section gcCollecting
asASSERT(isProcessing);
for(;;)
{
switch( destroyNewState )
{
case destroyGarbage_init:
{
// If there are no objects to be freed then don't start
if( gcNewObjects.GetLength() == 0 )
return 0;
// Update the seqAtSweepStart which is used to determine when
// to move an object from the new set to the old set
seqAtSweepStart[0] = seqAtSweepStart[1];
seqAtSweepStart[1] = seqAtSweepStart[2];
seqAtSweepStart[2] = numAdded;
destroyNewIdx = (asUINT)-1;
destroyNewState = destroyGarbage_loop;
}
break;
case destroyGarbage_loop:
case destroyGarbage_haveMore:
{
// If the refCount has reached 1, then only the GC still holds a
// reference to the object, thus we don't need to worry about the
// application touching the objects during collection.
// Destroy all objects that have refCount == 1. If any objects are
// destroyed, go over the list again, because it may have made more
// objects reach refCount == 1.
if( ++destroyNewIdx < gcNewObjects.GetLength() )
{
asSObjTypePair gcObj = GetNewObjectAtIdx(destroyNewIdx);
if( engine->CallObjectMethodRetInt(gcObj.obj, gcObj.type->beh.gcGetRefCount) == 1 )
{
// Release the object immediately
// Make sure the refCount is really 0, because the
// destructor may have increased the refCount again.
bool addRef = false;
if( gcObj.type->flags & asOBJ_SCRIPT_OBJECT )
{
// Script objects may actually be resurrected in the destructor
int refCount = ((asCScriptObject*)gcObj.obj)->Release();
if( refCount > 0 ) addRef = true;
}
else
engine->CallObjectMethod(gcObj.obj, gcObj.type->beh.release);
// Was the object really destroyed?
if( !addRef )
{
numDestroyed++;
numNewDestroyed++;
RemoveNewObjectAtIdx(destroyNewIdx);
destroyNewIdx--;
}
else
{
// Since the object was resurrected in the
// destructor, we must add our reference again
engine->CallObjectMethod(gcObj.obj, gcObj.type->beh.addref);
}
destroyNewState = destroyGarbage_haveMore;
}
// Check if this object has been inspected 3 times already, and if so move it to the
// set of old objects that are less likely to become garbage in a short time
// TODO: Is 3 really a good value? Should the number of times be dynamic?
else if( gcObj.seqNbr < seqAtSweepStart[0] )
{
// We've already verified this object multiple times. It is likely
// to live for quite a long time so we'll move it to the list if old objects
MoveObjectToOldList(destroyNewIdx);
destroyNewIdx--;
}
// Allow the application to work a little
return 1;
}
else
{
if( destroyNewState == destroyGarbage_haveMore )
{
// Restart the cycle
destroyNewState = destroyGarbage_init;
}
else
{
// Restart the cycle
destroyNewState = destroyGarbage_init;
// Return 0 to tell the application that there
// is no more garbage to destroy at the moment
return 0;
}
}
}
break;
}
}
// Shouldn't reach this point
UNREACHABLE_RETURN;
}
int asCGarbageCollector::ReportAndReleaseUndestroyedObjects()
{
// This function will only be called as the engine is shutting down
int items = 0;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < gcOldObjects.GetLength(); n++ )
{
asSObjTypePair gcObj = GetOldObjectAtIdx(n);
int refCount = 0;
if( gcObj.type->beh.gcGetRefCount && engine->scriptFunctions[gcObj.type->beh.gcGetRefCount] )
refCount = engine->CallObjectMethodRetInt(gcObj.obj, gcObj.type->beh.gcGetRefCount);
// Report the object as not being properly destroyed
asCString msg;
msg.Format(TXT_d_GC_CANNOT_FREE_OBJ_OF_TYPE_s_REF_COUNT_d, gcObj.seqNbr, gcObj.type->name.AddressOf(), refCount - 1);
engine->WriteMessage("", 0, 0, asMSGTYPE_ERROR, msg.AddressOf());
// Add additional info for builtin types
if( gcObj.type->name == "$func" )
{
// Unfortunately we can't show the function declaration here, because the engine may have released the parameter list already so the declaration would only be misleading
// We need to show the function type too as for example delegates do not have a name
msg.Format(TXT_PREV_FUNC_IS_NAMED_s_TYPE_IS_d, reinterpret_cast<asCScriptFunction*>(gcObj.obj)->GetName(), reinterpret_cast<asCScriptFunction*>(gcObj.obj)->GetFuncType());
engine->WriteMessage("", 0, 0, asMSGTYPE_INFORMATION, msg.AddressOf());
}
else if( gcObj.type->name == "$obj" )
{
msg.Format(TXT_PREV_TYPE_IS_NAMED_s, reinterpret_cast<asCObjectType*>(gcObj.obj)->GetName());
engine->WriteMessage("", 0, 0, asMSGTYPE_INFORMATION, msg.AddressOf());
}
// Release the reference that the GC holds if the release functions is still available
if( gcObj.type->beh.release && engine->scriptFunctions[gcObj.type->beh.release] )
engine->CallObjectMethod(gcObj.obj, gcObj.type->beh.release);
items++;
}
return items;
}
int asCGarbageCollector::DestroyOldGarbage()
{
// This function will only be called within the critical section gcCollecting
asASSERT(isProcessing);
for(;;)
{
switch( destroyOldState )
{
case destroyGarbage_init:
{
// If there are no objects to be freed then don't start
if( gcOldObjects.GetLength() == 0 )
return 0;
destroyOldIdx = (asUINT)-1;
destroyOldState = destroyGarbage_loop;
}
break;
case destroyGarbage_loop:
case destroyGarbage_haveMore:
{
// If the refCount has reached 1, then only the GC still holds a
// reference to the object, thus we don't need to worry about the
// application touching the objects during collection.
// Destroy all objects that have refCount == 1. If any objects are
// destroyed, go over the list again, because it may have made more
// objects reach refCount == 1.
if( ++destroyOldIdx < gcOldObjects.GetLength() )
{
asSObjTypePair gcObj = GetOldObjectAtIdx(destroyOldIdx);
if( gcObj.type->beh.gcGetRefCount == 0 )
{
// If circular references are formed with registered types that hasn't
// registered the GC behaviours, then the engine may be forced to free
// the object type before the actual object instance. In this case we
// will be forced to skip the destruction of the objects, so as not to
// crash the application.
asCString msg;
msg.Format(TXT_d_GC_CANNOT_FREE_OBJ_OF_TYPE_s, gcObj.seqNbr, gcObj.type->name.AddressOf());
engine->WriteMessage("", 0, 0, asMSGTYPE_ERROR, msg.AddressOf());
// Just remove the object, as we will not bother to destroy it
numDestroyed++;
RemoveOldObjectAtIdx(destroyOldIdx);
destroyOldIdx--;
}
else if( engine->CallObjectMethodRetInt(gcObj.obj, gcObj.type->beh.gcGetRefCount) == 1 )
{
// Release the object immediately
// Make sure the refCount is really 0, because the
// destructor may have increased the refCount again.
bool addRef = false;
if( gcObj.type->flags & asOBJ_SCRIPT_OBJECT )
{
// Script objects may actually be resurrected in the destructor
int refCount = ((asCScriptObject*)gcObj.obj)->Release();
if( refCount > 0 ) addRef = true;
}
else
engine->CallObjectMethod(gcObj.obj, gcObj.type->beh.release);
// Was the object really destroyed?
if( !addRef )
{
numDestroyed++;
RemoveOldObjectAtIdx(destroyOldIdx);
destroyOldIdx--;
}
else
{
// Since the object was resurrected in the
// destructor, we must add our reference again
engine->CallObjectMethod(gcObj.obj, gcObj.type->beh.addref);
}
destroyOldState = destroyGarbage_haveMore;
}
// Allow the application to work a little
return 1;
}
else
{
if( destroyOldState == destroyGarbage_haveMore )
{
// Restart the cycle
destroyOldState = destroyGarbage_init;
}
else
{
// Restart the cycle
destroyOldState = destroyGarbage_init;
// Return 0 to tell the application that there
// is no more garbage to destroy at the moment
return 0;
}
}
}
break;
}
}
// Shouldn't reach this point
UNREACHABLE_RETURN;
}
int asCGarbageCollector::IdentifyGarbageWithCyclicRefs()
{
// This function will only be called within the critical section gcCollecting
asASSERT(isProcessing);
for(;;)
{
switch( detectState )
{
case clearCounters_init:
detectState = clearCounters_loop;
break;
case clearCounters_loop:
{
// Decrease reference counter for all objects removed from the map
asSMapNode<void*, asSIntTypePair> *cursor = 0;
gcMap.MoveFirst(&cursor);
if( cursor )
{
void *obj = gcMap.GetKey(cursor);
asSIntTypePair it = gcMap.GetValue(cursor);
engine->CallObjectMethod(obj, it.type->beh.release);
ReturnNode(gcMap.Remove(cursor));
return 1;
}
detectState = buildMap_init;
}
break;
case buildMap_init:
detectIdx = 0;
detectState = buildMap_loop;
break;
case buildMap_loop:
{
// Build a map of objects that will be checked, the map will
// hold the object pointer as key, and the gcCount and the
// object's type as value. As objects are added to the map the
// gcFlag must be set in the objects, so we can be verify if
// the object is accessed during the GC cycle.
// If an object is removed from the gcObjects list during the
// iteration of this step, it is possible that an object won't
// be used during the analyzing for cyclic references. This
// isn't a problem, as the next time the GC cycle starts the
// object will be verified.
if( detectIdx < gcOldObjects.GetLength() )
{
// Add the gc count for this object
asSObjTypePair gcObj = GetOldObjectAtIdx(detectIdx);
int refCount = 0;
if( gcObj.type->beh.gcGetRefCount )
refCount = engine->CallObjectMethodRetInt(gcObj.obj, gcObj.type->beh.gcGetRefCount);
if( refCount > 1 )
{
asSIntTypePair it = {refCount-1, gcObj.type};
gcMap.Insert(GetNode(gcObj.obj, it));
// Increment the object's reference counter when putting it in the map
engine->CallObjectMethod(gcObj.obj, gcObj.type->beh.addref);
// Mark the object so that we can
// see if it has changed since read
engine->CallObjectMethod(gcObj.obj, gcObj.type->beh.gcSetFlag);
}
detectIdx++;
// Let the application work a little
return 1;
}
else
detectState = countReferences_init;
}
break;
case countReferences_init:
{
gcMap.MoveFirst(&gcMapCursor);
detectState = countReferences_loop;
}
break;
case countReferences_loop:
{
// Call EnumReferences on all objects in the map to count the number
// of references reachable from between objects in the map. If all
// references for an object in the map is reachable from other objects
// in the map, then we know that no outside references are held for
// this object, thus it is a potential dead object in a circular reference.
// If the gcFlag is cleared for an object we consider the object alive
// and referenced from outside the GC, thus we don't enumerate its references.
// Any new objects created after this step in the GC cycle won't be
// in the map, and is thus automatically considered alive.
if( gcMapCursor )
{
void *obj = gcMap.GetKey(gcMapCursor);
asCObjectType *type = gcMap.GetValue(gcMapCursor).type;
gcMap.MoveNext(&gcMapCursor, gcMapCursor);
if( engine->CallObjectMethodRetBool(obj, type->beh.gcGetFlag) )
{
engine->CallObjectMethod(obj, engine, type->beh.gcEnumReferences);
}
// Allow the application to work a little
return 1;
}
else
detectState = detectGarbage_init;
}
break;
case detectGarbage_init:
{
gcMap.MoveFirst(&gcMapCursor);
liveObjects.SetLength(0);
detectState = detectGarbage_loop1;
}
break;
case detectGarbage_loop1:
{
// All objects that are known not to be dead must be removed from the map,
// along with all objects they reference. What remains in the map after
// this pass is sure to be dead objects in circular references.
// An object is considered alive if its gcFlag is cleared, or all the
// references were not found in the map.
// Add all alive objects from the map to the liveObjects array
if( gcMapCursor )
{
asSMapNode<void*, asSIntTypePair> *cursor = gcMapCursor;
gcMap.MoveNext(&gcMapCursor, gcMapCursor);
void *obj = gcMap.GetKey(cursor);
asSIntTypePair it = gcMap.GetValue(cursor);
bool gcFlag = engine->CallObjectMethodRetBool(obj, it.type->beh.gcGetFlag);
if( !gcFlag || it.i > 0 )
{
liveObjects.PushLast(obj);
}
// Allow the application to work a little
return 1;
}
else
detectState = detectGarbage_loop2;
}
break;
case detectGarbage_loop2:
{
// In this step we are actually removing the alive objects from the map.
// As the object is removed, all the objects it references are added to the
// liveObjects list, by calling EnumReferences. Only objects still in the map
// will be added to the liveObjects list.
if( liveObjects.GetLength() )
{
void *gcObj = liveObjects.PopLast();
asCObjectType *type = 0;
// Remove the object from the map to mark it as alive
asSMapNode<void*, asSIntTypePair> *cursor = 0;
if( gcMap.MoveTo(&cursor, gcObj) )
{
type = gcMap.GetValue(cursor).type;
ReturnNode(gcMap.Remove(cursor));
// We need to decrease the reference count again as we remove the object from the map
engine->CallObjectMethod(gcObj, type->beh.release);
// Enumerate all the object's references so that they too can be marked as alive
engine->CallObjectMethod(gcObj, engine, type->beh.gcEnumReferences);
}
// Allow the application to work a little
return 1;
}
else
detectState = verifyUnmarked_init;
}
break;
case verifyUnmarked_init:
gcMap.MoveFirst(&gcMapCursor);
detectState = verifyUnmarked_loop;
break;
case verifyUnmarked_loop:
{
// In this step we must make sure that none of the objects still in the map
// has been touched by the application. If they have then we must run the
// detectGarbage loop once more.
if( gcMapCursor )
{
void *gcObj = gcMap.GetKey(gcMapCursor);
asCObjectType *type = gcMap.GetValue(gcMapCursor).type;
bool gcFlag = engine->CallObjectMethodRetBool(gcObj, type->beh.gcGetFlag);
if( !gcFlag )
{
// The unmarked object was touched, rerun the detectGarbage loop
detectState = detectGarbage_init;
}
else
gcMap.MoveNext(&gcMapCursor, gcMapCursor);
// Allow the application to work a little
return 1;
}
else
{
// No unmarked object was touched, we can now be sure
// that objects that have gcCount == 0 really is garbage
detectState = breakCircles_init;
}
}
break;
case breakCircles_init:
{
gcMap.MoveFirst(&gcMapCursor);
detectState = breakCircles_loop;
}
break;
case breakCircles_loop:
case breakCircles_haveGarbage:
{
// All objects in the map are now known to be dead objects
// kept alive through circular references. To be able to free
// these objects we need to force the breaking of the circle
// by having the objects release their references.
if( gcMapCursor )
{
numDetected++;
void *gcObj = gcMap.GetKey(gcMapCursor);
asCObjectType *type = gcMap.GetValue(gcMapCursor).type;
if( type->flags & asOBJ_SCRIPT_OBJECT )
{
// For script objects we must call the class destructor before
// releasing the references, otherwise the destructor may not
// be able to perform the necessary clean-up as the handles will
// be null.
reinterpret_cast<asCScriptObject*>(gcObj)->CallDestructor();
}
engine->CallObjectMethod(gcObj, engine, type->beh.gcReleaseAllReferences);
gcMap.MoveNext(&gcMapCursor, gcMapCursor);
detectState = breakCircles_haveGarbage;
// Allow the application to work a little
return 1;
}
else
{
// If no garbage was detected we can finish now
if( detectState != breakCircles_haveGarbage )
{
// Restart the GC
detectState = clearCounters_init;
return 0;
}
else
{
// Restart the GC
detectState = clearCounters_init;
return 1;
}
}
}
} // switch
}
// Shouldn't reach this point
UNREACHABLE_RETURN;
}
asCGarbageCollector::asSMapNode_t *asCGarbageCollector::GetNode(void *obj, asSIntTypePair it)
{
// This function will only be called within the critical section gcCollecting
asASSERT(isProcessing);
asSMapNode_t *node;
if( freeNodes.GetLength() )
node = freeNodes.PopLast();
else
{
node = asNEW(asSMapNode_t);
if( !node )
{
// Out of memory
return 0;
}
}
node->Init(obj, it);
return node;
}
void asCGarbageCollector::ReturnNode(asSMapNode_t *node)
{
// This function will only be called within the critical section gcCollecting
asASSERT(isProcessing);
if( node )
freeNodes.PushLast(node);
}
void asCGarbageCollector::GCEnumCallback(void *reference)
{
// This function will only be called within the critical section gcCollecting
asASSERT(isProcessing);
if( detectState == countReferences_loop )
{
// Find the reference in the map
asSMapNode<void*, asSIntTypePair> *cursor = 0;
if( gcMap.MoveTo(&cursor, reference) )
{
// Decrease the counter in the map for the reference
gcMap.GetValue(cursor).i--;
}
}
else if( detectState == detectGarbage_loop2 )
{
// Find the reference in the map
asSMapNode<void*, asSIntTypePair> *cursor = 0;
if( gcMap.MoveTo(&cursor, reference) )
{
// Add the object to the list of objects to mark as alive
liveObjects.PushLast(reference);
}
}
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE

534
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_generic.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_generic.cpp
//
// This class handles the call to a function registered with asCALL_GENERIC
//
#include "as_generic.h"
#include "as_scriptfunction.h"
#include "as_objecttype.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
// TODO: runtime optimize: The access to the arguments should be optimized so that code
// doesn't have to count the position of the argument with every call
// internal
asCGeneric::asCGeneric(asCScriptEngine *engine, asCScriptFunction *sysFunction, void *currentObject, asDWORD *stackPointer)
{
this->engine = engine;
this->sysFunction = sysFunction;
this->currentObject = currentObject;
this->stackPointer = stackPointer;
objectRegister = 0;
returnVal = 0;
}
// internal
asCGeneric::~asCGeneric()
{
}
// interface
void *asCGeneric::GetAuxiliary() const
{
return sysFunction->GetAuxiliary();
}
// interface
asIScriptEngine *asCGeneric::GetEngine() const
{
return (asIScriptEngine*)engine;
}
// interface
asIScriptFunction *asCGeneric::GetFunction() const
{
return sysFunction;
}
// interface
void *asCGeneric::GetObject()
{
return currentObject;
}
// interface
int asCGeneric::GetObjectTypeId() const
{
asCDataType dt = asCDataType::CreateType(sysFunction->objectType, false);
return engine->GetTypeIdFromDataType(dt);
}
// interface
int asCGeneric::GetArgCount() const
{
return (int)sysFunction->parameterTypes.GetLength();
}
// interface
asBYTE asCGeneric::GetArgByte(asUINT arg)
{
if( arg >= (unsigned)sysFunction->parameterTypes.GetLength() )
return 0;
// Verify that the type is correct
asCDataType *dt = &sysFunction->parameterTypes[arg];
if( (dt->IsObject() || dt->IsFuncdef()) || dt->IsReference() )
return 0;
if( dt->GetSizeInMemoryBytes() != 1 )
return 0;
// Determine the position of the argument
int offset = 0;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < arg; n++ )
offset += sysFunction->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
// Get the value
return *(asBYTE*)&stackPointer[offset];
}
// interface
asWORD asCGeneric::GetArgWord(asUINT arg)
{
if( arg >= (unsigned)sysFunction->parameterTypes.GetLength() )
return 0;
// Verify that the type is correct
asCDataType *dt = &sysFunction->parameterTypes[arg];
if( (dt->IsObject() || dt->IsFuncdef()) || dt->IsReference() )
return 0;
if( dt->GetSizeInMemoryBytes() != 2 )
return 0;
// Determine the position of the argument
int offset = 0;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < arg; n++ )
offset += sysFunction->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
// Get the value
return *(asWORD*)&stackPointer[offset];
}
// interface
asDWORD asCGeneric::GetArgDWord(asUINT arg)
{
if( arg >= (unsigned)sysFunction->parameterTypes.GetLength() )
return 0;
// Verify that the type is correct
asCDataType *dt = &sysFunction->parameterTypes[arg];
if( (dt->IsObject() || dt->IsFuncdef()) || dt->IsReference() )
return 0;
if( dt->GetSizeInMemoryBytes() != 4 )
return 0;
// Determine the position of the argument
int offset = 0;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < arg; n++ )
offset += sysFunction->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
// Get the value
return *(asDWORD*)&stackPointer[offset];
}
// interface
asQWORD asCGeneric::GetArgQWord(asUINT arg)
{
if( arg >= (unsigned)sysFunction->parameterTypes.GetLength() )
return 0;
// Verify that the type is correct
asCDataType *dt = &sysFunction->parameterTypes[arg];
if( (dt->IsObject() || dt->IsFuncdef()) || dt->IsReference() )
return 0;
if( dt->GetSizeInMemoryBytes() != 8 )
return 0;
// Determine the position of the argument
int offset = 0;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < arg; n++ )
offset += sysFunction->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
// Get the value
return *(asQWORD*)(&stackPointer[offset]);
}
// interface
float asCGeneric::GetArgFloat(asUINT arg)
{
if( arg >= (unsigned)sysFunction->parameterTypes.GetLength() )
return 0;
// Verify that the type is correct
asCDataType *dt = &sysFunction->parameterTypes[arg];
if( (dt->IsObject() || dt->IsFuncdef()) || dt->IsReference() )
return 0;
if( dt->GetSizeInMemoryBytes() != 4 )
return 0;
// Determine the position of the argument
int offset = 0;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < arg; n++ )
offset += sysFunction->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
// Get the value
return *(float*)(&stackPointer[offset]);
}
// interface
double asCGeneric::GetArgDouble(asUINT arg)
{
if( arg >= (unsigned)sysFunction->parameterTypes.GetLength() )
return 0;
// Verify that the type is correct
asCDataType *dt = &sysFunction->parameterTypes[arg];
if( (dt->IsObject() || dt->IsFuncdef()) || dt->IsReference() )
return 0;
if( dt->GetSizeInMemoryBytes() != 8 )
return 0;
// Determine the position of the argument
int offset = 0;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < arg; n++ )
offset += sysFunction->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
// Get the value
return *(double*)(&stackPointer[offset]);
}
// interface
void *asCGeneric::GetArgAddress(asUINT arg)
{
if( arg >= (unsigned)sysFunction->parameterTypes.GetLength() )
return 0;
// Verify that the type is correct
asCDataType *dt = &sysFunction->parameterTypes[arg];
if( !dt->IsReference() && !dt->IsObjectHandle() )
return 0;
// Determine the position of the argument
int offset = 0;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < arg; n++ )
offset += sysFunction->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
// Get the value
return (void*)*(asPWORD*)(&stackPointer[offset]);
}
// interface
void *asCGeneric::GetArgObject(asUINT arg)
{
if( arg >= (unsigned)sysFunction->parameterTypes.GetLength() )
return 0;
// Verify that the type is correct
asCDataType *dt = &sysFunction->parameterTypes[arg];
if( !dt->IsObject() && !dt->IsFuncdef() )
return 0;
// Determine the position of the argument
int offset = 0;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < arg; n++ )
offset += sysFunction->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
// Get the value
return *(void**)(&stackPointer[offset]);
}
// interface
void *asCGeneric::GetAddressOfArg(asUINT arg)
{
if( arg >= (unsigned)sysFunction->parameterTypes.GetLength() )
return 0;
// Determine the position of the argument
int offset = 0;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < arg; n++ )
offset += sysFunction->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
// For object variables it's necessary to dereference the pointer to get the address of the value
if( !sysFunction->parameterTypes[arg].IsReference() &&
sysFunction->parameterTypes[arg].IsObject() &&
!sysFunction->parameterTypes[arg].IsObjectHandle() )
return *(void**)&stackPointer[offset];
// Get the address of the value
return &stackPointer[offset];
}
// interface
int asCGeneric::GetArgTypeId(asUINT arg, asDWORD *flags) const
{
if( arg >= (unsigned)sysFunction->parameterTypes.GetLength() )
return 0;
if( flags )
{
*flags = sysFunction->inOutFlags[arg];
*flags |= sysFunction->parameterTypes[arg].IsReadOnly() ? asTM_CONST : 0;
}
asCDataType *dt = &sysFunction->parameterTypes[arg];
if( dt->GetTokenType() != ttQuestion )
return engine->GetTypeIdFromDataType(*dt);
else
{
int offset = 0;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < arg; n++ )
offset += sysFunction->parameterTypes[n].GetSizeOnStackDWords();
// Skip the actual value to get to the type id
offset += AS_PTR_SIZE;
// Get the value
return stackPointer[offset];
}
}
// interface
int asCGeneric::SetReturnByte(asBYTE val)
{
// Verify the type of the return value
if( (sysFunction->returnType.IsObject() || sysFunction->returnType.IsFuncdef()) || sysFunction->returnType.IsReference() )
return asINVALID_TYPE;
if( sysFunction->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryBytes() != 1 )
return asINVALID_TYPE;
// Store the value
*(asBYTE*)&returnVal = val;
return 0;
}
// interface
int asCGeneric::SetReturnWord(asWORD val)
{
// Verify the type of the return value
if( (sysFunction->returnType.IsObject() || sysFunction->returnType.IsFuncdef()) || sysFunction->returnType.IsReference() )
return asINVALID_TYPE;
if( sysFunction->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryBytes() != 2 )
return asINVALID_TYPE;
// Store the value
*(asWORD*)&returnVal = val;
return 0;
}
// interface
int asCGeneric::SetReturnDWord(asDWORD val)
{
// Verify the type of the return value
if( (sysFunction->returnType.IsObject() || sysFunction->returnType.IsFuncdef()) || sysFunction->returnType.IsReference() )
return asINVALID_TYPE;
if( sysFunction->returnType.GetSizeInMemoryBytes() != 4 )
return asINVALID_TYPE;
// Store the value
*(asDWORD*)&returnVal = val;
return 0;
}
// interface
int asCGeneric::SetReturnQWord(asQWORD val)
{
// Verify the type of the return value
if( (sysFunction->returnType.IsObject() || sysFunction->returnType.IsFuncdef()) || sysFunction->returnType.IsReference() )
return asINVALID_TYPE;
if( sysFunction->returnType.GetSizeOnStackDWords() != 2 )
return asINVALID_TYPE;
// Store the value
returnVal = val;
return 0;
}
// interface
int asCGeneric::SetReturnFloat(float val)
{
// Verify the type of the return value
if( (sysFunction->returnType.IsObject() || sysFunction->returnType.IsFuncdef()) || sysFunction->returnType.IsReference() )
return asINVALID_TYPE;
if( sysFunction->returnType.GetSizeOnStackDWords() != 1 )
return asINVALID_TYPE;
// Store the value
*(float*)&returnVal = val;
return 0;
}
// interface
int asCGeneric::SetReturnDouble(double val)
{
// Verify the type of the return value
if( (sysFunction->returnType.IsObject() || sysFunction->returnType.IsFuncdef()) || sysFunction->returnType.IsReference() )
return asINVALID_TYPE;
if( sysFunction->returnType.GetSizeOnStackDWords() != 2 )
return asINVALID_TYPE;
// Store the value
*(double*)&returnVal = val;
return 0;
}
// interface
int asCGeneric::SetReturnAddress(void *val)
{
// Verify the type of the return value
if( sysFunction->returnType.IsReference() )
{
// Store the value
*(void**)&returnVal = val;
return 0;
}
else if( sysFunction->returnType.IsObjectHandle() )
{
// Store the handle without increasing reference
objectRegister = val;
return 0;
}
return asINVALID_TYPE;
}
// interface
int asCGeneric::SetReturnObject(void *obj)
{
asCDataType *dt = &sysFunction->returnType;
if( !dt->IsObject() && !dt->IsFuncdef() )
return asINVALID_TYPE;
if( dt->IsReference() )
{
*(void**)&returnVal = obj;
return 0;
}
if( dt->IsObjectHandle() )
{
// Increase the reference counter
if (dt->IsFuncdef())
{
if (obj)
reinterpret_cast<asIScriptFunction*>(obj)->AddRef();
}
else
{
asSTypeBehaviour *beh = &CastToObjectType(dt->GetTypeInfo())->beh;
if (obj && beh && beh->addref)
engine->CallObjectMethod(obj, beh->addref);
}
}
else
{
// If function returns object by value the memory is already allocated.
// Here we should just initialize that memory by calling the copy constructor
// or the default constructor followed by the assignment operator
void *mem = (void*)*(asPWORD*)&stackPointer[-AS_PTR_SIZE];
engine->ConstructScriptObjectCopy(mem, obj, CastToObjectType(dt->GetTypeInfo()));
return 0;
}
objectRegister = obj;
return 0;
}
// internal
void *asCGeneric::GetReturnPointer()
{
asCDataType &dt = sysFunction->returnType;
if( (dt.IsObject() ||dt.IsFuncdef()) && !dt.IsReference() )
{
// This function doesn't support returning on the stack but the use of
// the function doesn't require it so we don't need to implement it here.
asASSERT( !sysFunction->DoesReturnOnStack() );
return &objectRegister;
}
return &returnVal;
}
// interface
void *asCGeneric::GetAddressOfReturnLocation()
{
asCDataType &dt = sysFunction->returnType;
if( (dt.IsObject() || dt.IsFuncdef()) && !dt.IsReference() )
{
if( sysFunction->DoesReturnOnStack() )
{
// The memory is already preallocated on the stack,
// and the pointer to the location is found before the first arg
return (void*)*(asPWORD*)&stackPointer[-AS_PTR_SIZE];
}
// Reference types store the handle in the objectReference
return &objectRegister;
}
// Primitive types and references are stored in the returnVal property
return &returnVal;
}
// interface
int asCGeneric::GetReturnTypeId(asDWORD *flags) const
{
return sysFunction->GetReturnTypeId(flags);
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE

137
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_globalproperty.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_property.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
asCGlobalProperty::asCGlobalProperty()
{
memory = &storage;
memoryAllocated = false;
realAddress = 0;
initFunc = 0;
accessMask = 0xFFFFFFFF;
refCount.set(1);
}
asCGlobalProperty::~asCGlobalProperty()
{
#ifndef WIP_16BYTE_ALIGNED
if( memoryAllocated ) { asDELETEARRAY(memory); }
#else
if( memoryAllocated ) { asDELETEARRAYALIGNED(memory); }
#endif
if( initFunc )
initFunc->ReleaseInternal();
}
void asCGlobalProperty::AddRef()
{
refCount.atomicInc();
}
void asCGlobalProperty::Release()
{
if( refCount.atomicDec() == 0 )
asDELETE(this, asCGlobalProperty);
}
void asCGlobalProperty::DestroyInternal()
{
if( initFunc )
{
initFunc->ReleaseInternal();
initFunc = 0;
}
}
void *asCGlobalProperty::GetAddressOfValue()
{
return memory;
}
// The global property structure is responsible for allocating the storage
// method for script declared variables. Each allocation is independent of
// other global properties, so that variables can be added and removed at
// any time.
void asCGlobalProperty::AllocateMemory()
{
if( type.GetSizeOnStackDWords() > 2 )
{
#ifndef WIP_16BYTE_ALIGNED
memory = asNEWARRAY(asDWORD, type.GetSizeOnStackDWords());
#else
// TODO: Avoid aligned allocation if not needed to reduce the waste of memory for the alignment
memory = asNEWARRAYALIGNED(asDWORD, type.GetSizeOnStackDWords(), type.GetAlignment());
#endif
memoryAllocated = true;
}
}
void asCGlobalProperty::SetRegisteredAddress(void *p)
{
realAddress = p;
if( type.IsObject() && !type.IsReference() && !type.IsObjectHandle() )
{
// The global property is a pointer to a pointer
memory = &realAddress;
}
else
memory = p;
}
void *asCGlobalProperty::GetRegisteredAddress() const
{
return realAddress;
}
void asCGlobalProperty::SetInitFunc(asCScriptFunction *in_initFunc)
{
// This should only be done once
asASSERT( initFunc == 0 );
initFunc = in_initFunc;
initFunc->AddRefInternal();
}
asCScriptFunction *asCGlobalProperty::GetInitFunc()
{
return initFunc;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE

276
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_memory.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_memory.cpp
//
// Overload the default memory management functions so that we
// can let the application decide how to do it.
//
#include <stdlib.h>
#if !defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(__SNC__) && !defined(__ghs__) && !defined(__FreeBSD__) && !defined(__OpenBSD__)
#include <malloc.h>
#endif
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_memory.h"
#include "as_scriptnode.h"
#include "as_bytecode.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
#ifdef WIP_16BYTE_ALIGN
// TODO: Add support for 16byte aligned application types (e.g. __m128). The following is a list of things that needs to be implemented:
//
// ok - The script context must make sure to always allocate the local stack memory buffer on 16byte aligned boundaries (asCContext::ReserveStackSpace)
// ok - The engine must make sure to always allocate the memory for the script objects on 16byte aligned boundaries (asCScriptEngine::CallAlloc)
// ok - The application needs to inform a new flag when registering types that require 16byte alignment, e.g. asOBJ_APP_ALIGN16 (asCScriptEngine::RegisterObjectType)
// ok - The script object type must make sure to align member properties of these types correctly (asCObjectType::AddPropertyToClass)
// ok - Script global properties must allocate memory on 16byte boundaries if holding these types (asCGlobalProperty::AllocateMemory)
// TODO - The script compiler must make sure to allocate the local variables on 16byte boundaries (asCCompiler::AllocateVariable)
// TODO - The script compiler must add pad bytes on the stack for all function calls to guarantee that the stack position is 16byte aligned on entry in the called function (asCCompiler)
// TODO - The bytecode serializer must be capable of adjusting these pad bytes to guarantee platform independent saved bytecode. Remember that the registered type may not be 16byte aligned on all platforms (asCWriter & asCReader)
// TODO - The bytecode serializer must also be prepared to adjust the position of the local variables according to the need fro 16byte alignment (asCWriter & asCReader)
// TODO - The code for the native calling conventions must be adjusted for all platforms that should support 16byte aligned types (as_callfunc...)
// ok - When the context needs to grow the local stack memory it must copy the function arguments so that the stack entry position is 16byte aligned (asCContext::CallScriptFunction)
// TODO - When the context is prepared for a new call, it must set the initial stack position so the stack entry position is 16byte aligned (asCContext::Prepare)
//
// http://www.gamedev.net/topic/650555-alignment-requirements/
// TODO: Allow user to register its own aligned memory routines
// Wrappers for aligned allocations
void *debugAlignedMalloc(size_t size, size_t align, const char *file, int line)
{
void *mem = ((asALLOCFUNCDEBUG_t)userAlloc)(size + (align-1) + sizeof(void*), file, line);
char *amem = ((char*)mem) + sizeof(void*);
if( (uintptr_t)amem & (align - 1) )
amem += align - ((uintptr_t)amem & (align - 1));
((void**)amem)[-1] = mem;
return amem;
}
void *alignedMalloc(size_t size, size_t align)
{
void *mem = userAlloc(size + (align-1) + sizeof(void*));
char *amem = ((char*)mem) + sizeof(void*);
if( (uintptr_t)amem & (align - 1) )
amem += align - ((uintptr_t)amem & (align - 1));
((void**)amem)[-1] = mem;
return amem;
}
void alignedFree(void *mem)
{
userFree( ((void**)mem)[-1] );
}
bool isAligned(const void* const pointer, asUINT alignment)
{
return (uintptr_t(pointer) % alignment) == 0;
}
#endif
// By default we'll use the standard memory management functions
// Make sure these globals are initialized first. Otherwise the
// library may crash in case the application initializes the engine
// as a global variable.
#ifdef _MSC_VER
// MSVC let's us choose between a couple of different initialization orders.
#pragma warning(disable: 4073)
#pragma init_seg(lib)
asALLOCFUNC_t userAlloc = malloc;
asFREEFUNC_t userFree = free;
#ifdef WIP_16BYTE_ALIGN
#ifdef AS_DEBUG
asALLOCALIGNEDFUNC_t userAllocAligned = (asALLOCALIGNEDFUNC_t)debugAlignedMalloc;
#else
asALLOCALIGNEDFUNC_t userAllocAligned = alignedMalloc;
#endif
asFREEALIGNEDFUNC_t userFreeAligned = alignedFree;
#endif
#else
// Other compilers will just have to rely on luck.
asALLOCFUNC_t userAlloc = malloc;
asFREEFUNC_t userFree = free;
#ifdef WIP_16BYTE_ALIGN
asALLOCALIGNEDFUNC_t userAllocAligned = alignedMalloc;
asFREEALIGNEDFUNC_t userFreeAligned = alignedFree;
#endif
#endif
extern "C"
{
// interface
int asSetGlobalMemoryFunctions(asALLOCFUNC_t allocFunc, asFREEFUNC_t freeFunc)
{
// Clean-up thread local memory before changing the allocation routines to avoid
// potential problem with trying to free memory using a different allocation
// routine than used when allocating it.
asThreadCleanup();
userAlloc = allocFunc;
userFree = freeFunc;
return 0;
}
// interface
int asResetGlobalMemoryFunctions()
{
// Clean-up thread local memory before changing the allocation routines to avoid
// potential problem with trying to free memory using a different allocation
// routine than used when allocating it.
asThreadCleanup();
userAlloc = malloc;
userFree = free;
return 0;
}
// interface
void *asAllocMem(size_t size)
{
return asNEWARRAY(asBYTE, size);
}
// interface
void asFreeMem(void *mem)
{
asDELETEARRAY(mem);
}
} // extern "C"
asCMemoryMgr::asCMemoryMgr()
{
}
asCMemoryMgr::~asCMemoryMgr()
{
FreeUnusedMemory();
}
void asCMemoryMgr::FreeUnusedMemory()
{
// It's necessary to protect the scriptNodePool from multiple
// simultaneous accesses, as the parser is used by several methods
// that can be executed simultaneously.
ENTERCRITICALSECTION(cs);
int n;
for( n = 0; n < (signed)scriptNodePool.GetLength(); n++ )
userFree(scriptNodePool[n]);
scriptNodePool.Allocate(0, false);
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(cs);
// The engine already protects against multiple threads
// compiling scripts simultaneously so this pool doesn't have
// to be protected again.
for( n = 0; n < (signed)byteInstructionPool.GetLength(); n++ )
userFree(byteInstructionPool[n]);
byteInstructionPool.Allocate(0, false);
}
void *asCMemoryMgr::AllocScriptNode()
{
ENTERCRITICALSECTION(cs);
if( scriptNodePool.GetLength() )
{
void *tRet = scriptNodePool.PopLast();
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(cs);
return tRet;
}
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(cs);
#if defined(AS_DEBUG)
return ((asALLOCFUNCDEBUG_t)(userAlloc))(sizeof(asCScriptNode), __FILE__, __LINE__);
#else
return userAlloc(sizeof(asCScriptNode));
#endif
}
void asCMemoryMgr::FreeScriptNode(void *ptr)
{
ENTERCRITICALSECTION(cs);
// Pre allocate memory for the array to avoid slow growth
if( scriptNodePool.GetLength() == 0 )
scriptNodePool.Allocate(100, 0);
scriptNodePool.PushLast(ptr);
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(cs);
}
#ifndef AS_NO_COMPILER
void *asCMemoryMgr::AllocByteInstruction()
{
if( byteInstructionPool.GetLength() )
return byteInstructionPool.PopLast();
#if defined(AS_DEBUG)
return ((asALLOCFUNCDEBUG_t)(userAlloc))(sizeof(asCByteInstruction), __FILE__, __LINE__);
#else
return userAlloc(sizeof(asCByteInstruction));
#endif
}
void asCMemoryMgr::FreeByteInstruction(void *ptr)
{
// Pre allocate memory for the array to avoid slow growth
if( byteInstructionPool.GetLength() == 0 )
byteInstructionPool.Allocate(100, 0);
byteInstructionPool.PushLast(ptr);
}
#endif // AS_NO_COMPILER
END_AS_NAMESPACE

1833
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_module.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

686
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_objecttype.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,686 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_objecttype.cpp
//
// A class for storing object type information
//
#include <stdio.h>
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_objecttype.h"
#include "as_configgroup.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
asCObjectType::asCObjectType() : asCTypeInfo()
{
derivedFrom = 0;
acceptValueSubType = true;
acceptRefSubType = true;
#ifdef WIP_16BYTE_ALIGN
alignment = 4;
#endif
}
asCObjectType::asCObjectType(asCScriptEngine *in_engine) : asCTypeInfo(in_engine)
{
derivedFrom = 0;
acceptValueSubType = true;
acceptRefSubType = true;
#ifdef WIP_16BYTE_ALIGN
alignment = 4;
#endif
}
// interface
asUINT asCObjectType::GetChildFuncdefCount() const
{
return childFuncDefs.GetLength();
}
// interface
asITypeInfo *asCObjectType::GetChildFuncdef(asUINT index) const
{
if (index >= childFuncDefs.GetLength())
return 0;
return childFuncDefs[index];
}
// internal
void asCObjectType::DestroyInternal()
{
if( engine == 0 ) return;
// Skip this for list patterns as they do not increase the references
if( flags & asOBJ_LIST_PATTERN )
{
// Clear the engine pointer to mark the object type as invalid
engine = 0;
return;
}
// Release the object types held by the templateSubTypes
for( asUINT subtypeIndex = 0; subtypeIndex < templateSubTypes.GetLength(); subtypeIndex++ )
{
if( templateSubTypes[subtypeIndex].GetTypeInfo() )
templateSubTypes[subtypeIndex].GetTypeInfo()->ReleaseInternal();
}
templateSubTypes.SetLength(0);
// Clear the child types
for (asUINT n = 0; n < childFuncDefs.GetLength(); n++)
{
if( childFuncDefs[n] )
childFuncDefs[n]->parentClass = 0;
}
childFuncDefs.SetLength(0);
if( derivedFrom )
derivedFrom->ReleaseInternal();
derivedFrom = 0;
ReleaseAllProperties();
ReleaseAllFunctions();
CleanUserData();
// Remove the type from the engine
if( typeId != -1 )
engine->RemoveFromTypeIdMap(this);
// Clear the engine pointer to mark the object type as invalid
engine = 0;
}
asCObjectType::~asCObjectType()
{
DestroyInternal();
}
// interface
bool asCObjectType::Implements(const asITypeInfo *objType) const
{
if( this == objType )
return true;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < interfaces.GetLength(); n++ )
if( interfaces[n] == objType ) return true;
return false;
}
// interface
bool asCObjectType::DerivesFrom(const asITypeInfo *objType) const
{
if( this == objType )
return true;
asCObjectType *base = derivedFrom;
while( base )
{
if( base == objType )
return true;
base = base->derivedFrom;
}
return false;
}
// interface
int asCObjectType::GetSubTypeId(asUINT subtypeIndex) const
{
// This method is only supported for templates and template specializations
if( templateSubTypes.GetLength() == 0 )
return asERROR;
if( subtypeIndex >= templateSubTypes.GetLength() )
return asINVALID_ARG;
return engine->GetTypeIdFromDataType(templateSubTypes[subtypeIndex]);
}
// interface
asITypeInfo *asCObjectType::GetSubType(asUINT subtypeIndex) const
{
if( subtypeIndex >= templateSubTypes.GetLength() )
return 0;
return templateSubTypes[subtypeIndex].GetTypeInfo();
}
asUINT asCObjectType::GetSubTypeCount() const
{
return asUINT(templateSubTypes.GetLength());
}
asUINT asCObjectType::GetInterfaceCount() const
{
return asUINT(interfaces.GetLength());
}
asITypeInfo *asCObjectType::GetInterface(asUINT index) const
{
return interfaces[index];
}
// internal
bool asCObjectType::IsInterface() const
{
if( (flags & asOBJ_SCRIPT_OBJECT) && size == 0 )
return true;
return false;
}
// interface
asUINT asCObjectType::GetFactoryCount() const
{
return (asUINT)beh.factories.GetLength();
}
// interface
asIScriptFunction *asCObjectType::GetFactoryByIndex(asUINT index) const
{
if( index >= beh.factories.GetLength() )
return 0;
return engine->GetFunctionById(beh.factories[index]);
}
// interface
asIScriptFunction *asCObjectType::GetFactoryByDecl(const char *decl) const
{
if( beh.factories.GetLength() == 0 )
return 0;
// Let the engine parse the string and find the appropriate factory function
return engine->GetFunctionById(engine->GetFactoryIdByDecl(this, decl));
}
// interface
asUINT asCObjectType::GetMethodCount() const
{
return (asUINT)methods.GetLength();
}
// interface
asIScriptFunction *asCObjectType::GetMethodByIndex(asUINT index, bool getVirtual) const
{
if( index >= methods.GetLength() )
return 0;
asCScriptFunction *func = engine->scriptFunctions[methods[index]];
if( !getVirtual )
{
if( func && func->funcType == asFUNC_VIRTUAL )
return virtualFunctionTable[func->vfTableIdx];
}
return func;
}
// interface
asIScriptFunction *asCObjectType::GetMethodByName(const char *in_name, bool in_getVirtual) const
{
int id = -1;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < methods.GetLength(); n++ )
{
if( engine->scriptFunctions[methods[n]]->name == in_name )
{
if( id == -1 )
id = methods[n];
else
return 0;
}
}
if( id == -1 ) return 0;
asCScriptFunction *func = engine->scriptFunctions[id];
if( !in_getVirtual )
{
if( func && func->funcType == asFUNC_VIRTUAL )
return virtualFunctionTable[func->vfTableIdx];
}
return func;
}
// interface
asIScriptFunction *asCObjectType::GetMethodByDecl(const char *decl, bool getVirtual) const
{
if( methods.GetLength() == 0 )
return 0;
// Get the module from one of the methods, but it will only be
// used to allow the parsing of types not already known by the object.
// It is possible for object types to be orphaned, e.g. by discarding
// the module that created it. In this case it is still possible to
// find the methods, but any type not known by the object will result in
// an invalid declaration.
asCModule *mod = engine->scriptFunctions[methods[0]]->module;
int id = engine->GetMethodIdByDecl(this, decl, mod);
if( id <= 0 )
return 0;
if( !getVirtual )
{
asCScriptFunction *func = engine->scriptFunctions[id];
if( func && func->funcType == asFUNC_VIRTUAL )
return virtualFunctionTable[func->vfTableIdx];
}
return engine->scriptFunctions[id];
}
// interface
asUINT asCObjectType::GetPropertyCount() const
{
return (asUINT)properties.GetLength();
}
// interface
int asCObjectType::GetProperty(asUINT index, const char **out_name, int *out_typeId, bool *out_isPrivate, bool *out_isProtected, int *out_offset, bool *out_isReference, asDWORD *out_accessMask) const
{
if( index >= properties.GetLength() )
return asINVALID_ARG;
asCObjectProperty *prop = properties[index];
if( out_name )
*out_name = prop->name.AddressOf();
if( out_typeId )
*out_typeId = engine->GetTypeIdFromDataType(prop->type);
if( out_isPrivate )
*out_isPrivate = prop->isPrivate;
if( out_isProtected )
*out_isProtected = prop->isProtected;
if( out_offset )
*out_offset = prop->byteOffset;
if( out_isReference )
*out_isReference = prop->type.IsReference();
if( out_accessMask )
*out_accessMask = prop->accessMask;
return 0;
}
// interface
const char *asCObjectType::GetPropertyDeclaration(asUINT index, bool includeNamespace) const
{
if( index >= properties.GetLength() )
return 0;
asCString *tempString = &asCThreadManager::GetLocalData()->string;
if( properties[index]->isPrivate )
*tempString = "private ";
else if( properties[index]->isProtected )
*tempString = "protected ";
else
*tempString = "";
*tempString += properties[index]->type.Format(nameSpace, includeNamespace);
*tempString += " ";
*tempString += properties[index]->name;
return tempString->AddressOf();
}
asITypeInfo *asCObjectType::GetBaseType() const
{
return derivedFrom;
}
asUINT asCObjectType::GetBehaviourCount() const
{
// Count the number of behaviours (except factory functions)
asUINT count = 0;
if( beh.destruct ) count++;
if( beh.addref ) count++;
if( beh.release ) count++;
if( beh.gcGetRefCount ) count++;
if( beh.gcSetFlag ) count++;
if( beh.gcGetFlag ) count++;
if( beh.gcEnumReferences ) count++;
if( beh.gcReleaseAllReferences ) count++;
if( beh.templateCallback ) count++;
if( beh.listFactory ) count++;
if( beh.getWeakRefFlag ) count++;
// For reference types, the factories are also stored in the constructor
// list, so it is sufficient to enumerate only those
count += (asUINT)beh.constructors.GetLength();
return count;
}
asIScriptFunction *asCObjectType::GetBehaviourByIndex(asUINT index, asEBehaviours *outBehaviour) const
{
// Find the correct behaviour
asUINT count = 0;
if( beh.destruct && count++ == index ) // only increase count if the behaviour is registered
{
if( outBehaviour ) *outBehaviour = asBEHAVE_DESTRUCT;
return engine->scriptFunctions[beh.destruct];
}
if( beh.addref && count++ == index )
{
if( outBehaviour ) *outBehaviour = asBEHAVE_ADDREF;
return engine->scriptFunctions[beh.addref];
}
if( beh.release && count++ == index )
{
if( outBehaviour ) *outBehaviour = asBEHAVE_RELEASE;
return engine->scriptFunctions[beh.release];
}
if( beh.gcGetRefCount && count++ == index )
{
if( outBehaviour ) *outBehaviour = asBEHAVE_GETREFCOUNT;
return engine->scriptFunctions[beh.gcGetRefCount];
}
if( beh.gcSetFlag && count++ == index )
{
if( outBehaviour ) *outBehaviour = asBEHAVE_SETGCFLAG;
return engine->scriptFunctions[beh.gcSetFlag];
}
if( beh.gcGetFlag && count++ == index )
{
if( outBehaviour ) *outBehaviour = asBEHAVE_GETGCFLAG;
return engine->scriptFunctions[beh.gcGetFlag];
}
if( beh.gcEnumReferences && count++ == index )
{
if( outBehaviour ) *outBehaviour = asBEHAVE_ENUMREFS;
return engine->scriptFunctions[beh.gcEnumReferences];
}
if( beh.gcReleaseAllReferences && count++ == index )
{
if( outBehaviour ) *outBehaviour = asBEHAVE_RELEASEREFS;
return engine->scriptFunctions[beh.gcReleaseAllReferences];
}
if( beh.templateCallback && count++ == index )
{
if( outBehaviour ) *outBehaviour = asBEHAVE_TEMPLATE_CALLBACK;
return engine->scriptFunctions[beh.templateCallback];
}
if( beh.listFactory && count++ == index )
{
if( outBehaviour )
{
if( flags & asOBJ_VALUE )
*outBehaviour = asBEHAVE_LIST_CONSTRUCT;
else
*outBehaviour = asBEHAVE_LIST_FACTORY;
}
return engine->scriptFunctions[beh.listFactory];
}
if( beh.getWeakRefFlag && count++ == index )
{
if( outBehaviour ) *outBehaviour = asBEHAVE_GET_WEAKREF_FLAG;
return engine->scriptFunctions[beh.getWeakRefFlag];
}
// For reference types, the factories are also stored in the constructor
// list, so it is sufficient to enumerate only those
if( index - count < beh.constructors.GetLength() )
{
if( outBehaviour ) *outBehaviour = asBEHAVE_CONSTRUCT;
return engine->scriptFunctions[beh.constructors[index - count]];
}
else
count += (asUINT)beh.constructors.GetLength();
return 0;
}
// internal
asCObjectProperty *asCObjectType::AddPropertyToClass(const asCString &propName, const asCDataType &dt, bool isPrivate, bool isProtected, bool isInherited)
{
asASSERT( flags & asOBJ_SCRIPT_OBJECT );
asASSERT( dt.CanBeInstantiated() );
asASSERT( !IsInterface() );
// Store the properties in the object type descriptor
asCObjectProperty *prop = asNEW(asCObjectProperty);
if( prop == 0 )
{
// Out of memory
return 0;
}
prop->name = propName;
prop->type = dt;
prop->isPrivate = isPrivate;
prop->isProtected = isProtected;
prop->isInherited = isInherited;
int propSize;
if( dt.IsObject() )
{
// Non-POD value types can't be allocated inline,
// because there is a risk that the script might
// try to access the content without knowing that
// it hasn't been initialized yet.
if( dt.GetTypeInfo()->flags & asOBJ_POD )
propSize = dt.GetSizeInMemoryBytes();
else
{
propSize = dt.GetSizeOnStackDWords()*4;
if( !dt.IsObjectHandle() )
prop->type.MakeReference(true);
}
}
else if (dt.IsFuncdef())
{
// Funcdefs don't have a size, as they must always be stored as handles
asASSERT(dt.IsObjectHandle());
propSize = AS_PTR_SIZE * 4;
}
else
propSize = dt.GetSizeInMemoryBytes();
// Add extra bytes so that the property will be properly aligned
#ifndef WIP_16BYTE_ALIGN
if( propSize == 2 && (size & 1) ) size += 1;
if( propSize > 2 && (size & 3) ) size += 4 - (size & 3);
#else
asUINT alignment = dt.GetAlignment();
const asUINT propSizeAlignmentDifference = size & (alignment-1);
if( propSizeAlignmentDifference != 0 )
{
size += (alignment - propSizeAlignmentDifference);
}
asASSERT((size % alignment) == 0);
#endif
prop->byteOffset = size;
size += propSize;
properties.PushLast(prop);
// Make sure the struct holds a reference to the config group where the object is registered
asCConfigGroup *group = engine->FindConfigGroupForTypeInfo(prop->type.GetTypeInfo());
if( group != 0 ) group->AddRef();
// Add reference to object types
asCTypeInfo *type = prop->type.GetTypeInfo();
if( type )
type->AddRefInternal();
return prop;
}
// internal
void asCObjectType::ReleaseAllProperties()
{
for( asUINT n = 0; n < properties.GetLength(); n++ )
{
if( properties[n] )
{
if( flags & asOBJ_SCRIPT_OBJECT )
{
// Release the config group for script classes that are being destroyed
asCConfigGroup *group = engine->FindConfigGroupForTypeInfo(properties[n]->type.GetTypeInfo());
if( group != 0 ) group->Release();
// Release references to objects types
asCTypeInfo *type = properties[n]->type.GetTypeInfo();
if( type )
type->ReleaseInternal();
}
else
{
// Release template instance types (ref increased by RegisterObjectProperty)
asCTypeInfo *type = properties[n]->type.GetTypeInfo();
if( type )
type->ReleaseInternal();
}
asDELETE(properties[n],asCObjectProperty);
}
}
properties.SetLength(0);
}
// internal
void asCObjectType::ReleaseAllFunctions()
{
beh.factory = 0;
beh.copyfactory = 0;
for( asUINT a = 0; a < beh.factories.GetLength(); a++ )
{
if( engine->scriptFunctions[beh.factories[a]] )
engine->scriptFunctions[beh.factories[a]]->ReleaseInternal();
}
beh.factories.SetLength(0);
beh.construct = 0;
beh.copyconstruct = 0;
for( asUINT b = 0; b < beh.constructors.GetLength(); b++ )
{
if( engine->scriptFunctions[beh.constructors[b]] )
engine->scriptFunctions[beh.constructors[b]]->ReleaseInternal();
}
beh.constructors.SetLength(0);
if( beh.templateCallback )
engine->scriptFunctions[beh.templateCallback]->ReleaseInternal();
beh.templateCallback = 0;
if( beh.listFactory )
engine->scriptFunctions[beh.listFactory]->ReleaseInternal();
beh.listFactory = 0;
if( beh.destruct )
engine->scriptFunctions[beh.destruct]->ReleaseInternal();
beh.destruct = 0;
if( beh.copy )
engine->scriptFunctions[beh.copy]->ReleaseInternal();
beh.copy = 0;
for( asUINT c = 0; c < methods.GetLength(); c++ )
{
if( engine->scriptFunctions[methods[c]] )
engine->scriptFunctions[methods[c]]->ReleaseInternal();
}
methods.SetLength(0);
for( asUINT d = 0; d < virtualFunctionTable.GetLength(); d++ )
{
if( virtualFunctionTable[d] )
virtualFunctionTable[d]->ReleaseInternal();
}
virtualFunctionTable.SetLength(0);
// GC behaviours
if( beh.addref )
engine->scriptFunctions[beh.addref]->ReleaseInternal();
beh.addref = 0;
if( beh.release )
engine->scriptFunctions[beh.release]->ReleaseInternal();
beh.release = 0;
if( beh.gcEnumReferences )
engine->scriptFunctions[beh.gcEnumReferences]->ReleaseInternal();
beh.gcEnumReferences = 0;
if( beh.gcGetFlag )
engine->scriptFunctions[beh.gcGetFlag]->ReleaseInternal();
beh.gcGetFlag = 0;
if( beh.gcGetRefCount )
engine->scriptFunctions[beh.gcGetRefCount]->ReleaseInternal();
beh.gcGetRefCount = 0;
if( beh.gcReleaseAllReferences )
engine->scriptFunctions[beh.gcReleaseAllReferences]->ReleaseInternal();
beh.gcReleaseAllReferences = 0;
if( beh.gcSetFlag )
engine->scriptFunctions[beh.gcSetFlag]->ReleaseInternal();
beh.gcSetFlag = 0;
if ( beh.getWeakRefFlag )
engine->scriptFunctions[beh.getWeakRefFlag]->ReleaseInternal();
beh.getWeakRefFlag = 0;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE

109
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_outputbuffer.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2012 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_outputbuffer.cpp
//
// This class appends strings to one large buffer that can later
// be sent to the real output stream
//
#include "as_config.h"
#ifndef AS_NO_COMPILER
#include "as_outputbuffer.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
asCOutputBuffer::~asCOutputBuffer()
{
Clear();
}
void asCOutputBuffer::Clear()
{
for( asUINT n = 0; n < messages.GetLength(); n++ )
{
if( messages[n] )
{
asDELETE(messages[n],message_t);
}
}
messages.SetLength(0);
}
void asCOutputBuffer::Callback(asSMessageInfo *msg)
{
message_t *msgInfo = asNEW(message_t);
if( msgInfo == 0 )
return;
msgInfo->section = msg->section;
msgInfo->row = msg->row;
msgInfo->col = msg->col;
msgInfo->type = msg->type;
msgInfo->msg = msg->message;
messages.PushLast(msgInfo);
}
void asCOutputBuffer::Append(asCOutputBuffer &in)
{
for( asUINT n = 0; n < in.messages.GetLength(); n++ )
messages.PushLast(in.messages[n]);
in.messages.SetLength(0);
}
void asCOutputBuffer::SendToCallback(asCScriptEngine *engine, asSSystemFunctionInterface *func, void *obj)
{
for( asUINT n = 0; n < messages.GetLength(); n++ )
{
asSMessageInfo msg;
msg.section = messages[n]->section.AddressOf();
msg.row = messages[n]->row;
msg.col = messages[n]->col;
msg.type = messages[n]->type;
msg.message = messages[n]->msg.AddressOf();
if( func->callConv < ICC_THISCALL )
engine->CallGlobalFunction(&msg, obj, func, 0);
else
engine->CallObjectMethod(obj, &msg, func, 0);
}
Clear();
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_NO_COMPILER

4429
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_parser.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

5300
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_restore.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

151
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_scriptcode.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_scriptcode.cpp
//
// A container class for the script code to be compiled
//
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_scriptcode.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
asCScriptCode::asCScriptCode()
{
lineOffset = 0;
code = 0;
codeLength = 0;
sharedCode = false;
}
asCScriptCode::~asCScriptCode()
{
if( !sharedCode && code )
{
asDELETEARRAY(code);
}
}
int asCScriptCode::SetCode(const char *in_name, const char *in_code, bool in_makeCopy)
{
return SetCode(in_name, in_code, 0, in_makeCopy);
}
int asCScriptCode::SetCode(const char *in_name, const char *in_code, size_t in_length, bool in_makeCopy)
{
if( !in_code) return asINVALID_ARG;
this->name = in_name ? in_name : "";
if( !sharedCode && code )
asDELETEARRAY(code);
if( in_length == 0 )
in_length = strlen(in_code);
if( in_makeCopy )
{
codeLength = in_length;
sharedCode = false;
code = asNEWARRAY(char, in_length);
if( code == 0 )
return asOUT_OF_MEMORY;
memcpy(code, in_code, in_length);
}
else
{
codeLength = in_length;
code = const_cast<char*>(in_code);
sharedCode = true;
}
// Find the positions of each line
linePositions.PushLast(0);
for( size_t n = 0; n < in_length; n++ )
if( in_code[n] == '\n' ) linePositions.PushLast(n+1);
linePositions.PushLast(in_length);
return asSUCCESS;
}
void asCScriptCode::ConvertPosToRowCol(size_t pos, int *row, int *col)
{
if( linePositions.GetLength() == 0 )
{
if( row ) *row = lineOffset;
if( col ) *col = 1;
return;
}
// Do a binary search in the buffer
int max = (int)linePositions.GetLength() - 1;
int min = 0;
int i = max/2;
for(;;)
{
if( linePositions[i] < pos )
{
// Have we found the largest number < programPosition?
if( min == i ) break;
min = i;
i = (max + min)/2;
}
else if( linePositions[i] > pos )
{
// Have we found the smallest number > programPoisition?
if( max == i ) break;
max = i;
i = (max + min)/2;
}
else
{
// We found the exact position
break;
}
}
if( row ) *row = i + 1 + lineOffset;
if( col ) *col = (int)(pos - linePositions[i]) + 1;
}
bool asCScriptCode::TokenEquals(size_t pos, size_t len, const char *str)
{
if( pos + len > codeLength ) return false;
if( strncmp(code + pos, str, len) == 0 && strlen(str) == len )
return true;
return false;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE

6497
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_scriptengine.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1698
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_scriptfunction.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

178
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_scriptnode.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_scriptnode.cpp
//
// A node in the script tree built by the parser for compilation
//
#include "as_scriptnode.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
asCScriptNode::asCScriptNode(eScriptNode type)
{
nodeType = type;
tokenType = ttUnrecognizedToken;
tokenPos = 0;
tokenLength = 0;
parent = 0;
next = 0;
prev = 0;
firstChild = 0;
lastChild = 0;
}
void asCScriptNode::Destroy(asCScriptEngine *engine)
{
// Destroy all children
asCScriptNode *node = firstChild;
asCScriptNode *nxt;
while( node )
{
nxt = node->next;
node->Destroy(engine);
node = nxt;
}
// Return the memory to the memory manager
engine->memoryMgr.FreeScriptNode(this);
}
asCScriptNode *asCScriptNode::CreateCopy(asCScriptEngine *engine)
{
void *ptr = engine->memoryMgr.AllocScriptNode();
if( ptr == 0 )
{
// Out of memory
return 0;
}
new(ptr) asCScriptNode(nodeType);
asCScriptNode *node = reinterpret_cast<asCScriptNode*>(ptr);
node->tokenLength = tokenLength;
node->tokenPos = tokenPos;
node->tokenType = tokenType;
asCScriptNode *child = firstChild;
while( child )
{
node->AddChildLast(child->CreateCopy(engine));
child = child->next;
}
return node;
}
void asCScriptNode::SetToken(sToken *token)
{
tokenType = token->type;
}
void asCScriptNode::UpdateSourcePos(size_t pos, size_t length)
{
if( pos == 0 && length == 0 ) return;
if( tokenPos == 0 && tokenLength == 0 )
{
tokenPos = pos;
tokenLength = length;
}
else
{
if( tokenPos > pos )
{
tokenLength = tokenPos + tokenLength - pos;
tokenPos = pos;
}
if( pos + length > tokenPos + tokenLength )
{
tokenLength = pos + length - tokenPos;
}
}
}
void asCScriptNode::AddChildLast(asCScriptNode *node)
{
// We might get a null pointer if the parser encounter an out-of-memory situation
if( node == 0 ) return;
if( lastChild )
{
lastChild->next = node;
node->next = 0;
node->prev = lastChild;
node->parent = this;
lastChild = node;
}
else
{
firstChild = node;
lastChild = node;
node->next = 0;
node->prev = 0;
node->parent = this;
}
UpdateSourcePos(node->tokenPos, node->tokenLength);
}
void asCScriptNode::DisconnectParent()
{
if( parent )
{
if( parent->firstChild == this )
parent->firstChild = next;
if( parent->lastChild == this )
parent->lastChild = prev;
}
if( next )
next->prev = prev;
if( prev )
prev->next = next;
parent = 0;
next = 0;
prev = 0;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE

1069
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_scriptobject.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

483
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_string.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
#include "as_config.h"
#include <stdarg.h> // va_list, va_start(), etc
#include <stdlib.h> // strtod(), strtol()
#include <string.h> // some compilers declare memcpy() here
#if !defined(AS_NO_MEMORY_H)
#include <memory.h>
#endif
#include "as_string.h"
#include "as_string_util.h"
asCString::asCString()
{
length = 0;
local[0] = 0;
}
// Copy constructor
asCString::asCString(const asCString &str)
{
length = 0;
local[0] = 0;
Assign(str.AddressOf(), str.length);
}
#ifdef AS_CAN_USE_CPP11
asCString::asCString(asCString &&str)
{
if( str.length <= 11 )
{
length = str.length;
memcpy(local, str.local, length);
local[length] = 0;
}
else
{
dynamic = str.dynamic;
length = str.length;
}
str.dynamic = 0;
str.length = 0;
}
#endif // c++11
asCString::asCString(const char *str, size_t len)
{
length = 0;
local[0] = 0;
Assign(str, len);
}
asCString::asCString(const char *str)
{
length = 0;
local[0] = 0;
size_t len = strlen(str);
Assign(str, len);
}
asCString::asCString(char ch)
{
length = 0;
local[0] = 0;
Assign(&ch, 1);
}
asCString::~asCString()
{
if( length > 11 && dynamic )
{
asDELETEARRAY(dynamic);
}
}
char *asCString::AddressOf()
{
if( length <= 11 )
return local;
else
return dynamic;
}
const char *asCString::AddressOf() const
{
if( length <= 11 )
return local;
else
return dynamic;
}
void asCString::SetLength(size_t len)
{
Allocate(len, true);
}
void asCString::Allocate(size_t len, bool keepData)
{
// If we stored the capacity of the dynamically allocated buffer it would be possible
// to save some memory allocations if a string decreases in size then increases again,
// but this would require extra bytes in the string object itself, or a decrease of
// the static buffer, which in turn would mean extra memory is needed. I've tested each
// of these options, and it turned out that the current choice is what best balanced
// the number of allocations against the size of the allocations.
if( len > 11 && len > length )
{
// Allocate a new dynamic buffer if the new one is larger than the old
char *buf = asNEWARRAY(char,len+1);
if( buf == 0 )
{
// Out of memory. Return without modifying anything
return;
}
if( keepData )
{
int l = (int)len < (int)length ? (int)len : (int)length;
memcpy(buf, AddressOf(), l);
}
if( length > 11 )
{
asDELETEARRAY(dynamic);
}
dynamic = buf;
}
else if( len <= 11 && length > 11 )
{
// Free the dynamic buffer, since it is no longer needed
char *buf = dynamic;
if( keepData )
{
memcpy(&local, buf, len);
}
asDELETEARRAY(buf);
}
length = (int)len;
// Make sure the buffer is null terminated
AddressOf()[length] = 0;
}
void asCString::Assign(const char *str, size_t len)
{
Allocate(len, false);
// Copy the string
memcpy(AddressOf(), str, length);
AddressOf()[length] = 0;
}
asCString &asCString::operator =(const char *str)
{
size_t len = str ? strlen(str) : 0;
Assign(str, len);
return *this;
}
asCString &asCString::operator =(const asCString &str)
{
Assign(str.AddressOf(), str.length);
return *this;
}
#ifdef AS_CAN_USE_CPP11
asCString &asCString::operator =(asCString &&str)
{
if( this != &str )
{
if( length > 11 && dynamic )
{
asDELETEARRAY(dynamic);
}
if ( str.length <= 11 )
{
length = str.length;
memcpy(local, str.local, length);
local[length] = 0;
}
else
{
dynamic = str.dynamic;
length = str.length;
}
str.dynamic = 0;
str.length = 0;
}
return *this;
}
#endif // c++11
asCString &asCString::operator =(char ch)
{
Assign(&ch, 1);
return *this;
}
void asCString::Concatenate(const char *str, size_t len)
{
asUINT oldLength = length;
SetLength(length + len);
memcpy(AddressOf() + oldLength, str, len);
AddressOf()[length] = 0;
}
asCString &asCString::operator +=(const char *str)
{
size_t len = strlen(str);
Concatenate(str, len);
return *this;
}
asCString &asCString::operator +=(const asCString &str)
{
Concatenate(str.AddressOf(), str.length);
return *this;
}
asCString &asCString::operator +=(char ch)
{
Concatenate(&ch, 1);
return *this;
}
size_t asCString::GetLength() const
{
return length;
}
// Returns the length
size_t asCString::Format(const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
va_start(args, format);
char tmp[256];
int r = asVSNPRINTF(tmp, 255, format, args);
if( r > 0 )
{
Assign(tmp, r);
}
else
{
size_t n = 512;
asCString str; // Use temporary string in case the current buffer is a parameter
str.Allocate(n, false);
while( (r = asVSNPRINTF(str.AddressOf(), n, format, args)) < 0 )
{
n *= 2;
str.Allocate(n, false);
}
Assign(str.AddressOf(), r);
}
va_end(args);
return length;
}
char &asCString::operator [](size_t index)
{
asASSERT(index < length);
return AddressOf()[index];
}
const char &asCString::operator [](size_t index) const
{
asASSERT(index < length);
return AddressOf()[index];
}
asCString asCString::SubString(size_t in_start, size_t in_length) const
{
if( in_start >= GetLength() || in_length == 0 )
return asCString("");
if( in_length == (size_t)(-1) ) in_length = GetLength() - in_start;
asCString tmp;
tmp.Assign(AddressOf() + in_start, in_length);
return tmp;
}
int asCString::Compare(const char *str) const
{
return asCompareStrings(AddressOf(), length, str, strlen(str));
}
int asCString::Compare(const asCString &str) const
{
return asCompareStrings(AddressOf(), length, str.AddressOf(), str.GetLength());
}
int asCString::Compare(const char *str, size_t len) const
{
return asCompareStrings(AddressOf(), length, str, len);
}
size_t asCString::RecalculateLength()
{
SetLength(strlen(AddressOf()));
return length;
}
int asCString::FindLast(const char *str, int *count) const
{
// There is no strstr that starts from the end, so
// we'll iterate until we find the last occurrance.
// This shouldn't cause a performance problem because
// it is not expected that this will be done very often,
// and then only on quite short strings anyway.
if( count ) *count = 0;
const char *last = 0;
const char *curr = AddressOf()-1;
while( (curr = strstr(curr+1, str)) != 0 )
{
if( count ) (*count)++;
last = curr;
}
if( last )
return int(last - AddressOf());
return -1;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Helper functions
bool operator ==(const asCString &a, const char *b)
{
return a.Compare(b) == 0;
}
bool operator !=(const asCString &a, const char *b)
{
return a.Compare(b) != 0;
}
bool operator ==(const asCString &a, const asCString &b)
{
return a.Compare(b) == 0;
}
bool operator !=(const asCString &a, const asCString &b)
{
return a.Compare(b) != 0;
}
bool operator ==(const char *a, const asCString &b)
{
return b.Compare(a) == 0;
}
bool operator !=(const char *a, const asCString &b)
{
return b.Compare(a) != 0;
}
bool operator <(const asCString &a, const asCString &b)
{
return a.Compare(b) < 0;
}
asCString operator +(const asCString &a, const asCString &b)
{
asCString res = a;
res += b;
return res;
}
asCString operator +(const char *a, const asCString &b)
{
asCString res = a;
res += b;
return res;
}
asCString operator +(const asCString &a, const char *b)
{
asCString res = a;
res += b;
return res;
}
// wrapper class
asCStringPointer::asCStringPointer()
: string(0), length(0), cstring(0)
{
}
asCStringPointer::asCStringPointer(const char *str, size_t len)
: string(str), length(len), cstring(0)
{
}
asCStringPointer::asCStringPointer(asCString *cstr)
: string(0), length(0), cstring(cstr)
{
}
const char *asCStringPointer::AddressOf() const
{
return string ? string : cstring->AddressOf();
}
size_t asCStringPointer::GetLength() const
{
return string ? length : cstring->GetLength();
}
bool asCStringPointer::operator==(const asCStringPointer& other) const
{
return asCompareStrings(AddressOf(), GetLength(), other.AddressOf(), other.GetLength()) == 0;
}
bool asCStringPointer::operator<(const asCStringPointer& other) const
{
return asCompareStrings(AddressOf(), GetLength(), other.AddressOf(), other.GetLength()) < 0;
}

382
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_string_util.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,382 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
#include "as_config.h"
#include <string.h> // some compilers declare memcpy() here
#include <math.h> // pow()
#include <stdint.h> // UINT64_MAX
#if !defined(AS_NO_MEMORY_H)
#include <memory.h>
#endif
#include "as_string.h"
#include "as_string_util.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
int asCompareStrings(const char *str1, size_t len1, const char *str2, size_t len2)
{
if( len1 == 0 )
{
if( str2 == 0 || len2 == 0 ) return 0; // Equal
return 1; // The other string is larger than this
}
if( str2 == 0 )
{
if( len1 == 0 )
return 0; // Equal
return -1; // The other string is smaller than this
}
if( len2 < len1 )
{
int result = memcmp(str1, str2, len2);
if( result == 0 ) return -1; // The other string is smaller than this
return result;
}
int result = memcmp(str1, str2, len1);
if( result == 0 && len1 < len2 ) return 1; // The other string is larger than this
return result;
}
double asStringScanDouble(const char *string, size_t *numScanned)
{
// I decided to do my own implementation of strtod() because this function
// doesn't seem to be present on all systems. iOS 5 for example doesn't appear
// to include the function in the standard lib.
// Another reason is that the standard implementation of strtod() is dependent
// on the locale on some systems, i.e. it may use comma instead of dot for
// the decimal indicator. This can be avoided by forcing the locale to "C" with
// setlocale(), but this is another thing that is highly platform dependent.
double value = 0;
double fraction = 0.1;
int exponent = 0;
bool negativeExponent = false;
int c = 0;
// The tokenizer separates the sign from the number in
// two tokens so we'll never have a sign to parse here
// Parse the integer value
for( ;; )
{
if( string[c] >= '0' && string[c] <= '9' )
value = value*10 + double(string[c] - '0');
else
break;
c++;
}
if( string[c] == '.' )
{
c++;
// Parse the fraction
for( ;; )
{
if( string[c] >= '0' && string[c] <= '9' )
value += fraction * double(string[c] - '0');
else
break;
c++;
fraction *= 0.1;
}
}
if( string[c] == 'e' || string[c] == 'E' )
{
c++;
// Parse the sign of the exponent
if( string[c] == '-' )
{
negativeExponent = true;
c++;
}
else if( string[c] == '+' )
c++;
// Parse the exponent value
for( ;; )
{
if( string[c] >= '0' && string[c] <= '9' )
exponent = exponent*10 + int(string[c] - '0');
else
break;
c++;
}
}
if( exponent )
{
if( negativeExponent )
exponent = -exponent;
value *= pow(10.0, exponent);
}
if( numScanned )
*numScanned = c;
return value;
}
// Converts a character to the decimal number based on the radix
// Returns -1 if the character is not valid for the radix
static int asCharToNbr(char ch, int radix)
{
if( ch >= '0' && ch <= '9' ) return ((ch -= '0') < radix ? ch : -1);
if( ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z' ) return ((ch -= 'A'-10) < radix ? ch : -1);
if( ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'z' ) return ((ch -= 'a'-10) < radix ? ch : -1);
return -1;
}
// If base is 0 the string should be prefixed by 0x, 0d, 0o, or 0b to allow the function to automatically determine the radix
asQWORD asStringScanUInt64(const char *string, int base, size_t *numScanned, bool *overflow)
{
asASSERT(base == 10 || base == 16 || base == 0);
if (overflow)
*overflow = false;
const char *end = string;
asQWORD res = 0;
if( base == 10 )
{
while( *end >= '0' && *end <= '9' )
{
if( overflow && ((res > UINT64_MAX / 10) || ((asUINT(*end - '0') > (UINT64_MAX - (UINT64_MAX / 10) * 10)) && res == UINT64_MAX / 10)) )
*overflow = true;
res *= 10;
res += *end++ - '0';
}
}
else
{
if( base == 0 && string[0] == '0')
{
// Determine the radix from the prefix
switch( string[1] )
{
case 'b': case 'B': base = 2; break;
case 'o': case 'O': base = 8; break;
case 'd': case 'D': base = 10; break;
case 'x': case 'X': base = 16; break;
}
end += 2;
}
asASSERT( base );
if( base )
{
for (int nbr; (nbr = asCharToNbr(*end, base)) >= 0; end++)
{
if (overflow && ((res > UINT64_MAX / base) || ((asUINT(nbr) > (UINT64_MAX - (UINT64_MAX / base) * base)) && res == UINT64_MAX / base)) )
*overflow = true;
res = res * base + nbr;
}
}
}
if( numScanned )
*numScanned = end - string;
return res;
}
//
// The function will encode the unicode code point into the outEncodedBuffer, and then
// return the length of the encoded value. If the input value is not a valid unicode code
// point, then the function will return -1.
//
// This function is taken from the AngelCode ToolBox.
//
int asStringEncodeUTF8(unsigned int value, char *outEncodedBuffer)
{
unsigned char *buf = (unsigned char*)outEncodedBuffer;
int length = -1;
if( value <= 0x7F )
{
buf[0] = static_cast<unsigned char>(value);
return 1;
}
else if( value >= 0x80 && value <= 0x7FF )
{
// Encode it with 2 characters
buf[0] = static_cast<unsigned char>(0xC0 + (value >> 6));
length = 2;
}
else if( (value >= 0x800 && value <= 0xD7FF) || (value >= 0xE000 && value <= 0xFFFF) )
{
// Note: Values 0xD800 to 0xDFFF are not valid unicode characters
buf[0] = static_cast<unsigned char>(0xE0 + (value >> 12));
length = 3;
}
else if( value >= 0x10000 && value <= 0x10FFFF )
{
buf[0] = static_cast<unsigned char>(0xF0 + (value >> 18));
length = 4;
}
int n = length-1;
for( ; n > 0; n-- )
{
buf[n] = static_cast<unsigned char>(0x80 + (value & 0x3F));
value >>= 6;
}
return length;
}
//
// The function will decode an UTF8 character and return the unicode code point.
// outLength will receive the number of bytes that were decoded.
//
// This function is taken from the AngelCode ToolBox.
//
int asStringDecodeUTF8(const char *encodedBuffer, unsigned int *outLength)
{
const unsigned char *buf = (const unsigned char*)encodedBuffer;
int value = 0;
int length = -1;
unsigned char byte = buf[0];
if( (byte & 0x80) == 0 )
{
// This is the only byte
if( outLength ) *outLength = 1;
return byte;
}
else if( (byte & 0xE0) == 0xC0 )
{
// There is one more byte
value = int(byte & 0x1F);
length = 2;
// The value at this moment must not be less than 2, because
// that should have been encoded with one byte only.
if( value < 2 )
length = -1;
}
else if( (byte & 0xF0) == 0xE0 )
{
// There are two more bytes
value = int(byte & 0x0F);
length = 3;
}
else if( (byte & 0xF8) == 0xF0 )
{
// There are three more bytes
value = int(byte & 0x07);
length = 4;
}
int n = 1;
for( ; n < length; n++ )
{
byte = buf[n];
if( (byte & 0xC0) == 0x80 )
value = (value << 6) + int(byte & 0x3F);
else
break;
}
if( n == length )
{
if( outLength ) *outLength = (unsigned)length;
return value;
}
// The byte sequence isn't a valid UTF-8 byte sequence.
return -1;
}
//
// The function will encode the unicode code point into the outEncodedBuffer, and then
// return the length of the encoded value. If the input value is not a valid unicode code
// point, then the function will return -1.
//
// This function is taken from the AngelCode ToolBox.
//
int asStringEncodeUTF16(unsigned int value, char *outEncodedBuffer)
{
if( value < 0x10000 )
{
#ifndef AS_BIG_ENDIAN
outEncodedBuffer[0] = (value & 0xFF);
outEncodedBuffer[1] = ((value >> 8) & 0xFF);
#else
outEncodedBuffer[1] = (value & 0xFF);
outEncodedBuffer[0] = ((value >> 8) & 0xFF);
#endif
return 2;
}
else
{
value -= 0x10000;
int surrogate1 = ((value >> 10) & 0x3FF) + 0xD800;
int surrogate2 = (value & 0x3FF) + 0xDC00;
#ifndef AS_BIG_ENDIAN
outEncodedBuffer[0] = (surrogate1 & 0xFF);
outEncodedBuffer[1] = ((surrogate1 >> 8) & 0xFF);
outEncodedBuffer[2] = (surrogate2 & 0xFF);
outEncodedBuffer[3] = ((surrogate2 >> 8) & 0xFF);
#else
outEncodedBuffer[1] = (surrogate1 & 0xFF);
outEncodedBuffer[0] = ((surrogate1 >> 8) & 0xFF);
outEncodedBuffer[3] = (surrogate2 & 0xFF);
outEncodedBuffer[2] = ((surrogate2 >> 8) & 0xFF);
#endif
return 4;
}
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE

468
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_thread.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2014 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_thread.cpp
//
// Functions for multi threading support
//
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_thread.h"
#include "as_atomic.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
//=======================================================================
// Singleton
static asCThreadManager *threadManager = 0;
//======================================================================
// Global API functions
extern "C"
{
AS_API int asThreadCleanup()
{
return asCThreadManager::CleanupLocalData();
}
AS_API asIThreadManager *asGetThreadManager()
{
return threadManager;
}
AS_API int asPrepareMultithread(asIThreadManager *externalThreadMgr)
{
return asCThreadManager::Prepare(externalThreadMgr);
}
AS_API void asUnprepareMultithread()
{
asCThreadManager::Unprepare();
}
AS_API void asAcquireExclusiveLock()
{
if( threadManager )
{
ACQUIREEXCLUSIVE(threadManager->appRWLock);
}
}
AS_API void asReleaseExclusiveLock()
{
if( threadManager )
{
RELEASEEXCLUSIVE(threadManager->appRWLock);
}
}
AS_API void asAcquireSharedLock()
{
if( threadManager )
{
ACQUIRESHARED(threadManager->appRWLock);
}
}
AS_API void asReleaseSharedLock()
{
if( threadManager )
{
RELEASESHARED(threadManager->appRWLock);
}
}
}
//======================================================================
#if !defined(AS_NO_THREADS) && defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(AS_WINDOWS_THREADS) && (WINAPI_FAMILY & WINAPI_FAMILY_PHONE_APP)
__declspec(thread) asCThreadLocalData *asCThreadManager::tld = 0;
#endif
asCThreadManager::asCThreadManager()
{
// We're already in the critical section when this function is called
#ifdef AS_NO_THREADS
tld = 0;
#else
// Allocate the thread local storage
#if defined AS_POSIX_THREADS
pthread_key_t pKey;
pthread_key_create(&pKey, 0);
tlsKey = (asDWORD)pKey;
#elif defined AS_WINDOWS_THREADS
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (WINAPI_FAMILY & WINAPI_FAMILY_PHONE_APP)
tld = 0;
#else
tlsKey = (asDWORD)TlsAlloc();
#endif
#endif
#endif
refCount = 1;
}
int asCThreadManager::Prepare(asIThreadManager *externalThreadMgr)
{
// Don't allow an external thread manager if there
// is already a thread manager defined
if( externalThreadMgr && threadManager )
return asINVALID_ARG;
// The critical section cannot be declared globally, as there is no
// guarantee for the order in which global variables are initialized
// or uninitialized.
// For this reason it's not possible to prevent two threads from calling
// AddRef at the same time, so there is a chance for a race condition here.
// To avoid the race condition when the thread manager is first created,
// the application must make sure to call the global asPrepareForMultiThread()
// in the main thread before any other thread creates a script engine.
if( threadManager == 0 && externalThreadMgr == 0 )
threadManager = asNEW(asCThreadManager);
else
{
// If an application uses different dlls each dll will get it's own memory
// space for global variables. If multiple dlls then uses AngelScript's
// global thread support functions it is then best to share the thread
// manager to make sure all dlls use the same critical section.
if( externalThreadMgr )
threadManager = reinterpret_cast<asCThreadManager*>(externalThreadMgr);
ENTERCRITICALSECTION(threadManager->criticalSection);
threadManager->refCount++;
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(threadManager->criticalSection);
}
// Success
return 0;
}
void asCThreadManager::Unprepare()
{
asASSERT(threadManager);
if( threadManager == 0 )
return;
// It's necessary to protect this section so no
// other thread attempts to call AddRef or Release
// while clean up is in progress.
ENTERCRITICALSECTION(threadManager->criticalSection);
if( --threadManager->refCount == 0 )
{
// Make sure the local data is destroyed, at least for the current thread
CleanupLocalData();
// As the critical section will be destroyed together
// with the thread manager we must first clear the global
// variable in case a new thread manager needs to be created;
asCThreadManager *mgr = threadManager;
threadManager = 0;
// Leave the critical section before it is destroyed
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(mgr->criticalSection);
asDELETE(mgr,asCThreadManager);
}
else
LEAVECRITICALSECTION(threadManager->criticalSection);
}
asCThreadManager::~asCThreadManager()
{
#ifndef AS_NO_THREADS
// Deallocate the thread local storage
#if defined AS_POSIX_THREADS
pthread_key_delete((pthread_key_t)tlsKey);
#elif defined AS_WINDOWS_THREADS
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (WINAPI_FAMILY & WINAPI_FAMILY_PHONE_APP)
tld = 0;
#else
TlsFree((DWORD)tlsKey);
#endif
#endif
#else
if( tld )
{
asDELETE(tld,asCThreadLocalData);
}
tld = 0;
#endif
}
int asCThreadManager::CleanupLocalData()
{
if( threadManager == 0 )
return 0;
#ifndef AS_NO_THREADS
#if defined AS_POSIX_THREADS
asCThreadLocalData *tld = (asCThreadLocalData*)pthread_getspecific((pthread_key_t)threadManager->tlsKey);
#elif defined AS_WINDOWS_THREADS
#if !defined(_MSC_VER) || !(WINAPI_FAMILY & WINAPI_FAMILY_PHONE_APP)
asCThreadLocalData *tld = (asCThreadLocalData*)TlsGetValue((DWORD)threadManager->tlsKey);
#endif
#endif
if( tld == 0 )
return 0;
if( tld->activeContexts.GetLength() == 0 )
{
asDELETE(tld,asCThreadLocalData);
#if defined AS_POSIX_THREADS
pthread_setspecific((pthread_key_t)threadManager->tlsKey, 0);
#elif defined AS_WINDOWS_THREADS
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (WINAPI_FAMILY & WINAPI_FAMILY_PHONE_APP)
tld = 0;
#else
TlsSetValue((DWORD)threadManager->tlsKey, 0);
#endif
#endif
return 0;
}
else
return asCONTEXT_ACTIVE;
#else
if( threadManager->tld )
{
if( threadManager->tld->activeContexts.GetLength() == 0 )
{
asDELETE(threadManager->tld,asCThreadLocalData);
threadManager->tld = 0;
}
else
return asCONTEXT_ACTIVE;
}
return 0;
#endif
}
asCThreadLocalData *asCThreadManager::GetLocalData()
{
if( threadManager == 0 )
return 0;
#ifndef AS_NO_THREADS
#if defined AS_POSIX_THREADS
asCThreadLocalData *tld = (asCThreadLocalData*)pthread_getspecific((pthread_key_t)threadManager->tlsKey);
if( tld == 0 )
{
tld = asNEW(asCThreadLocalData)();
pthread_setspecific((pthread_key_t)threadManager->tlsKey, tld);
}
#elif defined AS_WINDOWS_THREADS
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (WINAPI_FAMILY & WINAPI_FAMILY_PHONE_APP)
if( tld == 0 )
tld = asNEW(asCThreadLocalData)();
#else
asCThreadLocalData *tld = (asCThreadLocalData*)TlsGetValue((DWORD)threadManager->tlsKey);
if( tld == 0 )
{
tld = asNEW(asCThreadLocalData)();
TlsSetValue((DWORD)threadManager->tlsKey, tld);
}
#endif
#endif
return tld;
#else
if( threadManager->tld == 0 )
threadManager->tld = asNEW(asCThreadLocalData)();
return threadManager->tld;
#endif
}
//=========================================================================
asCThreadLocalData::asCThreadLocalData()
{
}
asCThreadLocalData::~asCThreadLocalData()
{
}
//=========================================================================
#ifndef AS_NO_THREADS
asCThreadCriticalSection::asCThreadCriticalSection()
{
#if defined AS_POSIX_THREADS
pthread_mutex_init(&cs, 0);
#elif defined AS_WINDOWS_THREADS
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (WINAPI_FAMILY & WINAPI_FAMILY_PHONE_APP)
// Only the Ex version is available on Windows Store
InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&cs, 4000, 0);
#else
// Only the non-Ex version is available on WinXP and older
// MinGW also only defines this version
InitializeCriticalSection(&cs);
#endif
#endif
}
asCThreadCriticalSection::~asCThreadCriticalSection()
{
#if defined AS_POSIX_THREADS
pthread_mutex_destroy(&cs);
#elif defined AS_WINDOWS_THREADS
DeleteCriticalSection(&cs);
#endif
}
void asCThreadCriticalSection::Enter()
{
#if defined AS_POSIX_THREADS
pthread_mutex_lock(&cs);
#elif defined AS_WINDOWS_THREADS
EnterCriticalSection(&cs);
#endif
}
void asCThreadCriticalSection::Leave()
{
#if defined AS_POSIX_THREADS
pthread_mutex_unlock(&cs);
#elif defined AS_WINDOWS_THREADS
LeaveCriticalSection(&cs);
#endif
}
bool asCThreadCriticalSection::TryEnter()
{
#if defined AS_POSIX_THREADS
return !pthread_mutex_trylock(&cs);
#elif defined AS_WINDOWS_THREADS
return TryEnterCriticalSection(&cs) ? true : false;
#else
return true;
#endif
}
asCThreadReadWriteLock::asCThreadReadWriteLock()
{
#if defined AS_POSIX_THREADS
int r = pthread_rwlock_init(&lock, 0);
asASSERT( r == 0 );
UNUSED_VAR(r);
#elif defined AS_WINDOWS_THREADS
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (WINAPI_FAMILY & WINAPI_FAMILY_PHONE_APP)
// Only the Ex versions are available on Windows Store
// Create a semaphore to allow up to maxReaders simultaneous readers
readLocks = CreateSemaphoreExW(NULL, maxReaders, maxReaders, 0, 0, 0);
// Create a critical section to synchronize writers
InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&writeLock, 4000, 0);
#else
readLocks = CreateSemaphoreW(NULL, maxReaders, maxReaders, 0);
InitializeCriticalSection(&writeLock);
#endif
#endif
}
asCThreadReadWriteLock::~asCThreadReadWriteLock()
{
#if defined AS_POSIX_THREADS
pthread_rwlock_destroy(&lock);
#elif defined AS_WINDOWS_THREADS
DeleteCriticalSection(&writeLock);
CloseHandle(readLocks);
#endif
}
void asCThreadReadWriteLock::AcquireExclusive()
{
#if defined AS_POSIX_THREADS
pthread_rwlock_wrlock(&lock);
#elif defined AS_WINDOWS_THREADS
// Synchronize writers, so only one tries to lock out the readers
EnterCriticalSection(&writeLock);
// Lock all reader out from the semaphore. Do this one by one,
// so the lock doesn't have to wait until there are no readers at all.
// If we try to lock all at once it is quite possible the writer will
// never succeed.
for( asUINT n = 0; n < maxReaders; n++ )
WaitForSingleObjectEx(readLocks, INFINITE, FALSE);
// Allow another writer to lock. It will only be able to
// lock the readers when this writer releases them anyway.
LeaveCriticalSection(&writeLock);
#endif
}
void asCThreadReadWriteLock::ReleaseExclusive()
{
#if defined AS_POSIX_THREADS
pthread_rwlock_unlock(&lock);
#elif defined AS_WINDOWS_THREADS
// Release all readers at once
ReleaseSemaphore(readLocks, maxReaders, 0);
#endif
}
void asCThreadReadWriteLock::AcquireShared()
{
#if defined AS_POSIX_THREADS
pthread_rwlock_rdlock(&lock);
#elif defined AS_WINDOWS_THREADS
// Lock a reader slot
WaitForSingleObjectEx(readLocks, INFINITE, FALSE);
#endif
}
void asCThreadReadWriteLock::ReleaseShared()
{
#if defined AS_POSIX_THREADS
pthread_rwlock_unlock(&lock);
#elif defined AS_WINDOWS_THREADS
// Release the reader slot
ReleaseSemaphore(readLocks, 1, 0);
#endif
}
#endif
//========================================================================
END_AS_NAMESPACE

475
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_tokenizer.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,475 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_tokenizer.cpp
//
// This class identifies tokens from the script code
//
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
#include "as_tokenizer.h"
#include "as_tokendef.h"
#if !defined(AS_NO_MEMORY_H)
#include <memory.h>
#endif
#include <string.h> // strcmp()
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
asCTokenizer::asCTokenizer()
{
engine = 0;
memset(keywordTable, 0, sizeof(keywordTable));
// Initialize the jump table
for( asUINT n = 0; n < numTokenWords; n++ )
{
const sTokenWord& current = tokenWords[n];
unsigned char start = current.word[0];
// Create new jump table entry if none exists
if( !keywordTable[start] )
{
// Surely there won't ever be more than 32 keywords starting with
// the same character. Right?
keywordTable[start] = asNEWARRAY(const sTokenWord*, 32);
memset(keywordTable[start], 0, sizeof(sTokenWord*)*32);
}
// Add the token sorted from longest to shortest so
// we check keywords greedily.
const sTokenWord** tok = keywordTable[start];
unsigned insert = 0, index = 0;
while( tok[index] )
{
if(tok[index]->wordLength >= current.wordLength)
++insert;
++index;
}
while( index > insert )
{
tok[index] = tok[index - 1];
--index;
}
tok[insert] = &current;
}
}
asCTokenizer::~asCTokenizer()
{
// Deallocate the jump table
for( asUINT n = 0; n < 256; n++ )
{
if( keywordTable[n] )
asDELETEARRAY(keywordTable[n]);
}
}
// static
const char *asCTokenizer::GetDefinition(int tokenType)
{
if( tokenType == ttUnrecognizedToken ) return "<unrecognized token>";
if( tokenType == ttEnd ) return "<end of file>";
if( tokenType == ttWhiteSpace ) return "<white space>";
if( tokenType == ttOnelineComment ) return "<one line comment>";
if( tokenType == ttMultilineComment ) return "<multiple lines comment>";
if( tokenType == ttIdentifier ) return "<identifier>";
if( tokenType == ttIntConstant ) return "<integer constant>";
if( tokenType == ttFloatConstant ) return "<float constant>";
if( tokenType == ttDoubleConstant ) return "<double constant>";
if( tokenType == ttStringConstant ) return "<string constant>";
if( tokenType == ttMultilineStringConstant ) return "<multiline string constant>";
if( tokenType == ttNonTerminatedStringConstant ) return "<nonterminated string constant>";
if( tokenType == ttBitsConstant ) return "<bits constant>";
if( tokenType == ttHeredocStringConstant ) return "<heredoc string constant>";
for( asUINT n = 0; n < numTokenWords; n++ )
if( tokenWords[n].tokenType == tokenType )
return tokenWords[n].word;
return 0;
}
bool asCTokenizer::IsDigitInRadix(char ch, int radix) const
{
if( ch >= '0' && ch <= '9' ) return (ch -= '0') < radix;
if( ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z' ) return (ch -= 'A'-10) < radix;
if( ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'z' ) return (ch -= 'a'-10) < radix;
return false;
}
eTokenType asCTokenizer::GetToken(const char *source, size_t sourceLength, size_t *tokenLength, asETokenClass *tc) const
{
asASSERT(source != 0);
asASSERT(tokenLength != 0);
eTokenType tokenType;
size_t tlen;
asETokenClass t = ParseToken(source, sourceLength, tlen, tokenType);
if( tc ) *tc = t;
if( tokenLength ) *tokenLength = tlen;
return tokenType;
}
asETokenClass asCTokenizer::ParseToken(const char *source, size_t sourceLength, size_t &tokenLength, eTokenType &tokenType) const
{
if( IsWhiteSpace(source, sourceLength, tokenLength, tokenType) ) return asTC_WHITESPACE;
if( IsComment(source, sourceLength, tokenLength, tokenType) ) return asTC_COMMENT;
if( IsConstant(source, sourceLength, tokenLength, tokenType) ) return asTC_VALUE;
if( IsIdentifier(source, sourceLength, tokenLength, tokenType) ) return asTC_IDENTIFIER;
if( IsKeyWord(source, sourceLength, tokenLength, tokenType) ) return asTC_KEYWORD;
// If none of the above this is an unrecognized token
// We can find the length of the token by advancing
// one step and trying to identify a token there
tokenType = ttUnrecognizedToken;
tokenLength = 1;
return asTC_UNKNOWN;
}
bool asCTokenizer::IsWhiteSpace(const char *source, size_t sourceLength, size_t &tokenLength, eTokenType &tokenType) const
{
// Treat UTF8 byte-order-mark (EF BB BF) as whitespace
if( sourceLength >= 3 &&
asBYTE(source[0]) == 0xEFu &&
asBYTE(source[1]) == 0xBBu &&
asBYTE(source[2]) == 0xBFu )
{
tokenType = ttWhiteSpace;
tokenLength = 3;
return true;
}
// Group all other white space characters into one
size_t n;
int numWsChars = (int)strlen(whiteSpace);
for( n = 0; n < sourceLength; n++ )
{
bool isWhiteSpace = false;
for( int w = 0; w < numWsChars; w++ )
{
if( source[n] == whiteSpace[w] )
{
isWhiteSpace = true;
break;
}
}
if( !isWhiteSpace ) break;
}
if( n > 0 )
{
tokenType = ttWhiteSpace;
tokenLength = n;
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool asCTokenizer::IsComment(const char *source, size_t sourceLength, size_t &tokenLength, eTokenType &tokenType) const
{
if( sourceLength < 2 )
return false;
if( source[0] != '/' )
return false;
if( source[1] == '/' )
{
// One-line comment
// Find the length
size_t n;
for( n = 2; n < sourceLength; n++ )
{
if( source[n] == '\n' )
break;
}
tokenType = ttOnelineComment;
tokenLength = n < sourceLength ? n+1 : n;
return true;
}
if( source[1] == '*' )
{
// Multi-line comment
// Find the length
size_t n;
for( n = 2; n < sourceLength-1; )
{
if( source[n++] == '*' && source[n] == '/' )
break;
}
tokenType = ttMultilineComment;
tokenLength = n+1;
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool asCTokenizer::IsConstant(const char *source, size_t sourceLength, size_t &tokenLength, eTokenType &tokenType) const
{
// Starting with number
if( (source[0] >= '0' && source[0] <= '9') || (source[0] == '.' && sourceLength > 1 && source[1] >= '0' && source[1] <= '9') )
{
// Is it a based number?
if( source[0] == '0' && sourceLength > 1 )
{
// Determine the radix for the constant
int radix = 0;
switch( source[1] )
{
case 'b': case 'B': radix = 2; break;
case 'o': case 'O': radix = 8; break;
case 'd': case 'D': radix = 10; break;
case 'x': case 'X': radix = 16; break;
}
if( radix )
{
size_t n;
for( n = 2; n < sourceLength; n++ )
if( !IsDigitInRadix(source[n], radix) )
break;
tokenType = ttBitsConstant;
tokenLength = n;
return true;
}
}
size_t n;
for( n = 0; n < sourceLength; n++ )
{
if( source[n] < '0' || source[n] > '9' )
break;
}
if( n < sourceLength && (source[n] == '.' || source[n] == 'e' || source[n] == 'E') )
{
if( source[n] == '.' )
{
n++;
for( ; n < sourceLength; n++ )
{
if( source[n] < '0' || source[n] > '9' )
break;
}
}
if( n < sourceLength && (source[n] == 'e' || source[n] == 'E') )
{
n++;
if( n < sourceLength && (source[n] == '-' || source[n] == '+') )
n++;
for( ; n < sourceLength; n++ )
{
if( source[n] < '0' || source[n] > '9' )
break;
}
}
if( n < sourceLength && (source[n] == 'f' || source[n] == 'F') )
{
tokenType = ttFloatConstant;
tokenLength = n + 1;
}
else
{
#ifdef AS_USE_DOUBLE_AS_FLOAT
tokenType = ttFloatConstant;
#else
tokenType = ttDoubleConstant;
#endif
tokenLength = n;
}
return true;
}
tokenType = ttIntConstant;
tokenLength = n;
return true;
}
// String constant between double or single quotes
if( source[0] == '"' || source[0] == '\'' )
{
// Is it a normal string constant or a heredoc string constant?
if( sourceLength >= 6 && source[0] == '"' && source[1] == '"' && source[2] == '"' )
{
// Heredoc string constant (spans multiple lines, no escape sequences)
// Find the length
size_t n;
for( n = 3; n < sourceLength-2; n++ )
{
if( source[n] == '"' && source[n+1] == '"' && source[n+2] == '"' )
break;
}
tokenType = ttHeredocStringConstant;
tokenLength = n+3;
}
else
{
// Normal string constant
tokenType = ttStringConstant;
char quote = source[0];
bool evenSlashes = true;
size_t n;
for( n = 1; n < sourceLength; n++ )
{
#ifdef AS_DOUBLEBYTE_CHARSET
// Double-byte characters are only allowed for ASCII
if( (source[n] & 0x80) && engine->ep.scanner == 0 )
{
// This is a leading character in a double byte character,
// include both in the string and continue processing.
n++;
continue;
}
#endif
if( source[n] == '\n' )
tokenType = ttMultilineStringConstant;
if( source[n] == quote && evenSlashes )
{
tokenLength = n+1;
return true;
}
if( source[n] == '\\' ) evenSlashes = !evenSlashes; else evenSlashes = true;
}
tokenType = ttNonTerminatedStringConstant;
tokenLength = n;
}
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool asCTokenizer::IsIdentifier(const char *source, size_t sourceLength, size_t &tokenLength, eTokenType &tokenType) const
{
// char is unsigned by default on some architectures, e.g. ppc and arm
// Make sure the value is always treated as signed in the below comparisons
signed char c = source[0];
// Starting with letter or underscore
if( (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ||
(c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') ||
c == '_' ||
(c < 0 && engine->ep.allowUnicodeIdentifiers) )
{
tokenType = ttIdentifier;
tokenLength = 1;
for( size_t n = 1; n < sourceLength; n++ )
{
c = source[n];
if( (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ||
(c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') ||
(c >= '0' && c <= '9') ||
c == '_' ||
(c < 0 && engine->ep.allowUnicodeIdentifiers) )
tokenLength++;
else
break;
}
// Make sure the identifier isn't a reserved keyword
if( IsKeyWord(source, tokenLength, tokenLength, tokenType) )
return false;
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool asCTokenizer::IsKeyWord(const char *source, size_t sourceLength, size_t &tokenLength, eTokenType &tokenType) const
{
unsigned char start = source[0];
const sTokenWord **ptr = keywordTable[start];
if( !ptr )
return false;
for( ; *ptr; ++ptr )
{
size_t wlen = (*ptr)->wordLength;
if( sourceLength >= wlen && strncmp(source, (*ptr)->word, wlen) == 0 )
{
// Tokens that end with a character that can be part of an
// identifier require an extra verification to guarantee that
// we don't split an identifier token, e.g. the "!is" token
// and the tokens "!" and "isTrue" in the "!isTrue" expression.
if( wlen < sourceLength &&
((source[wlen-1] >= 'a' && source[wlen-1] <= 'z') ||
(source[wlen-1] >= 'A' && source[wlen-1] <= 'Z') ||
(source[wlen-1] >= '0' && source[wlen-1] <= '9')) &&
((source[wlen] >= 'a' && source[wlen] <= 'z') ||
(source[wlen] >= 'A' && source[wlen] <= 'Z') ||
(source[wlen] >= '0' && source[wlen] <= '9') ||
(source[wlen] == '_')) )
{
// The token doesn't really match, even though
// the start of the source matches the token
continue;
}
tokenType = (*ptr)->tokenType;
tokenLength = wlen;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE

473
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_typeinfo.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,473 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_typeinfo.cpp
//
#include "as_config.h"
#include "as_typeinfo.h"
#include "as_scriptengine.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
asCTypeInfo::asCTypeInfo()
{
externalRefCount.set(0);
internalRefCount.set(1); // start with one internal ref-count
engine = 0;
module = 0;
size = 0;
flags = 0;
typeId = -1; // start as -1 to signal that it hasn't been defined
scriptSectionIdx = -1;
declaredAt = 0;
accessMask = 0xFFFFFFFF;
nameSpace = 0;
}
asCTypeInfo::asCTypeInfo(asCScriptEngine *in_engine)
{
externalRefCount.set(0);
internalRefCount.set(1); // start with one internal ref count
engine = in_engine;
module = 0;
size = 0;
flags = 0;
typeId = -1; // start as -1 to signal that it hasn't been defined
scriptSectionIdx = -1;
declaredAt = 0;
accessMask = 0xFFFFFFFF;
nameSpace = engine->nameSpaces[0];
}
asCTypeInfo::~asCTypeInfo()
{
}
// interface
int asCTypeInfo::AddRef() const
{
return externalRefCount.atomicInc();
}
// interface
int asCTypeInfo::Release() const
{
int r = externalRefCount.atomicDec();
if (r == 0)
{
// There are no more external references, if there are also no
// internal references then it is time to delete the object type
if (internalRefCount.get() == 0)
{
// If the engine is no longer set, then it has already been
// released and we must take care of the deletion ourselves
asDELETE(const_cast<asCTypeInfo*>(this), asCTypeInfo);
}
}
return r;
}
int asCTypeInfo::AddRefInternal()
{
return internalRefCount.atomicInc();
}
int asCTypeInfo::ReleaseInternal()
{
int r = internalRefCount.atomicDec();
if (r == 0)
{
// There are no more internal references, if there are also no
// external references then it is time to delete the object type
if (externalRefCount.get() == 0)
{
// If the engine is no longer set, then it has already been
// released and we must take care of the deletion ourselves
asDELETE(const_cast<asCTypeInfo*>(this), asCTypeInfo);
}
}
return r;
}
// interface
asIScriptModule *asCTypeInfo::GetModule() const
{
return module;
}
void *asCTypeInfo::SetUserData(void *data, asPWORD type)
{
// As a thread might add a new new user data at the same time as another
// it is necessary to protect both read and write access to the userData member
ACQUIREEXCLUSIVE(engine->engineRWLock);
// It is not intended to store a lot of different types of userdata,
// so a more complex structure like a associative map would just have
// more overhead than a simple array.
for (asUINT n = 0; n < userData.GetLength(); n += 2)
{
if (userData[n] == type)
{
void *oldData = reinterpret_cast<void*>(userData[n + 1]);
userData[n + 1] = reinterpret_cast<asPWORD>(data);
RELEASEEXCLUSIVE(engine->engineRWLock);
return oldData;
}
}
userData.PushLast(type);
userData.PushLast(reinterpret_cast<asPWORD>(data));
RELEASEEXCLUSIVE(engine->engineRWLock);
return 0;
}
void *asCTypeInfo::GetUserData(asPWORD type) const
{
// There may be multiple threads reading, but when
// setting the user data nobody must be reading.
ACQUIRESHARED(engine->engineRWLock);
for (asUINT n = 0; n < userData.GetLength(); n += 2)
{
if (userData[n] == type)
{
RELEASESHARED(engine->engineRWLock);
return reinterpret_cast<void*>(userData[n + 1]);
}
}
RELEASESHARED(engine->engineRWLock);
return 0;
}
// interface
const char *asCTypeInfo::GetName() const
{
return name.AddressOf();
}
// interface
const char *asCTypeInfo::GetNamespace() const
{
if( nameSpace )
return nameSpace->name.AddressOf();
return 0;
}
// interface
asDWORD asCTypeInfo::GetFlags() const
{
return flags;
}
// interface
asUINT asCTypeInfo::GetSize() const
{
return size;
}
// interface
int asCTypeInfo::GetTypeId() const
{
if (typeId == -1)
{
// We need a non const pointer to create the asCDataType object.
// We're not breaking anything here because this function is not
// modifying the object, so this const cast is safe.
asCTypeInfo *ot = const_cast<asCTypeInfo*>(this);
// The engine will define the typeId for this object type
engine->GetTypeIdFromDataType(asCDataType::CreateType(ot, false));
}
return typeId;
}
// interface
asIScriptEngine *asCTypeInfo::GetEngine() const
{
return engine;
}
// interface
const char *asCTypeInfo::GetConfigGroup() const
{
asCConfigGroup *group = engine->FindConfigGroupForTypeInfo(this);
if (group == 0)
return 0;
return group->groupName.AddressOf();
}
// interface
asDWORD asCTypeInfo::GetAccessMask() const
{
return accessMask;
}
// interface
int asCTypeInfo::GetProperty(asUINT index, const char **out_name, int *out_typeId, bool *out_isPrivate, bool *out_isProtected, int *out_offset, bool *out_isReference, asDWORD *out_accessMask) const
{
UNUSED_VAR(index);
if (out_name) *out_name = 0;
if (out_typeId) *out_typeId = 0;
if (out_isPrivate) *out_isPrivate = false;
if (out_isProtected) *out_isProtected = false;
if (out_offset) *out_offset = 0;
if (out_isReference) *out_isReference = false;
if (out_accessMask) *out_accessMask = 0;
return -1;
}
// internal
asCObjectType *CastToObjectType(asCTypeInfo *ti)
{
// Allow call on null pointer
if (ti == 0) return 0;
// TODO: type: Should List pattern have its own type class?
if ((ti->flags & (asOBJ_VALUE | asOBJ_REF | asOBJ_LIST_PATTERN)) && !(ti->flags & asOBJ_FUNCDEF))
return reinterpret_cast<asCObjectType*>(ti);
return 0;
}
// internal
asCEnumType *CastToEnumType(asCTypeInfo *ti)
{
// Allow call on null pointer
if (ti == 0) return 0;
if (ti->flags & (asOBJ_ENUM))
return reinterpret_cast<asCEnumType*>(ti);
return 0;
}
// internal
asCTypedefType *CastToTypedefType(asCTypeInfo *ti)
{
// Allow call on null pointer
if (ti == 0) return 0;
if (ti->flags & (asOBJ_TYPEDEF))
return reinterpret_cast<asCTypedefType*>(ti);
return 0;
}
// internal
asCFuncdefType *CastToFuncdefType(asCTypeInfo *ti)
{
// Allow call on null pointer
if (ti == 0) return 0;
if (ti->flags & (asOBJ_FUNCDEF))
return reinterpret_cast<asCFuncdefType*>(ti);
return 0;
}
// internal
void asCTypeInfo::CleanUserData()
{
asASSERT(engine);
for (asUINT n = 0; n < userData.GetLength(); n += 2)
{
if (userData[n + 1])
{
for (asUINT c = 0; c < engine->cleanTypeInfoFuncs.GetLength(); c++)
if (engine->cleanTypeInfoFuncs[c].type == userData[n])
engine->cleanTypeInfoFuncs[c].cleanFunc(this);
}
}
userData.SetLength(0);
}
// internal
bool asCTypeInfo::IsShared() const
{
// Types that can be declared by scripts need to have the explicit flag asOBJ_SHARED
if (flags & (asOBJ_SCRIPT_OBJECT | asOBJ_ENUM)) return flags & asOBJ_SHARED ? true : false;
// Otherwise we assume the type to be shared
return true;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
asCEnumType::~asCEnumType()
{
asUINT n;
for (n = 0; n < enumValues.GetLength(); n++)
{
if (enumValues[n])
asDELETE(enumValues[n], asSEnumValue);
}
enumValues.SetLength(0);
}
// interface
asUINT asCEnumType::GetEnumValueCount() const
{
return enumValues.GetLength();
}
// interface
const char *asCEnumType::GetEnumValueByIndex(asUINT index, int *outValue) const
{
if (outValue)
*outValue = 0;
if (index >= enumValues.GetLength())
return 0;
if (outValue)
*outValue = enumValues[index]->value;
return enumValues[index]->name.AddressOf();
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
asCTypedefType::~asCTypedefType()
{
DestroyInternal();
}
void asCTypedefType::DestroyInternal()
{
if (engine == 0) return;
// Release the object types held by the alias
if (aliasForType.GetTypeInfo())
aliasForType.GetTypeInfo()->ReleaseInternal();
aliasForType = asCDataType::CreatePrimitive(ttVoid, false);
CleanUserData();
// Remove the type from the engine
if (typeId != -1)
engine->RemoveFromTypeIdMap(this);
// Clear the engine pointer to mark the object type as invalid
engine = 0;
}
// interface
int asCTypedefType::GetTypedefTypeId() const
{
return engine->GetTypeIdFromDataType(aliasForType);
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
asCFuncdefType::asCFuncdefType(asCScriptEngine *en, asCScriptFunction *func) : asCTypeInfo(en)
{
asASSERT(func->funcType == asFUNC_FUNCDEF);
asASSERT(func->funcdefType == 0);
// A function pointer is special kind of reference type
flags = asOBJ_REF | asOBJ_FUNCDEF | (func->isShared ? asOBJ_SHARED : 0);
name = func->name;
nameSpace = func->nameSpace;
module = func->module;
accessMask = func->accessMask;
funcdef = func; // reference already counted by the asCScriptFunction constructor
parentClass = 0;
func->funcdefType = this;
}
asCFuncdefType::~asCFuncdefType()
{
DestroyInternal();
}
void asCFuncdefType::DestroyInternal()
{
if (engine == 0) return;
// Release the funcdef
if( funcdef )
funcdef->ReleaseInternal();
funcdef = 0;
// Detach from parent class
if (parentClass)
{
parentClass->childFuncDefs.RemoveValue(this);
parentClass = 0;
}
CleanUserData();
// Remove the type from the engine
if (typeId != -1)
engine->RemoveFromTypeIdMap(this);
// Clear the engine pointer to mark the object type as invalid
engine = 0;
}
// interface
asIScriptFunction *asCFuncdefType::GetFuncdefSignature() const
{
return funcdef;
}
// interface
asITypeInfo *asCFuncdefType::GetParentType() const
{
return parentClass;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE

142
3rdparty/angelscript/src/as_variablescope.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
/*
AngelCode Scripting Library
Copyright (c) 2003-2012 Andreas Jonsson
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
distribution.
The original version of this library can be located at:
http://www.angelcode.com/angelscript/
Andreas Jonsson
andreas@angelcode.com
*/
//
// as_variablescope.cpp
//
// A manager class for variable declarations
//
#include "as_config.h"
#ifndef AS_NO_COMPILER
#include "as_variablescope.h"
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
asCVariableScope::asCVariableScope(asCVariableScope *parent)
{
this->parent = parent;
Reset();
}
asCVariableScope::~asCVariableScope()
{
Reset();
}
void asCVariableScope::Reset()
{
isBreakScope = false;
isContinueScope = false;
for( asUINT n = 0; n < variables.GetLength(); n++ )
if( variables[n] )
{
asDELETE(variables[n],sVariable);
}
variables.SetLength(0);
}
int asCVariableScope::DeclareVariable(const char *name, const asCDataType &type, int stackOffset, bool onHeap)
{
// TODO: optimize: Improve linear search
// See if the variable is already declared
if( strcmp(name, "") != 0 )
{
for( asUINT n = 0; n < variables.GetLength(); n++ )
{
if( variables[n]->name == name )
return -1;
}
}
sVariable *var = asNEW(sVariable);
if( var == 0 )
{
// Out of memory. Return without allocating the var
return -2;
}
var->name = name;
var->type = type;
var->stackOffset = stackOffset;
var->isInitialized = false;
var->isPureConstant = false;
var->onHeap = onHeap;
// Parameters are initialized
if( stackOffset <= 0 )
var->isInitialized = true;
variables.PushLast(var);
return 0;
}
sVariable *asCVariableScope::GetVariable(const char *name)
{
// TODO: optimize: Improve linear search
// Find the variable
for( asUINT n = 0; n < variables.GetLength(); n++ )
{
if( variables[n]->name == name )
return variables[n];
}
if( parent )
return parent->GetVariable(name);
return 0;
}
sVariable *asCVariableScope::GetVariableByOffset(int offset)
{
// TODO: optimize: Improve linear search
// Find the variable
for( asUINT n = 0; n < variables.GetLength(); n++ )
{
if( variables[n]->stackOffset == offset )
return variables[n];
}
if( parent )
return parent->GetVariableByOffset(offset);
return 0;
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE
#endif // AS_NO_COMPILER

2051
3rdparty/angelscript/src/scriptarray.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1381
3rdparty/angelscript/src/scriptstdstring.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

129
3rdparty/angelscript/src/scriptstdstring_utils.cpp vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
#include <assert.h>
#include "scriptstdstring.h"
#include "scriptarray.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
using namespace std;
BEGIN_AS_NAMESPACE
// This function takes an input string and splits it into parts by looking
// for a specified delimiter. Example:
//
// string str = "A|B||D";
// array<string>@ array = str.split("|");
//
// The resulting array has the following elements:
//
// {"A", "B", "", "D"}
//
// AngelScript signature:
// array<string>@ string::split(const string &in delim) const
static CScriptArray *StringSplit(const string &delim, const string &str)
{
// Obtain a pointer to the engine
asIScriptContext *ctx = asGetActiveContext();
asIScriptEngine *engine = ctx->GetEngine();
// TODO: This should only be done once
// TODO: This assumes that CScriptArray was already registered
asITypeInfo *arrayType = engine->GetTypeInfoByDecl("array<string>");
// Create the array object
CScriptArray *array = CScriptArray::Create(arrayType);
// Find the existence of the delimiter in the input string
int pos = 0, prev = 0, count = 0;
while( (pos = (int)str.find(delim, prev)) != (int)string::npos )
{
// Add the part to the array
array->Resize(array->GetSize()+1);
((string*)array->At(count))->assign(&str[prev], pos-prev);
// Find the next part
count++;
prev = pos + (int)delim.length();
}
// Add the remaining part
array->Resize(array->GetSize()+1);
((string*)array->At(count))->assign(&str[prev]);
return array;
}
static void StringSplit_Generic(asIScriptGeneric *gen)
{
// Get the arguments
string *str = (string*)gen->GetObject();
string *delim = *(string**)gen->GetAddressOfArg(0);
// Return the array by handle
*(CScriptArray**)gen->GetAddressOfReturnLocation() = StringSplit(*delim, *str);
}
// This function takes as input an array of string handles as well as a
// delimiter and concatenates the array elements into one delimited string.
// Example:
//
// array<string> array = {"A", "B", "", "D"};
// string str = join(array, "|");
//
// The resulting string is:
//
// "A|B||D"
//
// AngelScript signature:
// string join(const array<string> &in array, const string &in delim)
static string StringJoin(const CScriptArray &array, const string &delim)
{
// Create the new string
string str = "";
if( array.GetSize() )
{
int n;
for( n = 0; n < (int)array.GetSize() - 1; n++ )
{
str += *(string*)array.At(n);
str += delim;
}
// Add the last part
str += *(string*)array.At(n);
}
return str;
}
static void StringJoin_Generic(asIScriptGeneric *gen)
{
// Get the arguments
CScriptArray *array = *(CScriptArray**)gen->GetAddressOfArg(0);
string *delim = *(string**)gen->GetAddressOfArg(1);
// Return the string
new(gen->GetAddressOfReturnLocation()) string(StringJoin(*array, *delim));
}
// This is where the utility functions are registered.
// The string type must have been registered first.
void RegisterStdStringUtils(asIScriptEngine *engine)
{
int r;
if( strstr(asGetLibraryOptions(), "AS_MAX_PORTABILITY") )
{
r = engine->RegisterObjectMethod("string", "array<string>@ split(const string &in) const", asFUNCTION(StringSplit_Generic), asCALL_GENERIC); assert(r >= 0);
r = engine->RegisterGlobalFunction("string join(const array<string> &in, const string &in)", asFUNCTION(StringJoin_Generic), asCALL_GENERIC); assert(r >= 0);
}
else
{
r = engine->RegisterObjectMethod("string", "array<string>@ split(const string &in) const", asFUNCTION(StringSplit), asCALL_CDECL_OBJLAST); assert(r >= 0);
r = engine->RegisterGlobalFunction("string join(const array<string> &in, const string &in)", asFUNCTION(StringJoin), asCALL_CDECL); assert(r >= 0);
}
}
END_AS_NAMESPACE

6
3rdparty/imgui/CMakeLists.txt vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
project(ImGui)
add_library(ImGui src/imgui.cpp src/imgui_draw.cpp)
include_directories(include)
include_directories(SYSTEM ${LIBRARY_STB_INCLUDE_DIR})

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more